Fluke 5100b Manual

For the benefit and convenience of its customers, Fluke
Corporation (Fluke) has reproduced this copy of a manual

which is no longer in production. This manual has not been
edited or updated since the revision date shown on the lower
left hand comer of the first page. Fluke will not be liable for
any claims, losses or damages of any kind incurred by any
user arising from use of this manual.
51008 Series CALIBRATORS
Instruction Manual
PN 926634
October 1992 Rev. 1 1/94
©1994 Fluke Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed in U.S.A.
All product names are trademarks of their respective companies FLU KE®
WARRANTY
Fluke Corporation (Fluke) warrants this product to be free from defects in material and workmanship
under normal use and service for a period of 1 year from date of shipment. Software is warranted to
operate in accordance with its programmed instructions on appropriate Fluke products. It is not
warranted to be error free. This warranty extends only to the original purchaser and shall not apply
to fuses, computer media, batteries or any product which, in Fluke's sole opinion, has been subject
to misuse, alteration, abuse or abnormal conditions of operation or handling.
Fluke's obligation under this warranty is limited to repair or replacement of a product which is returned
to an authorized service center within the warranty period and is determined, upon examination by
Fluke, to be defective, If Fluke determines that the defect or malfunction has been caused by misuse,
alteration, abuse, or abnormal conditions of operation or handling, Fluke will repair the product and
bill the purchaser for the reasonable cost of repair. If the product is not covered by this warranty, Fluke
will, if requested by purchaser, submit an estimate of the repair costs before work is started.
To obtain repair service under this warranty purchaser must forward the product, (transportation
prepaid) and a description of the malfunction to the nearest Fluke Service Center. The product shall
be repaired at the Service Center or at the factory, at Fluke's option, and returned to purchaser,
transportation prepaid. The product should be shipped in the original packing carton or a rigid
container padded with at least four inches of shock absorbing material. FLUKE ASSUMES NO RISK
FOR IN-TRANSIT DAMAGE.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS PURCHASER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN

LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR USE. FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDEN-
T AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR
OTHERWISE.
CLAIMS
Immediately upon arrival, purchaser shall check the packing container against the enclosed packing
list and shall, within thirty (30) days of arrival, give Fluke notice of shortages or any nonconformity with
the terms of the order. If purchaser fails to give notice, the delivery shall be deemed to conform with
the terms of the order.
The purchaser assumes all risk of loss or damage to products upon delivery by Fluke to the carrier.
If a product is damaged in transit, PURCHASER MUST FILE ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGE WITH THE
CARRIER to obtain compensation. Upon request by purchaser, Fluke will submit an estimate of the
cost to repair shipment damage.
Fluke will be happy to answer all questions to enhance the use of this product. Please address your
requests or correspondence to: Fluke Corporation, P.O. Box 9090, Everett, WA 98206-9090, Attn:
Sales Department. For European Customers: Fluke Europe B.V., P.O. Box 1186, 5602 B.D.,
Eindhoven, The Netherlands.
1/94
OPERATOR SAFETY
) SUMMARY
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
is used in the operation of this equipment
LETHAL VOLTAGE
MAY BE PRESENT ON THE TERMINALS. OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS!
TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD, THE OPERATOR SHOULD NOT

ELECTRICALLY CONTACT THE OUTPUT HI OR SENSE HI BINDING POSTS.
DURING OPERATION, LETHAL VOLTAGES OF UP TO 1100V AC OR DC MAY
BE PRESENT ON THESE TERMINALS.
WHENEVER THE NATURE OF THE OPERATION PERMITS, KEEP ONE HAND

AWAY FROM EQUIPMENT TO REDUCE THE HAZARD OF CURRENT FLOW-
ING THROUGH VITAL ORGANS OF THE BODY.
SAFETY TERMS IN THIS MANUAL
This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 348, Safety Requirements for
Electronic Measuring Apparatus. This Operator Manual contains information, warnings, and cautions that must
be followed to ensure safe operation and to maintain the 5100B in a safe condition. Use of this equipment in a
manner not specified herein may impair the protection provided by the equipment.
WARNING statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or loss of life.
CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to equipment.
SAFETY-1
SAFETY
SYMBOLS MARKED ON EQUIPMENT
t DANGER- High voltage I Poweron )
Ground (earth) tenninal 0 Power off
Attention-referto the manual. This symbol

indicates that information about the use of a
feature is contained in the manual.
POWER SOURCE
The 5100B is intended to operate from a power source that will not apply more than 264V ac rms between the
supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. A protective ground connection by way of
the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.
USE THE PROPER FUSE

To avoid fire hazard, use only a fuse specified on the line voltage selection switch label, and which is identical
in type, voltage rating, and current rating. Never bypass a fuse by shorting across the fuse tenninals.
GROUNDING THE 5100B

The 51 OOB is a Safety Class I (grounded enclosure) instrument as defined inIEC 348. The enclosure is grounded
through the grounding conductor of the power cord. To avoid electrical shock. plug the power cord into a
properly wired earth grounded receptacle before connecting anything to any of the binding posts, terminals, or
connectors. A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential
for safe operation.
USE THE PROPER POWER CORD

Use only the power cord and connector appropriate for proper operation of a 5100B Series in your country.
Use only a power cord that is in good condition.
Refer cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel.
DO NOT OPERATE IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES

To avoid explosion, do not operate the 5100B in an atmosphere of explosive gas.
DO NOT REMOVE COVER
To avoid personal injury, do not remove the 5 lOOB cover. Do not operate the 5 lOOB without the cover properly
installed. There are no user-serviceable parts inside the 5 lOOB, so there is no need forthe operator to ever remove
the cover.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPERATE IF PROTECTION MAY BE IMPAIRED

If the 5 lOOB appears damaged or operates abnormally, protection may be impaired. Do not attempt to operate
it. When in doubt, have the instrument serviced.
SAFETY-2
5100 Series B
Table of Contents
SECTION TITLE PAGE
1 INTRODUCTION AND SPECIFICATION .................................. 1-1

1-1. INTRODUCTION .................................................. 1-1
1-7. BASIC CALIBRATION ..........................................•. 1-1
1-8. Series Common Features .....................•.................... 1-1
1-14. Storage System Models ........................................... 1-2
1-16. Element Resistant Models .....................................•... 1-2
1-18. OPTIONS ..................................•...................... 1-2
1-19. Analog Options .................................................. 1-2
1-21. Interface Options .............................•................... 1-2
1-24. Boost Mode Accessories ........................................... 1-2
1-25. SPECIFICATIONS ................................................ 1-2
1-26. Summarized Specifications ........................................ 1-2
1-28. Complete Specifications ........................................... 1-3
2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ............................................ 2-1
2-1. INTRODUCTION ..........................•...................... 2-1
2-3. SHIPPING INFORMATION ..................•..........•.......... 2-1
2-5. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES ......................•........•.... 2-1
2-7. INSTALLATION ............................................•..... 2-1
2-9. OPERATING FEATURES .......................................... 2-2
2-10. Front Panel Controls .................................••.......... 2-2
2-31. Rear Panel ...................................................... 2-2
2-33. Error Messages ........................................•......... 2-2
2-35. List (Storage Only) ...................................•........... 2-2
2-40. Program Write-Protect (Storage Only) .............................. 2-13
2-42. LOCAL OPERATION ................................•............. 2-15
2-43. Initialization ....................................•................ 2-15
2-45. Status During Function Change .................................... 2-15
2-47. Meter Connection Procedure ....................................... 2-15
2-49. DC Voltage Output ............................................... 2-15
2-51. AC Voltage Output ............................................... 2-16
2-53. Wideband Output ................................................ 2-17
2-55. Direct Current Output .....................•..•................... 2-17
2-57. Alternating Current Output ........................................ 2-18
2-59. Resistance Output ................................................ 2-19
2-61. dBm Output (AC Volts Only) ...................................... 2-I9
2-63. Boost Mode Operation ..........•................................. 2-20
2-72. Enter Entry Limit ................................................ 2-21
2-74. Tolerance Limit Entry ............................•............... 2-22
2-76. Error Mode Operation ....................................•....... 2-22
2-91. NEW REF/CAL tn Operation .....•.............................. 2-23
(continued on page ii)
i
5100 Series B
TABLE OF CONTENTS, continued
SECTION TITLE PAGE )

2-97. Fractional-Scale Operation ........................................ 2-34
2-100. External Oscillator Operation ...................................... 2-24
2-104. Recall Operations ................................................ 2-25
2-107. Storage System Operations (Storage Only) ........................... 2-25
2-133. REMOTE OPERATION ............................................ 2-28
2-137. Initiation Characters .............................................. 2-29
2-148. String Commands ................................................ 2-30
3 THEORY OF OPERATION ................................................ 3-1

3-1. INTRODUCTION ................................................. 3-1
3-4. INSTRUMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................ 3-1
3-9. FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................. 3-1
3-10. DC Voltage Less Than 20 Volts .................................... 3-1
3-13. AC Voltage ...................................................... 3-3
3-17. AC and DC Voltage. 20 Volts and Higher ........................... 3-4
3-19. AC Current Under 200 mA ........................................ 3-4
3-22. DC Current Under 200 mA ........................................ 3-9
3-24. Direct and Alternating Current >200 mA ............................ 3-9
3-26. Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-28. Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-38. DETAILED CIRCUIT ANALYSIS .................................. 3-14
3-40. Power Supply Regulator .......................................... 3-14
3-55. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) ................................ 3-14
3-68. Analog Control .................................................. 3-16
3-82. Power Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3-99. Extended High Voltage ........................................... 3-18
3-105. Oscillator ........................................................ 3-19
3-114. Ranging Assembly ................................................ 3-20
3-135. Controller ....................................................... 3-21
3-145. Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-151. Guard Isolator ................................................... 3-22
3-155. Tape Interface (Storage Only) ...................................... 3-22
3-171 .. Tape Drive Assembly • . . . • . • . • . . • . . • • . . . . . . • . . . . . . • . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . 3-25
4 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-1. INTRODUCTION ....................................•............ 4-1
4-3. SERVICE INFORMATION ......................................... 4-1
4-6. GENERAL MAINTENANCE ....................................... 4-1
4-7. Cleaning ........................................................ 4-1
4-9. Air Filter Maintenance ............................................ 4-1
4-11. Line Voltage Selection ............................................ 4-2
4-13. Fuse Replacement ................................................ 4-2
4-15. Instrument Assembly/Disassembly .................................. 4-2
4-39. PERFORMANCE TEST ............................................ 4-5
4-43. Calibration Test Equipment Accuracy Considerations ................. 4-5
4-47. Equipment Preparation ........................................... 4-6
4-49. DC Offset Voltage ................................................ 4-7
4-51. DC Voltage Tests ................................................ 4-8
4-53. DC Ripple and Noise Tests ........................................ 4-8
4-55. DC Current Tests ................................................ 4-11
4-57. AC Voltage Tests ................................................ 4-12
4-59. AC Distortion and Noise Tests ..................................... 4-14
4-61. Frequency Accuracy Tests ......................................... 4-14
4-63. Resistance Tests .................................................. 4-15
4-67. AC Current Tests ................................................ 4-17
4-70. Overload Tests ................................................... 4-18
4-73. Storage System Test (Storage Only) ................................ 4-18
4-76. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE ..................................... 4-18
4-77. Introduction ..................................................... 4-18
4-81. Power Supply Calibration ......................................... 4-19
(continued ·on page iii)
ii
5100 Series B
TABLE OF CONTENTS, continued

) SECTION TITLE PAGE
4-83. Power Amplifier (Al7) Calibration ............... ............... ... 4-19
4-90. Reference Voltage Calibration ............... ............... ........ 4-21
4-92. Low Range Ohms Calibration ............... ............... ........ 4-22
4-94. DC Zero Calibration ............... ............... ............... . 4-22
4-96. Current Gain Calibration ............... ............... ............. 4-23
4-98. High Range Ohms Calibration ............... ............... ....... 4-23
4-101. Millivolt Range Calibration ............... ............... .......... 4-24
4-103. AC Calibration .... ·............... ............... ............... . 4-25
4-105. Storage System Calibration (Storage Only) ............... ........... 4-25
4-106a. Tape Drive Calibration ............... .. '. ............... ............ 4-25
4-107. Factory Selected Component Replacement ............... ........... 4-26
4-119. TROUBLESHO OTING ............... ............... ............... 4-29
5 LISTS OF REPLACEABLE PARTS ............... ............... .......... 5-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............... ............... .............. 5-1
5-1. INTRODUCTION ............... ............... ............... ..... 5-2
5-2. HOW TO OBTAIN PARTS ............... ............... ............ 5-2
5-3. MANUAL STATUS INFORMATION ............... ............... .... 5-2
5-4. NEWER INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-5. SERVICE CENTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
6 OPTION AND ACCESSORY INFORMATION ............... ............... 6-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............... ............... .............. 6-1
7 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ............... ............... ............... ... 7-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............... ............... · ........... · · 7-1
iii/iv
5100 Series B
List of Tables
TABLE TITLE PAGE
1-1. Summarized Specifications .................... .................... ........ . 1-3

1-2. DC Volts Specifications .................... .................... ........... . 1-4
1-3. AC Volts Specifications .................... .................... ........... . 1-5
1-4. Current Specifications .................... .................... ............. . 1-6
1-5. Resistance Specifications .................... .................... .......... . 1-8
1-6. Wideband Option -03 Specifications .................... .................... . 1-9
1-7. General Specifications .................... .................... ............. . 1-10
1-8. System Specifications for Power Amplifier Application
(5100 Series B + Y5000. Y5001. 5205A/5215A Combination) ................... . 1-11
1-9. System Specification for Transconductance Amplifier Application
(5 IOO Series B + Y5000. Y5020, 5220A Combination) .................... ..... . 1-12
2-1. Option and Accessories .................... .................... ........... . 2-1
2-1. Front Panel Display and Control .................... .................... ... . 2-4
2-3. Data Entry Group .................... .................... ................ . 2-5
2-4. Main Output Group .................... .................... .............. . 2-7
2-5. Output Display Group .................... .................... ............ . 2-8
2-6. Central Display Group ...•................ .................... ............. 2-9
2-7. Error Mode Group .................... .................... ............... . 2-9
2-8. Storage Group (Storage Only) .................... .................... ..... . 2-10
2-9. Rear Panel .................... .................... .................... .. . 2-13
2-IO. Error Codes .................... .................... .................... . . 2-13
2-11. Standby/Operate Status Change .................... .................... .... . 2-15
2-12. External Frequency/Voltage Limitations .................... ................ . 2-24
2-13. External Oscillator Frequency Ranges .................... ................... . 2-25
2-14. Programming Codes .................... .................... .............. . 2-29
2-15. Interface Interrupt Codes .................... .................... .......... . 2-30
2-16. Interface Output Codes .................... .................... ........... . 2-30
2-17. Status Register Message Assignments .................... ................... . 2-32
2-18. Status Message Function Codes .................... .................... .... . 2-34
2-19. Status Message Examples .................... .................... ......... . 2-34
3-1. Power Amp Relay Controls .................... .................... ........ . 3-17
3-2. 1/0 Header Interface Pin Assigmnents • . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • . . . . . . . . • ...•••••••• 3-27
4-1. Input Line Voltage Switch Settings .................... .................... . . 4-2
4-2. Test Equipment .................... .................... .................. . 4-6
4-3. DC Voltage Tests .................... .................... ................ . 4-10
4-4. DC Ripple and Noise Tests .................... .................... ........ . 4-11
4-5. DC Current Test .................... .................... ................. . 4-12
4-6. AC Voltage Tests .................... .................... ................. . 4-13
4-7. AC Distortion and Noise Tests .................... .................... ..... . 4-15
4-8. Frequency Accuracy Tests .................... .................... ......... . 4-15
4-9. Resistance Tests .................... .................... .................. . 4-17
4-10. PCB Reference Designators .................... .................... ........ . 4-19
(continued on page \'i)
v
5100 Series B
LIST OF TABLES, continued
TABLE TITLE PAGE
4-11. Power Supply Regulator Adjustments .................... ................... . 4-19

4-12. Divider Resistor Selection .................... .................... ......... . 4-27
4-13. High Frequency Capacitor Selection .................... .................... . 4-28
4-14. Display Troubleshooting .................... .................... .......... . 4-29
4-15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting .................... .................... .. . 4-32
4-16. Power Supply Regulator Troubleshooting .................... ............... . 4-38
4-17. Power Amp Troubleshooting .................... .................... ...... . 4-45
4-18. Extended High Voltage Troubleshooting .................... ................ . 4-49
4-19. Controller Troubleshooting .................... .................... ........ . 4-51
4-20. Isolator Troubleshooting .................... .................... .......... . 4-52
4-21. Tape Interface Troubleshooting .................... .................... .... . 4-53
4-22. Tape Drive Assembly Troubleshooting ....•..•............ •..••.•...••..••.. •. 4-57
5100 Series B
List of Illustrations
TITLE PAGE
FIGURE
2-1. Front Panel 2-3
2-2. Data Entry Group ............... ............... ............... ........... . 2-4
2-3. Main Output Group ............... ............... ............... ......... . 2-6
2-4. Output Display Group ............... ............... ............... ....... . 2-8
2-5. Central Display Group ............... ............... ............... ....... . 2-8
2-6. Error Mode Group ............... ............... ............... .......... . 2-9
2-7. Storage Group (Storage Only) ............... ............... ............... . 2-10
2-8. Rear Panel ............... ............... ............... ............... .. . 2-12
2-9. LIST Program ............... ............... ............... .............. . 2-14
2-10. LIST Data (Storage Only) ............... ............... ............... .... . 2-14
2-11. Tape Write-Protect Feature ............... ............... ............... ... . 2-15
2-12. Meter Connections ............... ............... ............... .......... . 2-16
3-1. 5100B Block Diagram ............... ............... ............... ........ . 3-2
3-2. 2V de to 19.9999V de and son Override Inputs ............... ............... . . 3-3
3-3. Less than 2V de Outputs Block Diagram ............... ............... ...... . 3-5
3-4. AC Voltage Block Diagram ............... ............... ............... ... . 3-6
3-5. AC and DC Voltage, 20V and Higher ............... ............... ......... . 3-7
3-6. AC Current Under 200 mA ............... ............... ............... ... . 3-8
3-7. DC Current Under 200 mA ............... ............... ............... ... . 3-10
3-8. 1n - 10 kn Resistance ............... ............... ............... ....... . 3-11
3-9. 100 kn - 10 Mn Resistance ..... : ............... ............... ............ . 3-12
3-10. Control System Block Diagram ............... ............... .............. . 3-12
3-11. Controller Block Diagram ............... ............... ............... .... . 3-13
3-12. Power Amp Relay Controls ............... ............... ............... ... . 3-17
3-13. Isolator Block Diagram ............... ............... ............... ...... . 3-23
3-14. Write Timing Diagram (Storage Only) ............... ............... ........ . 3-24
3-15. Read Timing Diagram (Storage Only) ............... ............... ......... . 3-25
Tape Drive Functional Block Diagram ............... ............... .... ·. · · · · · ·
3-28
3-16.
Read/Write Electronic Block Diagram With Accompanying Waveforms .............. . 3-29
3-17.
4-1. Input Line Voltage Switches ............... ............... ............... .. . 4-2
4-2. Accuracy Uncertanties ............... ............... ............... ....... . 4-7
4-3. Offset Voltage Checks ............... ............... ............... ........ . 4-7
4-4. DC Low Voltage Tests ............... ............... ............... ....... . 4-8
4-5. DC Voltage Tests ............... ............... ............... ........... . 4-9
4-6. DC Current Tests ............... ............... ............... ........... . 4-10
4-7. AC Voltage Tests ............... ............... ............... ............ . 4-12
4-8. AC Low Voltage Tests ............... ............... ............... ....... . 4-13
4-9. Current Source Transfer Connections ............... ............... ......... . 4-15
4-10. Resistance Computation Examples ............... ............... ............ . 4-15
4-11. Calibration Resistance Computation Examples ............... ............... . . 4-19
4-12. Differential Connections ............... ............... ............... ...... . 4-21
vii
5100 Series B
5100 B
Calibra tor
5101 B
Calibra tor
5102 B
Meter Calibra tor
viii
5100 Series B
Section 1
Introduction & Specifications
1-1. INTRODUCTION 1-S. Data (paragraphs, tables, or figures) pertaining to

only a portion of the series, and not the entire series, is
1-2. The microprocessor controlled S 100 Series B marked by following the title of the applicable item with a
Calibrator outputs are programmable from .the Front descriptive notation en~losed in parentheses. Instruments
Panel or through an optional remote interface, through a containing a storage memory and tape system, e.g., S IO lB
wide range of DC voltages and current; AC voltages, are identified by the notation (Storage Only). Those with
current and dBm; and resistance. Connections on the the element-resistant case, e.g., Sl02B, are identified by
Front Panel include terminals for output, sense, voltage the notation (Fiberglass Case Only).
guard, and current guard. A chassis binding post is
available on the rear panel. Available on the Front Panel 1-6. The S l 00 Series B instruments are an extension of
is a dedicated BNC output connector for use with the the preceding S l 00 Series A instruments. They have all
Wideband Option -03 which extends the frequency range the capabilities of the "A.. Series plus the following added
of the instrument. The connector is installed in all features: the instrument now has the capability to output
instruments, allowing addition of the option at some later up to l lOOV ac at SO Hz through l kHz as opposed to the
date, if desired. 400 Hz only, in the" N' Series. The boost capability has
been activated allowing the "B" Series to slave power
and/or current amplifiers to extend its limits. Special
1-3. The output can be modified using the Front Panel handling and equipment are no longer required to
Error Mode controls or through an optional remote calibrate VOM's with a non-linear input impedance.
interface. This allows the operator, in all outputs except
frequency, to modify the output and read the deviation 1-7. BASIC CALIBRATOR
from the base in percentage or digits on the Front Panel 1-8. Series Common Features
or the remote device. Frequency can be modified to step
through the entire range of the meter under test with 1-9. All models of the calibrator can provide de voltage
minimum amount of reprogramming by the operator. outputs from 0 to llOO volts on six ranges with
resolutions ranging from 0.1 microvolts to IO millivolts.
Direct current outputs are available from l 0 microamps
to 2 amps on five ranges with resolution between l
1-4. The SlOO Series has three models of calibrators. nanoamp and IO microamps.
The basic model is the SlOOB which has all the features
listed above. The Model S l 0 I B has all the features of the 1-IO. AC voltage outputs between l millivolt and 1100
SlOOB plus an integral storage system consisting of a volts are available from the SO Hz minumum frequency
memory and tape cassette which allows the operator to up to l kHz. From that point the maximum voltage
enter or record a program to step the calibrator through a available is 110 volts up to 20 kHz, dropping to a 20 volt
predetermined sequence. The S l 02B is electronically maximum from 30 kHz to SO kHz. Six ranges are
identical to the Sl OOB with the addition of an available for ac voltage outputs with resolution varying
environmental, element-resistant, fiberglass case plus all- from 0.1 microvolt to 10 millivolts. Five alternating
position relays for operation at any angle. This permits current ranges control output from IO microamps to 2
safer and easier transport plus the ability to operate in any amps at frequencies of SO Hz to l kHz, with resolution
position. between l nanoamp and 10 milliamps.
1-1
5100 Series B
l-l l. All instruments in the series have the capability to 1-16. Element Resistant Models
extend their voltage (power) and current limits through
the BOOST Function using the Y5000 Interface 1-17. The environmental, element-resistant case is a
Accessory and selected external amplifiers. Loads up to fiberglass shell with removable front and rear covers. The
200 mA can be handled when a Fluke Model case has handles to provide ease of transportation and
5202A/ 5215A is connected through the interface seals on the case openings to resist entrance of the
accessory and the applicable cable. Output currents up to elements when the case is closed. The covers must be
±19.9999A are available when a Fluke Model 5220A is removed to operate the system. The only change in
connected through the interface and the applicable cable. internal circuitry is the substitution of all-position relays
so that the instrument can be operated while sitting at any
angle. Operation of the instrument is identical with the
1-12. Resistance outputs at the cardinal values from 1 standard instrument.
ohm to IO Megohms are available. The outputs from l
ohm to 10 kilohm have a four-terminal measurement 1-18. OPTIONS
capability. The 100 kilohm, l Megohm, and IO Megohm
outputs use two-terminal measurements with the 1-19. Analog Options
OUTPUT HI and SENSE HI, and OUTPUT LO and
SENSE LO terminals, respectively, connected internally. 1-20. The Wideband Option (-03) allows outputs of300
µV (-57.5 dBm) to 3.1623V rms(+23 dBm) at frequencies
from IO Hz to IO MHz into a load impedance of 50 ohms.
1-13. Modification of the output to measure the The output impedance is 50 ohms and 50 ohm coaxial
deviation in a percent of error figure is displayed for each cable should be used to transfer the output signal.
change of the output from the base. The frequency may be
altered for AC outputs to cover a range of frequencies; 1-21. Interlace Options
however, there is no percent of error display. The
modifications can be programmed from either the Front 1-22. Two system interface options are available for the
Panel or a remote source. 5100 Series. Option -05 interfaces the instrument to the
IEEE 488-1975 Bus System. Option -06 interfaces the
instrument to a system using a RS-232-C Interface. Only
1-14. Storage System Models one of the interface options can be installed at a time;
however, they are easily exchanged with a minimum of
operator training and time.
1-15. The storage system consists of a storage memory
and a mini-cassette type system. The storage memory 1-23. Boost Mode Accessories
holds up to 74 separate fixed length instructions. Any
field not filled when an instruction is created is filled with 1-24. The Boost Mode of Operation permits the
the default condition; i.e., either the allowable maximum operator to slave the Fluke Model 5205A/5215A and/ or
or minimum, as applicable. Data stored in the memory to the Fluke Model 5220A to a 5100 Series Calibrator to
form a test program for an instrument, or instruments, extend the power and/or current capabilities of the
may be read out, as desired, or transferred, through the instrument. Required are the Y5000 Interface and the
use of the integral tape system, to a tape for permanent applicable dedicated cable assembly, Y5001 to the Model
record. The storage memory may be loaded from a 5205A/5215A, or Y5002 to the Model 5220A. Operation
prerecorded tape through the tape system to perform a of the Models 5205A and 5215A is the same except that
standard calibration procedure. A program must be DC voltage outputs cannot be obtained from the Model
loaded into the storage memory to be run, the instrument 5215A.
is not able to operate directly from the prerecorded tape.
A printed listing of the program or the data from the step 1-25. SPECIFICATIONS
in progress can be obtained from storage system models
equipped with an optional remote interface. Use a printer 1-26. Summarized Specifications
that is compatible with the interface you are using.
1-27. Table 1-1 summarizes the 5IOO Series accuracy
specifications when they are used in a typical meter
CAUTION calibration service. The tolerances in the table are valid
provided the ambient temperature is between 20 degrees
Tapes used must be certified digital mini- and 30 degrees Celsius, the relative humidity is less than
cassettes that conform with ANSI standard 85%, and the input line voltage is within 10% of nominal.
X3B5m-49. Audio quality tapes will not give In addition, they are applicable only when the instrument
acceptable results. being calibrated is an analog voltmeter with more than
1-2
5100 Series B
1000 ohms/volt sens1t1v1t1es, a TVM or DVM with table covering a specific portion of the specification.
greater than 1 Megohm input impedance, or analog or Refer to Table 1-2 for detailed listing on DC volts; Table
digital ammeter with less than l volt total voltage drop. 1-3 for AC volts; Table 1-4 for Current, both direct and
alternating; Table 1-5 for Resistance; Table 1-6 for the
1-28. Complete Specifications Wideband Option -03; Table 1-7, for the General
Specifications, including environmental information;
1-29. The complete specifications for the 5100 Series Table 1-8, for combined use with a Model 5205A/ 5215A
Calibrators are listed in Table 1-2 through 1-9, with each and Table 1-9, with a Model 5220A.
Table 1-1. Summarized Specifications
ACCURACY
PROGRAMMED OUTPUT RANGE +/- (% OF OUTPUT+
% OF RANGE+ FLOOR)
DC Voltage All .004 + .001 + 5µV
AC Voltage 50 Hz -1 kH1
(All ranges)
1 kHz -10 kHz
(Up to 110V)
} .035 + .005 + 50 µ.V
10 kHz - 20 kHz (Up to

110V)
20 kHz - 50 kHz (l.Jp to
19.9999V)
} .06 + .008 + 50 µV
Direct Current All .015 + .002 + .02 µA
Alternating Current 50 Hz -1 kHz (.05 + .005) + .02 µA

(All ranges)
Resistance Four terminal

1 ohm .015%
10ohm .01%
100 ohm, 1 kilohm, .003%
10 kilohm
Two terminal
100 kilohm .003%
1 Megohm .01%
10 Megohm .03%
1-3
5100 Series B
Table 1-2. DC Volts Specifications
DC Volts
RIPPLE AND NOISE

(10 Hz to 3 kHz) ACCURACY
MAXIMUM (6 months)
RANGE RESOLUTION NO LOAD TO
CURRENT (26°C to 30°C)
MAXIMUM RATED
LOAD
±(200V to 11 OOV) 10mV 6 mA/400 pF max <O.OS% of setting rms
<O.OS% of setting rms
10mA/400 pF
(open to 20k m
±(20V to 199.999V) 1 mV <0.1% of setting rms
max
n
(20k to max rated
load)
± (0.004%of
±(2V to 19.9999V) 100µV 25 mA/1000 pF <D.02% of setting +50 µV rms
setting + 0.001 % of
range+ 5µV
±(0.2V to 1.99999V) 10µV <0.01% of setting +2S µV rms
1 µV
Limited by son <0.01% of setting +2S µVrms
±(20 mV to 199.999 mV)
output resistance
±(0 to 19.9999 mV) 0.1 µV <0.01% of setting +2S µV rms
±(0 to 1.99999V) 100µV 25 mA/1000 pF <D.02% of setting +50 µV rms ± (-0.005% of

son OVERRIDE setting +205 µV)
Temperature Coefficient
Above 30°C and Below 20°C add to accuracy limits ±(S ppm of setting +1 ppm of range +1 µV)/°C. 200V to
1100V ra'1ge add ±(S ppm of setting +2 ppm of range )f C.
Remote Sensing
Four wire remote sensing is available from 2V to 1100V and below 2V in son
DIVIDER OVERRIDE mode.
The three lowest ranges are normally internal sensed. Internal sense connections are made automatically inside
the box.
Transient Recovery Time
2 seconds to settle within SO ppm of final value following any change in output voltage or current for all
ranges except 20 to 199.999V, 20 kn to 2 kn load and switching between two highest ranges which requires
4 seconds.
Short Term Stability (10 Minutes)
At any fixed temperature from 0°C to S0°C the short term stability is ±(10 ppm of setting +2 ppm of range
+5 µV) except above SOOV which is ±25 ppm of setting.
Load Regulation
EXTERNAL SENSE: 2V to 1100V ±10 ppm no load to full rated load. Same for OV to 1.99999V using
son DIVIDER OVERRIDE.
INTERNAL SENSE: (At output terminals) Same as external except max. Full load is 4000.
Overcu rrent Protection
On all ranges current is limited to prevent damage due to an overload or short circuit at output terminals. The
operator is alerted by a flashing "O.L." on the central display. After approximately 2 seconds the calibrator
goes to standby.
Guard
The DC voltage section is guarded and a front panel terminal is provided labeled "V GUARD".
1-4
5100 Series B
Table 1-3. AC Volts Specifications
AC Volts
AMPLITUDE
TOTAL HARMONIC
MAXIMUM ACCURACY
RANGE 1 RESOLUTION FREQJENCY DISTORTION
CURRENT (6 months)
AND NOISE
(20°C to 30°C)
200V to 6mA/400pF
10mV Bandwidth of 10 Hz
1100V max
(1 mV to 1100V) to 200 kHz. Distortion,
50 Hz to 1 kHz line interference+
20Vto 10mA/400pF
1 mV 50 Hz to 10 kHz noise including random
199.999V max
±(.035% of spikes.
25 mA/400.Q/ setting +o.005%
2Vto (1 mV to 110V)
100µV of range +50 µV) (20V andHigher)
19.999V 1000 pF max 50 Hz to 20 kHz
50 Hz to 10 kHz: (0.08%
(Below 20V)
>10 kHz to 50 kHz of output) rms
0.2V to 2 kO min./1000 50 Hz to 50 kHz
10µV ±(0.06%of
1.99999V pF1max
setting +o.008% (Below 20V)
of range +50 µV) 50 Hz to 10 kHz:
20mVto
1 µV (0.05% of output
199.999 mV Limited by
Accuracy: ±3% NOTE +10 µV) rms 10 kHz to
500source
Resolution: 1 MSD "Range" inaccuracy 50 kHz: (0.08% of out-
1 mV2 to resistance
0.1 µV statement is 20 V put+ 20µV) rms
19.9999 mV for 500 override
(1) Can be set in dBm= 1 mW across 600.Q = .7746V
(2) 10% Lower voltage available using the Edit control
(3) When operating into 6000, for decibel levels below -11.76 dBm and above -31.76 dBm, use a .62847 dBm
correction factor to compensate for the loading on the son divider output
For Example: If a -20 dBm output level is necessary, program -20 dBm, .62847 dBm (-19.37 dBm) to compensate
for loading and establish a true -20.00 dBm output across 6000. Note that any inaccuracy in the values of the
internal 450 and the external 6000 load resistance results in a commensurate error in the actual output across
the load. You may assume that the internal 450 resistance is within .01n (.02%), so the greatest error is in the
6000 load resistance.
To correct for errors below 20 mV (-31.76 dBm), use the correction based on 600/649.5, or .92378 that results in a
dBm correction of .6886 dBm. For an output of -40 dBm, program -40 dBm, plus .6886 dBm (-39.31 dBm).
Resistance errors as outlined in the previous paragraph apply to this example.
NOTE
The simplest way to insure accuracy is to monitor the output level across the 6000 load using a
high-impedance ac voltmeter.
1-5
5100 Series B
Table 1-3. AC Volts Specifications (cont)
Temperature Coefficient (Above 30°C and Below 20°C)

AMPLITUDE : Accuracy limits increase by ±(20 ppm of setting +2 ppm of range)/°C
FREa.JENCY: Accuracy limits increase by ±0.1%/°C
Remote Sensing
Four wire remote sensing is available from 2V to 11 OOV. The three lowest ranges are internally sensed.
Internal sense connections are made automatically inside the box.
2 seconds to settle within 100 ppm of the final value for amplitude and within 0.3% for frequency following any
change in output voltage, current, or frequency. Switching between two highest ranges requires 2.2 seconds.
At any fixed temperature from 0°C to 50°C the short term stability is ±(0.01% of range +10 µV).
Load Regulation
EXTERNAL SENSE: 0.2V to 1100V ±200 ppm no load to full rated load.
INTERNAL SENSE: (At output terminals) Same as external except voltages less than 0.2V have a load regulation
expressed as an output impedance of 500.
The above load regulations are met with reactive loads with power factors between 0.9 and 1.0.
Overcurrent Protection
On all ranges current is limited to prevent damage.due to an overload or short circuit at outpUt terminals.
The operator is alerted by a flashing "0.L" on the central display. After approximately 2 seconds the
calibrator goes to standby.
Guard
The AC voltage function is guarded and a front panel terminal labeled "V GUARD" is provided.
DISCRETE FREaJENCI ES AVAILABLE
50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

IN Hz
110V to 1100V • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
20V to 110V • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
1mVto20V • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
IN kHz 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50
110V to 1100V •
20V to 110V • • • • • • • • • • •
1 mVto20V • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
1-6
5100 Series B
Table 1-4. Current Specifications
DC Current
ACCURACY
COMPLIANCE (6 months) RIPPLE AND NOISE
RANGE RESOLUTION
VOLTAGE (20° C to 30° Cl
±(0.2A to 10µA 0 to 2.1V min

1.99999A) ±(0.015% of output
(0.05% of output +0.01
+0.002% of range
µA) rms
±(20 mA to +0.02µA)
1 µA 0 to 10V min
199.999 mA)
±(2 mA to 100 nA 0 to 10V min

19.9999 mA)
Compliance Measured with a bandwidth
±(0.2 mA to voltage: >1V of 10 Hz to 10 kHz including
10nA 0 to 10V min
1.99999 mA) add 0.002% random spikes
setting/volt
±(10 µA 1 to 0 to 10V min
1 nA
199.999 µA)
( 1) 10% lower current available using the Edit Control.
Temperature Coefficient (Above 30°C and Below 20°)

The accuracy limits increase by ±(10 ppm of setting +2 ppm of range)f C
1 Second to settle to within 0.01% of final value following any change in current or compliance voltage.
At any fixed temperature from 0°C to 50°C the short term stability is ±(50 ppm of setting+ 5 ppm of
range+ 0.002 µA).
Load Regulation
±20 ppm/volt for a change in the output voltage from 1 volt to maximum rated compliance voltage.
Overvoltage Protection
On all ranges voltage is limited to not more than 2V greater than maximum rated compliance voltage due
to an open circuit condition. The operator is alerted by a flashing "O. L." on the central display. After
approximately 2 seconds the calibrator goes to standby.
Guard
The DC current section is guarded and a front panel terminal labeled "I GUARD" is provided.
1-7
5100 Series B
Table 1-4. Current Specifications (cont)
AC Current
TOTAL
ACCURACY
COMPLIANCE HARMONIC
RANGE RESOLUTION (6 months) FREQUENCY
VOLTAGE DISTORTION
(20°C to 30°C)
ANO NOISE
0.2A to 10µA 0 to 1.4V rms

±(0.05%of 50 Hz to 1 kHz
1.99999A min.
setting+
+ .005% of Accuracy: ±3% Distortion, line
20 mAto 1 µA Oto 7V rms
range +0.02 µA) interference+
199.999 mA min.
Resolution: noise including
1 MSD random spikes
2mAto 0 to 7V rms
100 nA
19.9999 mA min.
Compliance
Although no
voltage: >1V (0.05% of output
0.2 mAto 10nA 0 to 7V rms accuracy +µA) rrns +
rms add
1.99999 mA min. specifications (>1V rrns) add
0.005% of
apply above 0.01%of
Oto 7V rms setting/volt
10 µA 1 to 1 kHz, output distortion/volt
1 nA
199.999µA min. is usable to 5 kHz.
( 1) 10% lower current available using the Edit Control.
Temperature Coefficient (Above 30°C and Below 20°C)

CURRENT: Accuracy limits increase by ±(25 ppm of setting+ 10 ppm of range+o.2 nA )fC.
FREQUENCY: Accuracy limits increase by ±0.1%f C.
4 seconds to settle within 0.2% of final value for current and within 0.3% for frequency following any change in
output current, voltage, or frequency.
At any fixed temperature from 0°C to 50°C the short term stability is ±(0.014% of setting+ 0.002% of range
+0.4µA).
Load Regulation
±50 ppm +20 nA/volt for a change in the output voltage from 1V to maximum rated compliance voltage. Load
regulation is met with reactive loads with power factors between 0.9 and 1.0.
Overvoltage Protection
On all ranges voltage is limited to not more than 2V peak greater than maximum rated compliance voltage
due to an open circuit condition. The operator is alerted by a flashing "O.L." on the central display. After
approximately 2 seconds the calibrator goes to standby.
Guard
The AC current section is guarded and a front panel terminal labeled "I GUARD" is provided.
I
1-8
5100 Series B
Table 1-5. Resistance Specifications
Resistance
TEMPERATURE
ACCURACY COEFFICIENT
POWER MAXIMUM PEAK >30°C and <20°C POWER
RANGE (6 Months)
DISSIPATION CURRENT VOLTAGE ACCURACY COEFFICIENT
(20° C to 30° Cl
LIMITS
INCREASE BY
1n 1A 1V 0.015% 0.1 ppm/mW

10 ppmfc
10,Q 300mA 3V 0.010%
100,Q 100 mA 10V

1W
1.kll 30mA 30V 0.3 ppm/mW
0.003%
10 kll 10 mA 100V 5 ppmfc
100 kll 3mA
1 MQ 100mW 0.3mA 0.010% 0.2 ppm/mW
300V
10 ppmfC up to
40°C
10MQ 10mW 0.03 mA 0.030% 0.02 ppm/mW
50 ppmf C above
40°C
Two or Four Terminal Ohms Below 100 kll

The maximum residual resistance that can be compensated for using the Cal 1n function is 0.99999Q.
The accuracy specification given above is for a 4-terminal connection below 100 kn. The accuracy specification
is valid if the CAL 10 function is performed within the last 8 hours and the instrument is continually powered
during that period. The 2-terminal connection is made to the OUTPUT terminals.
RANGE ACCURACY
100 0.4%
1000
1 kn
10 kn
0.05%
0.0125%
0.0075%
} + Ohmmeter Error (see note)
NOTE
The "Ohmmeter Error"is the error the Ohmmeter has in measuring the I Ohm/unction expressed
in Ohms.
1-9
5100 Series B
Table 1-6. Wideband Option -03 Specifications
Wideband Option -03
AMPLITUDE ACC~ACVAT 1 kHz FREQJENCV VS. AMPLITUDE

RANGE
RANGE VOLTS TERMINATED IN son FLATNESS TERMINATED WITH
APPROX dBm* (6 Months 20°C to 30°C) **SOQ AND 1 FT OF RG58/ AU
1Vto3.1623V +13 to +23 ±(0.25% of setting+ 0.25% 10 Hz to 30 Hz: ±0.3%

of range)
0.31624V to 0.99999V +3to +13 ±(0.50% of setting + 0.25% >30 Hz to 1 MHz: ±0.25%
of range)
0.1V to 0.31623V -7 to +3 ±(0. 75% of setting + 0.25%
of range) >1 MHz to 5 MHz
31.624 mV to 99.999 mV -17 to -7 ±( 1-.00% of setting + 0.25% ±0.25% above 1 mV
of range) ±0.6% at 1 mV and lower
10 mV to 31.623 mV -27 to -17 ±(1.25% of setting+ 0.25%
of range)
3.1624 mV to 9.9999 mV -37 to -27 ±(1.50% of setting+ 0.25% >5 MHz to 10 MHz: ±0.6%
of range)
1 mV to 3.1623 mV -47 to -37 ±(1. 75% of setting + 0.25% Frequency Resolution: 1 MSD
of range)
300 µV to 0.99999 mV -57 to-47 ±(2.00% of setting+ 0.25% Frequency Accuracy: ±3%
of range)
= =
(*) 0 dBm mW across 500 0.22361 V.
(**) Frequency vs amplitude flatness with respect to 1 kHz.
Temperature Coefficient (Above 30° and Below 20°C)

AMPLITUDE: Accuracy limits increasy by 0.1 times the accuracies listed in the amplitude accuracy
columnfC.
FREQUENCY: Accuracy limits increase by 0.25%fC.
2 seconds to settle within 500 ppm of final value for amplitude and within 0.3% for frequency following any
change in voltage, current, or frequency.
Harmonics
-40 dB or lower relative to fundamental for each frequency except -32 dB above 5 MHz.
Spurious Outputs
-50 dB or lower relative to fundamental for each frequency.
Overload Protection
A short circuit on the wideband output will not damage the calibrator. Normal operation is restored upon
removal.
5100 SERIES WIDEBAND FREQUENCY RESPONSE
'\'"' 1 mV AND BELOW
.052 dB \,- .6%
I I
.026dB
.022 dB - SPEC LIMIT
I .-.
I
.25%
\... TYPICAL
r
-.022 dB
~
" - - "'11111
-.026 dB - I
I
-.25%
L
-.052 dB -.6%
10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10MHz
1-10
5100 Series B
Table 1-7. General Specifications
Stability /Environmental
All specifications have been stated with thefollowing conditions:
Time: Six months

Temp: 25°C ±5°C
R.H.: <85%
Temperature Range
51008/51018: Operating 0°C to +50°C
Non Operating -20°C to +65°C
5101A w/tape: Operating +10°C to +40°C
Non Operating +4°C to +50°C
Humidity Range
0°C to 35°C: 85% RH (Non-Condensing)
35°C to 40°C: 70% RH
40°C to 50°C: 50% RH
Shock and Vibration

Meets requirements of MI L-T-28800 for class 5 style E equipment.
Operating Power
(100V,110V,115V,120V,200V,220V,230V,240V ± 10%: 50 • 60 Hz)
51008: 200 VA Fully Loaded
51018: 220 VA Fully Loaded
Warmup
30 Minutes to rated accuracy
Dimensions
22.23 cm H X 43.18 cm L X 60.33 Cm W
(8.75 in H X 17.00 in L X 23.75 in W)
Weight
51008: 30.4 kgm (67 lbs.) basic.
32.7 kgm (72 lbs.) fully loaded.
51018: 32.7 kgm (72 lbs.) basic.
51028: 35.8 kgm (79 lbs.) basic.
Safety
Safety Class I as defined in IEC 348.
Line Regulation
Output changes less than 5% of Load Regulations.
1-11
5100 Series B
Table 1-8. System Specifications for Power Amplifier Application

(5100 Series B + Y500, Y5001, 5205A/5215A Combination)
DC Operation (with 5205A)

Output Voltage
±(100 to 1100) volts
Output Current
100 mA maximum
Accuracy
(90-Day) ±(0.06% of output + 20 mV)
(180-Day) ±(0.07% of output+ 20 mV)
Maximum Capacitive
Load: < 1500 pF
±(25 ppm of output +3 mV!°C
Ripple and Noise
Random noise, in a 1 MHz bandwidth shall not exceed 100 mV rms. Line-related noise shall be less than
50 mV rms.
AC Operation (with 5205A or 5215A)
Output Voltage
100 to 110V rms
Output Current
200 mA from 100 Hz to 50 kHz linearly decreasing to 140 mA in the region 100 Hz to 50 Hz.
Amplitude Accuracy (180-Dav. 23°C ±5°C)

50 Hz to 10 kHz ±(.08% Eo + .1 volt)
10 kHz to 50 kHz ±(.12% Eo + .15 volt)
Total Distortion and Noise, (in the band 10 Hz to 1 MHz)
50 Hz to 20 kHz 0.1 % of output
20 kHz to 50 kHz 0.2% of output
Maximum Capacitive Load
1500 pF or that value which draws the maximum rated load current, whichever is less.
Amplitude Temperature Coefficient
Above 30°C and below 20°C the accuracy limit increases by ±(30 ppm of output +3 mV)/°C for 50 Hz to
10 kHz; and ±(50 ppm of output +5mV)/°C for 10 kHz to 50 kHz.
1-12
5100 Series B
Table 1-9. System Specifications for Transconductance Amplifier Application

(5100 Series B + V5000, V5002, 5220A Combination)
DC Mode
Output Range
±1 to ±19.9999A
Accuracy of Output
±(0.025% of selected output+ 1 mA)
Resolution
±0.1 mA
±(0.003% of selected output+ 100 µA) in ten minutes, with constant line, load, and temperature.
Line Regulation
Output changes less than 0.001% for a ±10% in line voltage.
Load Regulation
Output changes less than ±(0.005% +100 µA) for a full load change of 4 volts of compliance.
AC Mode
Output Range
1A rms to 19.9999A rms
Accuracy of Output
±(0.07% of selected output +1 mArms) from 50 Hz to 1 kHz, and ±(0.07% of selected output +1 mA rms) x f
from 1 kHz to 5 kHz, where f = frequency in kHz.
Resolution
±0.1 mA rms
±(0.003% of selected output +100 µArms) per degree C, above 30°C and below 20°C.
Short Term Stability
Output changes less than ±(0.02% +500 µArms) in 10 minutes •. with constant line, load, and temperature.
1-13
5100 Series B
Section 2
Operating Instruction s
2-1. INTRODUCTION rack mounting accessories is given in Section 6 of the

instruction manual.
2-2. This section contains information regarding installa-
tion and operation of the Model 5100 Series Calibrators. It is Table 2-1. Options and Accessories
recommended that the contents of this section be read and
understood before any attempt is made to operate the instru- OPTION OR
TITLE
ment. Should any difficulties arise during operation, contact MODEL NO.
your nearest Fluke Sales Representative. or the Fluke Corpo-
ration. P.O. Box 9090, Everett. WA 98206-9090. Tel (206) Option -03 Wideband (10Hz to 10 MHz)
356-5400. ' Option -05 IEEE-488 Standard
Interface
Option -06 Bit Serial Asynchronous
2-3. SHIPPING INFORMATION
Interface (RS-232-C)
2-4. Theinstrumentispackedandshippedinafoampacked 5100A-7003K Transit Case

cardboard carton. If reshipment is required use the original 5100A-7005K Extender Accessory Kit
container or request a new container from the Fluke Corpora-
MIS-7190K Static Controller
tion. Please include the instrument model number with your
request. MOS-205-600 Rack Mounting Kit
M00-280-610 Chassis SI ides
Y5000 5100 Series Interface
2-5. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
2-6. Listed in Table 2-1 are the options and accessories Y5001 Cable Assembly (Y5000 to Model
available for the 5100 Series B Calibrators. A detailed 5205A/5215A)
description of each is included in Section 6 of the Y5002 Cable Assembly (Y5000 to Model
instruction manual. 5220A)
Y8021 1 Meter IEEE Cable
2-7. INSTALLATION
2-8. The 5100 instruments are designed for bench-top Y8007 10-Pack of Minicassettes for Storage
use (all) or for installation in a standard 19-inch System Instruments
equipment rack (5100B and SIOIB) using the optional
accessory rack mounting kit. If desired, accessory chassis
slides may be installed to facilitate access to the rack-
installed equipment. Information on the installation of
2-1
5100 Series B
2-9. OPERATING FEATURES 2-23. OUTPUT DISPLAY
2-10. Front Panel Controls 2-24. An explanation of the Output Display and
indicators is given in Figure 2-4 and Table 2-5.
2-11. The 5100 Series Front Panels are divided into nine
major groupings. The groupings and their general use are 2-25. CENTRAL DISPLAY
shown and explained in Figure 2-1 and Table 2-2. The
individual groupings are explained and illustrated in 2-26. An explanation of the Central Display and
greater detail in later paragraphs of this section. indicators is given in Figure 2-5 and Table 2-6.
2-12. The first eight groupings are identical in operation 2-27. ERROR MODE
and positioning for all models in the series. The ninth
grouping, the Storage System, is present only in the 2-28. An explanation of the Error Mode Controls and
Model 510 lB and any material dealing with it is peculiar indicator are given in Figure 2-6 and Table 2-7. The use of
to the 510 lB only. any control automatically places the instrument in the
Error Mode if it has not been selected previously.
2-13. POWER
2-29. STORAGE SYSTEM (Storage Only)
2-14. The Power Group consists of the POWER switch.
The switch is in to apply line power to the instrument and 2-30. An explanation of the Storage System controls
out to remove power. and indicators is given in Figure 2-7 and Table 2-8.
2-15. DATA ENTRY

2-31. Rear Panel
2-16. Individual items or groupings on the Data Entry
keyboard are explained in Figure 2-2 and Table 2-3. In
2-32. The 5100 Series Rear Panel is shown and
addition, a voltage (V), dBm entry, WIDEBAND, or
explained in Figure 2-8 and Table 2-9, respectively.
EXT OSC selection will lock the keyboard from further
entries until either the ENTER, RECALL, or CLEAR
switch is depressed. Ifeither "Err3" or ..Err4" results when 2-33. Error Messages
ENTER is depressed, the original entry is not changed
and the KEYBOARD indicator remains illuminated.
2-34. The Central Display and the optional interface
2-17. CONTROL output device will indicate an error by displaying an error
code. The codes and errors causing them are shown in
2-18. Two switches in the Control Group select the Table 2-10.
Operating mode (OPR/STDBY) and Controlling device
(LOCAL/ REM). Both switches are push-push type 2-35. List (Storage Only)
switches that illuminate the applicable indicator to show
the selected mode. To change from STDBY to OPR, 2-36. The LIST switch in the Storage Group allows the
depress the switch and the OPR indicator will illuminate operator to print a hard copy of a stored program or a test
and the STDBY indicator extinguish. To return to in progress, provided the instrument is equipped with one
STDBY depress the switch again and the condition will of the optional remote interfaces. The instrument must be
reverse, i.e., the OPR indicator extinguish and the in the Store Mode, the first desired step of the program
STD BY indicator illuminate. The LOCAL/ REM selected, and LIST selected to output a listing of the
pushbuttom switch operates in the same manner. stored program. The printed output starts with the
selected program step and continues to the end of the
2-19. WIDEBAND OUTPUT stored program. The printed output includes the step
number; the 5100 output (programmed nominal and full-
2-20. When the Wideband -03 Option is installed and scale as modified by the Error Mode and/ or Fractional-
selected, the output is present at the BNC type connector Scale Operations); tolerance and entry limits; and the
with an output impedance of 50 ohms. The maximum status, to include Standby/Operate, Sensing, External
output is 3.1623 volts rms (+23 dBm) into 50 ohms. Oscillator, Wideband, 50 ohm divider override, Boost,
and the position of the Error Mode Digit. The placement
2-21. MAIN OUTPUT of the data in the print format is shown in Figure 2-9.
Entering any command during a list operation terminates
2-22. An explanation of the terminals, controls, and the listing. During a program list the instrument
indicators are given in Figure 2-3 and Table 2-4. automatically goes to standby.
2-2
6 7 8 9
I
I
OUTPUT
.. • v .. • v • KEYBOARD .
ERROR MOOE
! ..
•AC
..
• AC
• • m • A
• n ,, ::r ,-,
B11-1
• m • A
• n
• 11141 ERROR
• dB ERROR
EDIT
REFICAL 1n
D
+12 0 El El I] • M • 01 +/ 2 UJ • M • H•
DECADE_.
• dBm • 02 • dBm • 03 D
• LIMIT • °"
"Tl FLUKE
~·
ii1
.
CONTROL I DATA ENTRY STORAGE ~ I
~
.... .
500 DIVIDER
A
1 INT
QPR
. D.
STOBV
I D
-
+ 7
0
8
D
5
D
6
9
D
/J
m
D
v
A
D .
ENABLE
G~·~
"Tl
a D D D
4
0 D D Dk D D.
:I OIERRIOE EXT b.
LOCAL ENTRY LIMIT 1 2 3 n STORE
r+
~
:I GUARDS b. OUTPUT SJSE
. D.
REM"
I D
TOLUMIT
0
0
D D
I
DM DHz ACNS20A:
.
!!..
D 0 D D D D D
~~~ .
WIDEBAND RECALL dBm SELIOISPLAY STEP
7VRMSMAX
JSE CABLE&
D D% D
® . WIOEBANO
D
DELETE STEP
~ r
'l<N pk 1100V
MAX MAX
.D BOOST F1 LIST
~~® .• ~ ..
POWER
D D I
SHEU.U~~ .D EXTOSC
ENTRY D ALL
ENTER
D D
CLE.Al!\ STORAGE
D
o;...
V
MAX
T LO
MAX
LO
I I .:. ~
5 4 3 2
(JI
.....
0
0
CJ)
(1)
.....
iii"
(/)
I\)
I
(,) ClJ
5100 Series B
Table 2-2. Front Panel Display and Controls
1. POWER Controls the application and removal of input power.
2. DATA ENTRY This portion of the Keyboard allows the operator to enter the data desired
into the input registers for display, and upon completion places the data
into memory.
3. CONTROL Selects the operational status and mode.
4. WIDEBAND OUTPUT (10 Hz · 10 MHz) Output terminal for the wideband frequency option.
Operational only with Option -03 installed.
5. MAIN OUTPUT (DC, 50 Hz· 50 kHz) Sense controls and output terminals for the main
output.
6. OUTPUT DISPLAY Displays the output value and function.
7. CENTRAL DISPLAY Displays the data entered from the data entry section, the error in a
percentage figure, the error in dB's, the output frequency when an AC
output is selected and the limits, when recalled.
8. ERROR MODE When enabled, the output may be modified at any decade and the percent
of error or dB error deviation from the original figure displayed in
percentage or dB respectively.
9. STORAGE SYSTEM When enabled, operates the instrument from a stored program. The pro-
(STORAGE ONLY) gram may be ~ntered manually or from a previously recorded tape, read
by the integral tape system.
DATA.ENTRY
+ 7 8 9 µ v
D D D D D
4 5 6 m A
D D D D D 3
1 2 3 k n
D D D DM D
11 0 . I Hz
D D D D D
dBm
4
10
D%
9
DFi
8
D
CLEAR ENTER F2
ENTRY ALL
-
.,a,
-
.,a, .,a, D
6 5
Figure 2-2. Data Entry Group
2-4
5100 Series B
Table 2-3. Data Entry Group

1. POLARITY Depress the applicable keyswitch (+ or -) for the desired polarity with any
DC Volts or Amps entry. If an entry is not made posit.ive polarity is
assumed, if the DC mode is selected.
2. NUMERICAL Depress the applicable keyswitch to enter the numerical data desired. Char-
acters available are 0 through 9, the decimal point(.), and the slash {/) used
for ratio. Data is entered by depressing the keys in sequence, beginning with
the most significant digit. Restrictions are placed on the numerical entries
for frequency and resistance. Only the first digit (the MSD) is variable with
a frequency entry. Resistance is variable only in decades from 1 ohm
through 10 megohms.
3. MULTIPLIER Select the multiplier for the numerical data entered. Available are u(10 ° ),
m(1 O "'3 ), k(1c>3) and M(10 6 ). No entry assumes a value of units (1 o0 ).
4. FUNCTION Designates the function of the numerical data entered. Depress "V" to
select Volts, "A" for Amps, "O" for Ohms, "Hz" for Frequency, "dBm'
for decibels milliwatt and"%" for percentage. Once Volts, Amps, Ohms,
Hertz, or dBm have been selected, the instrument is locked into the
Keyboard Mode until the data is entered into the instrument with the
"ENTER" switch. Switches "F1" and "F2" are not used at this time.
5. ENTER When the correct entry has been completed (both magnitude and frequency,
if applicable) and is shown on the Central Display (frequency only is
displayed for AC entries) or Indicators, as applicable, the ENTER switch is
depressed to enter the data into memory and perform the selected action.
If an Error display results, the data entered in the keyboard memory is
retained until correctly entered or cleared.
WARNING
IF A KEYBOARD ENTRY IS TERMINATED WITH EITHER A CLEAR OR ERROR MESSAGE THE INSTRUMENT
RETAINS ITS PREVIOUS STATUS. IF TWO NEW PARAMETERS ARE ENTERED, E.G., FREQUENCY AND MAG·
NITlDE, AND ONE IS ILLEGAL THE INSTRUMENT REJECTS THE ILLEGAL ENTRY, WHILE ACCEPTING THE
LEGAL ENTRY, SOMETIMES RESULTING IN AN UNPLANNED OUTPUT. FOR SAFETY, ALWAVS VER IFY THE
OUTPUT MAGNITUDE OF THE INSTRUMENT, AS SHOWN ON THE OUTPUT DISPLAY, AFTER AN ILLEGAL
ENTRY.
6. CLEAR Depress the CLEAR switch once to clear the display (CLEAR ENTRY).
A second consecutive depression clears memory and resets the instrument
(CLEAR-ALL).
7. EXTERNAL An external input can be used to obtain a desired frequency not available
OSCILLATOR internally. The Source input must be 1.2V +/-5% and the impedance
must be less the 50 ohms. In addition the output frequency must be with·
in the allowable range for the output voltage selected. Only the frequency
range is shown on the Central Display, the frequency magnitude is blanked.
The function is not active until the ENTER switch is depressed.
8. BOOST Selects the Boost Function which extends the Voltage (Power) and
Current Capabilities of the instrument. This is accomplished by routing the
5100 B output through an accessory interface to a Fluke Model 5205A/
5215A Power Amplifier and/or a Fluke Model 5220A Transconductance
Amplifier. The Output is available at the terminals of the applicable
Amplifier instrument, rather than the Calibrator terminals, once the
Boost Function is selected the output value data keyed in, and the ENTER
Switch depressed.
9. WIDEBAND Selects the Wideband -03 Option with its greater frequency range (10 Hz
to 10 MHz) and its dedicated output connector. The function is not active
until the ENTER switch is depressed.
2-5
5100 Series B
Table 2-3. Data Entry Group (cont)
10. RECALL The RECALL switch can be used to restore to the Central Display the
stored limit values (output magnitude), voltage (e.g., when the output
display reads in dBm), and frequency. The RECALL switch will also clear
the keyboard memory and the keyboard indicator.
11. LIMITS Depression of the applicable limit switch enables entry into memory of a
limit value, including polarity if applicable for that function. If the polarity
is not specified, but is applicable, the entered value is applied as both
positive and negative limits. When the polarity is entered the unnamed
polarity is unchanged. When programmed data exceeds the ENTRY LIMIT
previously entered the entry is refused and the message "Err3" is displayed
on the Central Display and the LIMIT indicator illuminated. If the error
shown on the Central Display during Error Mode Operations exceeds the
figure set with TOL LIMIT the LIMIT indicator illuminates and the
Central Display numerics flash. This is for information only, it does not
effect the operation of the instrument. The tolerance limit is normally set
as a percentage of dB limit. If it is set using any other function, i.e. volts,
amps, etc. the value is automatically changed to a percentage of the
current output value by the instrument controller.
7 •
~ER
OVERRIDE EXT A 3
OUTPUT~·
•
GUARDS&
I· HI HI
6
v LO LO
Figure 2-3. Main Output Group
2-6
5100 Series B
Table 2-4. Main Output Group
1. WARNING DECAL Wirning that lethal voltages may be present at the output terminals.
2. SENSE SWITCH Push-Push toggle switch to select internal (2-wire} or external (4-wire}
sensing. The indicator illuminated signifies the type of sensing selected. To
change types depress the switch one time and the indicators will reverse.
3. OUTPUT TERMINALS The HI and LO output terminals. All standard Voltage, Current, and
Resistance outputs are available on these terminals. The maximum difference
between the HI and LO terminals is 1100 Volts rms.
CAUTION
Do not connect the Output HI terminal to chassis, or an earth ground, at any time. Damage
to the instrument may result. Do not connect either guard terminal to the Output HI
terminal, component failure occurs within the instrument at output voltages above 15 volts.
When using the instrument always set the calibrator to STDBY before connecting or
disconnecting a load. Arcing may result if the connections are broken while a high voHage
output is selected. The arcing may cause logic interruptions that could result in calibrator
damage.
4. SENSE TERMINALS Used for 4-wire resistance and remote voltage sensing. The allowable
difference between Output HI and Sense HI or Output LO and Sense
LO is 0.3 Volts.
5. VGUARD Connects to the inner shield surrounding the analog sections of the 51008
to isolate them from the chassis, 1/0 connections and digital section.
Normally connected to Output Lo at either the Front Panel or the Volt-
meter under test.
6. I GUARD Provides a driven shield "guard" around output HI in the AC and DC Current
modes. Held at the same voltage as Output HI by a unity gain amplifier, is
used to minimize the degradation of accuracy caused by stray capacitance
between Output Hi and Output LO.
CAUTION
Output Current inaccuracies will result if the I-Guard
terminal is connected to the V-Guard, Output LO,
Chassis, or Sense terminal.
7. 500 DIVIDER/ The 500 DIVIDER indicator illuminates when an output voltage between 0 and
OVERRIDE 1.99999V de or between 1 and 199.99 mV ac is selected, with the exception of the
200 mV to 1.9999V ac range. The illumination of the indicator verifies that the cali-
brator has automatically changed to an internal precision 500 divider.
2-7
5100 Series B
2 3 4
L OUTPUT
• v
• A
• n
+1 2 a El El • 01
• 02
1
Figure 2-4. Output Display Group
Table 2-5. Output Display Group
1. NUMERIC DISPLAY The absolute numeric value with decimal point and polarity, if applicable,
of the signal present at the output terminals.
2. AC INDICATOR Illuminated when the output signal is an AC Voltage of Current.
3. MULTIPLIER Indicator illuminates to show the multiplier of the numeric display. The
multipliersa reu(10°),m( 10"'3), k(103 )and M(10 6 ). Units (10°) arethe
default condition with no indicator illuminated.
4. FUNCTION Illuminated to show whether the function displayed is Voltage (V), Current
(A), Resistance (n), or decibel milliwatts (dBm). Indicators 01 and D2 are
not used at this time.
2 3 4 5
L I KEYBOARD
% ERROR
,.,
A
+12 ,_,
n • dB ERROR
::J Cl .-,
.;;;i £;1 LI Hz
• 03
1 LIMIT
• 04
7 6
Figure 2-5. Central Display Group
2-8
5100 Series B
Table 2-6. Central Display Group
1. NUMERIC DISPLAY The absolute numeric value and polarity, if applicable; of the signal displayed.
2. AC INDICATOR Illuminated when the displayed signal is an AC Voltage or Current.
3. MULTIPLIER Indicator illuminates to show the multiplier of the numeric display. The
exponents are u(10 -6 ), m(10 •3 ), k(103 ) and M(10 6 ). Units (10°) are the
default condition with no indicator illuminated.
4. FUNCTION Illuminates to show whether the function displayed is Voltage (V), Current
(A), Resistance (n), Frequency (Hz), or decibel milliwatts (dBm). Indicators
D3 and D4 are not used at this time.
5. KEYBOARD Illuminates when a "V", "A", "Il" dBm, Hz, WIDEBAND, or EXT OSC
entry is made from the DATA ENTRY group keyboard. Extinguishes
when the data is entered into memory.
6. ERROR MODE When the Output is modified to select the ERROR MODE the applicable
INDICATORS indicator illuminates to define whether the displayed numeric is a per-
centage error or a dB error. The error is the difference between the
original output as shown on the output display and the present output
display, as modified by the error controls.
7. LIMIT INDICATORS Illuminates when the displayed error exceeds the tolerance limit stored for
that function. The indicator is a warning to the operator only. It does not
effect dperation of the instrument. The indicator also illuminates when
either ENTRY LIMIT or TOL LIMIT is keyed as the initial step in storing
a limit value or when the stored limits are recalled for observation.
1 2
NEW REF/CAL 1n 3
~DECADE
0--- -
DECADE~
D D
Figure 2-6. Error Mode Group
Table 2-7. Error Mode Group
1. ENABLE The ENABLE switch toggles the instrument into or out of the Error Mode.
When in the Error Mode the indicator illuminates. The Error Mode cannot
be entered if the keyboard indicator is illuminated.
2. CONTROLS The edit switch increments the absolute value (clockwise rotation) or
decrements the absolute value (counterclockwise rotationi of the intensified
digit on the output display (Central Display for Frequency modifications)
when the error mode is selected. For example, a clockwise rotation will
make a positive number more positive and a negative number more negative.
2-9
5100 Series B
Table 2-7. Error Mode Group (cont)
The left decade switch moves the intensified digit one decade to the left
(toward the MSD) each time it is depressed. The right decade switch
moves the intensified digit one position to the right (toward the LSD) with
each depression. Continuing switch depressions when the digit has reached
one extreme have no further effect.
3. NEW REF/CAL Changes the reference used in the computation of %ERROR or dB ER ROA
1 OHM to the Value in the Output Display and resets the displayed error to zero. If
the instrument is in the fractional scale mode, the full scale reference value
is not changed. Used during internal sensed (2-wire) resistance measure-
ments in the 1 ohm range to compensate the display resistance value for
residual resistance.
STORAGE
1 ENABLE
----0
2
•
3
•
4 ADVANCE/LOAD
-----0 .
5~STEP
6~TEP
7~
- \
POWER
8~RAGE D _._ 0 9
Figure 2-7. Storage Group (Storage Only)
Table 2-8. Storage Group (Storage Only)
1. ENABLE The ENABLE switch toggles the instrument into or out of, the storage mode
of operation. The ENABLE indicator illuminates with the storage mode
selected. Neither the tape system nor the memory can be used until the
storage mode is selected.
2. TAPE The TAPE switch is a toggle, enabling or disabling the Tape Mode. The TAPE
indicator illuminates when the Tape Mode is selected.
2-10
5100 Series B
Table 2-8. Storage Group (Storage Only) (cont)
3. STORE The STORE switch toggles the instrument between the Read and Store
Modes. The Store Mode is selected when the indicator is illuminated. When
the Store Mode is selected, data may be transferred from the instrument
output to the Storage Memory or from the Storage Memory to Tape. The
Read Mode is used to transfer data from a tape to the Storage Memory
or from the Storage Memory to the instrument output.
4. ADVANCE/LOAD Operation of the ADVANCE/LOAD switch differs for the Read Mode, and
Store Mode. When the Read Mode is selected and the switch is depressed, the
next step in storage is transferred to the instrument output and the step
number increments. When the final step has been selected, "End P", is
displayed when the final step is loaded into the last step location. In the
Store Mode, when the switch is depressed the output state is transferred to
memory at the current step then the step number is incremented. After
entering the final step for the capacity of memory, "End P" is
displayed. If "FULL" is displayed, the memory buffer capacity
would be exceeded and additional commands cannot be accepted.
5. SEL/DISPLA Y STEP Operation of the SEL/DISPLA Y STEP switch is controlled by the operation
preceding depression of the switch. If the operation is not preceded by the
entry of a numerical value, the step number of the selected step is flashed
on the Central Display. If preceded by a numerical entry, the action taken
is dependent upon whether the Read or Store Mode is selected, if there is
a program entered and whether or not the step selected is within an existing
program. When the Read Mode is selected, the step number flashes, then
the stored output state is transferred to the instrument output. If the
number selected is greater than the last step in the program, "End P", is
displayed. In the Store Mode, the number selected is displayed, and that
becomes the step referenced in storage operation. If the selected number
is greater than the last step in the program the number of the first unused
step is displayed and the final step is referenced. In the Store Mode the
Output does not change when selecting or displaying steps.
6. DELETE STEP The step selected for operation is deleted when the DELETE STEP switch is
depressed with the Store Mode selected. The step numbers of any
subsequent steps are automatically decremented so there are no gaps in the
sequence. The data replacing the deleted instruction is displayed. "Err 1",
is displayed if the DELETE STEP switch is depressed with the Read Mode
selected.
7. LIST Used with one of the Optional Interfaces to print an 80 column listing of
of either all or part of the stored program (Store Mode) or the results of
an individual test (Read Mode).
8. CLEAR STORAGE In the Store Mode all data in the storage memory is deleted and "End P",
is displayed when the CLEAR STORAGE switch is depressed. If the
switch is depressed in the Read Mode "Err 1 ", is displayed and no clearing
action results.
9. TAPE SYSTEM Tape Unit to Read/Store data using a mini-cassette system, providing a
permanent record of test programs.
2-11
5100 Series B
CXI ------11-1--+i
I
0
D
11-++---
o
<I!<in
~
i<I
_ i"'"U z'=D
a
~
(t)=ii• M
II
~t----i+---
Figure 2-8. Rear Panel
2-12
5100 Series B
Table 2-9. Rear Panel
1. Explanatory Decal lists set line voltage and nomenclature and/or identifiers for rear panel items
2. Input line power connector, J1
3. Chassis ground lug
4. Line power fuse, F 1
5. Fan Filter. Refer to Section 4 for maintenance procedure
6. Interface Access slot. If one of the option interfaces is installed in the instrument, access to the connector
and address controls, if any, will be available here
7. MIS Bus Connector
8. Explanatory Decal lists Options installed in instrument
9. Analog Bus Connector. Inputs for the External Oscillator Signal, Oscillator Output, and Oscillator Out-
put 90° are applied through the Analog Bus Connector, if required.
Table 2-10. Error Codes
ErrO No error (status message only)

Err1 Invalid character or sequence
Err2 Invalid frequency or resistance entry
Err3 Programmed output exceeds entry limits or instrument capabilities
Err4 Invalid frequency/output combination
Err5 (Msg) 0.L. (display) Overload or overcompliance voltage
Err6 Module accessed inoperative or not installed-voltage greater than 20V
programmed with high voltage output not installed
Err7 String command exceeds 32 characters
Err8 Tape load/feed problem or write protected
Err9 Unable to read the tape
2-37. To obtain a listing of the current output, select the both List Program and List Data, are printed in
Read Mode and List. The printed output includes the step engineering notation. Only the exponents E-6, E-3, E3
number, programmed nominal output, tolerance and E6 are printed, the EO entry is blanked.
programmed, the actual output error, and ifthat exceeds
the programmed tolerance, the word FAIL. The Program Write-Protect (Storage Only)
2-40.
placement of this data in the print format is shown in
Figure 2-10. 2-41. Tapes recorded with a program destined for
permanent storage may be protected from accidental
2-38. Both types of listing(s) are preceded by a heading erasure with the tape cassette write-protect feature. To
(see Figures 2-9 and 2-10). A heading may be obtained, obtain this feature, punch out the cross shaped plug
subsequent to completion of the current line, by toggling (Figure 2-11) on the top back of the cassette as it is placed
the EN ABLE pushbutton (two depressions), then depress-
in the tape reader. After the plug has been removed an
ing the last switch. A heading in progress can be
"Err8" results if an attempt is made to write additional
terminated by entering a command.
data, or, write over the existing data on that side of the
2-39. All numeric data, except the tolerance limits for tape cassette.
2-13
5100 Series B
HEADING
DATA . . . . .
INSTRUMENT.
STEP OUTPUT & REFERENCE LIMITS STATUS
~ b----~----j
---------
P==1
~ L-=-=J
1. Program Step Number
2. OUT: Actual Output

NOM: Programmed Output (nominal)
FS REF: Full Scale value if the nominal is a fractional scale
3. TOL: Tolerance limits in percent of dB

ENT: Positive entry limit
Negative entry limit (printed only if applicable)
4. STD BY or QPR, EXT SENSE or I NT SENSE

EXT OSC or WIDEBAND or SQQ DIV OVRD (mutually exclusive) and BOOST
Position of the Error Cursor ( 1 for Output Display MSD down to 6 for the LSD and FREQ for
frequency)
NOTE
If the second entry within a field is not used, subsequent
entries within the field fill the vacated space.
Figure 2-9. LIST Program (Storage Only)
INSTRUMENT SERIAL NO
DATE . . . OPERATOR
STEP NOMINAL OUTPUT TOLERANCE ERROR
2.
1. Step number of the program (Blank without a program in memory)
2. Nominal Programmed Output
3. Tolerance in Percent or dB
4. Actual Value of Error in Percent or dB
5. Prints **Fail** if the Acutal Error Exceeds the Tolerance
Figure 2-10. LIST Data (Storage Only)
2-14
5100 Series B
Table 2-11. Standby/Operate Status Change

CROSS-SHAPED _ __
PUSH-OUT PLUG PRESENT INSTRUMENT DROPS FROM
FUNCTION QPR TO STDBY GOING TO
THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS:
<20V de ~20V de, ~20V ac, A de, A ac, Ohms

~20V de ~20V ae, A de, A ac, Ohms
<20V ac ~20V de, ~V ae, A de, A ae, Ohms
~20Vac ~20V de A de, A ae, Ohms
Ade V de, V ae, Ohms
Aac V de, V ae, Ohms
Ohms ~20V de, ~20V ac, <20V de, A de,
A ae
Wideband ~20V de, ~20V ae, A de, A ac
Figure 2-11. Tape Write-Protect Feature <20V de,

<20Vac: Selected Output is less than 20V
~20V de,
2-42. LOCAL OPERATION ~20Vac: Selected Output is equal to or
greater than 20V
2-43. Initialization
2-44. The instrument is initialized when power is
applied with the power switch, after having been 2-49. DC Voltage Output
removed, or when the CLEAR switch is depressed twice
successively. This clears the registers and memory, 2-50. Obtain a DC voltage output using the following
extinguishing all the indicators except the following: procedure:
STDBY, LOCAL, INT, AND 500 DIVIDER. In 1. If the meter being tested is not connected,
addition, the OUTPUT display reads 0.0000 mV and the perform the connection procedure above.
Central Display flashes the number of the software
revision, e.g., 1.0.5. The storage system, if installed, is not 2. Select the desired polarity and depress the
cleared by the CLEAR switch depressions. applicable keyswitch.
2-45. Status During Function Change 3. Visible on the Central Display is the correct
polarity.
2-46. In some cases the instrument automatically drops
in status from Operate to Standby when the function is NOTE
changed. These cases are listed in Table 2-11. When the If a polarity is not selected, during DC
status changes during a function change, depress the operations, the instrument defaults to a
OPR/STDBY keyswitch to toggle the instrument back positive polarity when the command is
into Operate and continue with the procedure. entered into memory.
2-47. Meter Connection Procedure 4. Depress the numerical keyswitches required to

obtain the absolute value of the desired voltage.
2-48. Verify the instrument is in STDBY, then connect Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from MSD (left)
the meter to be calibrated to the Output terminals using to the LSD (right).
the applicable configuration from Figure 2-12.
NOTE 5. The digits appear in the Central Display as they
are entered with the LSD added on the right.
Wideband AC Voltmeters (bandwidths
exceeding I MHz) are susceptible to high- 6. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is
frequency noise on the low ranges and should selected the instrument assumes units.
be calibrated at levels below JO m V using the
Wideband (JO Hz-JO MHz) Output (Option 7. The selected multiplier indicator, if any,
-03). illuminates.
2-15
5100 Series B
5100
Connections for a V de, V ac, A de, A ac and two
CALIBRATOR
terminal (internal sensing) resistance outputs. ( 100 kn.
DMM INPUT 1 Mn. 10 Mn use internal sensing.) See NEW REF/
Hlo-t-~~~~~~+---.
LO OHi CAL 1n procedure for residual resistance comp-
0 OLO ensation.
5100
CALIBRATOR Connections for four-terminal (external sensing out-
puts (1n-10 kn). May be used for 100 kn. 1 Mn
DMM INPUT
HI
and 10 Mn outputs for convenience but output is
HI
LO effectively two-terminal.
LO
S100 Connections for A ac with <2 mA ac and A ac with

NO CONNECTION CALIBRATOR F>400 Hz outputs. Alternate method for all A de
. . - - - - - - - . (Do not ground shield and A ac readings. CAUTION: 1f shielded cable is
DMM of shielded cable)
left in place during V de or V ac operation, cable
OHi dielectric must withstand full output voltage and
OLO
cable capacitance loads output.
5100 Connections for ;;oi:o.2v ac, ;;oi:2.ov ac and <2.0V de

M CALIBRATOR with son override selected outputs to high burden
voltmeters; i.e., rreters that draw a current large
HI
enough to produce a voltage drop in the leads which
LO is large compared to the accuracy desired.
Figure 2-12. Meter Connections
8. Depress the V keyswitch to select volts. NOTE

(f the current exceeds the capability of the
9. The KEYBOARD and Vindicators illuminate. calibrator, the Central Display flashes "O.L."
and the instrument goes into STDBY.
10. Depress the ENTER keyswitch.
13. The DC output may be altered by repeating
11. The data visible on the Central Display the procedure starting at step 2.
transfers to the Output Display, blanking the
Central Display.
2-51. AC Voltage Output
NOTE
If the programmed output is 2.0 volts or 2-52. Obtain an AC voltage output using the following
greater the 50 OHM DIVIDER indicator procedure:
automatically extinguishes.
I. If the meter being tested is not connected,
12. Select OPR on the instrument, if required. perform the connection procedure above.
2-16
5100 Series B
2. Depress the numerical keyswitches required to NOTE

obtain the absolute value of the desired AC voltage. The frequency may be altered without
Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the MSD entering the voltage into the instrument by
(left) to the LSD (right). deleting steps 1 through 7.
3. The digits appear in the Central Display as they 16. Select OPR on the instrument, if required, to
are entered, with the LSD being added on the right. obtain an output.
4. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is NOTE

selected the instrument assumes units.
If the output current exceeds the capability of
5. The selected multiplier indicator, if any, the calibrator the Central Display flashes
"O.L." and the instrument goes into STD BY.
illuminates.
6. Depress the "V" keyswitch to select volts. 17. Either the voltage or frequency can
subsequently be altered without effecting the other.
7. The KEYBOARD and Vindicators illuminate.
2-53. Wideband Output
NOTE 2-54. If the Wideband Option -03 is installed obtain an

output at the wideband connector using the following
The output will be a DC voltage until a procedure:
frequency is entered. The AC voltage may be
altered without effecting the frequency by I. Depress the WIDEBAND switch.
depressing ENTER and deleting the
remaining steps of the procedure. 2. The WIDEBAND indicator illuminates.
NOTE
!S. Depress the numeric keyswitches required to
Any voltage and frequency combination,
obtain the absolute value of the desired frequency.
within the specified limits of the Wideband
Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the MSD
Option, previously entered will be available
(left) to the LSD (right).
for output. Any limits previously entered are
still applicable.
NOTE
3. Connect a I foot RG58/ AU cable with BNC
· For a frequency entry the MSD is the only connectors between the wideband output connector
allowable significant digit. and the receiving instrument.
NOTE
9. The frequency entry appears on the Central
Any cable length greater than 1foot will have
Display.
an effect on the accuracy specifications. Refer
10. Select a multiplier, if required. If none 1s to Sec·tion 6 of the instruction manual.
selected the instrument assumes units. 4. Select an AC voltage and frequency output, if
required, as described above.
11. The selected mutiplier indicator, if any,
illuminates. NOTE
12. Depress the Hz keyswitch. Toggling the WIDEBAND switch and
depressing the ENTER switch returns the
13. The Central Display AC and Hz indicators instrument to standard operation.
illuminate.
2-55. Direct Current Output
2-56. Obtain a Direct Current Output using the
15. The frequency is displayed on the Central following procedure:
Display and the AC indicator on the Output
Display illuminates. I. If the meter being tested is not connected to the
2-17
5100 Series B
instrume nt output terminals perform the 2. Depress the numerical keyswitches required to
connection procedure above. obtain the absolute value of the desired AC amps
setting. Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the
2. Select the desired polarity and depress the MSD (left) to the LSD (right).
applicable keyswitch.
3. The digits appear in the Central Display as they
3. Visible on the Central Display is the correct are entered, with the LSD added on the right.
polarity.
4. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is
NOTE selected the instrument assumes units.
If a polarity is not selected the instrument 5. The selected multiplier indicator, if any,
defau/ts to a positive polarity when the illuminates.
command is entered into memory.
6. Depress the A keyswitch to select Current
4. Depress the numerical keyswitches required to (Amps).
obtain the absolute value of the desired DC amps
setting. Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the 7. The KEYBOARD and A indicators illuminate.
MSD (left) to the LSD (right).
5. The digits appear in the Central Display as they NOTE

are entered, with the LSD added on the right.
The output will be in direct current until a
6. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is frequency is entered. The alternating current
selected the instument assumes units. may be altered without effecting the frequency
by depressing ENTER and deleting the
7. The selected multiplier indicator, if any, remaining steps of this procedure.
illuminates.
8. Depress the numeric keyswitches required to
8. Depress the A keyswitch to select Current obtain the absolute value of the desired frequency.
(Amps). Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the MSD
9. The KEYBOA RD and A indicators illuminate.
NOTE
IO. Depress the ENTER keyswitch.
11. The command string visible on the Central For a frequency entry the MSD is the only
Display transfers to the Output Display, blanking allowable significant digit.
the Central Display. If the 500 indicator was
illuminated from a prior setting it extinguishes. 9. The frequency entry appears on the Central
Display.
12. Select 0 PR in the instrument, if required, to
obtain an output. 10. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is
selected the instrument assumes units.
NOTE
If the required compliance voltage exceeds the 11. The selected multiplier indicator, if any,
calibrator 's capacity, the Central Display illluminates.
flashes "O. L." and the instrument goes into
STD BY. 12. Depress the Hz keyswitch.
2-57. Alternating Current Output 13. The Central Display, KEYBOARD, AC, and
Hz indicators illuminate.
2-58. Obtain an Alternating Current Output using the
following procedure: 14. Depress the ENTER keyswitch.
l. If the meter being tested is not connected to the 15. The frequency remains on the Central :9isplay
instrume nt output terminals perform the and the AC indicator on the Output Display
connection procedure above. illuminates.
2-18
5100 Series B
NOTE after initial power applications or a RESET

The frequency may be selected without command. The CAL 1n display is blanked
entering the current into the instrument by when the Resistance- Value is entered into
deleting steps 1 through 7. memory.
16. Select OPR on the instrument if required, to 8. Depress the ENTER keyswitch.
obtain an output.
9. The data visible on the Central Display
NOTE transfers to the Output Display, blanking the
If the required compliance voltage exceeds the Central Display.
calibrator's capacity, the Central Display
flashes "O.L." and the instrument goes into IO. Select OPR on the instrument, if required, to
STD BY. obtain an output.
2-59. Resistance Output 2-61. dBm Output (AC Volts Only)

2-60. Obtain a Resistance Output using the following 2-62. Obtain an output in decibels (i.e., 0 dBm is equal
procedure: to l mW across 600 ohms for the main output terminals or
across 50 ohms for the Wideband Option output) using
l. If the meter being tested is not connected to the the following procedure:
instrument output terminals perform the
connection procedure above. 1. If the meter being tested is not connected to the
instrument output terminals, perform the
2. Depress the numeric keyswitches required to connection procedure above.
obtain the absolute value of the desired resistance
setting. Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the 2. Obtain an AC output using the procedure
MSD (left) to the LSD (right). above.
NOTE NOTE
The dBm entry below can be substituted for
Resistance entries may on~I' he made from I AC volts when obtaining an output.
ohm through JO Megohms in multiples of
power of ten (e.g., JOO, JOI, 102•... 107). 3. Depress the numeric keyswitches required to
enter the value of the desired dBm setting. Select in
3. The digits selected appear on the Central the normal sequence, i.e., from the MSD (left) to
Display as they are entered. the LSD (right).
4. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is 4. The frequency on the Central Display is

selected the instrument assumes units. blanked and the digits appear on the Central
Display as they are entered, with the LSD added on
5. The selected multiplier indicator, if any, the right.
illuminates.
5. Depress the dBm keyswitch.
6. Depress the 0 keyswitch to select Resistance
(ohms). 6. The KEYBOARD and dBm indicators
illuminate.
7. The OHM indicator illuminates.
NOTE
If a low ohms value (10 kilohms and below) 8. The dBm value selected transfers to the Output
and internal sensing (two terminal) is selected, Display and the frequency reappears on the Central
the Central Display flashes for one-half Display.
second "CAL JO" when the ENTER switch is
depressed. This display notifies the operator NOTE
that he may compensate for the residual To determine the dBm output level in voltage,
resistance encountered in low resistance, two- depress RECALL, V. ENTER, and the value
terminal calibration by performing the CAL 1 will be displayed on the Central Display.
OHM procedure. This message is only Depress RECALL to toggle the instrument
displayed the first time low ohms is selected out of the Recall Mode.
2-19
5100 Series B
2-63. Boost Mode Operation frequency, if applicable, appears on the Central

Display when the ENTER keyswitch is depressed. If
2-64. Outputs can be obtained from either a Fluke a Model 5205A is used the 5200 indicator on the
Model 5205A/ 52 I 5A Power Amplifier or 5220A amplifier illuminates.
Transconductance Amplifier to augment the calibrator
capabilities by selecting the boost Mode. In addition to NOTE
the Amplifiers named, a Y5000 5100 Series Interface
Accessory and a cable for the applicable amplifier (Y5001 If both the 5205A/5215A and 5220A are
for the 5205A/5215A and/or Y5002 for the 5220A) are connected through the Y5000 the 5220A goes
required. into REMOTE, STANDBY, and LOCAL
LOCKOUT when ENTER is selected. This
2-65. The sequence of operations for the boost mode, prevents accidental operation of the 5220A
using the Power or Current Amplifiers are listed below. from the power amplifier drive signal on the
Both amplifiers may remain connected to the calibrator, 5205A/5215A rear panel.
through the interface, while the calibrator is operating,
however, only one can be selected and, therefore, 8. Select OPR (operate) on the calibrator.
operational, at a time.
NOTE
2-66. POWER AMPLIFIER OPERATION
When operating in the AC Mode the AC drive
2-67. The Power Amplifier used may be either a Fluke signal (up to 20 V ac)for the Boost Amplifier is
Model 5205A or a Fluke Model 5215A. Either amplifier present on the Calibrator Output Terminals.
may be used to obtain AC voltage output, however, DC
output can be obtained only from the Model 5205A. 9. The OPERA TE indicators of both the
calibrator and amplifier illuminate and the
2-68. Obtain a Boost Mode Power Amplifier output programmed output value is available at the
using the following procedure: amplifier output terminals.
1. Insure power has been remove from both NOTE

the calibrator and a~plifier.
Depressing BOOST. ENTER, while in the
2. Connect the Y5000 Interface to the BOOST Mode will toggle the calibrator out of
calibrator. the Boost Mode, and return the output to the
calibrator; however, at the greatly reduced
3. Connect the amplifier to the Calibrator power specifications of the basic instrument.
Interface using the Y5001 Cable Assembly. 2-69. TRANSCONDUCT ANCE AMPLIFIER
OPERATION
4. Apply power to both instruments and
allow an adequate warmup period. 2-70. The Fluke Model 5220A Transconductance
(current) Amplifier is used to expand the capabilities of
5. If the Model 5205A is used, select the the calibrator up to 20 (19.9999) Amps. When connected
REMOTE/5200 position. to a 5100 Series B Calibrator through a Y5000 Interface
and Y5002 Cable Assembly outputs can be programmed
6. Program a Boost Mode output from the directly from the calibrator front panel.
calibrator by selecting in turn boost, output
value data ( 100 to 1100 volts, and a frequency 2-71. Obtain a Boost Mode Current Amplifier Output
from 50 Hz to 50 kHz if AC), and ENTER. using the following procedure:
1. Insure power has been removed from both the
NOTE
calibrator and amplifier.
Selection of the BOOST keyswitch may either
precede or follow entry of the Output Value 2. Connect the Y5000 Interface to the calibrator.
Data without effecting operations, provided it
precedes the selection of ENTER. 3. Connect the amplifier to the Calibrator
Interface using the Y5002 Cable Assembly.
7. The BOOST indicator illuminates when the
BOOST keyswitch is depressed, the voltage selected 4. Connect a load or current meter to the 5220A
appears on the Calibrator Output Display, and the Outputs.
2-20
5100 Series B
NOTE 2-72. Enter Entry Limit
The current selected multiplied by the load 2-73. Place an Entry Limit m memory usmg the
resistance must equal less than 3 Vrms or 4.2 V following procedure:
de to prevent a compliance trip of the
equipment. I. Depress the ENTRY LIMIT keyswitch.
5. Apply power to both instruments and allow an 2. The LIMIT indicator illuminates.
adequate warmup period.
NOTE
6. Program a Boost Mode Output from the
calibrator by selecting in turn BOOST, Output Entry Limits may be set in either volts or amps
Value Data (from a OA de or 2A ac to a maximum of at any value; however, the instrument will not
19.9999 Amps), and ENTER. exceed the values listed in the specifications. If
a polarity is not assigned, the entry will be
NOTE both positive and negative limits. If a polarity
is specified, the other polarity remains
Selection of the BOOST keyswitch may either unspecified until an entry is made.
precede or follow entry of the Output Value
Data without effecting operation, provided it
precedes the selection of ENTER. 3. Select the polarity, if desired, and depress the
applicable keyswitch.
4. Visible on the Central Display is the correct
7. The BOOST indicator illuminates when the polarity.
BOOST keyswitch is depressed. The current
selected appears on the Calibrator Output Display, 5. Depress the numeric keyswitches required to
and the frequency, if applicable, appears on the obtain the absolute value of the desired entry limits.
Central Display, when the ENTER keyswitch is Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the MSD
depressed. The REMOTE and REAR INPUT
indicators illuminate on the Current Amplifier 6. The digits appear on the Central Display as
front panel when the calibrator ENTER keyswitch they are entered, with the LSD added on the right.
is depressed.
7. Select a multiplier, if required. If none is
8. Select OPR (operate) on the calibrator. selected the instrument assumes units.
8. Select either volts (V) or amps (A).
NOTE
9. The applicable indicator illuminates.
When operating in the ACMode the AC drive
signal (up to 20 V ac) for the BOOST
Amplifier is also present on the calibrator NOTE
Output Terminals.
The value of the Entry Limit is stored at this
9. The OPERA TE indicators of both the time; however, it is not compared against an
calibrator and amplifier illuminate and the existing value until the ENTER switch is
programmed output value is available at the depressed.
amplifier output terminals.
10. A value higher than the Entry Limit in
NOTE memory cannot be entered until the Entry Limit is
changed or "cleared. Any attempt results in an Err3
Depressing BOOST. ENTER while in the display, which has no effect on the existing output.
Boost Mode will toggle the calibrator out of The value stored can be verified by using the Recall
the Boost Mode and return the output to the procedure described in a subsequent paragraph. In
calibrator terminals; however, if an output addition, if an entry limit is entered that is smaller
greater than the capability of the calibrator, than the programmed output, Err3 results. The
i.e. >J.99999A, has been programmed, an error signal can be cleared by reprogramming the
error results and an error message is entry limit or the output, or by resetting (depressing
displayed. CLEAR twice successively) the instrument.
2-21
5100 Series B
2-74. Tolerance Limit Entry signal is altered until the meter under test reads correctly.
Therefore as the output magnitude goes higher it shows
2-75. Place the Tolerance Limit in memory using the that a larger change is required to bring the test meter to
following procedure: the correct display and the percent of error is negative.
The change in magnitude of the output is the inverse
I. Depress the TOL LIMIT keyswitch. polarity of the percent of error.
2. The LIMIT indicator illuminates.
2-81. Check the Volts/ Amps Error Mod.e operation
3. Depress the numerical keyswitches required to using the following procedure:
obtain the absolute value of the limit percentage.
Select in the normal sequence, i.e., from the MSD l. If the meter being tested is not connected to the
(left) to the LSD (right). instrument output terminals, perform the
4. The digits appear on the Central Display as connection procedure above.
they are entered, with the LSD added on the right.
2. Obtain the desired base output using the
5. Depress the% keyswitch. applicable preceding procedure.
6. The % ERROR indicator illuminates.
3. Place the instrument in the Error Mode using
NOTE the procedure d~scribed in the preceding
The tolerance limit is now entered into paragraph.
memory; however, it is not compared against
an existing value until the Error Mode is 4. With the EDIT switch, modify the output until
entered. A percent of error greater than the the meter under test reads the base setting of the
entry during Error Mode operations causes output.
the LIMIT indicator to illuminate and the
numeric value on the Central Display to flash. 5. The Output Display reads the output required
This is a notice to the operator that the preset in volts or amps to obtain the required reading and
error limit has been exceeded. It does not the Central Display shows the difference from the
effect the operation of the instrument. base as a percentage.
2-76. Error Mode Operation 2-82. OHMS ERROR MODE OPERATION
2-77. The Error Mode is used to find the deviation from 2-83. For an Ohms Error the Output Display is altered
a previously obtained output. This output may be in volts to match the reading of the test meter, and, as a result, the
(DC or AC), Amps (DC or AC), ohms, Hertz, or decibels. percentage of error is displayed. In this case, the percent
increases or decreases with the change from the base and
2-78. The Error Mode is entered by activating any of the the display polarity has a direct relationship to the change
rotary or keyswitches in the Error Mode Group. The of the output reading.
Central Display immediately blanks any data displayed
and substitutes zero error if the ED IT switch is rotated, if 2-84. Check the Ohms Error Mode operation using the
the NEW REF /CAL l OHM keyswitch is toggled, or if following procedure:
the ENABLE, .... DECADE or DECADE .... keyswitches
are toggled (if cursor right decade is depressed to enter the l. If the meter under test is not connected to the
Error Mode the frequency is displayed). If an internal instrument output terminals perform the
calculation overflow results from exceeding the connection procedure above.
instrument's calculating ability or from a tolerance limit
entry the Central Display will show .. L Err" for large 2. Obtain the desired base output using the
error. The data blanked from the Central Display is applicable preceding procedures.
placed in temporary storage and redisplayed with the
return to the normal mode. The instrument can be 3. Place the instrument in the Error Mode using
returned to the normal mode of operation by toggling the the procedure previously described.
ENABLE keyswitch or by depressing any Front Panel
keyswitch except the remaining Error Mode Group or 4. With the EDIT switch, modify the Output
OPR/STDBY. Display until it corresponds to the reading of the
meter under test.
2-79. VOLTS/ AMPS ERROR MODE OPERATION
5. The Central Display shows the percent of error
2-80. With the Volts/ Amps measurements the output in the meter under test.
2-22
5100 Series B
2-85. FREQUENCY ERROR MODE OPERATION in the Error Mode, while the CAL I OHM function
requires that I ohm resistance be selected also. The
2-86. The calibrator does not provide frequency error sequence of operations for each is given below.
percentages. However, the Error Mode does allow the
operator to quickly step through the frequency range of 2-93. NEW REFERENCE OPERATION
the instrument, checking the frequency response of the
meter under test. 2-94. If the keyswitch is depressed when the instrument
is in the Error Mode, the output, as modified by the edit
2-87. Check the Frequency Error Mode operations feature of the error mode, becomes the new base except in
using the following procedure: the Fractional-Scale Mode when the full-scale reference is
not changed. Error Mode modifications and percent of
1. If the meter under test is not connected to the error figures will be on the new base established with the
instrument output terminals perform the NEW REF/ CAL I 0 keyswitch.
connection procedure above.
2. Obtain the desired base frequency using the 2-95. CAL JO OPERATION
applicable procedure.
2-96. This feature is used to compensate for the residual
3. Depress the DECADE ~ keyswitch to place resistance during two-terminal (internal sensing)
the instrument in the Error Mode and move the operations. Use the following procedure for the CAL 10
cursor over the MSD (only digit accessible for sequence:
modification) of the frequency.
I. Connect the test ohmmeter using the two-
terminal method.
4. With the EDIT switch modify the frequency as
desired.
2. Select internal sens mg and program a I 0
output from the instrument.
2-88. dBm ERROR MODE OPERATION
2-89. In the dBm Error Mode the displayed error is in 3. Use the Error Mode and modify the instrument
dB rather than a percentage. Modification to the base output until it reads the same as the meter under
figure is in dBm and the error on the Central Display is test.
changed accordingly.
NOTE
2-90. Check the dBm Error Mode operation using the
following procedure: The meter under test must be reasonably
accurate (±1%) and must read between
1. If the meter under test is not connected to the 1.00000 and 1.99999 ohms for the CAL JO
instrument output terminals, perform the feature to operate.
connection procedure above.
4. When the instrument output and the meter
2. Obtain the desired base output in dBm using under test read the same, depress the NEW REF/ 1
the applicable procedure. OHM CAL keyswitch.
3. Place the instrument in the Error Mode using 5. The residual resistance is automatically added
the procedure described above. to any resistance range selected up to I0 kilohms, as
long as the resistance function is sel~cted, it remains
4. With the EDIT switch, modify the base output on internal sense, and the instrument is not reset by
until the meter under test reads the desired setting. either removing power or a CLEAR ALL
command, or until a new value of residual
5. The Output Display reads the dBm required to resistance is entered.
obtain the proper reading and the Central Display
shows the difference from the base in dB. NOTE
2-91. NEW REF/CAL 10 Operation If the switch is depressed when the instrument
display is greater than 1.99999 ohms, a
2-92. This switch performs two different functions, correction of zero ohms is stored. In addition,
dependent upon the status of the instrument. The New the instrument operates as in the NEW REF
Reference function is available any time the instrument is mode described above.
2-23
5100 Series B
2-97. Fractional-Scale Operation 2-100. External Oscillator Operation
2-98. Fractional-Scale Operations allow the operator to 2-10 I. Desired frequencies that are outside the
output and modify for Error Mode operations some capability of the instrument, i.e., more than one
fractional value of the base output while the displayed significant digit or moreaccurate, can be obtained using
error is computed on the original value. (Fractional scale the External Oscillator feature. The external frequency
entries must be in units; multiplier, i.e., exponents cannot must be within the range of the standard 5100 Series (50
be used.) It is intended for use with a meter under test that Hz to 50 kHz) at l.2V rms + / -5% and an output
has its accuracy at fractional-scale magnitudes specified impedance no greater than 50 ohms. The signal is input to
as a percent of full-scale. When a fractional-scale entry the instrument at pin 4 (EXT OSC) and 7 (OSC COM) of
results in a Err3 or Err4 an erroneous output value results 12, the Analog Connector on the Rear Panel.
from the programmed fraction. Programming a valid
output or resetting the instrument will remove the error. NOTE
The procedure in the following example demonstrates Matching connectors to meet the customer's
how the percentage of error is computed on a 12 volt base particular needs are available from Fluke or
rather than on a 9 volt output obtained with the % the manufacturer. For example, a straight-in
fractional-scale entry. The fractional-scale feature cannot hooded 14-pin male connector can be ordered
be used when the instrument is in the Keyboard Mode. from Fluke using Part Number 272443. The
Federal Supply Code is 02660 and the
1. Obtain an output of 12 volts using the DC volts Manufacturer's Part Number is 57-30140.
output.
2-102. Certain limitations are placed on external
2. Depress the Data Entry Group keyswitches frequency/ programmed voltage combinations when
"3,/4," to make the fractional-scale entry. maximum performance is required. These limits are listed
in Table 2-12. Other combinations may be programmed,
3. The Central Display shows ''3-4". at the user's discretion; however, the performance will be
degraded and the instrument may go into Overload
4. Depress the ENTER keyswitch. ("O.L."). No damage will result to the instrument from
the overload condition.
5. The Central Display blanks and the Output
Display is altered to read +9.0000 volts. NOTE
Amplitude instabilities, distortion, noise, etc.,
6. Rotate the EDIT switch clockwise for an of the external oscillator can appear at the
Output Display of +9.0001. instrument output.
7. The Central Display reads -.0008 and the
%ERROR indicator is illuminated. Table 2-12. External FrequencyNoltage Limitations
PROGRAMMED AC
NOTE EXTERNAL FREQUENCY VOLTAGE
A change of .0001 at 9 volts base would read
-.00111 (0.0001 /9 = -.0011%) while the same 50 Hz -1 kHz 1100V
change with a 12 volt base would read the > 1 kHz - 20 kHz 110V
-.0008 displayed. >20 kHz - 50 kHz 19.9999V
2-99. Entries can be made for any function except dBm

or ohms. The entries may also be altered by making a new
fractional-scale entry. For example: using the above 2-103. Operate with the external oscillator using the
example if ~ was entered the output display would following procedure:
change to 6.000, ~ would change it to 3.000 and I/ I
I. Connect the external oscillator signal to J2 on
would change it back to 12.000. As you can see, all entries
the rear panel, insuring it is within the frequency,
have made their change based on the original 12 volts, not
voltage, and impedance limits as stated above.
on the current output. If at some time during the
procedure it is desired to change the base to the current 2. Depress the EXT OSC keyswitch to select the
output, it can be accomplished by depressing the NEW external oscillator function.
REF/CAL I OHM keyswitch. If the ENTER switch is
depressed without entering a valid fraction, the 3. The KEYBOARD and EXT OSC indicators
instrument drops out of the Fractional Scale Mode. illuminate.
2-24
5100 Series 8
4. Program the desired output voltage or current. 5. Depress the keyswitch for the applicable
function, i.e., V, A, Hz, etc.
5. Program a frequency within one of the brackets
in Table 2-13 to match the input frequency. 6. The recalled data is displayed on the Central
Display with any previously displayed data stored
6. Depress the ENTER switch. and blanked from the display.
7. The programmed voltage and frequency are 7. Toggling the instrument out of the Recall
displayed and the KEYBOAR D indicator Mode, by depressing the RECALL keyswitch,
extinguishes. blanks the recalled data and returns the stored,
previously displayed, data to the Central Display.
8. Select OPR, if required.
NOTE
Table 2-13. External Oscillator Frequency Ranges
Depressing RECALL clears the keyboard
PROGRAM THE memory of any data stored and extinguishes
INPUT FREQUENCY
OUTPUT the KEYBOA RD indicator, if illuminated.
FREW ENCY
BETWEEN
Volts 50 Hz to 1999 Hz 50 Hz to 1000 Hz 2-107. Storage System Operations
Volts 2 kHz to 20 kHz 2 kHz to 20 kHz (Storage Only)
Volts 20 kHz to 50 kHz 30 kHz to 50 kHz 2-108. The following set of procedures are for the
Amps 50 Hz to 1000 Hz 50 Hz to 1000 Hz operation of the Storage System and its integral Tape
System. In all cases, the Storage Mode must be selected
by depressing the ENABLE switch so that the ENABLE
2-104. Recall Operations indicator illuminates. If the Tape System is to be used, a
tape cassette must be loaded into the Tape System.
2-105. With the instrument toggled into the Recall
Mode, data stored in memory can be recalled and CAUTION
displayed on the Central Display. The stored values for
voltages (V), current (A), frequency (Hz), resistance (0), Tapes used must be certified digital mini-
decibels (dBm), dBm equivalent voltage, Entry Limits, or cassettes that conform with the ANSI
Tolerance Limits, in the applicable polarity, can be Standard X3B5m-49. Audio tapes will not
displayed. Depression of an illegal keyswitch toggles the give acceptable results.
instrument out of the Recall Mode. If a numeric key is
depressed, "Errl" is displayed and the entry is ignored; NOTE
however, the instrument is toggled out of Recall. Toggle
the RECALL key prior to a numeric entry to preclude the Do not attempt to load a tape with any
error message, or, if already displayed, reenter the Standard Analog PCB Assemblies removed,
numeric or depress CLEAR one time to resume except the Extended High Voltage Assembly.
operations. The display will blank and the instrument
must be reset.
2-106. Perform the Recall operation using the following
procedure: 2-109. CREATING A STORAGE SYSTEM
PROGRAM (STORAGE ONLY)
I. Toggle the instrument into the Recall Mode
with the RECALL keyswitch. 2-110. The following routine is an example of a simple
program that can be used to become familiar with the
2. The RECALL indicator illuminates.
procedures required to enter a program into memory and
3. If a Limit value (ENTRY LIMIT or TOL then transfer it to tape storage. A detailed description of
LIMIT) is to be recalled, depress the applicable all the routines available follows in the ensuing
keyswitch( s). The appropria te indicator paragraphs. Load the example program using the
illuminates. The tolerance limit is displayed, if following procedure:
selected.
l. Insert the tape, on which the program is to be
4. If a polarity is required depress the applicable written, into the tape system.
keyswitch. The polarity indication appears on the
Central Display. 2. Select the ENABLE and STORE keyswitches.
2-25
5100 Series B
3. The ENABLE and STORE indicators 19. Select the ENABLE keyswitch to toggle out of
illuminate. the Enable Mode and disable the storage system,
and return to standard operations when desired.
4. Select, in turn, the I, V, ENTER,
ADVANCE/ LOAD keyswitches. 2-111. DISPLAY THE STEP LOCATION
SELECTED (STORAGE ONLY)
NOTE
2-112. Use the following procedure to display the
Any legal function or control can be included number of the selected step on the Central Display:
in the command, e.g., Standby/ Operate,
Internal/ External Sense, etc; however, for I. Depress the SEL/ DISPLAY step switch.
safety reasons step 001 always comes up in
STANDBY. 2. The number of the step selected flashes on the
Central Display, holds for approximately one
5. The Output Display reads l .OOOOOV and the second, then the display returns to its prior state.
Central Display flashes the number "002" to
indicate that new data will be placed in step 2. 2-113. SELECT A STEP-READ MODE
(STORAGE ONLY)
6. Select the 2, V, ENTER, ADVANCE/LO AD
keyswitches. 2-114. Use the following procedure to select a
predetermined step while in the Read Mode:
7. The Output Display reads 2.00000V and the
Central Display flashes 003. I. Verify the Read Mode is selected, i.e., the
STORE indicator is extinguished.
8. Continue the sequence using 3, 4, 5, etc, volt
entries for as many steps as desired. 2. Select the number of the desired step with the
numeric switches in the data entry group.
9. Select the TAPE keyswitch.
3. The number entered appears on the Central
10. The TAPE indicator illuminates. Display.
11. Select ADVANCE/ LOAD. 4. Depress the SEL/DISPLAY STEP switch.
12. The loaded tape rewinds, runs forward to load 5. The number of the step selected flashes on the
the data, and rewinds again. Central Display for approximately one second,
then the state stored in that location is transferred to
13. The Output Display reads I.OOOOOV, the the instrument output. "End P" is displayed if the
Central Display flashes 00 I and the TAPE and selected step is beyond the end of the current
STORE indicators extinguish. program.
14. Select the 3, SEL DISPLAY STEP
NOTE
keys witches.
15. The Output Display reads 3.00000V, i.e., the The instrument status might drop from OPR
programmed output for step 3 and the Central to STDBY with the change in state of the
Display flashes 003. selected output. Refer to Table 2-11 for a list
of the operational status requiring a change in
16. Select ADVANCE/ LOAD. status.
17. The Central Display flashes the number of the 2-115. SELECT A STEP - STORE MODE
next step in sequence and the Output Display reads (STORAGE ONLY)
the value of the of the step, i.e., 4.00000V.
2-116. Use the following procedure to select a
18. Step through the program until the Central predetermined step while in the Store Mode:
Display reads "END P" signaling the end of the
program. At each step the Central Display should I. Select the Store Mode with the STORE switch.
flash the number of the step and the Output Display
read the value stored. 2. The STORE indicator illuminates.
2-26
5100 Series B
3. Select the number of the desired step with the NOTE

numeric switches in the Data Entry Group.
"FU LL" is displayed when the memory is full
4. The number entered appears on the Central and the step cannot be loaded.
Display.
2-121. DELETE INSTRUCTIO N
5. Depress the SEL/ DISPLAY STEP switch. (STORAGE ONLY)
6. The memory moves to the step location 2-122. Use the following procedure to delete a
selected, provided it is within the existing program. previously entered instruction:
If not, it steps to the first location available for data
entry. The selected step number is flashed on the l. Perform the Select a Step (Store Mode)
Central Display for approximately one second, procedure previously described using the number of
then the output returns to its original state. the step to be deleted.
2-117. READ OUTPUT STATE (STORAGE ONLY) NOTE
Instrument must be in the Store Mode.

2-118. Read an output state previously stored in
memory using the following procedure:
2. Depress the DELETE switch.
l. Perform the Select a Step (Read Mode)
procedure previously described, using the number 3. The step number deleted flashes on the Central
Display for approximately one seecond. All
of the step to be read.
subsequent steps move up one number and the step
Depress the ADVANCE/LO AD switch. moved into the step just deleted is transferred to the
2.
output.
3. The state is transferred to the output of the
2-123. TRANSFER STORAGE MEMORY TO
instrument and its appropriate step number is
TAPE (STORAGE ONLY)
displayed for approximately one second, followed
by the display of the output condition.
2-124. Transfer the instructions stored in memory to a
2-119. STORAGE OUTPUT STATE tape for a permanent record using the following
procedure:
(STORAGE ONLY)
l. Insure a tape cassette is loaded in the Tape
2-120. Store an output state in memory using the
Reader then select the Tape Mode with the TAPE
following procedure:
switch.
l. Select the Store Mode with the STORE switch.
2. The TAPE indicator illuminates.
2. The STORE indicator illuminates.
3. Select the Store Mode with the STORE switch.
3. Verify the state to be stored has been
programmed into the instrument. 4. The STORE indicator illuminates.
5. Depress the ADVANCE/L OAD switch.

NOTE
NOTE
The desired state can be programmed into the
instrument at this time or at any time prior to If the unit was in OPR (Operate), it will drop
selecting the storage mode of operation. in status to STDBY (Standby).
4. Depress the ADVANCE/LO AD switch. 6. The tape advances.
5. The number of the next step in sequence flashes 7. When the transfer of data is complete, the
on the Central Display for approximately one TAPE and STORE indicators automatically
second, then the display returns to its previous state. extinguish and the tape stops. There is no change in
"End P" is displayed if the step stored fills the the data displayed or stored in memory except the
memory. instrument remains in STDBY.
2-27
5100 Series B
2-125. TRANSFER TAPE RECORD TO STORAGE 2-129. LIST DATA (STORAGE ONLY)
MEMORY (STORAGE ONLY)
2-130. Use the following procedure to obtain a
2-126. Transfer the data stored on a tape to the storage permanent printed copy of the test data. An optional
group memory using the following procedure: remote interface must be installed in the instrument to use
this feature.
I. Insure the tape cassette containing the program
to be transferred is loaded in the Tape Reader, then I. Verify the Read Mode is selected, i.e., the
select the Tape Mode with the TAPE switch. STORE indicator is extinguished.
2. The TAPE indicator illuminates. 2. Depress the LIST switch.
3. Verify the Read Mode is selected, i.e., the 3. The single test step at the output is transferred
STORE indicator is extinguished. through the remote interface to the printing device.
4. Depress the ADVANCE/LOAD switch.
2-131. CLEAR STORAGE MEMORY
NOTE (STORAGE ONLY)
If the unit was in OPR it will drop in status to
STD BY. 2-132. Use the following procedure to clear the storage
memory:
5. The tape advances.
l. Select the Store Mode with the STORE switch.
6. When the transfer of data is complete, the
TAPE indicator extinguishes automatically, the 2. The STORE indicator illuminates.
tape drive stops. Step I is transferred to the output,
and step "I" flashes on the Central Display, 3. Depress the CLEAR STORAGE switch.
followed by display of the data in Step 1 on the
Output Display and the Central Display, if 4. Any data stored in memory is erased and the
applicable. Central Display flashes "End P" then returns to its
prior state.
2-127. LIST PROGRAM STEPS(STORAGEONLY)
2-133. REMOTE OPERATION
2-128. Use the following procedure to obtain a
permanent printed copy of a program entered into 2-134. The 5100 Series B can be remotely programmed
storage memory. An optional remote interface must be through either the IEEE 488-1975 Standard Interface
installed in the instrument to use this feature. Option (-05) or the Bit Serial Asynchronous (RS-232-C)
Interface Option (-06), described in Section 6 of the
l. Perform the Select a Step (Store Mode) instruction manual. Communication between the
procedure previously described, using the first controlling device and the instrument interface must be in
number of the desired listing. the standard ASCII codes. The codes accepted by the
instrument and a brief explanation of each is given in
2. Depress the LIST switch. Table 2-14.
NOTE 2-135. When one of the optional interface modules is

If the unit was in OPR it will drop in status to installed in the instrument the Remote Mode can be
activated either manually or from the Control Device.
STDBY.
The instrument can be placed in remote through the
3. The program, or selected portion, is transferred IEEE-488 Interface by addressing it with the address
through the optional remote interface to a printing assigned to the instrument. Remote can be accomplished
through the Bit Serial Interface by programming the
device.
character ..J" as described in later paragraphs. The
instru_ment is put in remote from the front panel by
NOTE
toggling the REMOTE switch. Unless the front panel is
The listing is terminated if afront panel switch disabled or "locked out" by a remote command it can
is depressed or a command is input through return the instrument to local operation by toggling the
the remote interface. REMOTE switch on the front panel.
2-28
5100 Series B
Table 2-14. Programming Codes
CODE EXPLANATION CODE EXPLANATION
INITIATION CHARACTERS STORAGE COMMANDS (Storage Only)
* Reset - go to local 01 Enable Storage Mode

c Clear Entry 00 Disable Storage Mode
cc Reset - stay in remote [1 Enable Tape Mode
LC Clear entry limi1S [O Disable Tape Mode
TC Clear tolerance limits W1 Select Store Mode
10-3 Interface Interrupt Enable Codes WO Select Read Mode
Y0·7 Interface Output Enable Codes & Advance/Load
, Termination Character ( Select/Display Step
) Delete Step
CONTROL COMMANDS
K List
J Go to Remote - RS232 = Clear Storage
# Go to local - RS232
U1 Enable Local Lockout DATA INSTRUCTIONS
uo Disable Local Lockout
s Go to Standby +,- Polarity entry
N Go to Operate 0-9 Magnitude entry
X1 * Select external sensing Decimal point
XO * Select internal sensing I Fractional scale entry
F1 * Enable external oscillator mode E Exponent entry follows
FO * Disable external oscillator mode v * Volts entry
R1 * Select 50 ohm divider override A * Amps entry
RO * Disable 50 ohm divider override z * Ohms entry
@ Error Mode toggle H * Hertz entry
D ' * dBm entry
< Error Mode Cursor one position left
> Error Mode Cursor one position right % Percentage entry
, Increment digit under cursor
: Decrement digit under cursor STATUS
$or' Store NEW REF/CAL 1 ohm reference
G Recall !?or"? Print Status message
L Enable Entry Limit entry ? Print Central Display
T Enable Tolerance Limit entry
P1 * Enable Wideband option
PO * Disable Wideband option
B1 * Enable Boost Mode *Terminator required for action
BO *Disable Boost Mode
2-136. Programming instructions may be either 2-137. Initiation Characters

initiation or string commands. The initiation commands
are one or two character messages that are operated on as 2-138. RESET"*"
soon as they arrive unless they are part of a string, in 2-139. The instrument is reset to the initial sequence and
which case they are executed in sequence within the Local Mode with this instruction. It assumes the default
string. The only exception is reset, which has an condition, i.e., all registers reset. The visible effect on the
immediate response. String Commands can be Control instrument is the STDBY, LOCAL, INT, and 500
Commands, Storage Command (used with the 51018 DIVIDER indicators illuminated and the Output Display
only), Data Instructions, Status requests, or a .set to 0.0000 mV de. In addition, the Wideband, External
combination of the first three, and are sent in a series of l- Oscillator, Echo Capability, and Line Feed Suppression
to-32 characters that are, with the exceptions noted in the features are disabled and the IEEE-488 Service Request
text, concluded with a terminator character. disabled.
2-29
5100 Series B
NOTE Table 2-16. Interface Output Codes
RS232 AUTO LINE

Allow a 500 ms interval between a Reset ALPHA
ECHO FEED AFTER
command "*"and any subsequent command. NUMERIC CHARACTER
CAP· CARRIAGE
OUTPUT
ABILITY RETURN
2-140. CLEAR "C"
0 Active Disabled Enabled
2-141. A single ''C" entry during a numeric entry while 1 Suppressed Disabled Enabled
in the Keyboard Mode clears that entry. A second
successive "C" entry clears the instrument to its initial 2 Active Enabled Enabled
state except it remains in remote. When the "C" is directly 3 Suppressed Enabled Enabled
preceded by an "L" entry the programmed entry limits are Active Disabled
4 Disabled
set to their maximum setting. The entry "TC" sets the
tolerance limits to maximum tolerance. 5 Suppressed Disabled Disabled
6 Active Enabled Disabled
2-142. INTERFACE INTERRUPT ENABLE
7 Suppressed Enabled Disabled
CODES
2-143. Interrupts for the interface system are generated

using the alpha character I followed by an octal number 2-146. TERMINATOR ","
between 0 and 3, inclusive. The numeric is based on the
three binary bits of an octal number with bit 0 high if the 2-147. The character"," (comma) is entered to complete
interrupt (Service Request SRQ in the IEEE-488 a string of commands and is notice to the controller to
Interface) is enabled with a "Ready", and bit 1 high if execute the preceding commands back to the previous
enabled with an "Error". "Ready" interrupt refers to a terminator.
SRQ at the end of a timeout which represents the
maximum settling time required in the programmed 2-148. String Commands
range. They are generated after a command which causes
a change in output, e.g., a terminator or 2-149. There are four types of commands that can be
Standby /Operate Command. Bit 2 is not used at this time used within a string. They consist of entries to program
so the available codes extend only to an octal 3. The Control Commands, Tape Commands (used with
possible combinations are given in Table 2-15. Storage Units only), Data Instructions, or to request a
return statement on Status. The Control Commands,
Tape Commands, and Data Instructions can be
Table 2-15. Interface Interrupt Codes combined in a single string, provided the string does not
exceed 32 characters in length, including the terminator.
INTERRUPT ON
NUMERIC
READY ERROR 2-150. CONTROL COMMANDS
0 Disabled Disabled 2-151. Control Commands are used to program the
1 Enabled Disabled modes of operation. The codes are used to enable or
2 Disabled Enabled disable the modes of operation. Multiple modes may be
enabled in one command string. The Control Commands
3 Enabled Enabled are given in the following paragraphs.
2-152. Interface Commands
2-144. INTERFACE OUTPUT CODES 2-153. The IEEE 488-1975 Interface is enabled with an
address character which is further defined in the Standard
2-145. Outputs for the interface system are generated and Section 6 of the instruction manual. The RS-232-C
using the alpha character I followed by an octal numeric Interface is enabled with the character "J" and disabled
between 0 and 7, inclusive. The numeric is based on the and returned to Local control with the character"#". The
three binary bits of an octal number with bit 0 high to characters "U I" lockout the LOCAL/ REM switch on the
suppress alphabetic character output, bit 1 high to enable Front Panel for a Local Lockout condition, preventing a
the echo feature of the RS-232-C Interface, and bit 2 high return to Local from the Front Panel. The Local Lockout
to disable the automatic line feed following a carriage is disabled, allowing free use of the Front Panel with'the
return. The possible combinations are given in Table instruction ''UO". The Local/ Remote commands are
2-16. acted on immediately, not requiring a terminator.
2-30
5100 Series B
2-154. Standby/ Operate Mode an "Errl" results. Programming a terminator (,)

prior to the numeric prevents the error message, as will a
2-155. Standby is enabled with the character "S". Clear (C), which also removes any error message
Operate is enabled with the character "N". The modes are inadvertently acquired. Programming Recall M (GM) or
mutually exclusive so the opposite mode is automatically Recall followed by a function not selected, displays on the
disabled. The Standby/Operate commands do not Central Display the magnitude of the function selected.
require a terminator for action. The message must be followed by the Central Display
Access Instruction (?) to place the data on an output
2-156. Sensing device. The Recall instructions do no require a terminator
for action.
2-157. External sensing is selected with the instruction
"XI". Internal sensing with "XO". A terminator is
2-166. Limits
required for execution.
2-167. The Entry Limit is programmed with the
2-158. External Oscillator
character "L" followed by the applicable magnitude
2-159. The External Oscillator Mode is selected with the entry. For example, the instruction Ll2.3456V would
instruction "Fl". To return to the internal oscillator, enter a limit of +/ - I 2.3456 V de and any entry exceeding
program "FO". A terminator is required for execution. that figure would be rejected with an "Err3" display. The
instruction "T' followed by the applicable magnitude
2-160. 500 Divider Override entry sets the tolerance limits. The typical instruction
T.05% would program a limit of 0.05% and any error
2-161. The Override Mode is programmed with the exceeding that during Error Mode operation would
characters "RI''. This mode does not allow the instrument illuminate the LIMIT indicator and flash the display,
to go into DC voltage ranges below 20 volts (minimum warning the operator the preset limits has been exceeded.
normal reading 2.0000). An output of 1.00000 or less has a Both limit entries may be set to their maximum figure,
normal output impedance of 50 ohms. The override may effectively disabling them, by entering the applicable
be disabled while remaining in the DC Volts with the instruction followed by the character "C" (LC or TC).
instruction "RO". Programming a reading above 2.0000V
de, or an output with any function except DC volts 2-168. Wideband Option
selected automatically, disables the override. A
terminator is required for execution. 2-169. When installed, the Wideband Option is enabled
with the instruction "PI". It is disabled with the
2-162. Error Mode Instructions instruction "PO". When enabled the output is available at
the dedicated connector and the applicable voltage and
2-163. Programming any of the six Error Mode frequency specifications apply. A terminator is required
instructions puts the instrument into the Error Mode for execution.
unless the instrument is in the Keyboard Mode. The
character "@" toggles the instrument, enabling and
2-170. Boost Mode
disabling the Error Mode. The cursor (intensified digit)
can be moved to the left by programming "<'' or to the
2-171. The Boost Mode is programmed with the
right, by ">". The digit under the cursor is made more
characters "BI'"'. To obtain the output from the applicable
positive with tlte character ";" and made more negative
amplifier (5205A/ 52 I5A for power or 5220A for current)
with":". The character "C" stores the NEW/ REF CAL I
program the desired output data followed, preceded, by
0 HM reference. Programming any instruction not legal
the Boost Mode Command, and completed with a
for the Error Mode (Error Mode Codes, Standby or
terminator. The output is on the terminals of the selected
Operate) while in the Error Mode toggles the instrument
amplifier, and not on the calibrator output terminals. The
out of the Error Mode. The Error Mode instructions do
Boost Mode is disabled with the instruction "BO". In both
not require a terminator for action.
cases, enable and disable, the programmed instruction
requires a terminator before it can be executed.
2-164. Recall
2-165. The instruction "G" (GET) places the instrument 2-172. STORAGE COMMANDS
in the Recall Mode. When in the Recall Mode a legal (STORAGE ONLY)
instruction (G, +, -, V, A, H, D, M, T, L, ?) displays the
stored data. Any instruction not legal for recall will toggle 2-173. The Storage Commands are only used by
the instrument out of Recall, if it had been in that mode of instruments in the 5 I 00 Series that are equipped with a
operation. If a numeric is programmed while in the Recall Storage System and Tape Drive.
2-31
5100 Series B
2-174. Storage Enable Read/Store Mode status. When the Store Mode (WI) is
selected, the optional remote interface outputs to a
2-175. The Storage Mode is enabled with the printing device the stored program, starting with the
instruction "QI" and disabled with "QO". Until the program step selected. In the Read Mode (WO) a list data
Storage Mode is enabled with this instruction, the function results, with the data pertaining to the
remaining storage commands are ignored. instruction on the instrument output transmitted through
the optional remote interface to a printing device.
2-176. Tape System
2-188. The transmisssion of any character, including
2-177. Enable the Tape Mode for a Read or Store carriage return and/ or line feed, after the "K" terminates
operation on the tape with the instruction" I". Disable the the output, deleting the listing. Any characters used by the
Tape Mode with the instruction "O". system controller should be suppressed prior to
transmission to assure an output of the listing.
2-178. Store
2-179. Program the instruction "WI" to select the Store 2-189. Clear Storage Instruction
Mode and write data either in the storage memory or on
tape. Select the Read Mode with the instruction "WO". 2-190. When the Store Mode has been selected the
This disables the store capability and permits the reading instruction "=" clears the program previously written in
of data from either the storage memory or the tape the storage memory.
system.
2-191. DATA INSTRUCTIONS
2-180. Advance/Load
2-192. The Data Instructions are required to select or
2-181. The instruction "&" performs remotely the change the output from the instrument. They set the
functions of the ADVANCE/ LOAD switch. The actual polarity, magnitude, multiplier, and function of the 5100
function and performance varies with the state of the Series output. The instructions required for each are
Tape, Read and Store Modes. With the Tape Mode listed in the following paragraphs.
disabled and the Read Mode selected, the program in the
storage memory advances one step. Selecting the Store 2-193. Polarity Instructions
Mode with the Tape Mode remaining disabled results in
the programming data being written into the storage
2-194. A positive or negative polarity can be entered
location selected and then advancing the program one
with the characters "+" or••-", respectively. A positive
step. When the Tape Mode is selected the instruction polarity is assumed by the instrument if no polarity entry
starts the tape drive motor, which automatically advances
is made.
until it reaches the end of the program.
2-195. Magnitude Instructions
2-182. Select/ Display Step
2-183. The instruction"(" performs the same function 2-196. These instructions include the numeric
as the Front Panel SEL/ Display switch. The instruction, characters "O" through "9", the decimal point "." and the
directly preceded by a numeric entry, displays the data in ·slash "/" used for the fractional-scale divider.
the program step corresponding to the numeric entry on
the Central Display, after flashing the step number. The 2-197. Multiplier Instructions
same instruction, without a directly preceding numeric
entry, results in the flashing display on the Central 2-198. The multiplier for the numeric value is entered
Display of the current step number. into the string using the scientific notation method. The
character "E" is programmed followed by the numeric
2-184. Delete Step value of the power of ten desired, i.e., for I()2 program E2,
J03= E3, 104= E4, etc. If there is no entry the instrument
2-185. With the Store Mode selected the instruction")" assumes units (100) for the instruction.
causes the program step presently selected to be deleted
from the program. Insure the step counter is at the correct 2-199. Function Instruction
position before transmitting this instruction.
2-200. The Function Commands define the output
2-186. List Instruction selected by the Magnitude Commands. The character "V"
is programmed to select volts, "A" for amps, "Z" for
2-187. The instruction "K" lists the present program or ohms, "H" for Hertz, "D" for dBm, and "%" for
the data for the current test as determined by the percentage.
2-32
5100 Series B
2-201. STATUS by a carriage return and line feed to the interface. A

terminator is not required for this control character.
2-202. Status Messages can with draw from the Characters I and 9 of the message are coded 0 through 9,
instrument and decode information in the status registers and character 2 through 8 are coded 0 through 7. Since
and the central display. The displayed data contains both some functions or operations are mutually exclusive, not
alphabetic and numeric characters, unless the alphabetic all code combinations are used in some characters. The
characters have been suppressed using the applicable characters, their position and the data provided are given
Interface Output Code. The Output Display is not in Table 2-17 and examples of status register messages are
directly accessible but may be placed on the Central given in a subsequent paragraph titled PROGRAM
Display with a recall instruction and then withdrawn with EXAMPLES. When the indicated bit is true the data
a status request. With any Status Message, all characters listed in the table is present, or selected. Conversely, in
in the message must be accepted by the controlling device cases where two conditions are mutually exclusive (e.g.,
before any other operation can be performed by the Operate and Standby, External Sense and Internal Sense,
instrument. or Storage Mode and Read Mode) the false condition
2-203. Status Register Message Instruction "!?" or "'T' automatically selects the opposite of the listed condition.
Bits 4 through 7 are always in the state indicated, which
2-204. Entry of the characters "!?" results in an creates the ASCH number required for printing when
immediate response of a nine-character message followed joined with the variable four-low-order bits.
Table 2-17. Status Register Message Assignments

NO. BITS 7-4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT 1 BITO COMMENTS
1 0011 x x x x Decoded binary number corresponding to the
Error Codes in Table 2-9.
NOTE
Only e"or codes 4, 5, 6, 8, and 9 appear in
character 1 of the Status Register Message.
Actions that prompt the remaining codes
clear themselves and therefore are transient.
If an IEEE Interface is installed all e"or
codes may be accessed using the SRQ line.
2 0011 0 Ready Overload High WARNING
Voltage The High Voltage bit is set for a pro-
grammed voltage output above 20 Volts.
3 0011 0 Volts Amps Ohms Only one function may be present at a time.
4 0011 0 dBm AC Operate AC must be selected if dBm is present. Standby
present if Operate is not selected.
s 0011 0 son son External son Override and son Divider cannot be
Override Divider selected at the same time. Internal sense
present if External Sense not selected.
6 0011 0 External Boost Wideband External Oscillator and Wideband cannot
Osc be selected at the same time.
7 0011 0 Recall Error Keyboard Recall and Error Mode cannot be selected at
Mode the same time.
8 0011 0 Storage Tape Storage Applicable only to models with a storage system
Mode Mode System installed. Automatically zero for all other.
Enable Bit 0 must be true before either Bit 1 or
Bit 2 can be enabled.
9 0011 x x x x Cursor position. Always 9 if Bit 1 of char-
acter 7 False. MSD digit position of Output
Display is 0, increasing to 7 at second digit
position of Central Display. In Error Mode
9 signifies off scale to left.
2-33
5100 Series B
2-205. Central Display Access Instruction "?" 2-211. A frequency transmission is transmitted as
described above.
2-206. Entry of the character "?" results in the
immediate response of a 5Yi digit scientific notation
number. The first digit will always be a 1 or Ofollowed by 2-212. A percentage error is transmitted as shown on
a decimal point, five digits, "E" for exponent, the the Central Display, i.e., a reading of 0.0031 would be
exponent sign, and the exponent digit. The sign of the transmitted as 0.0031EO% CR LF.
exponent is transmitted only when it is negative. The sign
for the number is transmitted only when it is relevant, i.e.,
it is not sent for AC amplitudes or frequencies. 2-213. In the Recall Mode, any data that can be recalled
to the Central Display can be transmitted in the status
2-207. The numeric message is followed by the message. This includes programmed values for volts,
character "L" if the LIMIT indicator on the Front Panel amps, ohms, dBm, the voltage when dBm is programmed,
is illuminated. A character (Table 2-18) representing any the tolerance limits and the entry limits, both voltage and
illuminated function indicator on the Central Display current.
follows the numeric portion of the message. When all data
has been transmitted the message concludes with a
Carriage Return and Line Feed. 2-214. Recalled programmed entry limits of +750V de
would be transmitted as +0.75000E3VL CR LF.
Table 2-18. Status Message Function Codes
CHARACTER INDICATOR ILLUMINATED

2-215. An output of +150 µA de recalled and
L Limit transmitted would be +I.50000E-04A CR LF.
v V-Volts
A A-Amps Program Examples
2-216.
z Q-Ohms
H Hz - Hertz
2-217. The following paragraphs contain several
D dBm - Decibal Milliwatts programming examples to aid the operator in using the
% % ERROR calibrator.
G dB ERROR
2-218. Use the following instructions to obtain the

output listed:
2-208. Only the data on the Central Display is
transmitted with the character"?"; however, the data can
I. +6E-3A, N-In operate with an output of
be frequency from an AC operation, a percentage during
+6mA de.
Error Mode operations or any data available on the
Central Display during Recall operations. Examples of
2. 5V l E3H, N-In operate with an output of 5V ac
each of the above are given in the following paragraphs.
at l kHz.
2-209. When the instrument is operating in the AC
Mode the frequency selected is displayed on the Central 3. L+300VL-250 V - Set the entry limits at
Display. If this frequency was 400 Hz and the Central +1300V de and -250V de.
Display was requested with the character ''?", the
response would be 0.40000E3 H CR LF. A frequency of 10 4. <T.01% - Sets the tolerance limit to ±0.01%.
kHz would be transmitted as l.OOOOOE4H CR LF. Any
other frequency would result in status message in the 5. l.5VXIRI, N-In operate with an output of
same format. + l.5V de and the instrument prepared for four-
terminal sensing with the 50 ohm divider
2-210. In the Error Mode, the frequency for editing, the overridden.
percentage of error calculated, and the dB error
calculated can be transmitted in a status message when 6. G L+ V? - Recall the positive voltage entry limit
they are present on the Central Display. If the message is a and output it in a Central Display Access Word.
percentage of error or dB figure and it exceeds the preset
tolerance limits so that the LIMIT indicator is 2-219. Some typical status register messages and their
illuminated, the message ends with the character "L". decoded explanation are given in Table 2-19.
2-34
5100 Series B
Table 2-19. Status Message Examples
1. 004210019 No. 1 = 0 = 0000 = No errors
No. 2 = 0 = 0000 = None selected
No. 3 = 4 = 0100 =Volts selected
No. 4 = 2 = 0010 = AC and Standby selected
No. 5 = 1 = 0001 = External Sensing selected
No. 6 = 0 = 0000 =None selected
No. 8 = 1 =0001 =Storage system enabled and Read Mode (default)
No. 9 = 9 = 1001 = Error Mode not selected
2. 61410109 No. 1=6=0110 =Module missing (error code 6)
No. 2 = 1=0001 =High voltage de programmed
No. 3 = 4 = 0100 = Voltage selected
No. 4 = 0 =0000 = DC and standby selected

No. 5 = 1 = 0001 = External sensing selected
No. 6 = 0 =0000 = None selected

No. 7 = 1 =0001 = Keyboard Mode selected
No. 8 = 0 = 0000 = Storage system not selected
No. 9 =9 = 1001 = Error Mode not selected
3. 001100275 No. 1 = 0 = 0000 = No errors
No. 3 = 1 = 0001 =Ohms selected
No. 4 = 1 = 0001 = Operate selected
No. 5 = 0 = 0000 = Internal sensing selected
No. 7 = 2 = 0010 = Error Mode selected
No. 8 = 7 = 0111 =Storage system enabled, Store Mode & Tape Mode
No. 9 = 5 = 0101 = Cursor on LSD of output display
2-35/2-36
5100 Series B
Section 3
Theory of Operation
3-1. INTRODUCTION 3-7. The analog control system senses the output
voltage or current, by using precision voltage dividers,
3-2. The 5100 Series B Calibrators are a controllable current shunts, and AC converter, as is appropriate,
source of AC ~nd DC voltage, AC and DC current, and a block B, Figure 3-1, and presents the resulting DC voltage
set of precision resistors. The control of the voltage and to one input of a precision Integrator-Comparator, block
current magnitude is provided by an analog control E.
system. A Digital Controller responding to either Front
Panel or remote digital commands chooses the desired 3-8. The other input is supplied with a precision voltage
output (i.e., AC volts, DC current, etc.), sets the desired from the DAC, proportional to the desired v9ltage or
magnitude and operates the front panel displays. current output of the calibrator. Any difference between
the two inputs is amplified by the Integrator-Comparator
3-3. Explanations at an instrument block diagram, to produce a controlling signal for the controllable
functional block diagram, and detailed circuit analysis source. The Integrator-Comparator also provides the
level are contained in the following paragraphs. The phase and frequency compensation that establishes the
functional block diagram section is divided according to control-loop time response.
the function performed, i.e., DC voltage, AC current,
etc., followed by the Digital Controller System. the
detailed circuit analysis deals with the individual pcb 3-9. FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
assemblies.
3-4. INSTRUMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-10. DC Voltage Less Than 20 Volts
3-11. There are three power amplifiers on the Power

13-5. The block diagram of the 5100 Series Bin Figure
3-1 shows the major function of the instrument. An Amplifier Assembly to provide the output voltage and
explanation of the operation is given in these paragraphs current levels needed at the output terminals in the DC
Voltage and other modes. The isolation circuitry in the
followed in subsequent paragraphs by an explanation and
Current Modes is also contained on the assembly. Figure
block of each operating function within the instrument.
3-2 is a simplified diagram for 0 to ±19.9999V DC. The
3-6. The Digital Controller receives all commands to High Frequency Amplifier, Al, drives the output high
the calibrator via the Front Panel from an operator or terminal directly. The high sense terminal feeds this
from a remote location by either the IEEE-488-1975 voltage to the voltage ranging resistors and switches
(Option -05) or RS-232-C (Option -06) Interface where it is divided by two before being applied to the
Assembly. The Digital Controller in turn transmits digital Integrator-Comparator for comparison to a precision
signals to a DAC (digital-to-analog converter), block A in voltage supplied by the DAC. The DAC is programmed
Figure 3-1, relays and FET switches in block B, relays and via the Digital Bus to produce one-half of the desired
FET switches in block C, and the Front Panel indicators calibrator output voltage with the desired polarity. When
in block D. The commands received by the Digital there is a difference between the DAC voltage and that
Controller are displayed thereon as well as Error from the voltage ranging, the integrator produces a
Messages in the event of an out-of-range or incorrect voltage, ..Control'', that drives the input to A I so as to
command, and other status indications. correct the calibrator output.
3-1
wI CTI
I\) .....
0
0
en
m
i (;) (Q) 10 Hz-10 MHz ..,
iii"
(/)
OUTPUT
Ill
\HI SENSE
I
' OUTPUT HI
CONTROLLABLE
SOURCE OF AC &
DC VOLTAGE
CURRENT
, OUTPUT LO
c \
1 LO SENSE
DIGITAL BUS
~
.
~
Q
:!!
'@
;
..J
0
a:
I-
,--
1
I
r---r1
PRECISION VOLTAGE
DIVIDERS, CURRENT
I
NUMERIC DISPLAY OF MAGNITUDE,
Q z UNITS, POLARITY STATUS,
co 0 FRONT PANEL
co
g 0 I SHUNTS, OHMS
RESISTORS & AC
ERROR MESSAGES, ETC.
D
~
g
Ill
I B CONVERTER
I
~
3
I DIGITAL BUS
I DIGITAL BUS
I
VARIABLE
I VOLTAGE, CURRENT, OR OHMS
MAGNITUDE, POLARITY, FREQUENCY, ETC.,
PRECISION VOLTAGE
(DAC)
I DIGITAL
CONTROLLER
COMMANDS FROM THE FRONT PANEL OR
A
I FROM A REMOTE LOCATION WITH
OPTIONAL 1/0 CARD
I 1.:_\\_. I
~N~~~O~Y~M- - ~T~ B~ - _j DIGITAL BUS
5100 Series B
A17 POWER AMPLIFIER A11 RANGING
I --, r
I I I HI SENSE
II OUTPUT HI
I OT0±20V
L _J I
...J
~ I
1-
z
0
u
.-----
A14 ANALOG CONTROL
INTEGRATOR-COMPARATOR
....., I OUTPUT LO
LO SENSE
1 I I VOLTAGE
I RANGING ':' s R I
I I
RESISTORS
r___ _J
I I
___ __JI I
A15DAC
r--- -----,I I
1 II I
I I
I F
I I
R
I
L 1--- _J
DIGITAL BUS
Figure 3-2. 2V de to 19.9999V de and 50Q Override Inputs
3-12. Figure 3-3, illustrates the 2 volt, 200 millivolt, and by a self-contained amplitude control system that is
20 millivolt DC ranges, 0 to l.99999V de. The only independent of the 20V ac range. Note the differences for
differences are the addition of the Millivolt Divider the diagram in Figure 3-2. The Al is now supplied an AC
between the A 1 output and the output high terminal and a signal from the oscillator through a J-FET Ql06. The
change in the voltage ranging connection to the top of the apparent resistance of Q 106 is set by the Integrator output
Millivolt Divider. This gives better accuracy and lower voltage, "Control". The voltage ranging now divides the
noise when calibrating meters at low voltages than using output by 10 and drives an AC Converter through an AC
the Integrator and DAC directly. It is possible to bypass Buffer before being applied to the Integrator. The AC
the Millivolt Divider if its 50 ohm output resistance Buffer has unity gain and isolates the relatively low input
makes it undesirable in a particular application. The ..500 impedance of the AC Converter from the voltage ranging
DIVIDER OVERRIDE" function will hold the circuit. The DAC output is now +2V for 20V ac output
calibrator in the 20V de range even though low voltages and that its minimum voltage is 0.2V instead of zero as in
are called. Front panel lights indicate when the calibrator Figure 3-2. The AC Converter operates best at voltages
output is from the Millivolt Divider or if it is in the from 0.2 to 2.0 volts.
OVERRIDE mode.
3-14a. The control or power amplifier circuit has two
3-13. AC Voltage basic functions. First, it is required to control the AC
voltage at TP4 at or between 2V and 19.9999V rms
3-14. An oscillator generates a fixed, low-distortion sine depending on the output voltage selected. The second
wave for all AC outputs. It is a phase-shift oscillator function of the control circuit is to provide isolation
circuit that consists of two cascade integrators and an between F common and S common when AC current is
inverter. The amplitude is held at approximately l .2V nos selected. This requirement is shown in Figure 3-6. In the
3-3
5100 Series B
AC current mode, F common is the power amplifier High Frequency Amplifier, Al, drives a higher power
output voltage, and S common is the power amplifier amplifier, A2, (Low Frequency Amplifier) which in tum
common. The voltage between F common and S common drives step-up transformer, Tl. The High Frequency
is the power amplifier output voltage. Amplifier receives a controlled input from the oscillator
through Ql06, as described above. The integrator, DAC,
3-14b. The amplitude control function is provided etc., have been omitted because they are connected in the
primarily by the amplifier composed of Ql04, Ql05, same way as shown in Figure 3-4. The connections shown
U 111, and Q 106. This amplifier functions as a variable in Figure 3-5, are for the 20 to 250V ac output. Amplifier
gain amplifier whose gain is controlled by the channel A2 supplies approximately 2.8 to 35V ac to a tap on the
resistance of Ql06. With l.2V rms at P81-37, the voltage primary of Tl, the low frequency output transformer. For
at the output of Ull l varies between .3 and 3V rms an output of20 to l lOOV de, rectifiers and active filters are
depending on the channel resistance of Q 106. The channel switched in between the transformer and the output
resistance of Q 106 depends upon the output voltage terminals. Also, the oscillator is set to 1 kHz and its
selected. The amplifier composed of Ul 14-1, -2, and -3 waveform is modified to minimize the peak currents that
serves as a gain-determining and level-shift network A2 must supply to the transformer, Tl.
between the control voltage at P8 l-l 7 and the gate. of
Q 106. As the control voltage varies from 0 to 10 volts de,
the gate voltage of Ql06 varies from approximately -6 3-19. AC Current Under 200 mA
volts to 0 volts de. The voltage channel resistance varies at
the gate of Ql06 and thereby the voltage gain of the 3-20. Figure 3-6 is the block diagram illustrating the AC
variable gain amplifier controls the output voltage. Current Mode below 200 mA. The current ranging
resistors (current shunts) are switched for each IO to 1
3-l 4c. U 112 and U 113 serve to provide the F common change in output current magnitude. This maintains an
and S common isolation required when the AC current input voltage between 0.2 and 2 volts to the AC Buffer as
mode is selected. U 113 is composed of four PET switches. in the AC Voltage Mode described above. Notice an
The PET switches are on and off in pairs. (When one pair important difference. In AC volts, Figure 3-4, the common
of the PET switches are on, the other pair is off.) There is a fortheDAC,ACBuffer,etc., '::& F,wasconnectedtoLO
relatively short time when no switches are on. Ull3 sense and output LO which is the common for Al,
operates first by turning on two switches and charging oscillator, etc. In the AC Current Mode, the '\J F
C33 to the control voltage at UlOl-1. During this time, common is connected to the A2 end of the current
one end of C33 is connected to F common. Next, the first ranging. It is a "floating" ground. All circuits including
pair of switches opens and the other pair closes. During power supplies, that are connected to this common are
this time, the voltage across C33 is transferred across C34. floating and shielded. A transformer and optical-isolators
in the DAC transfer Digital Bus signalS to the '::&
NOTE common. J-FET Ql06 isolates the output of the inte-
C34 is connected to S common. Therefore. the grator, "Control'', from the input of Al. Without this
isolation required in AC current mode is isolation, the input to Al would vary, not only with the
provided by two off FET switches. "Control", but also with the calibrator output voltage
(compliance voltage).
3-14d. Ull2 is a 1 kHz multivibrator. The duty cycle of
the multivibrator is very close to 50%. The output of Ul 12
controls the state of conductance of the PET switches in
Ull3. 3-21. There is an additional amplifier used in the
Current Modes: the Current-Guard Driver. It is a non-
3-15. Figure 3-4 also shows the transformer, T2, that is inverting, unity gain operation amplifier that drives the 1-
used to obtain 20 to l IOV from I kHz to the specified Guard terminal on the panel and shields placed around
maximum frequency of 20 kHz for this range. The voltage the current ranging resistors. In this way, stray capacity
ranging now divides by l 00. for output high to ouput low (common ground ~ I and
~ 2) is isolated and driven by the I-Guard Driver. If it
3-16. For AC voltages below 2V, the output from the were not, the capacity would be driven by A2 with the
A I is reduced by the Millivolt Divider In the same manner resulting current flowing through the current ranging
as for lower DC volts, Figure 3-3. The AC Buffer is resistors. Since this is in addition to the actual calibrator
connected to the 2V tap on the Millivolt Divider instead output current, it would cause an error, especially at the
of to the top end as is done in the case of DC volts. higher frequencies and lower currents. The I-Guard
terminal permits the user to extend this guard to enclose
3-17. AC and DC Voltage, 20 Volts & Higher
the lead from the output high terminal to the meter under
3-18. The block diagram for AC and DC voltages of test. The operation above 200 mA is explained in the
20V through l lOOV and below I kHz is in Figure 3-5. The following paragraph.
3-4
,-------,,--
I
----------,
A17 POWER AMPLIFIER
II o0
A11 RANGING
~o
HI SENSE
II OUTPUT HI
.,, I OT0±20V
~·
~
L __V-bs
_:_ ____
0 0 _J
~ ....J
~
I -;;;T~R;-O~;;;.R~0;-1 I
A14 ANALOG CONTROL
i t-
z
a
!:f. u
DI LO SENSE
r-1~ 1.,.,. ~
:I
N
VOLTAGE
<
R- I I RANGING
K55B
~ I ~ ('. I , I I RESISTORS
flit TS R
mV DIVIDER
!i!:! L_ _ _ _ ___ _JII
:±- - - - , I
0
~
0
iii' A15DAC
~
DI r --- ":' s
3
DAC
I I
R
F
I IL_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J
DIGITAL BUS
U1
.....
0
0
CJ)
..,
CD
<D'
Cf
U1
rn
OJ
~ ...
(11
I - - - - - - - - -1 I - - - -
(/)
A18 OSCILLATOR A16 EXTENDED H.V.
-1 I-----I <1)
..,
<D"
Ill
h-
lll
I
I osc
50H•-50kH· ... s
II
11 n 11
20-;IOVAC
II
L _________ _J I I
11
,fil1 !Q.WfiltAM!!_Ll.f!!R_ - - - - --, I '=' 2 I I
I ~, rili • 'o 11 11 " I
.,, o ~ - - - __ J I
i'
;;
~ ~1~N~N':_
)>
n
oo I _ - _J 00
L-- - _v!__ - - _ _J
I
~ ..J
I -
0 A14 ANALOG CONTROL
I
al
0:
1-
z
~T-;R~O~O;;.R-;;O;- - , I VOLTAGE
RANGING
g 0 RESISTORS
~
P.
CJ
I II
I ........._I---<
Ill
; AC AC BUFFER
3 +.2 TO +2V CONVERTER I .2T02 VAC
LO SENSE
+ > I ~R I
L----~ ___F _ _J I ":"2&S
-
A15 DAC
- - - -
I-
<'! - - - - .......
I
I + II I
I DAC I
I F I I ~R I
L ___ _ _ _ _ _ _J L_ - - - - - - - - - __ J
DIGITAL BUS
A18 OSCILLATOR
.---------,
I TO VOLTAGE
osc i-----, I RANGING
RESISTORS
'Tl
i"..
'=" s I ::_a ~T~E~.~ --,
~ A17 POWER AMPLIFIER '-- - - - - - --' I 20-1100 VAC I
«tJ T1
~
l>
r-- --1 I
0 1
Ill
a.. O> A B I I RECTIFIER I
AND FILTER
~ .J
~
I I HI SENSE
J
N
..J
0 I I 20-1100VAC OUTPUT HI
Q
a: 0
< t-
Ill
:I z L. 00
a. 0 - - - ...J
:c u
ca·
..
~
::r
[l:::> WHEN SWITCH IS IN POSITION "A" (AS SHOWN)
FROM OUTPUT LO
VOLTAGE IS 20-250 V.
INTEGRATOR
WHEN SWITCH IS IN POSITION "B", LO SENSE
VOLTAGE IS 200-1100 V. -:- 1,2,&S
(J'I
.....
g
(/)
.,
(!)
iii"
Cf (/)
-..J CD
01
~ .....
0
0
C/'J
,...------------,I
A18 OSCILLATOR
[i:::::> AT HI FREQUENCIES AND LO CURRENTS,
SHIELD OUTPUT HI LEAD AND CONNECT
..,
Cl>
a;·
(/I
CD
SHIELD TO I-GUARD.
osc
50 Hz-1 kHz
I 11:>- NO CONNECTION. SENSE TERMINALS
I ':' s I ARE NOT USED.
L_ _ _ _ _J
'Tl
i'
,..------
A17 POWER AMPLIFIER
-~
0 o I
I
A11 RANGING
,..-------
00
I-GUARD
HI SENSE
1
; 01
0 CURRENT RANGING
0
0
OUTPUT HI
~ 0 (SHUNTS)
0
l>
0 I VF
L_._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __J
..fl
..
!
c:
...J
0
a:
I-
z
-----------.,
A14 ANALOG CONTROL
INTEGRATOR-COMPARATOR
~
a. 0 AC BUFFER I-GUARD DRIVER
~ 0
OUTPUT LO
~
0
3 AC LO SENSE
l>
CONITER I I I
L __ _
~15.fil'C __
___
0.2 TO 2 voe
WITt-1 RESPE
TOVF
....... _____j
TO~F I 0.2 TO 2 VAC WITH RESPECT
':'1&St
~
I
I I
o TO 1 vAc WITH RESPECT To~[!:> I
I DAC
I
I F II I
___ _J L ___ _ -~---J
DIGITAL BUS
5100 Series B
3-22. DC Current Under 200 mA constitutes a Central Processing Unit (CPU); Read Only
Memory (ROM), and Random Access (Read/Write)
3-23. The Direct Current Mode under 200 mA is similar Memory (RAM); and buffers to interface the controller
to the AC Mode. See Figure 3-7. The Q- F common to the Internal Digital Bus. All control is be solid-state
"floats'', the same current ranging resistors are used, etc., switches and mechanical relays optimally located on pcbs
but the isolation between the integrator output throughout the calibrator. They respond to commands
("Controlj and the Al input is different. In place of Q106 from the Controller. Commands to the Controller, in
are Ul08 and UI09. The "Control" voltage drives the turn, originate from an operator using the Front Panel or
LED in Ul08 or UI09 through amplifiers (omitted for from an external (remote) source via the lEEE-488-1975
clarity). When Ul08 is driven, varying positive current is or RS-232-C Bit-Serial Interfaces. The Controller also
supplied to Al. When Ul09isdriven, the current to Al is transmits to the displays on the Front Panel the
negative. Thus, the input to Al amplifier is proportional commands it has received and error messages.
only to the "Control" voltage as in the case of ac current
above; but, in this case, the input is de.
3-32. FRONT PANEL

3-24. Direct and Alternating Current >200 mA
3-33. The operator controls and monitors the calibrator
3-25. For Alternating or direct currents above 200 mA a operation from the Front Panel. Voltage, frequency, etc.,
third, high current, low voltage amplifier, the High are entered via a keyboard, similar to an electronic
Current Amplifier, is used in place of A2 shown in Figures calculator, or via rotary switch. As each key is depressed,
3-6 and 3-7. Otherwise, there is no difference. the Controller, which periodically scans all keys and the
rotary switch positions, decodes its function through the
use of the uP and data stored in the ROM, places the
3-26. Resistance result in the RAM, and lights the appropriate Front Panel
indicator in the Central Display. When a complete group
3-27. Figure 3-8 and 3-9 show the connections in of numbers, units, and/ or a function has been entered, the
simplified form for Low and High Ohms Mode. Four- operator presses the ENTER key. The Controller now
terminal (EXT Sense) and two-terminal (INT Sense) checks to determine if the group is a valid entry by
connection is provided for values of 10,000 ohms and comparing it to data stored in the ROM. If invalid, an
lower. Notice that all the resistors, except one, have dual Error Message is displayed on the panel and no further
usage: 1 ohm through IO kilohms are also used for current action takes place. If valid, the group is manipulated and
ranging and 100 kilohms and 1 Megohm are used for encoded for transmission via the Internal Digital Bus to
voltage ranging. This saves space, cost, and calibration the appropriate analog pcb modules and on the Front
time since two separate sets of precision resistors are not Panel the display is shifted from the central to the output
needed. display on the left side.
3-28. Control System
3-29. The internal control of all aspects of the calibrator 3-34. INPUT/OUTPUT
is centered in a Digital Controller (Figure 3-10). It is
connected to all of the pcb modules (except the power 3-35. This module operates with the Controller through
supply)'by the Internal Digital Bus. Each pcb has one or the use of a handler program stored in the ROM. It
more addresses. The Controller directs commands to interfaces the Internal Digital Bus (which.is optimum for
specific pcbs or section of pcbs by preceding each internal data handling and is common to other Fluke
command with the appropriate address. Each module instruments) to the IEEE-488-1975 or RS-232-C
transmits an acknowledge signal to the Controller after Interface. Details on the respective I/ 0 options are found
receipt of the command data. In addition, some modules in the applicable portion of Section 6.
transmit data to the Controller.
3-30. CONTROLLER 3-36. GUARD ISOLA TOR
3-31. The Controller (Figure 3-l l) is a small, specially 3-37. This module transmits data both ways between
programmed digital computer, consisting of: a the unguarded and guarded sections of the calibrator
microprocessor (µP) with timing, interface, and logic that while maintaining the required isolation.
3-9
(,) (J1
.....I .....
0 8
(/)
..,
<O
iii'
-------------------------,
A17 POWER AMPLIFIER
I I
+V
A11 RANGING Cll
I-GUARD
0 II
oo I I
0 I I CURRENT RANGING
OUTPUT HI
0 _ . (SHUNTS)
.,,
!'
;; I I
er>
:"-I
'--- A14 ANALoG CONTROL - - - _J I
I-GUARD DRIVER
c
0
..
f;>
, - ~ -;T;;A7oR~o~~o-;- - - l I ±0.2 TO ±. 2V yYITH
RESPECT TO '\J 1 nOUTPUTLO
..c
CD
;::, I~~ 11 0 TO± 10V WITH
9
I 8 I ~I I I RESPECT TO t 1 T
a.!!I
N
8 I ~2M±W I
3 L ____ _ ~~~ro~~I
J>
______ I
,-----
A15 DAC
I I
DAC
F I I UR
l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J L __ _
DIGITAL BUS
---------
,------ --- ---- - - --- - -
A11 RANGING
- - - - -----------------,
HI SENSE
.,, K55 IS CLOSED FOR TWO

!' , CURRENT
TERMINAL CONNECTION
iii ~----~ I RANGING
(INT SENSE)
~... _J RESISTORS
OUTPUT LO
....
~
Cl LO SENSE
~
~
K55B
:II K4B K5B KBB
m
a·
§
-.
L-------------------------------------~
...g
U1
en
..,
<1>
m·
......
Cf
ClJ
5100 Series B
A11 RANGING
r- -----------,
K9 K10
HI SENSE
9M!2 OUTPUT HI
r- -1
I 9jkn
OUTPUT LO
I
I K558
LO SENSE
VOLTAGE
I 100k!2 • 1
I
RANGING
RESISTORS I I I
I I
I I I
L__ J I
I
I
L------ _J
Figure 3-9. 100 k!l - 10 Mn Resistance
--,
GUARD
CONTROLLER
ISOLATOR
(A20)
(A19)
OPTIONAL 1/0
cl IEEE488 (A23) or
FRONT PANEL
~I RS 232 (A22)
(A10)
.....____________. ~I
j.1
ANALOG PCB MODULES I
(A 11 through A 18)
Figure 3-10. Control System Block Diagram
3-12
RT5
CALIBRATION LINE FREQUENCY
MEMORY
PHASE
RESET LOCKED
MEMORY
LOOP
'Tl
'i'..
111
...:""
ctJ
b>
:I
..~I
8080
2.
;'
al
I µP
8
~
0
iii' c
ca
Dl
z
m
3
~f::cm
m
U>
~ gm EXTINT
z
()
-<
~CK I I
c/11 c/12
1.7 MHZ
CLOCK
µP
CONTROL II ACK
INT II MARKl
INT OGIC
INT
CONTROL
....
01
8
(/)
(!)
c.>
....
I ""
a;·
(/)
c.>
ro
5100 Series B
3-38. DETAILED CIRCUIT ANALYSIS Q21, CR16, CR17, CRIS, and R74 provide a constant
current sink to the base of Q3 and the output of U8. The
3-39. The following paragraphs contain a detailed zener VR2 provides voltage translation from the base of
circuit analysis of the individual pcb assemblies. Consult Q3, at -15.6 volts to the output of the op-amp or near zero
the schematic drawings in Section 8 when components are volts.
referred during the discussion.
3-49. The -20 volt supply provides the +5 volt logic
3-40. Power Supply Regulator supply by connecting the high side of the -20 volt supply
to the regulated -15 volt supply so the low side, logic
3-41. The Power Supply Regulator supplies the common, is at -20 volts with respect to the grounds ( "*" s
calibrator with guarded, unguarded, and floating voltage and I). The supply is regulated by U 11 with transistors
outputs, in addition to a real time clock (approximately Q15 and Q23 to increase the output current capacity.
60 Hz) and a power on preset generator. Current is limited by R3 l and R73 to approximately
4.5A. The triac, Q20, provides overvoltage protection. If
3-42. UNGUARDED SUPPLIES the output exceeds 5.6 volts, VR 11 conducts, firing Q20,
clamping the input voltage to less than I volt, and opening
3-43. The three DC outputs from the unguarded the fuse, FI. The output voltage can be adjusted over a
supplies are +5volts,+12 volts, and -12 volts. The +5V limited range, under load, with the variable resistor, R84.
supply is regulated by U3 with transistors QI and Q22 to
increase the output current capacity. Current is limited by 3-50. The plus and minus 62 volt supplies operate
R3 and R77 to approximately 4.5A. The triac, Ql9, essentially the same as the -15 volt supply with the
provides overvoltage protection. If the output exceeds 5.6 exception of component values. The +15 volt supply
volts, VRI conducts, firing Ql9, clamping the input provides a reference for the +62 volt supply and the -15
voltage to less than 1 volt, and opening the fuse, FI. The volt supply to the -62 volt supply. The 30 volt zeners, VR5
output voltage can be adjusted, over a limited range, and VR6, are used to regulate the input voltages to the
underload with the variable resistor, R93, The+ 12V and proper level for the operational amplifiers. The ±62 volt
- l 2V supplies are controlled by the fixed voltage, three- supplies are further regulated to provide ±39 volt
terminal regulators, U I and U2, respectively. supplies. The regulating circuitry is essentially the same as
the ±62 volt and -15 volt regulators. The ±15 volt
3-44. FLOATING SUPPLIES supplies are used as the references.
3-45. The floating supplies provide regulated +5 volts, 3-51. REAL TIME CLOCK
+I 5 volts, and -15 volts from unregulated inputs of +5
volts and ±40 volts. The ±40 volts, which is required 3-52. The real time clock generator provides a square
elsewhere in the instrument, is dropped to manageable wave output at approximately 60 Hz to synchronize
levels by thezeners, VR12and VR13, for+l5Vregulator, timing functions in the Controller. The frequency is
U6. The +5V supply is regulated by the three-terminal derived from Ul6 which operates as a free-running
regulator U4. multivibrator with the frequency set by the values of R80
and C62.
3-46. GUARDED SUPPLIES
3-53. POWER ON PRESET GENERATOR
3-47. Outputs of +15V, -15V, +62V, -62V, +39V, -39V,
and -20V are obtained from the guarded supplies. The 3-54. The Power On Preset (POP) Generator provides a
+l 5V is obtained from the regulator U7, augmented by low-going pulse (POP) upon the application of power to
the series pass transistor Q2. Output current is sensed by the instrument. The pulse provides a clear signal to the
R Tl for overload limiting. The supply is adjusted with the logic, preventing the latches from turning on relays,
variable resistor R6. switches, etc., in a random manner, possibly resulting in
damage to the equipment or operator.
3-48. The+ 15V is used as a reference for the remaining
outputs of the guarded supplies, either directly, indirectly
through the -15V supply, or both. The divider R9 and 3-55. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)
RIO, and the the operation amplifier, U8, detect any
difference between the plus and minus 15V supplies to 3-56. The DAC consists of digital and analog sections,
drive the series pass transistor Q3 and reduce the difference each individually guarded, that are optically coupled. The
to near zero. RT2 samples the output current and, if it digital section consists of a clock, two counters, one an
exceeds 0.6 volts, Q4 conducts to reduce the base current increment by ten-to-two hundred thousand and the other
of Q3 and reduce output current. an increment by one-to-ten, latches to hold the preset
3-14
5100 Series B
data, and addressing circuitry. The analog section loaded with 19998 by the microprocessor and the latch
converts the digital output into a square wave with the matching the minor counter would be loaded with 8. The
duty cycle representing the output voltage. Each of the same holds true for zero. Loaded would be 19999 and 9
sections is described in greater detail below. for the major and minor counters, respectively.
3-63. Since the major counter MSD only requires one of

3-S7. DIGITAL SECTION the four bits available on the data lines, the first address
loads the remaining three bits into U3S to operate relays
3-S8. The +5V logic signal for the digital section is which control the analog circuitry.
derived by using the -15V for the logic high and -20V as
common. This procedure is common with the guarded 3-64. ANALOG SECTION
portion of the instrument. The high negative levels are 3-6S. The analog section takes the square wave created
required to turn off FETs in the analog circuitry. by the digital section and outputs a percentage of the full-
scale value available as determined by the duty cycle of
3-S9. The programmed output value is loaded into five the waveform. For example, if the programmed count
quad latches (U26, U6, U 11, Ul4, U20) and a single latch was at S0,000 the duty cycle would be 25% of the total
for the overrange digit (UIS). The data entered is count and the output would be 2S% of the available full-
compared with two separate free-running counters, a scale output.
major counter (U4, U9, Ul2, Ul8, and Ul7-3) which
increments by tens up to two hundred thousand, and 3-66. The clock is transferred across the guard to the
minor counter (U24) which increments by one up to ten. analog circuitry for use on U34 with pulse transformer
Both counters automatically reset to zero and restart Tl. The signal at U34 is synchronous but is one clock
when the maximum count is reached. The maJor counter behind due to the transferring action. The remaining data
is clocked by the 4 MHz clock at U 17-S, which is a divide- is transferred using opto-couplers. The output from the
by-two circuit for the 8 MHz output of the free-running the matching counters and latches is transferred to U34,
clock formed by YI and its associated components. The summed, filtered, and output from the DAC in ranges of
programmed data is clocked into the latches from the either zero to IO volts or zero to 2 volts, as determined by
data lines (IDO through ID7) on commands decoded from the status of relay K3 and U3S-1S. The major cycle uses
the control lines (ICO through IC4). the output at U34-S and -6 to operate the common base
drivers, QIO and QI 1, which in turn drive the FETs, Q2
3-60. The programmed output two MSD digits are and Q4, which are fast-switching devices with precise
clocked into U lS-8 and U20 when the first address is known resistance. The output is filtered at U39, and with
decoded at U8-9. In addition, a preset signal at U 1S-4sets the bootstrap capacitor CI I (which is completed by the
U IS-S high to enable the second and last address gates. follower amplifier on the Analog Control PCB). The two
The second address gate at U8-6 loads the third and values are summed and divided by R3S in parallel with the
fourth MSD digits at Ul4 and U ll, respectively, and the series resistors R36, R37, R42, and R40, to give an output
fifth MSD and LSD are loaded into U6 and U26, between zero and IO volts, proportional to the duty cycle.
respectively, with the last address at U8-IO. The last For DC current and AC measurements, K3 is energized,
address also clocks U lS-3 for a low at U 15-S, disabling the and Q6 through Q9 enabled to change the network by
second and last address gates .. inserting R38 and R41 to YR CIM into the circuit of an
output between zero and two volts, proportional to the
3-61. When the programmed data and both counters input duty cycle. The input to these dividers comes from
contain the same count, the latches Qare set high (U29- l 0 the regulator on the Analog Control PCB as either +VR
for the major counter and U29-l4 for the minor) to (+10.000SY de) or-YR (-I0.00004V de) as determined by
control the duty cycle, and through it, the analog output. the status of KI and K2.
The comparator (US, UIO, Ul3, Ul9, U2S) compares
each Q output from the counters against the equivalent Q 3-67. The analog section uses a floating SV supply for
of the data latches with an exclusive OR circuit and the part of the circuit. These are identified as +5V (FH) for
output of the comparator is wire ORed to set the U29 floating high and +SV (FC) for floating common.
latches. Floating common is tied to either -1 SV for + VR
switching or the output of U33, which is approximately
3-62. The number actually stored in the latches for -24V for -VR switching, as determined by the status of
comparison with the major and minor counters is one KI (energized with + VR selected) and K2 (-VR selected).
digit less than the figure keyed in at the Front Panel. For The lower common is required to t~Jrn off the FETs in the
example, if 19999 is keyed in on the Front Panel (the applicable circuit because the switching voltage could
DAC scales the figure, ignoring decimal placement), the exceed the breakdown voltage to the FETs ifleft at -24Y
latches corresponding to the major counter would be when +VR is switched.
3-15
5100 Series B
3-68. Analog Control CR 70 provide additional protection by clamping the

bases of Q68. R71 (DC BIAS) is adjusted for zero drift,
3-69. The Analog Control PCB Assembly has four with TP13 and and TPI4 shorted, to balance the input to
individual sections. included are the reference voltage the integrator.
circuit, which provides the plus and minus IO volt
references from the reference amplifier and inverter. The 3-76. The resistors R65 and R67 are a matched pair and
main DC amplifier, or integrator, where the input is must be replaced as such. R64 and R66 are selected to go
compared to the reference and the difference amplified to with the op amp formed by the Q65, Q68, U67
generate an error signal for the power amp to use to zero combination. One will be a selected value and the other
the error. The AC Converter is art averaging converter replaced with a piece of bus wire. Refer to the procedure
and full-wave rectifier, and the control section, with the later in the manual when reselection is required due to
compliance voltage limiter and detector. replacement of the installed resistor or one of the op amp
components, Q65, Q68, or U67.
3-70. REFERENCE VOLTAGE SECTION 3-77. AC CONVERTER

3-71. The reference voltage section is based on the 3-78. Buffered AC is input at P51-21, routed through
action of the accurate and stable reference amplifier U l 0. R32 and R36 to the op amp made up of Q36, U37, and the
Low frequency ripple is removed with the circuit formed output stage Q45, Q46. The high impedance output goes
by U2, Q2, and their associated components, and high to the two feedback diodes CR46 and CR47 and their 22k
frequency ripple with QI, Ql6, and their associated plus resistosr, R35 and R33, respectively. The output is
components. Output spikes are removed by C9, and C22 filtered by the active three-pole filter, U5 I and associated
is for spike suppression. To reduce errors the circuit components. The time constant of the integrator (U42)
common (VR COM) is independent, and connected to the also effects the filtering. U42 integrates the signal at the
floating ground on the DAC. summing-junction of the main amplifier and applies it to
the non-inverting terminal of U37. The result is a high
3-72. Negative output is obtained by using a unity gain impedance input to Q36 which forms a unity gain high
inverter, op amp U3. QI"O and CR2 are installed in the impedance buffer with U37. The ferrite beads, L45 and
circuit to prevent it from stabilizing at some voltage other L46, on the bases of Q45 and Q46, respectively, keep the
than -IOV. Without them it would be possible for the transistors from oscillating. The AC Converter output
circuit to stabilize at 0.6V. replaces the DC attenuator output to the integrator when
the AC Mode is selected. The signal path is through Q74
3-73. The ref amp circuit has several components that and Q73, and into the integrator.
require special selection. U l 0, R9, and R 10 are selected as
a set after TC checks. They must always be replaced as a
set. R 17 and R20 are also matched for TC and must be 3-79. COMPLIANC E VOLTAGE LIMITER AND
replaced as a set. Rl3 and Rl4 are selected from values DETECTOR
determined with a decade box using the procedure found
later in this manual. 3-80. This circuit operates when the instrument
operates in the Current Mode. If the compliance voltage
exceeds a IO volt (2 volt on the 2A range) DC or peak AC
3-74. INTEGRATOR preset limit, the voltage is clamped at that point and a
visual indication (0.L. or Overload) is provided on the
3-75. The DAC output is integrated with the selected of Central Display.
three feedback paths. The feedback input is through Q73
when input for the de attenuator, through Q74 when from 3-81. If the compliance voltage exceeds IO volts, it is
the AC Converter, or through K3B when from an sensed at U84, which sets U96-5 and ID7 high to signal the
external source, e.g., the Wideband Option. An op amp is instrument Controller an overload condition exists. At
formed by Q65, Q68, U67, and their associated the same time, U 100 is activated, turning on Q55, which
components with the DAC output at P53 to the non- turns of Q73, thereby disconnecting the feedback signal to
inverting input and the feedback signal supplying the the integrator and holding the output level until the
other op amp input. U61 and its associated components overload is removed or the output switched to Standby.
provide the bootstrap circuit for the signal from the DAC The clamping takes effect when CR81 (CR82) conducts,
output at P37-51. The output of U61 also goes to the immediately after U84 turns on, dumping current into the
zeners VR60 (3.9V) and VR61 (6.2V) for l mA current power transistor Q8 I (Q82). When the 2A range is
flow through the diodes, CR60 and CR6 l. The maximum selected, Q88 is turned on to shunt R88 and change the
signal applied will be limited to 13 volts due to the back- compliance sense voltage to approximately 2V de or peak
to-back zeners VR62 and VR63. Q62, Q63, Q69, and AC.
3-16
5100 Series B
3-82. Power Amplifier relay truth table showing the amplifier combination
required for the various operating modes. The complete
3-83. The Power Amplifier Assembly is made up of four relay truth table for the Power Amplifier Assembly is in
independent amplifiers and a control logic section. The Section 8, located adjacent to the schematic.
amplifiers are the high frequency, which may be used
alone or in combination with one of the other amplifiers 3-84. HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER
as determined by the output mode; the low frequency; the
high current; and the isolation. The control logic· 3-85. The input stage Of the high frequency amplifier is
energizes or de-energizes relays to control the output path the op amp U 102. This is followed by a transistor
as determined by the operating mode selected. Figure amplifier with a local feedback for voltage gain and low
3-12 and Table 3-1 are a simplified block diagram and output impedance. The output stage consists of
Table 3-1. Power Amp Relay Controls
K3 K4 K7 KS K11 K10
AC Volts less than 20 Volts 0 1 0 0 0 0
AC Volts 20-110 Volts 0 1 0 0 0 0

1 kHz to 20 kHz
AC Volts 20-110 Volts 0 1 1 1 0 0

50 Hz to 1 kHz
DC Volts less than 20 Volts 1 0 0 0 1 0
DC Volts 20-1100 Volts 0 1 1 1 0 0
AC Current less than 200 mA 0 1 1 1 0 0
AC Current more than 200 mA 0 1 0 1 0 0
DC Current less than 200 mA 1 0 1 1 1 0
DC Current more than 200 mA 1 0 0 1 1 0
AC Boost Mode 0 1 0 0 0 1
DC Boost Mode 1 0 0 0 1 1
HF AMP
AC--d'(
K4
HI CUR AMP
INPUT
oc--d'C K3
K11 PA
OUT
K7A K7B
)'crAUX
K10A OUT
)'crAUX
010B COM
-
Figure 3-12. Power Amp Relay Controls
3-17
5100 Series B
Darlington connected Q 117/Q119 and Q 118/Q120. as either a unity gain follower amplifier (switches open) or
QIIS and QI 16 provide current limiting by monitoring unity gain inverter (switches closed). The relay
Rl40 and Rl41. When the shunt voltage reaches configuration for each function can be found in the table
approximately 0.6 volts, the transistors conduct by adjacent to the schematic in Section 8.
passing the base current from the Darlington pairs. A
current limit condition also turns on the overload flag for 3-94. For DC signals the output of UIOI-1 goes to
the Controller by directing base current to Q2 through U I01-4 through the contacts of K3B. U I01-4 is connected
Qll4. VR108 and VR109 provide a negative feedback as a voltage-to-current converter and produces a current
clamp around U I 02 to prevent amplifier saturation in the LED sections of U108 (positive) or U 109 (negative)
during limit conditions. proportional to the input voltage. If U 108 is turned on,
the phototransistor section conducts a current from the
3-86. LOW FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER +I 5V supply through K3A into the summing network of
the high frequency amplifier input, U 102. In the reverse
3-87. The low frequency amplifier may be used as either condition, Ul09 conducts from the -215V supply to the
a voltage amplifier with low output impedance (e.g., to summing network. As a result, the analog control output
drive a transformer) or as a current source with high signal referenced to F-ground is able to produce a
output impedance. proportional input current to the High Frequency
Amplifier, which is referenced to S-ground.
3-88. The input stage is the op amp U I04 with the signal
applied to the non-inverting input. A feedback path is
3-95. When the High Frequency Amplifier inputs are
provided through Rl86 to the inverting input. In the
AC signals, the output of UlOl-1 is connected through
Voltage Mode (KS energized, K2 de-energized) the
K4B to the bilateral switch (Ul13). The flip/flop (Ul12)
contacts of KS are closed, applying ground to one side of
sets the frequency that cycles Ul13. The input signal is
RISI, resulting in a gain of approximately five. In the
sent to Ul 14-1, -2, and -3, creating a network that
Current Mode (K2 energized, KS de-energized) a positive
controls Q106. The circuit containing U-111; QlO and
feedback signal (PAFB) is applied through U lOS to
reduce the negative feedback. Q 105 create a feedback network for Q 106, converting the
input to a proportional change in the magnitude of the
3-89. The output stage is quasi-complementary with the AC signal input to the High Frequency Amplifier.
driver transistor Q 131 and Q 133 the complementary pair.
Current limiting is provided by Ql29 and Ql30 when the 3-96. The variable resistor, R 17, sets the gain of the
drop across Rl82 and Rl83 reaches approximately 0.6 Isolation Amplifier. Negative feed back is provided by C6
volts. At the same time, the instrument Controller is and R20 for transient conditions to avoid saturation and
notified of the overload when P82-23 goes low as a result overshoot in the amplifier.
of Ql/Ql35 conducting through the action of Ql28
and/or Ql27. The zeners VRIIO and VRII l provide 3-97. CONTROL LOGIC
negative feedback clamping for the input op amp to
prevent amplifier saturation during the current limit 3-98. The control logic decodes the microprocessor
conditions. commands to the power amplifier and energizes the relays
that direct the signal path with the decoded commands.
3-90. HIGH CURRENT AMPLIFIER The control lines plus IDO or ID I are decoded by U 1-6 or
U 1-8 to clock U3 or U4 respectively and latch the data line
3-91. The High Current Amplifier is used only for information. The data lines contain the configuration to
current outputs equal to or greater than 200 mA. The op energize or de-energize the relays required, as determined
amp U 106 is the input stage and the output stages are the by the microprocessor program for the function selected.
complementary Darlington output transistors QI42 and
Ql43. QI40 and Ql41 provide current limit protection 3-99. Extended High Voltage
and tum on the overload flag (Q2 and QI35) for
Controller notification. 3-100. Outputs of the power amplifier higher than 20
volts are routed to the Extended High Voltage Assembly.
3-92. ISOLATION AMPLIFIER The assembly contains a high voltage transformer, a
rectifier, and filter circuit, and the relay control logic for
3-93. Isolation between the Analog Control Assembly the relay contacts that control the signal path.
floating ground and the High Frequency Amplifier S-
ground is maintained by the Isolation Amplifier. The 3-101. AC outputs between 20 and 100 volts at
input signal, either AC or DC, from the Analog Control frequencies greater than I kHz are routed through K3A to
Assembly is applied to U 101-1, which is connected, as the high frequency transformer, T2, and then directly to
determined by the state of the FET switches QI 0 I/QI 02, the high voltage output. ·
3-18
5100 Series B
3-102. AC outputs up to 265 volts at frequencies of l 3-107. Feedback, through RI l, makes Ul a unity gain
kHz or less, are routed through Kl to the high voltage inverter. U4 provides an additional 90 degrees of phase
transformer, Tl, then through the energized contacts of shift and the feedback is added to U 1 through RI, R4, RS,
K4 to the high voltage output. Outputs between 265 and and Q l, which acts as a variable voltage controller
1000 volts go through K2 to reduce the number of resistor. The output signal is added to the feedback
primary windings and then output on the same path. through R2.
3-103. DC output voltages are input to the assembly as a

modified 2 kHz square wave. For outputs between 20 and 3-1 OS. The oscillator operates with a fixed output
200 volts the signal goes to Tl through Kl, and then amplitude. A four-phase signal is formed with the input
through the de-energized contacts of K4 to the rectifier, and output of U 1, the 90 degree shifted output of U4
CRS through CR 11. Polarity is established by the (available at TP5), and the output of the U2, which inverts
condition of K5, de-energized for positive outputs and the output of U4. These outputs, when rectified by the
energized for negative. The signal is then filtered by an four-phase rectifier, CR 1through CR4, and integrated by
active filter, U l, and output through K6 and K7. Outputs U3, provide a low ripple signal to compare against the
between 200 and 1000 volts de are routed to Tl through voltage reference VRI. The circuit uses U3 as an
K2 to reduce the primary coils and increase the secondary amplifier, set so that above l kHz the gain is rolled off by
output. All other steps are the same. Q3 and below l kHz, through Q2, the gain climbs to keep
the loop stable and to prevent oscillator ringing.
3-104. Control lines 0, 3, and 4 high are decoded at U7-S
to clock the information from the microprocessor on the
data lines into U3. The latched data controls the 3-109. To prevent long delay times, waiting for settling
energizing and/ or de-energizing of the relays that control in the low frequency ranges, CI 0 and C 17 are precharged
signal paths. Relay status for each possible function is to zero and -1. 7 volts, respectively. This allows the
given on the Extended High Voltage Assembly schematic oscillator to start oscillating immediately when the lower
in Section S. In addition to latching the data for the relays, frequency ranges are selected.
the signal at U7-S performs several other functions. One
of these is the generation of the ACK signal so that the
Controller knows the data has been received. The first 3-110. Capacitors C40 and C4l, compensate for phase
time the signal is generated at power application, U7-6 is errors from U l at high frequencies. The integrators U4
set to enable US-2. Each signal after that fires the and U5 use C42 and C43, respectively, for a signal
retriggerable one-shot, U9. If the pulse period of capacitor feedback to add a compensating signal at a
approximately 4.5 seconds passes without the assembly frequency approximately equal to the break frequency of
being accessed again to retrigger the one-shot, the trailing the amplifier. R50 adjusts the total phase error of the
edge of the U9 pulse will clock US-3 to generate POP oscillator at high frequencies and is set so the control
(through U6-6) and reset the analog control circuits. This voltage at TP2 remains approximately constant at
insures no dangerous outputs are present if the Controller frequencies above 20 kHz.
becomes inactive.
3-105. Oscillator 3-11 l. To obtain the symmetrical square wave output

3-106. The Oscillator Assembly uses 360 degrees of required by the Extended High Voltage Assembly for
phase shift, obtained through two integrators and an high voltage DC outputs, K5A is energized and the signal
inverter, to obtain their required oscillation. The fre- routed through U 14 and its associated components where
it is clipped and rectified. From there is goes out through
quency is selected by varying the resistors and capacitors
K5B to the power amplifier input.
on the int~grators with FET switches controlled by the
microprocessor. The range of oscillation is selected by the
state of relays Kl, K2, and K3 which add capacitance and 3-112. When EXT OSC is selected on the front panel,
resistance, through the selected FET switched, to the K6 is energized and K4 is de-energized. This routes the
circuit. The range multiplier selection is controlled by the external oscillator input at P91-39, which originates on
microprocessor which activates the applicable FET the rear panel, directly out to the power amp on P91-37.
switches. The schematic in Section S includes a table
giving the relay and FET switch control lines for each
frequency combination. For example, a programmed 3-113. Digital control of the circuit originates when
output of 20V de or greater would result in K2 and K5 UI0-12 decodes the proper information on the control
energized and signals LF, Fl, F4A, and F4B high; a lines and clocks the data on the data lines into US and U9.
programmed output of 5 kHz would result in K3 and K5 The data in US controls relay and rectifier operation and
energized, and signals (not)LF and F4A high. in U9 the FET switches for frequency range multipliers.
3-19
5100 Series B
3-114. Ranging Assembly and KS4, respectively. The 2V ac range path to the output
terminal is the same as the de path for the 2V range. The
3-1 IS. The Ranging Assembly provides the path forthe pick-off for U2 and the buffered AC is through K 16 and
output signal from the power amplifier or high voltage external sensing is available.
output to the output and sense terminals. The data on the
Digital Bus from the microprocessor is decoded by the 3-124. GREATER THAN 20V RANGES
logic circuitry (US through U 18) to operate a series of
relays and photocouplers which direct the path of the 3-125. Both the 200V de and l IOOV de range outputs
analog output through the assembly. The relays and originate at the Extended High Voltage Assembly and are
photocouplers energized for a function and range are routed to the OUTPUT HI terminal through the
given in the chart on the Ranging Assembly schematic in energized contacts of K56B. SENSE HI is through the
Section 8. energized contacts of K56A and KIO, the divider, and
back to SENSE LO. The DC ATTN pick-off is through
3-116. The analog circuitry controls the output signal, the energized contacts of Kl4 for the 20V de range and
steering it, either directly to the output and sense through the FET switch QI (enabled by photocoupler
terminals, or through a divider network. The path is U20B and Q4) for the l IOOV de range.
through the relay contacts controlled by the digital
section. The paths for the various output ranges are 3-126. The 200V de and 11 OOV de range outputs use the
detailed in the following paragraphs. same path to the OUTPUT terminals. The sense lines use
K9 for the 200V ac range. KIO for the 11 OOV de range with
3-117. READINGS OF THE 2V TO 19.9999V Q2 (enabled by U20A) providing the input for U2.
RANGE
3-118. The power amp output is input at P41-16/36, is

routed through the energized contacts of K 18 and the de- 3-127. OHMS
energized contacts of KS6B to the OUTPUT HI terminal.
OUTPUT LO is tied directly to ~ s. External sensing is 3-128. The low ohms outputs use the energized contacts
from the HI terminal through de-energized KS6A and of K3 to provide a path from the bottom of the divider to
KID, energized Kl2, the resistor network to ¢ Rand SENSE LO through ¢ R. The bottom of the divider is
back to the LO terminal. Part of the signal is picked off also connected to OUTPUT LO through KIB and a
through K 14 and sent to the Analog Control Assembly ground. The paths from the top of the divider to
via P44, the DC ATTN cable. If internal sensing is OUTPUT and SENSE HI are through the energized
selected, the HI and LO SENSE terminals are connected contacts of the applicable relay (A for output, B for
directly to the applicable OUTPUT terminal through the sense). Relays K4, K5, K6, K7, and K8 are energized
energized contacts of KSS. individually for ohms ranges l, 10, lOO, lk,and IOkohms,
respectively.
3-119. The AC path is the same to the output terminals.
The path for external sensing is through K 13A instead of
K 12, used with the DC. A portion of the sensing is picked 3-129. Internal sensing is automatically selected from
off through Kl3A and routed to U2 for the buffered AC the microprocessor through KSS when the IOOk, IM, and
signal at P41-2L Internal sensing is through the contacts IOM ranges are selected. The high ohm divider (R21
of KSS as in DC. through R39, less R32) outputs IOOk with K9, KSS, and
K56 energized, IM with KIO, KS5, and KS6 energized,
3-120. If external sensing and the SO ohm override are and IOM with KS5 and K56 energized.
selected for DC outputs less than 2 volts or AC output less
than 200 mV, sensing is as described in the preceding
paragraphs.
3-130. CURRENT
3-121. READINGS OF LESS THAN l.99999V 3-131. The current ranges use the low ohm shunts as
current shunts in series between the power amp output
3-122. DC outputs on the 2V, 200 mV, and 20 mV and OUTPUT HI. Relay K3 connects the floating ground
ranges are routed through either the energized contacts of ¢ R to the PA output (P41-16) so that it floats above
KSO, KS l, or KS2, respectively, the energized contacts of OUTPUT LO by the output of the power amp. Relays,
KS7, the de-energized contacts of KS6B to the OUTPUT K4, KS, K6, K7, and K8 are energized for the 2A, 100 mA,
terminal. OUTPUT LO is connected to ¢ s at the 20 mA, 2 mA, and 200 µA ranges, respectively, to connect
bottom of the m V divider. Sensing is internally, through the" A" contacts to OUTPUT HI and the "B" contacts to
the contacts of KSS, with the pick-off for U2 through K53 SENSE HI.
3-20
5100 Series B
3-132. For DC current, Kl9 is enabled to provide a path 3-l 3S. The Controller has two 2016-bit RAMs installed
for the sense to DC ATTN on P44. K 16 provides the path on the PCB for use as temporary storage of data by the
to U2 when AC current is selected. With Kl energized, microprocessor. The amount and location of the memory
contacts "C'' enable the I Guard Driver Ul, which is a devoted to the software varies with the model within the
follower, for the PAFB output (P41-35) for current feed series and is covered later in this paragraph. Data lines
back to maintain the approximately constant loop gain of (DBO-DB7) are used for bidirectional data flow. Address
the power amp. It also assists in the power amp operation lines (AO-A 15) determine the source or storage location of
as a relatively high impedance current source and can be data. Since other modules of the 5100 Series B are
used from the front panel to reduce high frequency errors. addressed as memory locations, address and data I/O
controls are used for access to the external bus structure.
3-133. DIGITAL CIRCUITRY
3-139. Interrupts are used to divert the microprocessor
3-134. When directly addressed with the correct output from the main program to service other routines.
from the microprocessor on the IC line, US-12 clocks the Interrupts are synchronized to an appropriate time in the
data on line IDO through ID4 into U6. Relays K57, K55, microprocessor cycle through interrupt control, where
Kl7, and KIS may be energized from U6, provided the assigned priorities vector module identity data onto the
required data is the ID line. If IDO is high, U5-5 and U5-9 Data Bus. Module identity data words direct the
are enabled for indirect addressing. With the indirect microprocessor to the memory location containing the
address from the microprocessor. U5-9 latches the data next instruction. Two interrupts are internally generated:
on line IDO through IDS into U7 and US and/ or U5-6 ACK INT and MARK INT (priorities one and six,
latches, then into U9 and U 10. The data in the latches is respectively).
decoded to energize the relays required (as shown in the
chart) for the range and function selected. Th~ data stays 3-140. An interrupt may be externally requested by
latched until the function and/ or range is altered. pulling the INT line lower. When the microprocessor is
ready to accept the interrupt, the interrupt acknowledge
(INA) signal is generated. The requesting module must
respond with an ACK and a data bit (on 1Dl-ID4) which
3-135. Controller is used as a priority vector by INT CONTROL.
3-136. Under the direction of the software program, the 3-141. Two types of resets may occur: software and
Controller addresses and sets up each of the modules hardware. Software resets are a result of a remote request.
necessary to perform a function. Two types of addresses Hardware resets occur at power-up or power-down. Real
are used: direct and indirect. An indirect address requires time clock pulses from RTS are sensed by the reset logic.
a previous direct address to set up the indirect address At power-up the reset signal assures the microprocessor
response logic. Data transfers are accomplished with a will start from program location zero. At power-down the
handshake between the address (IC) lines and the reset signal assures the Controller will not call up wrong
acknowledge (ACK) line. When the Controller addresses modules.
a module, it places data on the data (ID) lines or receives
data from the addressed module. The addressed module
responds with an ACK signal, signifying that it is 3-142. The microprocessor control logic is responsible
receiving or sending data. On initial power-up, the for latching up a status word at the beginning of each
Controller checks the ACK signal from each module to instruction cycle and for telling the microprocessor when
insure that module is installed. If any fail to respond, due to enter and exit wait states. Microprocessor sequences
to either absence or a failure, error message (ERR6) is are divided into machine states (one clock period, SSS ns ),
displayed. machine cycles (from three to five states), and instruction
cycles (from one to five machine cycles). Status words are
3.:.137_ The Controller is structured around the Intel used to control and synchronize data I/O, memory
SOSO microprocessor. Figure 3-11 is a block diagram of read/ write, and some of the interrupt control signals. The
the Controller module. Hardware control functions have microprocessor must be instructed to enter a wait state
been minimized by careful software design. Sequences of after addressing an external module and after being
events are timed from two sources. Basic operations of the interrupted to allow the external module time to respond.
microprocessor are run from a l. 7 MHz clock. The other
source is generated by real time clock pulses at 3-143. Memory for non-storage instruments (5100B,
approximately 60 Hz, which are applied to a phase- and 5 l02B) consists of two RO Ms (U23 and U24).
locked loop. The phase-locked loop multiples the real
time clock frequency by eight. This signal is used to 3-144. Memory for the storage instrument (5IOIB)
generate mark interrupts which time the background consists of two RO Ms (U23 and U24) and two RAMs
process. (U20 and U22).
3-21
5100 Series B
3-145. Front Panel delay the clock resumes and begins shifting the data
through the isolation transformers into the guarded shift
3-146. The control lines from the Controller registers to the output. Completion of the transfer is
microprocessor (ICO through IC6) are decoded by U22 decoded by the return logic to enable and pass through
and U23 to set up a series of control operations within the the isolation transformer to the control logic, the ACK
Front Panel. The output of U23-10 (LO DIG) loads the (Acknowledge) signal generated by the receiving analog
contents of the data lines into U l and U9 to enable, ifat module.
the correct level, Q l through Q8, and through them,
enable the LED indicators, at the same time U l and U9 3-154. When the Controller requests data from an
via output lines BO through B6, enable the Front Panel analog module, the same sequence repeats itself through
key switches. The one-shot Ul2 clears Ul and U9 when the output of the address. The address output is decoded
the clock is removed. by the return logic, returning the status of the addressed
module through the return logic and isolation
3-147. The decoded signals at U23-9, U23-6, and U23- transformer to the control logic and, on the Unguarded
10 clock the contents of the data lines into U2 and U3, U4 Bus, to the Controller.
and US, and U6, respectively. These provide the low
required to illuminate the LED indicators, provided the 3-155. Tape Interface (Storage Only)
data on the lines selected the indicator.
3-156. The Tape Interface Assembly links the Raymond
3-148. A decoded signal at U22-9 (RSDW) enables the mini-cassette tape system and the instrument Controller,
output of the key switch matrix. A depressed key switch in through the Internal Bus. It sends to the cassette system
an enabled bank causes an output on the applicable data operational commands originating from the Controller,
line. and accepts and transmits to the Controller system any
data transfer status information. The interface also
3-149. The edit circuit is enabled with a low at U22-6. converts and coordinates data flow between the cassette
Movement of the EDIT switch (S51) outputs a signal on system, with its serial format, and the Controller, with its
the data lines. parallel format. Operation of the interface is divided into
the control, status, write, read, and interrupt circuits,
3-150. Any decoded signal at U22 or U23 generates each of which is discussed further below.
ACK signal to the microprocessor through U28 and Q9.
This informs the Controller that the Front Panel has 3-157. CONTROL CIRCUIT
received the instructions.
3-158. The interface responds to four control
3-151. Guard Isolator commands: interrupt enable, move, rewind, and write.
The cassette system responds to the control line
3-152. The isolator accepts parallel data, shifts it to MOTION (move), FWD/RWND (Rewind), and
serial format for transfer across isolation transformers, READ/WRITE (Write) to perform the indicated
and converts it back to the parallel format. The module operation. The interrupt enable command controls the
reads the address on the Unguarded Control Lines (ICO operation of the interrupt circuit. The commands are
through IC6) and, if the data is destined for one of the received by the interface on the Data Bus and latched into
analog modules, shifts it across the isolation tranformers U23.
and places it on the Analog Bus. When the Controller
requests data, the address on the Guarded Control Lines 3-159. STATUS CIRCUIT
is decoded and the data bit from the analog module
transmitted on ID7 to the Controller. A more detailed 3-160. These circuits return the cassette system and
explanation using the block diagram in Figure 3-13 interface operational status to the Controller. The
follows. cassette system status returned is CASSETTE
LOADED, SIDE A/B, WRITE INHIBIT, and TAPE
3-153. When data (IDO through ID7) is destined for an POSITION. The interface status returned is EOR (End
analog module the address is decoded by the control logic Of Record), DAV (Data Valid), RFD (Ready For Data),
circuitry which disables the clock (7.5 MHz), clears the and BSY (Interface Busy). The data is encoded in eight
guarded shift registers, and enables the unguarded shift parallel-bits and transferred to the Data Bus when the
register to load the parallel data. After a built-in time correct address is decoded.
3-22
SERIAL DATA SERIAL DATA
INPUT GATES ISOLATION GUARDED SHIFT

& UNGUARDED TRANSFORMERS REGISTER &
CLOCK
SHIFT REGISTER OUTPUT GATES
Q.
'Tl ~ ....c
i' (.)
a:
ca u.
Ct'
.... ~ x
(.)
!-'> 0
..I
~ (.)
i... CLOCK
.....
c RETURN LOGIC
ca ~
0
n ~
~ (.) ACK
g <
Ill
~
3
CONTROL LOGIC
107
ACK
U1
.....
0
0
CJ)
...,
<D
iii'
Cf
I\)
Ill
c.> CXI
5100 Series B
3-161. WRITE CIRCUIT pulse is generated at time T4. The sequence continues
until the final bit is shifted out so that BSY remains low
3-162. The write circuit converts the data destined for and there are no additional shift pulses generated, as in
tape storage from the parallel format of the Controller to TS.
the phase-encoded bit-serial format of the cassette
system. 3-16S. READ CIRCUIT
3-163. The free-running oscillator, Ul, provides timing 3-166. Operation of the read circuit is the reverse of the
at 9.6 kHz, which is divided twice by U2S to produce write circuit. Data is read from the tape in a phase-
clocks at 4.8 kHz and 2.4 kHz. The two are combined to encoded bit-serial format, decoded, and then output to
generate two clocks to either load the shift register (U6) the Controller in the parallel format required.
from the parallel input (U7, U8) or shift the data out of the
register in the phase-encoded serial format. 3-167. When the data read from the tape at UJ0-13
changes, a spike is generated at UJO-J I, causing a l us
3-164. At time Tl (Figure 3-14), the Controller pulse at UJ2-S (Figure 3-lS). The approximately 301 us
generated address is decoded at U9-6 to set RFD (US-9), clock from U 13 clocks the tape data into U 18. The trailing
not ready for data, high and to move IDO through ID7 edge of the pulse clocks the counter U 14 to count the
into the latches U7 and U8. Transfer to the shift register is number of data bits read. When eight bits have been read
accomplished by a pulse at U3-4 and is synchronized with U 14-2 goes high, resetting the counter, loading the latches
the master clock by U2. BSY (Busy),attimeT2,sets U2-l Ul9 and U20 from the shift register, and setting the DAV
to indicate the data is being clocked out of the register and latch (U4-10/U4-l l) to signify data is available (DAV).
resets RFD to signal the Controller that it is ready to When the Controller inputs the data from the .,tape
accept the next data byte. Each bit shifted out is latched, interface, the DAV latch is reset, enabling the interface,
in tum, into US and then phase-encoded in U 10. At time for when the next eight bits of data are available. The
T3 the Controller outputs the next data byte to the output at U 12-4 has been held low from the first data
interface for loading into the latches U7 and U8, and to set transition of a tape reading operation. After data transfer
RFD high. The number of bits shifted is counted by Ul I, is complete the point goes high, signaling the Controller
and when it reaches eight, BSY is reset and a new load the completion of data transfer.
U1-3
U24-1
U24-15
U4-4
U3-4 ..f1._fl n n_
U25-3
U5-9 ---r-4.
: .
U2-15 ~ i
U2-1
T1 T2T3 T4 T5
Figure 3-14. Write Timing Diagram (Storage Only)
3-24
5100 Series B
DATA U10-13
U10-11
U12-5
TP3 U13-6
EDR U12-4
DAV U4-11
Figure 3-15. Read Timing Diagram (Storage Only)
3-168. INTERRUPT CIRCUIT 3-175. End-of-Tape, (EQT) is detected by an IR LED and IR

3-169. The interrupt circuit notifies the instrument photo transistor detecting clear leader or BOT/BOT hole.
Controller when the interface is ready to input data or WRITE INIIlBIT is detected by switch closure. The cassette
accept additional output data. An interrupt enable (INT) is file protected when switch is open. cassette presence is
control signal is generated at the start of an interrupt and detected by switch closure.
removed when a valid input data address is decoded.
3-176. The Tape Drive Assembly transfers data at a constant
3-170. Generation of either a DAV (Read Cycle) or reel speed, (variable tape speed), of three inches per second
RFD (Write Cycle) resets the applicable portion of U26 to at the beginning of the tape, in the forward direction and
generate an INT for transmission to the Controller. When rewinds at an average, (but variable), speed of 9 inches per
the interface receives an interrupt acknowledge (INA) in second.
return ai:id INT is valid, it sets data line IDl high and
generates acknowledge (ACK) for the Controller. Setting 3-177. TAPE DRIVE MOTOR CONTROL
ID 1 high signifies the interrupt is from the tape interface.
The interrupt is removed on signal from the Controller. 3-17S. A speed-regulated reel-drive motor moves the mag-
The interrupt is also automatically reset at power on from netic tape over the read/write head. To operate the motor in
U 10-3 to insure the instrument does not come up with the the forward direction, a "low" signal is output to the FWD I
interrupt active. RWND line and to the MOTION line. These signals operate
the switch formed by U7B to connect the positive side of the
3-171. Tape Drive Assembly tape drive motor to the +5 volt supply. As a result, motor
current flows through U7B, through the motor and out
3-172. INTRODUCTION through back-EMF regulator, US. The back-EMF regulator
senses the voltage across the motor, which is proportional to
3-173. The Tape Drive Assembly is a reel drive, solenoid motor speed and provides the feedback necessary to maintain
operated, mini-cassette transport. The drive is intended for a constant motor speed. Potentiometer R27 provides a means
use with an electronic motor speed controller for constant reel of setting motor speed.
speed (varying tape speed) in the read and write modes.
REWIND is accomplished by applying, to the motor, full 3-179. To operate the motor in the rewind direction, a ''high"
voltage in the opposite polarity and engaging the solenoid, signal is output to the FWD /RWND line and a "low" to the
Table 3-2. The functional block diagramis found in Figure 3- MOTION line. The REWIND signal turns on the solenoid
16. driver, U7B, to actuate the rewind solenoid, closes the switch
formed by U7C, bypasses US, flows through the motor and
3-174. The recording media is to track digital magnetic tape through Ql to ground, (MOTR). Since regulator US is by-
in a certified mini-cassette, JF PIN 446997. This is used with passed, motor rewind speed is uncontrolled and is the maxi-
a single channel head and saturation recording techniques. mum provided by five volts.
3-25
5100 Series B
3-180. READ/WRITE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION it is amplified (see waveform U9,pin l,inFigure 3-17). The
amplified data signal is routed to the low pass filter which
3-181. The read/write electronics conditions and processes eliminates high frequency noise above 5 kHz and provides an
the read/write signals at the recording head. The system adjustable second stage amplification. The output of the read
consists of write power control, write drivers, read signal signal conditioning circuits, (waveform TP6), is then routed
conditioning, peak detector, threshold detectors and data to the data peak detector and threshold detectors.
latch. Figure 3-17 is the functional block diagram of the
system with accompanying waveforms. The following para- 3-188. Data Peak Detection
graphs describe the block diagram and each of the areas listed
above. 3-189. This circuit consists of two circuits, a differentiator
with diode clamping and a high speed logic converter. The
3-182. Write Drivers first circuit differentiates the signal to provide a 90 degree
phase shift (see waveform UlO, pin l, in Figure 3-17) and
3-183. Thewritedriversconvertthe bi-phase'ITLinputdata routes it to the data latch.
into the properly phased WRITE current through the record-
ing head. The entire write circuit is interlocked to the READ 3-190. Threshold Detector
/WRITE command and the WRITE INlDBIT status signal
through write power control, Ql. 3-191. The threshold detectors are open loop level compara-
tors with detection levels set at ±15%. This detection gating
3-184. Write Power Control logic helps eliminate the possibility of noise in the gap being
translated into false data and provides a signal polarity
3-185. The write power control, controls the application of indication (see waveforms UlO, pin 7 and pin 14 in Figure 3-
power to the write drivers. Write power is not applied until a 17) to the data latch.
WRITE command is present and the WRITE INHIBIT status
is off, in order to prevent interference with the read process. 3-192. Data Latch
lbis also ensures that a write protected cassette is not erased
or overwritten. 3-193. The data latch combines the peak detection output
with the threshold detection gating logic outputs to form the
3-186. Read Signal Conditioning biphase data stream (see waveform TP5 in Figure 3-17). The
data output is clamped during WRITE mode to prevent
3-187. The read signal conditioning circuit consists of the transmission of erroneous data.
read preamplifier and low pass filter. The data signal from
recording head is input to the differential preamplifier where
3-26
5100 Series B
Table 3-2. Pin Assignments at 1/0 Header Interface Connector J33
PIN SIGNAL
NUMBER NAME WAVEFORM REMARKS
1 MOTOR+5VDC ±.25V
2 +5VDC ±.25V
3 MOTORGND
4 SIGNALGND
9 DATA IN E2D~Tf'i;
--
10 READ/WRITE READ I WRITE
12 TAPE POSITION TAPE I LEADER
-
13 FWD/RWND FORWARD I REWIND ENABLED WHEN MOTION
COMMAND APPLIED.
15 CASSETIE LOADED LOADED I
17 CHASSISGND
19 KEYING POSITION
'
22 DATA OUT EZD~Tf~
23 WRITE INHIBIT
DATA
PROTECTED
,I DATA
PROTECTED
24 MOTION START
TAPE I START
TAPE
3-27
5100 Series B
ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLY TAPE TRANSPORT
MOTION COMMAND
FORWARD/REWIND
..
~ ....
SERVO-MOTOR
COMMAND DRIVING
SERVO SYSTEM
.
. CONTROL
CONTROL LOGIC INTERFACE
,,...
,
+5VDC ... ,,...

... TAPE POSITION WRITE INHIBIT
, ,...
... CASSETTE LOADED ... CASSETTE LOADED INTERLOCK
,
- SWITCHES
CONTROL
LOGIC
... WRITE INHIBIT
,
... LOAD POINT-BOT/EQT SENSING BOT/EOT

- DETECTION
..., CONTROL LOGIC INTERFACE
DATA IN
..
~
, ...
,
... DATAOUT READ/WRITE
,
CIRCUITS RECORDING
READ/WRITE COMMAND
. ... READ/WRITE DATA .
.
- HEAD
~
(READ/WRITE)
Figure 3-16. Tape Drive Functional Block Diagram
3-28
!l WRITE
ca INHIBIT - - - - - .
c
c; SWITCH
....~
:"' WRITE PEAK DETECTOR
COMMAND
m RECORDING
~
WRITE HEAD
POWER
~ COMMAND
x TP7
m
iD
!l.
a
:s
WRITE COMMAND t READ SIGNAL CONDITIONING
TP5
c;·
m
0 DATA IN
/
I
TP6
THRESHOLD
U10PIN14,
I I I DATA
"'LATCH!--+- DATA
~
DETECTORS .. I OUT
c f
~· U10 PIN 7
DJ
3
~
==
)>
VREF
i
~
'<
s·
ca
~
~ VREF
3
(II
...
01
8
CJ)
...
Cl)
(,)
!{)
m·
<O CD
5100 Series B
READ/WRITE BIT TIMING DIAGRAM
U9 PIN1 f,;\
TP6 \J
U10PIN1 ©
TP7 ©
U9PIN1 I[)\
TP6 ~
U10PIN7 ©
TPS ®
Figure 3-17. Read/Write Electronic Block Diagram with Accompanying Waveforms (cont)
3-30
@ static awa ren ess A Message From
0
Fluke Corporation
Some semiconductors and custom IC's can be

damaged by electrostatic discharge during
handling. This notice explains how you can
minimize the chances of destroying such devices
by:
1. Knowing that there is a problem.

2. Leaning the guidelines for handling them.
3. Using the procedures, packaging, and
bench techniques that are recommended.
The following practices should be followed to minimize damage to S.S. (static sensitive) devices.
3. DISCHARG E PERSONAL STATIC BEFORE

HANDLING DEVICES. USE A HIGH RESIS-
1. MINIMIZE HANDLING TANCE GROUNDIN G WRIST STRAP.
2. KEEP PARTS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS

4. HANDLE S.S. DEVICES BY THE BODY.
UNTIL READY FOR USE.
5. USE STATIC SHIELDING CONTAINE RS FOR 8. WHEN REMOVING PLUG-IN ASSEMBLIE S
HANDLING AND TRANSPOR T. HANDLE ONLY BY NON-CONDUCTIVE
EDGES AND NEVER TOUCH OPEN EDGE
CONNECTOR EXCEPT AT STATIC-FREE
WORK STATION. PLACING SHORTING
STRIPS ON EDGE CONNECTOR HELPS
PROTECT INSTALLED S.S. DEVICES.
6. DO NOT SLIDE S.S. DEVICES OVER

ANY SURFACE.
9. HANDLE S.S. DEVICES ONLY AT A

STATIC-FREE WORK STATION.
10. ONLY ANTI-STATIC TYPE SOLDER-

SUCKERS SHOULD BE USED.
11. ONLY GROUNDED-TIP SOLDERING

IRONS SHOULD BE USED.
7. AVOID PLASTIC, VINYL AND STYROFOA M®

IN WORK AREA.
PORTIONS REPRINTED
WITH PERMISSION FROM TEKTRONIX INC.
AND GENERAL DYNAMICS, POMONA DIV.
® Dow Chemical
9/93
51 00 Series B
Section 4
Maintenance
WARNING
THESE SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSON·

NEL ONLY. TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT PERFORM ANY SERVIC-
ING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
UNLESS YOU ARE QUALIFIED TO DO SO.
4-1. INTRODUCTION 3. Disconnect the PCB assemblies from the

motherboard and remove them from the instrument
4-2. This section contains information on general mainte-
nance, troubleshooting, selected component replacement, 4. Clean the interior of the instrument using low
pressure, clean, dry air, or a vacuum cleaner.
calibration procedmes, and a performance test The perfor-
mance test can be used upon receipt of the cah"brator as an
5. Clean the Front Panel and exterior surfaces with
acceptance test or at any other time, to verify the correct
operation of the instrument anhydrous ethyl alcohol or a soft cloth dampened with
a mild solution of detergent and water.
4-3. SERVICE INFORMATION 6. Replace the PCB assemblies and covers ifaccess to
the instrument interior is no longer required
4-4. Each instrument manufactured by the Fluke Corporation
iswarrantedforaperiodof 1-yearupondeliverytotheoriginal 4-9. Air Fiiter Maintenance and Cooling
purchaser. The WARRANTY is located at the front of the Considerations
manual.
4-5. Factory authorized calibration and service for each Fluke 4-10. Visually inspect the air filter at the rear of the fan
product is available at various worldwide locations. A com- compartment periodically for dirt and contaminants. If clean-
plete list of domestic service centers is located at the rear of the ing is required, use the following procedure:
manual. Shipping information is given in Section 2, if re-
quested, the customer will be provided an estimate before any 1. Insure that power is removed from the instrument
work begins on instruments that are beyond the Warranty and the fan is not operating.
period
2. Apply inward pressure to the top and bottom of the
4-6. GENERAL MAINTENANCE filter bracket then pull to the rear until the filter and
bracket are free from the instrument
4-7. CLEANING 3. Clean the filter using either low pressure, clean, dry
air, or a water and mild detergent solution.
4-8.Periodically(atleastevery180days)cleantheinstrument
using the following procedure: NOTE
Ifwater is used/or cleaning, insure t'hat thefilter
1. Insure that power is removed from the instrument is dried thoroughly before reinstalling.
2. Remove the top and bottom covers from the instru- 4. Reinstall the filter by inserting the bottom into the
ment frame first then pushing in on the top of the filter.
4-1
5100 Series 8
4-1 Oa. A hidden but important featilI'e of the 5100 Series B is 4-13. Fuse Replacement
its internal cooling system. Baffles direct cooling air from the
fans throughout the chassis to intemally dissipate heat during 4-14. Insure that the proper fuse is installed for the input line
operation. The accuracy and dependability of all internal parts voltage selected from the values below:
of the 5100 Series B are enhanced by maintaining the coolest 110 to 120 volt range selected - MDX 2A
possible internal temperature. By observing the following
rules, you can lengthen the life of the 5100 Series B and 200 to 240 volt range selected - MDL IA
enhance its performance:
4-15. Instrument Assembly/Disassembly
CAUTION
Damage caused by overheating may occur if 4-16. The 5100 Series B instruments can be easily disas-
the area around the air Intake is restricted, the sembled by sections to gain access to any component within
intake air is too warm, or the air filter becomes the instrument In most cases, some previous step in the
clogged. disassembly process will be required and the procedure will
refer to that step. Removal of the top cover is the fll'St step in
disassembly for instruments with standard cases. Instructions
• The area around the air filter must be at least 3 for assembly/disassembly of instruments with the fiberglass
inches from nearby walls or rack enclosures. case are in later subparagraphs of this procedure.
• The exhaust perforations on the sides of the CAUTION

5100 Series B must be clear of obstructions. Use static awareness precautions during
Instrument disassembly or assembly. Do
• The air entering the instrument must be room not allow the PCB card-edge connectors or
temperature. Make sure that exhaust from another
the cable connector pins to come In contact
with any ungrounded object, Including per-
instrument is not directed into the fan inlet. sonnel, since static charges in excess of the
damage point (approximately 60 volts) can
• Clean the air filter every 30 days as described build up on these objects. The damage in·
earlier in this section, or more frequently if the 5100 curred may not be apparent Immediately, it
Series B is operated in a dusty environment may appear up to three months after the
Incident occurs. The PCB dig Ital Input card·
4·11. Line Voltage Selection edge connector should be Inserted Into a
connector with all pins shorted to make all
4-12. The calibrator is set at the factory to operate at a line points common any time the assembly Is
voltage of 115 volts ±10% with a frequency of 50 to 60 Hz. removed from the Instrument. Refer to the
Three switches in the power supply (Figure 4-1) permit the yellow Insert sheet on static awareness In an
selection of one-of-eight possible input line voltage ranges earlier section of this manual for further
shown in Table 4-1. (The switch position settings are also details.
screened on the calibrator inner cover.) The table gives each
possible voltage and its high and low tolerance. Select the
4-17. Reassembly of the instrument should be performed in
setting for use with the local line voltage that includes the
the reverse order, as required, unless noted otherwise.
expected fluctuations in the local line voltage.
Table 4-1. Input Line Voltage Switch Settings
S1 S2 S3 LINE VOLTAGE POSITION OF

COLOR DOT
-10% NOMINAL +10% S1 S2 S3
0 90 100 110 Up Up Down

99 110 121 Up Up Up
-0 0 103.5 115 126.5 Up Down Down

108 120 132 Up Down Up
180 200 220 Down Up Down
SET FOR A NOMINAL LINE VOLTAGE OF 198 220 242 Down Up Up
115V AC±10% 207 230 253 Down Down
Down
216 240 264 Down Down Up
Figure 4-1. Input Line Voltage Switches
4-2
5100 Series B
4-18. FRONT PANEL PCB REMOVAL AND LED 1. If the Ranging PCB requires removal from the
REPLACEMENT analog (main) compartment, slide the Front Panel for-
ward to clear the output terminals using the procedure
4-19. Perfonn the disassembly of the Front Panel using the described above.
following procedure: 2. To remove any PCB in the analog compartment, or
1. Remove any shorting links on the output terminals. the Power Supply Regulator PCB, insert the card puller
(provided with the instrument) into the hole provided at
2. Remove the screws securing the bottom cover to the top center of the PCB and lift straight up.
the front panel.
NOTE
3. Loosen orremove the screws on each side, directly
to the rear of the front handles and, if applicable, the The card puller is required since the space
screws attaching the side bars to the inner frame (fiber- between the PCBs is insufficient to grasp the
glass case only). boards firmly.
4. Slide the Front Panel and attached PCBs forward,
insuring they clear the output terminals. 3. Remove the PCBs from the digital (rear) compart-
ment by grasping the boards firmly at each comer and
NOTE pulling straight up.
Disassembly operations requiring only the for-
ward movement of the Front Panel to free the NOTE
output termi.nals cease at this point. If the four section shield must be removed from
the DAC PCB Assembly insure the cutaway
S. Disconnect the nbbon cables connecting the Front portions for the photocoupler and pulse
Panel to the power supply interconnect board when the transformer are to the center on the component
connectors become accessible. side and the two cutaway corners are to the
6. The front panel, Front Panel PCB, and shield are center on the non-component side.
now free and may be lifted away from the instrument,
allowingremovalof theFrontPanel to gain access to the
LEDs on the Front Panel PCB. 4-24. POWER SUPPLY COMPARTMENT SIDE PANEL
7. Defective LEDs on the Output and Central Display REMOVAL
may be replaced without removing the shield by lifting
the small pcb assembly containing these indicators 4-25. Remove the outside panel from the power supply
away from the Front Panel PCB. The shield must be compartment using the following procedure:
removed front the rear of the PCB for access to the
remainder of the LEDs. 1. Remove the front Panel using the procedure de-
scribed above.
4-20. TRANSFORMER AND PCB ASSEMBLY 2. Remove the screws connecting the side panel to the
REMOVAL rear panel
4-21. Remove the transformer and its associated.PCB assem- 3. Remove the screws attaching the front bulkhead,
bly using the following procedure: the center brace the capacitor bracket, and the trans-
former assembly to the side panel.
1. Remove the bottom cover. 4. Remove the screws attaching the bottom flange of
the side panel to the inner bottom.
2. Remove the screws (in a trapezoidal pattern) secur-
ing the transformer frame to the inner bottom. S. Slide the side panel forward, away from the rear
panel, and lift it away from the instrument.
3. Remove the screws (in a square pattern) securing
the transformer frame to the side of the instrument.
4-26. REAR PANELREMOVAL
4. Grasp the transformer firmly and lift the assembly
straight up and out of the power supply compartment 4-27. Remove the rear panel from the instrument using the
4-22. PCB ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1. Remove the plates around the DIGITAL CON-
4-23. Remove the PCB assemblies using the following NECTOR (J4) and the outboard screws around the
procedure: ANALOG CONNECTOR (J2) cover.
4-3
5100 Series B
2. Remove the screws attaching the bottom cover 4. Remove the left side panel and lift the
to the rear panel. motherboard away from the instrument.
3. Remove the two screws on each side attaching 4-32. POWER SUPPLY REMOVAL
the rear panel to the side panels, located directly in
front of the corner braces with the decals. It is not 4-33. Remove the power supply from the instrument
necessary to remove the decals to remove the rear using the following procedure:
panel.
I. Remove the Power Supply Regulator PCB
4. Disconnect the power cord connecting the fan Assembly as described above.
to the power supply motherboard.
2. Remove the rear panel from the instrument
5. Move the rear panel straight back until the using the procedure described above.
digital connector is free, then lift the rear panel
away from the instrument. 3. Remove the Transformer and PCB Assembly
using the procedure described above.
4-28. MIS MOTHERBOA RD REMOVAL
4. Remove the Power Supply Interconnect PCB
4-29. Remove the MIS Motherboard from the digital from the front of the power supply motherboard by
compartment of the instrument using the following removing the two screws on the top and lifting the
procedure: PCB straight up.
1. Remove the PCB assemblies from the digital 5. Remove the capacitor bracket (rear) and stud
compartment using the procedure described earlier. (front) from the power supply chamber of the
instrument.
2. Remove the rear panel from the instrument
using the procedure described above. 6. Disconnect J 14 and J 15 that connect the main
motherboard to the power supply motherboard.
3. Remove the two screws in the capacitor
chamber (beneath the MIS Motherboard and only 7. Remove the screws fastening the power supply
accessible with the rear panel removed) attaching motherboard to the frame.
the MIS Motherboard bracket to the frame.
8. Slide the power supply mother board out the
4. Remove the left side screws and panel, then lift rear of the instrument.
the MIS Motherboard, its bracket, and the
connector PCB free from the instrument 9. The capacitors in the capacitor chamber are an
compartment. electrical part of the power supply and are
accessible for inspection or maintenance with the
4-30. MAIN MOTHERBOA RD REMOVAL rear panel removed.
4-31. Remove the main motherboard from the 4-34. ENVIRONME NTAL RESISTIVE CASE
instrument using the following procedure: ASSEMBLY/D ISASSEMBLY
(FIBERGLASS CASE ONLY)
I. Remove the PCB assemblies from the analog
and digital compartments using the procedure
described earlier. NOTE
2. Remove the MIS Motherboard from the

All sections of the fiberglass case and covers
instrument using the procedure described above. are part ofa serial numbered matched set that
3. Remove the twelve screws within the square must be kept intactfor maximum protection.
pattern attaching the main motherboard to the
instrument. 4-35. Remove the fiberglass case using the following
procedure:
NOTE
Do not remove the screws in the round I. Insure the front cover is attached to the
patterns from the main motherboard. These instrument then stand the instrument upright on its
attach the bottom shield to the motherboard. front cover.
4-4
5100 Series B
2. Remove the line cord and the hex (Allenhead) 4. The tape drive may be separated from the Tape
screws along the side of the back panel. Drive PCB, if desired, by disconnecting the cable
connecting the drive to the PCB and removing the
3. Set the instrument upright on its rear panel. four screws securing the drive to the PCB.
4. Remove the front cover, the hex screws and 4-39. · PERFORMANCE TEST
associated plates, and the vent screen.
4-40. The following paragraphs contain a performance
verification test which compares the outputs of the
5. Lift off the front half of the fiberglass case.
instrument to the specifications in Section I of this
manual. The test may be used to verify calibration of the
6. Place the instrument flat; i.e., the normal
instrument between scheduled calibration periods, as an
operating position.
acceptance test, or as an aid in troubleshooting.
7. Support the inner chassis and slide the rear half 4-41. The test equipment required for the performance
of the fiberglass case off the instrument. test is listed in Table 4-2. If the recommended equipment
is not available, replacements with equivalent
4-36. Replace the fiberglass case using the following
specifications may be substituted. The test must be
procedure:
performed when the ambient temperature is between 22
l. Set the instrument upright, on its rear panel. and 24 degrees Celsius, with the relative humidity less
than 85%, to attain maximum accuracy.
2. Slide the front half of the case over the chassis,
4-42. If the instrument does not meet the error limits
insuring the feet are on the correct side.
listed in the performance test either the calibration
procedure or corrective maintenance should be
3. Install the vent screen (left side) and the plates
performed, as determined by the symptoms.
using the hex screws previously removed. Install the
washers on the screws holding the screen.
4-43. Calibration Test Equipment Accuracy
Considerations
4. Install the front cover on the instrument and set
the instrument upright on the front cover. 4-44. Accurate calibration of the 5 JOO Series B
Calibrators requires precision calibration standards and
5. Slide the rear half of the case over the chassis, test equipment often accessible only in a standards Jab.
insuring the feet are on the correct side. Calibration is normally performed using test equipment
with accuracies four to ten times better than the
6. Install the case with hex screws, using the instrument being calibrated. This criteria allows the
washers on the screws through the vent screen. errors of the test equipment to be ignored even though the
possibility exists that the inherent errors of the test
4-37. TAPE SYSTEM REMOVAL
equipment could make the instrument read out of
(STORAGE ONLY) tolerance when good, or in tolerance when bad. An
4-38. Remove the tape system from the calibrator using example of this problem using a four to one ratio and the
the following procedure: uncertain area is shown in Figure 4-2.
I. Slide the Front Panel forward to gain access to 4-45. The performance test for the 5100 Series B
the tape system using the procedure described Calibrators contains tables used to verify the accuracy of
previously. the DC voltage and current, and the AC voltage. These
tables have columns for the programmed output, both
2. Lift the tape access door on the Front Panel and calibrator and test equipment, and the specified
remove the four screws securing the tape system to maximum allowable ± error of the calibrator for the
the Front Panel. programmed output, in percent. In addition, highlighted
columns have been added which list the maximum
3. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the Tape specified error in percent of the test equipment called out
Drive PCB and lift the tape system clear of the in the procedure; the summed errors of the calibrator and
instrument. test equipment, and the difference when the possible test
equipment error is subtracted from the possible calibrator
NOTE
error.
The Front Panel must be at its extreme
forward limit for the tape system to clear the 4-46. These last three columns, which are highlighted,
rear of the EDIT switch. are given as a convenience to the individual to use or not
4-5
5100 Series B
use, as he determines, depending on the circumstances warmup period of at least 30 minutes prior to performing
involved, and the desired degree of accuracy. In all cases, any test.
if any test equipment is replaced with a different model,
the three columns must be recomputed. I. Verify that the instrument is set for the correct
input line voltage range, using the procedure
4-47. Equipment Preparation outlined earlier in this section.
4-48. Perform the following procedure prior to
beginning any operation. The equipment should have a 2. Connect the calibrator to the input line power.
Table 4-2. Test Equipment

ITEM SPECI Fl CATIONS (minimum) NOMENCLATURE
DC Voltage Standard 0.001% Accuracy Fluke5700A
Current Calibrator 25 ppm/hr Stability Fluke 5700A
Voltage Divider 0.1 ppm Resolution, 1 ppm Terminal Linearity Fluke 720A
Ratio Transformer 0.5 ppm Terminal Linearity at 400 Hz ESI DT72A
Null Detector 1 µV Range Fluke 845AB
Thermal Transfer Standard 0.02%@ lOOOV Range, 0.01% @other ranges Fluke 5790A
DC Differential Voltmeter NMRR > 100 dB @400 Hz Fluke 885A
RMS Differential Voltmeter 1 µV Resolution Fluke 9318
Digital Multimeter 5% Digit 100 µil/1 µV Resolution Fluke 8500A/8505A/8506A
-- -- -- -----
Digital Multimeter Current Reading 1% Fluke 8500A/8502A/8505A/
with -01 and -03 options
Frequency Counter 50 Hz to 50 kHz >o.5 Accuracy (10 Hz to 10 MHz Fluke 1900A
with -03 Option)
Oscilloscope >60 MHz Dual Trace at .5 mV/cm Sensitivity Tektronix w/Dual
Amplifier Trace Plug-In w/5A22N
Distortion Analyzer 50 Hz to 50 kHz >o.01% Accuracy HP339A
Resistive Loads 100il±1%, %W Metal Film Type

33n±5%, 2W Carbon Composition
Type
2 k0±5%, 2W Carbon Composition
Type
20k0±5%, 2W Carbon Composition
Type
33 k0±5%, 2W Carbon Composition
Type
1il±1%, 5W Wire Wound Type
2 ea. 10 ±5%, 2W in parallel = 0.5.U 4W Carbon Composition
Type
Standard Resistor w/ 1n at 50 ppm minimum Fluke 742A-1
Accessories
1012 and 1 Mn at 25 ppm minimum }
1000, 1kO,10 kO, 100 kO at 10 ppm minimum Fluke5450A
10 Mn at 100 ppm minimum
Lowpass Filter Construct of 1 kO resistor and 0.05 µF capacitor Metal Film Type
in series Non-polarized
Extender PCB Fluke 5100A-7005K
4-6
5100 Series B
GIVEN:
Calibrator Specification Maximum Error ±0.004%
Test Equipment Specification Maximum Error ±0.001%
Calibrator Spec.+ Test Equipment Spec. ±0.005%
Calibrator Spec. - Test Equipment Spec. ±0.003%
~ ~ ~
Lt>
0
0
§
0
a
0
Lt>
0
0
c:i ci ci ci
I I + +
w w
u u
z<( z
<(
GUARANTEED
a: a:
w .------WITHIN -------1~' w
_J
_J
g TOLERANCE 0
1-
u.. u..
0 0
1- I-
::> :>
0 0
t
-0.004% 0%
t
+0.004%
Figure 4-2. Accuracy Uncertainties
3. Depress the POWER switch to apply power to I. Depress the CLEAR keyswitch twice in
the instrument. succession.
4. The Output Display reads +0.0000 mV and the

2. The Front Panel indications blink, then read
STDBY, LOCAL, INT, and SOO DIVIDER
+0.000 0 m V with only the STD BY, LOCAL, INT,
indicators illuminate.
and SO!l DIVIDER indicators illuminated.
S. Make all interequipment connections, during
the test, using low thermal EMF copper leads or 3. Prepare the test null detector to read a null ±S
coaxial cable, as applicable. µ.V, then connect the equipment as shown in Figure
4-3.
4-49. DC Offset Voltage
4. Select OPR on the calibrator.
4-SO. Perform the DC offset voltage test using the
following procedure: S. Verify the null detector reads 0 ±S µ.V.
5100SERIES NULL DETECTOR
,..
"~_..._ _________ _ ............
0
0
Figure 4-3. Offset Voltage Checks
4-7
5100 Series B
6. Depress the 500 DIVIDER OVERRIDE 14. Select STDBY on the calibrator and test
keyswitch. equipment.
7. The OVERRIDE indicator illuminates. 15. Repeat steps IO through 14 for the remaining
steps of Table 4-3.
8. Verify the null detector reads 0 ±205 µV.
9. Select STDBY on the calibrator. 16. Connect the test DC voltmeter (5~ digit
DMM or DC Differential voltmeter) to the DC
4-51. DC Voltage Tests Voltage Standard.
17. Set the DC Voltage Standard to the value

4-52. Perform the DC voltage tests using the following called out in step 5 of Table 4-3.
procedure:
18. Record the voltmeter reading.
I. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
19. Repeat steps 17 and 18 for the remaining
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-4. values in Table 4-3.
Do not use the null detector built into the DC
Voltage Standard. 20. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
3. Selectthe setting in step l ofTable4-3.foreach 21. Connect the DC voltmeter to the calibrator
of the instruments listed. output terminals.
4. Select OPR on the test equipment and 22. Program the calibrator for an output voltage
calibrator. equal to the value recorded in step 18 then select
OPR on the calibrator.
5. Enable the calibrator Error Mode and modify
the calibrator output until a null is obtained on the 23. Select the calibrator Error Mode and modify
null meter. the calibrator until the DC voltmeter reads the
voltage recorded in step 18.
6. Verify the displayed error is no greater than the
allowable error for the programmed calibrator 24. Verify the displayed error is no greater than
output of the applicable step. the allowable error for the programmed calibrator
output of the applicable step.
7. Select STDBY on the calibrator and test
equipment.
25. Repeat steps 22 through 24 for the remaining
8. Repeat steps 3 through 7 for steps 2 through 4 steps on Table 4-3.
of Table 4-3.
26. Select STDBY on the calibrator and the test
9. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure equipment.
4-12. If the DC Voltage Standard cannot be connect-
ed in the differential mode proceed to step 16. 4-53. DC Ripple and Noise Tests
IO. Select the setting, in step 5 of Table 4-3, for 4-54. Perform the DC ripple and noise tests using the
each of the instruments listed. following procedure:
11. Select OPR on the test equipment and l. Insure STDBY is selected on the calibrator.
calibrator. 2. Construct a IO Hz to 3 kHz bandpass filter from
a l k!l metal film resistor in series with a 0.05 µF
12. Select the calibrator Error Mode and modify
capacitor. Connect the resistor to the calibrator HI
the calibrator output until a null is obtained on the
output terminal and the capacitor to the LO
null meter.
terminal.
13. Verify the displayed error is no greater than 3. Connect the oscilloscope HI input to the
the allowable error for the programmed calibrator common point on the filter's resistor and capacitor,
output of the applicable step. and the LO input to the calibrator LO terminal.
4-8
5100 Series B
5100 SERIES NULL DC VOLTAGE STANDARD

DETECTOR
OUT SENSE ~\I)o A

10 0- OHi
- ..._ --. 0 0 ='-l
6
v._ OLO ~}-- -
0
<.. ....
r+ °A':!.-1
7/
VOLTAGE DIVIDER
IN OUT
0 ~ : 0 000 0 00 4 ) 4) v
Figure 4-4. DC Low Voltage Tests

4-9
5100 Series B
Table 4-3. DC Voltage Tests
NULL
5100 DC VOLTAGE VOLTAGE MAXIMUM
DETECTOR
STEP PROGRAMMED STANDARD DIVIDER 5100
OUTPUT OUTPUT RATIO STARTING % ERROR
RANGE
+19.9900 mV +1.000000 0.0199900 10µV ±0.0300

2* -19.9900mV -1.000000 0.0199900 10µV ±0.0300
3 +199.900 mV +1.000000" 0.1999000 30µV ±0.0075
4 +1.99900V +10.00000 0.1999000 300µV ±0.0053
5 +19.9900V +19.99000 3mV ±0.0050
6* -19.9900V -19.99000 3mV ±0.0050
7 +199.900V +199.9000 30mV ±0.0050
8* -199.900V -199.9000 30mV ±0.0050
9 +1000V 1000.000 300mV ±0.0051
10* -1000V 1000.000 300mV ±0.0051
t Read paragraphs 4-41 through 4-44, before using these columns.
5100SERIES DC VOLTAGE STANDARD
OUT SENSE
10 OHi
v OLO . - ( ) - -
Figure 4-5. DC Voltage Tests
4-10
5100 Series B
NOTE I. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
(f available, an oscilloscope plug-in .filtering 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-6
module with a JO Hz to 3 Hz bandpass using the 1.00000 kilohm shunt.
capability (e.g., Tektronix 5A22N) may be
used. NOTE
4. Program, in turn, the DC voltage outputs in If the actual value of the shunt is known, e.g.,
Table 4-4, applying the load, when applicable, and 1.00010 kilohms. accuracy can be improved
verify the oscilloscope display is within the listed by entering the value as a fractional-scale into
tolerance. the calibrator prior to programming a current
output. Make the following entry: "l.00010
NOTE ENTER".
The peak-to-peak column is an approxima- 3. Select the setting in step I of Table 4-5 for each
tion of the rms voltage and is not an exact of the instuments listed. Insure the correct null
equivalent. meter polarity is selected for the programmed
calibrator output.
5. When all steps in the table have been
NOTE
completed, select STDBY on the calibrator and
remove the filter. The DC voltage Standard, as shown in Figure
4-6, is used as a d~[ferential voltmeter in this
4-55. DC Current Tests test to obtain the added accuracy. A standard
DC differential voltmeter may be substituted;
4-56. Perform the DC current test using the following however, the test equipment% oferrorfigures
procedure: in Table 4-5 must be adjusted accordingly.
Table 4-4. DC Ripple and Noise Tests
APPROXIMATE ALLOWABLE RIPPLE

PROGRAMMED O~UT APPLIED LOAD
PEAK-TO-PEAK (Vrms)*
19.9999 None 12mV 4mV

20.000 None 30mV 10mV
20.000 2k0 60mV 20mV
199.999 20k0 0.6mV 2V
200.000 33k0 0.3mV .1V
* Applicable when using a true-rms voltmeter
SHUNT
5100SERIES
rn DC VOLTAGE
STANDARD
---+T-+-a HI
)_>--t----+---. u---------~~-t-ULO
--
Figure 4-6. DC Current Tests
4-11
5100 Series B
Table 4-5. DC Current Test

5100 DC VOLTAGE MAXIMUM
STEP PROGRAMMED STANDARD 5100
OUTPUT SETTING % ERROR
+1.90000 mA +1.900000V ± 0.Q18

2* -1.90000 mA +1.900000V ±0.018
3 +2.10000 mA +2.100000V ± 0.035
4* -2.10000 mA +2.100000V ± 0.035
5 +1.00000A +1.000000V ± 0.019
6* -1.00000A +1.000000V ± 0.019
*Select a negative reading on the null detector.
4. Select OPR on the calibrator. 16. Repeat steps 11 through IS for step 6 of Table
4-5.
the calibrator output until a null is obtained on the 4-57. AC Voltage Tests
null meter.
4-58. Perform the AC voltage tests using the following
6. Verify the displayed error is no greater than the procedure:
allowable error for the programmed calibrator
output of the applicable step. I. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
7. Select STDBY on the calibrator. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-7.
8. Repeat steps 3 through 7 for steps 2 through 4 3. Select the setting in step I of Table 4-6 for each
of Table 4-5. of the instruments listed.
9. Verify all instruments are in Standby. 4. Select EXT Sensing on the calibrator.
10. Replace the 1.00000 kilohm shunt with the S. Select OPR of the calibrator.
1.00000 ohm shunt, using the parallel compensation
network. 6. Perform the thermal transfer. Use the Error
Mode to modify the calibrator output to obtain the
11. Select the setting in step 5 ofTable4-5 for each null on the thermal transfer standard.
of the instruments listed.
12. Select OPR on all instruments. allowable error for the programmed calibrator
NOTE output of the applicable step.
Heat build up in the J ohm shunt can effect 8. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
accuraq. ~f the test requires more than one
minute, return to STDBYofter that time, wait 9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 for the remaining
five minutes.for cooling, then resume the test. steps of Table 4-6.
the calibrator output until a null is obtained on the I0. Program an output of lOV de from the DC
null meter. voltage calibrator and of IOV ac at 400 Hz from the
S 100 Series B Calibrator.
14. Verify the displayed error is no greater than
the allowable error for the programmed calibrator 11. Perform the thermal transfer test. Use the
output of the applicable step. Error Mode to modify the SI 00 Series B Calibrator
output to obtain the null on the thermal transfer
15. Select STDBY on the calibrator. standard.
4-12
5100 Series B
5100 SERIES THERMAL DC VOLTAGE STANDARD

TRANSFER
OUTPUT
SENSE
STANDARD
• .. OUTPUT~
SENS~~ ·-
v
10 HI
") 0 LO
(r· - ~ ~
V""'"'ol""
0 .J'• "') 0
~
(' /j --
~ -~ -
~
.3
Figure 4-7. AC Voltage Tests
Table 4-6. AC Voltage Tests

PROGRAMMED 5100
DC VOLTAGE MAXIMUM
STEP VOLTAGE STANDARD 5100
FREQUENCY OUTPUT % ERROR
RMS
1 19.9900V 400 Hz 19.99000 ±0.040

2 19.9900V 10 kHz 19.99000 ±0.040
3 19.9900V 50 kHz 19.99000 ±0.068
4 2.1000V 400 Hz 2.10000V ±0.085
5 2.1ooov 10kHz 2.10000V ±0.085
6 2.1000V 50 kHz 2.10000V ±0.139
7 199.900V 1 kHz 199.9000V ±0.040
8 105.000V 20 kHz 105.0000V ±0.075
9 1000.00V 400 Hz 1000.000V ±0.041
10 1000.00V 50 Hz 1000.000V ±0.041
11 1000.00V 1 kHz 1000.000V ±0.041
12. Select STDBY on the calibrators. Do not 15. Set the· AC ratio transformer to 0.1000000,
change the output settings of the 5100 Series B adjust the rms differential voltmeter for a null, and
Calibrator. record the dial setting of the rms differential
voltmeter.
13. Connect the equipment as shown with the
solid lines in Figure 4-8. 16. Repeat step 15 with a ra~io transformer setting
of 0.0 I00000 and record the rms differential
14. Select OPR on the calibrator. voltmeter setting required to obtain a null.
4-13
5100 Series 8
5100SERIES RATIO
h~m
pENSE
TRANSFORMER
10
vo,'f\OLO
HI
INPUT
-COM
OUTPUT
COM(')
-
I 1I
I I
1,
I I
I I
I I AC
IL DIFFERENTIAL
I - - - - - - -- -- -- VOLTMETER
'------------ J
Figure 4-8. AC Low Voltage Tests
17. Repeat step 15 with a ratio transformer setting 4-59. AC Distortion and Noise Tests
of 0.0010000 and record the rms differential
voltmeter setting required to obtain a null. 4-60. Perform the AC distortion tests using the
18. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
I. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
19. Connect the equipment as shown with the
2. Connect the distortion analyzer to the
broken line in Figure 4-8.
calibrator output terminals.

NOTE
21. Program a calibrator output of IV ac at 400
Hz. Broadband total distortion ana~l'zers, such as
the H P330 Series, may give readings above
22. Set the rms differential voltmeter to the setting the spec{fication limit unless used with a 200
recorded in step 15 and verify the error is less than kHz low pass .filter between the calibrator
±0.065%. output and the distortion analyzer.
23. Program a calibrator output of 100 mV ac at 3. Program an output with each voltage/fre-
400 Hz. quency combination in Table 4-7 and verify the
reading on the distortion analyzer does not exceed
24. Set therms differential voltmeter to the setting the listed tolerance.
recorded in step 16 and verify the error is less than
±o.11%. 4. When all steps in the table have been
completed, .select STD BY on the calibrator.
25. Program a calibrator output of 10 mV ac at
400 Hz. 4-61. Frequency Accuracy Tests
26. Set therms differential voltmeter to the setting 4-62. Perform the frequency accuracy test using the
recorded in step 17 and verify the error is less than following procedure:
±o.56%.
I. Connect the calibrator output terminals to the
27. Select STDBY on the calibrator. frequency counter input.
4-14
5100 Series B
Table 4-7. AC Distortion and Noise Tests
PROGRAMMED OUTPUT TOTAL DISTORTION TOTAL DISTORTION

VOLTAGE FREQUENCY AND NOISE (rms) AND NOISE%
0.3 50 Hz 0.16 mV 0.053%

0.3 1 kHz 0.16 mV 0.053%
0.3 50 kHz 0.26 mV 0.087%
10 50 kHz 8mV 0.08%

200 1 kHz 160mV 0.08%
200 50 Hz 160mV 0.08%
1000 50Hz 800mV 0.08%
2. Program an output at each frequency in Table of each setting. It also compares the reading of the
4-8 at IV rms and verify the counter reads within the calibrator to a DMM. These two test procedures should
frequency range listed for the programmed be completed before the next two test procedures to
frequency. ensure accurate results. The third test procedure is the
Current Source Transfer test. This test procedure is
Table 4-8. Frequency Accuracy Tests required for the In range and may be used for the I 0 and
CALIBRATOR 1oon outputs. The test procedure uses the current reading
COUNTER READING
FREW ENCY stability of a constant current source and a digital
OUTPUT MINIMUM MAXIMUM voltmeter to perform the transfer test. The fourth test
procedure is the Resistance Transfer test. This test
50 Hz 48.5 Hz 51.5 Hz procedure performs a transfer for the higher ohms values
400 Hz 388 Hz 412 Hz from a certified standard resistor using a 5~-digit DMM
with a 1 Mn resolution and checks outputs of I kn or
2 kHz 1.94 kHz 2.06 kHz
higher. The 10 and IOOn outputs can also be checked if
3 kHz 2.91 kHz 3.09 kHz not already done so by the Current Source Transfer test.
4 kHz 3.88 kHz 4.12 kHz
NOTE
5 kHz 4.85 kHz 5.15 kHz Do not use a Kelvin bridge in lieu of the
6kHz 5.82 kHz 6.18 kHz DM M for the following zest. Erroneous
7 kHz 6.79 kHz 7.21 kHz readings will result for values ~J kn.
8 kHz 7.76 kHz 8.24 kHz
9 kHz 8.73 kHz 9.27 kHz 4-64a. TWO TERMINAL RESISTANCE
10 kHz 9.7 kHz 10.3 kHz ACCURACY VERIFICATION
50 kHz 48.5 kHz 51.5 kHz l. Connect an ohmmeter capable of measuring 1n
to an accuracy of at least 10 mn (see note) to the
calibrator OUTPUT terminals. Use the two-terminal
4-63. Resistance Tests mode on both instruments.
4-64. The adjustment of the ohms function of the 5100 NOTE

Series B Calibrators requires four separate test pro-
cedures. The first two test procedures are part of the Suitable ohmmeters are the Fluke 8800A,
Two-Terminal Resistance Accuracy Verification. The 8810A, or any 8500 series. If the ohmmeter
first test procedure is the Repeatability test. This test µsed has an accuracy of JO mn or better, the
procedure verifies that each reading is consistent when "Ohmmeter Error" in the two-terminal specifi-
changing the range using the ohms function. The test cation may be ignored.
procedure compares the reading on the calibrator to that
of a DMM. The second test procedure is the Accuracy 2. Call in on the Calibrator. The center display
test. This test procedure adjusts and verifies the accuracy should flash CALI.
4-15
5100 Series B
3. Adjust the calibrator error dial until the output 4-65. CURRENT SOURCE TRANSFER TEST
display is the same as the ohmmeter display.
Depress the NEW REF/ CAL 10 button and verify CAUTION
that the center display goes to .0000%. Set voltage limit controls on the current
source to the lowest voltage possible while still
4-64b. Repeatability Test providing the current required for the test. In
addition, to prevent damage to the equipment,
1. Place the calibrator to standby then back to
set the current source to STDBY before either
operate. setting the 5100 Series B Calibrator to STDBY
or disconnecting the leads between the
2. Call 100, lOOkO, lOkO, and lOOkO, then instruments.
return to 10.
l. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-9.
3. Verify that the ohmmeter reading remains within
±IO mO of that noted in step 3 of the Two-Terminal 2. Program a calibrator output of l ohm with
Resistance Accuracy Verification. EXT sensing selected and select DC volts on the
DMM.
NOTE 3. Multiply the certified value of the l ohm
Failure to achieve the required repeatability standard resistor by 0.1 and record the results as
volts, e.g., a I ohm standard resistor certified at a
may be due to a defective relay related to the
-100 ppm error would be 0.999900 X 0.1, equaling
JO to JOO kO resistors.
0.0999900, or 99.99 mV.
4. Adjust the output of the current source
4. Call lMO; then return to 10. The ohmmeter
(approximately 100 mA) until the DMM reads the
must again return to within ±10 MO of the previous
computed value.
reading.
5. Transfer the DM M leads from the standard
NOTE resistor to the calibrator sense terminals.
Failure to achieve repeatability when going 6. Verify the DMM reads between 0.09998 and
over JOO kO and back is due to K56. This is a 0. 10002 volts (99.98-100.02 mV), i.e., 0.10000
high voltage rated button relay and operates ±o.02%.
when going to J MO and JO MO. There are
two choices if K56 malfunctions: clean the
contacts, or replace the relay. The contacts
5100 SERIES
can be cleaned with a strip of business card CALIBRATOR
soaked in alcohol.
4-64c. Accuracy Test
1. Call 10, and repeat step 3 of the Two-Terminal

Resistance Accuracy Verification to achieve a precise
reading. STANDARD CONSTANT
RESISTOR CURRENT
2. Call each of the ohm values tabulated below SOURCE
and verify that when the error dial is adjusted to
cause the output display to equal the ohmmeter OUTSIDE
reading, the center display reads less than the value
INSIDE
shown in the accuracy column below.
TERMINALS
DMM
RANGE ACCURACY
1on 0.4%
1oon 0.05%
1 kn 0.0125%
Figure 4-9. Current Source Transfer Connections
10kn 0.0075%
4-16
5100 Series B
7. If the current source transfer test is used for the

10- and 100-ohm test, repeat steps 2 through 6, CERTIFIED
CERTIFIED
using calibrator settings of 10 and 100 ohms, VALUE
VALUE
current source settings of approximately IO mA and GREATER LESS THAN
lmA, and readings of .10000 ±0.01% and. IOOOOOV THAN
NOMINAL
±0.005%, respectively. Step 1: NOMINAL
Nominal Value +1.000000 +1.000000

4-66. RESISTANCE TRANSFER TEST Certified Value +1.000033 +0.999977
I. Algebraically subtract the nominal value of the Computation: +1.000033 +0.999977

standard resistor (e.g., IO ohm, 100 ohm, etc) from Change sign & add -1.000000 -1.000000
the certified value of the standard resistor. Record Difference +0.000033 -0.000023
the computed difference. A computation example is Step 3:
shown in Figure 4-10, using I ohm as an example.
Measured Value +1.00005 +o.99995
2. Connect the SY.? digit test DMM to the IO ohm
standard resistor, using the four-terminal Step 6:
configuration.
Recorded Step 1 +0.000033 -0.000023
3. Measure the resistance of the standard resistor Recorded Step 3 +1.00005 +0.99995
with the test D MM and record the value displayed.
Computation: +1.000050 +o.999950
4. Transfer the test DMM input leads from the Change sign & add -0.000033 +0.000023
standard resistor to the calibrator output terminals. Difference +1.000017 +0.999973
Rounded +1.00002 +0.99997
S. Program a calibrator output of I 0 ohm, with
EXT sensing selected. Figure 4-10. Resistance Computation Examples
6. Algebraically subtract the value recorded in Table 4-9. Resistance Tests

step 1 from the value recorded in step 3 and verify
the displayed value, when compared to the RESISTANCE TOLERANCE
computed difference is within the resistance and
tolerance listed in Table 4-9. 100 ±1 mn
1oon ±smn
7. Repeat steps I through 6 for the remaining 1 kn ±somn
calibrator resistance outputs, insuring the deviation
from the computed value is within the tolerance 1okn ±SOomn
listed in Table 4-9. 100 kn ±Sn
NOTE 1 Mn ±1000
The test DM M may be le.fi in the four- 10Mn ±Skn

terminal conJigurationfor the JOOk. IM. and
/OM readings, (/"desired; however, the actual
reading will be based on two-terminal 4-69. Verify the AC current operation with the
operation. following procedure:
I. Connect a DMM to the calibrator output

4-67. AC Current Tests terminals and prepare it to read alternating current.
4-68. The accuracy of the alternating current networks 2. Program a 190 µA, 400 Hz output from the
was verified with the direct current tests, however, the calibator.
following tests are included to verify the proper operation
of the AC relays required within the circuit. In all cases, 3. The DMM reads between 187 µA and 193 µA.
the tolerances of the calibrator far exceed the DMM
specification and the test must be considered an 4. Program a 1.9 mA, 400 Hz output from the
operational test rather than an accuracy test. calibrator.
4-17
5100 Series B
5. The DMM reads between 1.88 mA and 1.92 4-73. Storage System Test (Storage Only)
mA.
4-74. Operation of the storage system may be verified by
6. Program a 19 mA, 400 Hz output from the loading the storage memory with random instructions,
calibrator. transferring the data loaded in the memory to the tape,
and reading the tape back to the instrument, using the
7. The DMM reads between 18.9 mA and 19.I applicable operating instructions given in Section 2 of this
mA. manual.
8. Program a 190 mA, 400 Hz output from the CAUTION

calibrator.
As a safety precaution, none of the random
9. The DMM reads between 189mAand 191 mA. instructions should exceed 30 volts in value.
10. Program a 1.9 A, 400 Hz output from the 4-75. The calibration procedure requires a tape loaded
calibrator. with 74 instructions. The data in each instruction is
irrelevant as long as each available instruction slot of the
11. The DMM reads between 1.89 A and 1.91 A. 74 available is used. The tape created during the verifica-
tion test may be set aside for use during the calibration,
provided all 74 instruction slots were used.
4-70. Overload Tests
CAUTION
4-71. These tests check the capability of the instrument Tapes used must be certified digital m1m-
to detect and react to an overload condition. The cassettes that conform with ANSI Standard
overload sig~al is the symbol ..O.L." on the Central X383Sm-49. Audio quality tapes will not give
Display. acceptable results.
4-72. Perform the overload tests using the following 4-76. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
procedure:
4-77. Introduction
I. Verify the calibrator is in Standby.
4-78. The normal calibration interval for the S JOO Series
2. Connect the I 00 ohm, Y.z W load to the B Calibrator is 180 days, however, the instrument should
calibrator output terminals. be recalibrated any time repairs are made regardless of the
time since the last calibration. The ambient temperature
3. Select a 70.000 mA, 400 Hz output from the should be between 22 and 24 degrees Celsius, with the
calibrator. relative humidity less than 85%. Refer to Table 4-2 for the
test equipment recommended for use during calibration.
4. Select OPR on the calibrator. Verify the instrument is set to operate at the local input
line voltage using the procedure given earlier in this
5. The calibrator does not go into overload. section. The calibrator should have a warmup of at least
I-hour before starting the calibration procedure.
6. Remove the load from the calibrator.
4-79. Test points and adjustments for all assemblies
7. The Central Display shows the symbol ..O.L.". except the Power Supply Regulator (R83 only) and the
After a delay of approximately two seconds, the Power Amplifier are accessible along the top edge of the
calibrator automatically drops into Standby. applicable pcb assembly. Since there is an air space
between the Power Amplifier and the Extended High
8. Connect the I ohm, SW load to the calibrator Voltage assemblies, the power amp test points are
output terminals. accessible, however, they may be more easily accessed if
the connections are made with the assembly partially
9. Select a J.40000A, 400 Hz output from the withdrawn from the instrument. When a test point is
calibrator. called out in the procedure, turn power OFF, remove the
assembly, attach the test equipment to the applicable test
I0. Repeat steps 4 through 8 for the I ohm load. points, insert the assembly, and turn power ON. An
4-18
5100 Series B
optional extender pcb is available as an accessory if this Table 4-11. Power Supply Regulator Adjustments
alternative is desired. Adjustments and test points are TEST LEADS VOLTAGE READING
listed by their reference designator, followed by the ADJUSTMENT
HI LO LO HI
reference designator, in parentheses, of the pcb assembly
on which it is located; e.g., R84 (A9), TP21 (Al7), Cl4 TP17 TP18 +4.9 +5.3 R83
(Al8); which are R84 on the Power Supply Regulator, TP16 TP18 +11.25 +12.75 None
Test Point 21 on the Power Amplifier, and Cl4 on the
TP15 TP18 -12.75 -11.25 None
Oscillator, respectively. The assemblies containing
calibration adjustments and their reference designators TP14 TP13 +14.99 +15.01 R6
are listed in Table 4-10. TP12 TP13 -15.15 -14.85 None
Table 4-10. PCB Reference Designators TP12 TP1 +4.9 +5.3 R84
REFERENCE TP4 TP6 +60.0 +64.0 None

NOMENCLATURE
DESIGNATOR TP2 TP6 -64.0 -60.0 None
A9 Power Supply Regulator TP3 TP6 +37.5 +40.5 None
A11 Ranging Assembly TP5 TP6 -40.5 -37.5 None
A14 Analog Control Assembly TP11 TP10 +14.25 +15.75 None
A15 DAC Assembly TP7 TP10 -15.75 -14.25 None
A16 Extended High Voltage Assembly TP8 TP9 +4.75 +5.25 None
A17 Power Amplifier Assembly
NOTE
A18 Oscillator Assembly
Connect the test lead~ to the Power Amp test
points using one <~/" the three procedures
descrihed in the Calihration Procedure
4-80. The instrument should be placed in STDBY
(standby) prior to connecting or transferring any test Introduction. Since some <~/" the te.\·t points
called out are located on other assemhlies.
leads and returned to OPR (operate)as the last step in the
1·er~(r the assemhly location prior to
sequence when progamming an output.
connecting test equipment.
4-81. Power Supply Calibration
4-85. LOOP GAIN CALIDRATION
4-82. Calibrate the Power Supply Regulator using the
following procedure. For non-adjustable voltages outside 1. Center R52.
their tolerance, refer to the troubleshooting portion of
this section. 2. Connect a test DVM. prepared for approximately
lOV de, high input lead to TP24 (Al 7) and the low lead
I. Connect the test DMM to the test points listed to TP29 (Al 7).
in the first step of Table 4-11.
3. Program the calibrator for an output of 2V ac at lk
Hz.
2. Apply power to the calibrator.
4. Tum Rl 7 completely CCW. The DVM should be
3. Adjust the voltage for the listed tolerance with reading-I to-3V de. If not see section 4-118.
the adjustment listed.
5. Program the cah"brator for an output of +20V de.
4. Repeat step 3 for the remaining steps of Table
4-11. If no adjustment is listed, verify the voltage is 6. Adjust Rl 7 (Al 7) for a reading of+ 1V ±.02V de.
between the listed tolerances.
7. Program the calibrator for an output of 2V ac at lk
Hz.
4-83. Power Amplifier A17 (4083) Calibration
8. The DVM should read 1.25 ±.5V de.
4-84. Calibration of the Power Amplifier requires
adjustments for loop gain, 7.ero, and bias. Prior to 9. Program the calibrator for an output of 19.999V ae
beginning the procedure below, prepare the instrument at50kHz.
using the applicable procedure described in the
introduction, then reapply power. Perform the Power 10. With a 2k ohm load the DVM should read between
Amp calibration using the following procedure: 7.5V and 11.SV de.
4-19
5100 Series B
4-86. ZERO CALIBRATION 19. Adjust Fl93(Al7) for a reading ofO ±0.5 mV
de.
NOTE 20. Program STDBY on the calibrator.
In the remaining portion ofthe Power Amp Cali-
bration, the DC meter used must make a zero 21. Remove the 0.50 load from the output
measurement in the presence of up to 35V rms terminals.
normal mode AC signal. This requires excellent
normal mode rejection. In addition to the Fluke
885A Differential Voltmeter called out, a Fluke 4-87. BIAS CALIBRATION
845AB Null Detector, a Fluke 79 Multimeter, or
equivalent differential voltmeter may be used. I. Transfer the DC differential high input lead to
TP3 (Al7) and the low to TP5 (Al7).
1. Connect the DC d.ifferential voltmeter high input 2. Program the calibrator for an output of 190V
lead to 1P4 (Al 7) and the low to TP23 (Al 7). Connect ac at 400 Hz.
a jumper from TP27 (Al 7) to TP23 (Al 7).
2. Adjust Rl 14 (Al 7) for a reading of 0 ±.5 mV. 3. Adjust Rl23(Al7) for a reading between 149
3. RemovejumperfonnTP27(Al7)andTP23(A17). and 151 mV de.
4. Program the calibrator for an output of 25V ac

CAUTION at 400 Hz.
High Voltage present at the output of
calibrator. Do not have any connections 5. Transfer the DC differential high input lead to
to output terminals at this time. TP8 (A 17) and the low to TP9 (A 17).
4. Program the calibrator for an output of+ llOOV de. 6. Adjust R 165 (A 17) for a reading between 44. 9
and 45. I mV de.
6. Adjust R52 for 0 ±30 m V. 7. Program STDBY on the calibrator.
8. Connect 0.5 ohm, 4W load to the calibrator
8. Transfer to DC differential high lead to TP21 output terminals.
(Al7).
9. AdjustR155 (Al7) for a reading ofO ±0.5 mV de. 9. Transfer the test OM M high input lead to TPI 8
10. Program STDBY on the calibrator. (Al7) and the low to TPl9 (Al7).
11. Connect a 33.Q, 2W load to the calibrator output 10. Program the calibrator for an output of 200
terminals.
mA at 400 Hz.
12. Program the calibrator for an output of 199 mA at
400Hz. II. Adjust R203(Al7)forareadingbetween 17.9
13. Select OPR on the cah'brator. and 18.1 mV de.
14. Adjust RISO (Al 7) for a reading 0 ±0.5 m V de.
12. Program STDBY on the calibrator.
15. Program STDBY on the calibrator.
16. Connect a o.sn, 4W load to the cah"brator output 13. Remove the 0.5 ohm load from the output
terminals. terminals.
NOTE 14. If the Power Amp Assembly is installed on an

extender PCB. remove power from the instrument.
The load must be stable and the connections tight. remove the assembly and extender PCB. insert the
assembly into the motherboard and reapply power
17. Program the calibrator for an output of 1.999A at to the instrument.
400Hz.
18. Select OPR on the calibrator. 15. Install the top inner guard cover on the
instrument.
4-20
5100 Series B
4-88. OSCILLATOR (Al8) CALIBRATION 14. With 50 kHz (90 kHz) programmed, note the
DC level of the signal on the oscilloscope at TP2
4-89. Calibrate the Oscillator Assembly using the (Al8).
15. Program the calibrator output frequency of 20
I. Connect the probe tip of one channel of a dual kHz and note the DC level of the signal at TP2
trace oscilloscope to TP3(A18) and ground to TP I 0 (Al8).
(A 18) to monitor oscillation.
16. Adjust R50(Al8) for a minimum difference in
2. Connect the probe of the second channel to the displayed DC level at the two frequencies.
TP2(A18) and ground to TPIO(Al8). Set the scope Reprogram the frequencies, as required, to obtain
controls for IV de, I ms/ cm, DC coupling, and use the minimum difference in DC levels while still
a 10: I probe. maintaining oscillation.
3. Connect a test DM M. prepared for 2V ac, high 4-90. Reference Voltage Calibration
input lead to TP3(A18) and the low to TP I 0(A18).
4-91. The Analog Control Assembly (Al4) reference
4. Connect a frequency counter to the instrument voltage is set using the DC voltage standard/ null detector
output terminals (wideband connector if the as a differential voltmeter (Figure 4-11 ). Perform the
Wideband Option is installed). reference voltage calibration using the following
procedure:
S. Program an output of 1V ac at I kHz with
WIDEBAND selected, if the option is installed. I. Prepare the DC voltage standard/ null detector
Press ENTER after selecting WIDEBAND. for use as a differential voltmeter at +I0.0005V de.
2. Connect TP I (A 14) to the null detector input
6. If no oscillation is present at first channel of the HI and TP3 (Al4) to input LO.
scope, adjust RI (A 18) until oscillation begins.
3. Adjust RI I (Al4) for a null of 0 ±SO µ.V de.
7. Program a 50 Hz output (I 0 Hz if the wideband
option is installed).
CERTIFIED
8. Adjust RI (A 18) so the positive peaks of the CERTIFIED
VALUE
waveform at TP2 (A 18) are at the DC zero level VALUE
GREATER
(between the OV de and -0.5V de level). LESS THAN
THAN
NOMINAL
NOMINAL
9. Program a 50 kHz output (90 kHz if the Step 7:
Wideband Option is installed).
Nominal Value +1.000000 +1.000000
Certified Value +1.000033 +0.999977
10. Adjust CI4 (Al8) and C21 (Al8) equal
amounts in the same direction for a counter reading Computation: +1.000033 +0.999977
of 50 ±0.1 kHz (90 ±0.1 kHz with the Wideband Change sign & add -1.000000 -1.000000
Option installed). Difference +0.000033 -0.000023
11. Record the DM M reading at the completion Step 9:

of the frequency adjustment, then transfer the
DMM high input lead to TPS (Al8) from TP3 Measured Value +1.00005 +0.99995
(Al8). Step 12:
12. Adjust Cl4 (Al8) and C21 (Al8) equal
amounts in opposite directions until the same
Recorded Step 1 - +o.000033 -0.000023
Recorded Step 3 +1.00005 +0.99995
DMM reading ±0.05V rms is obtained as recorded
in the step above. Computation: +1.000050 +0.999950
Change sign & add -0.000033 +o.000023
13. Repeat steps I0, 11, and 12 until the two Difference +1.000017 +0.999973
Rounded +1.00002 +0.99997
reading are within the stated tolerance without
further adjustments. Figure 4-11. Calibration Resistance Computation Examples
4-21
51_Q9 l:)eries B
4. Remove the connection between TPI (Al4) 8. Connect the 5 \12 digit test D MM to the I ohm
and the input HI terminal, at TP I. standard resistor. using the four-terminal
configuration.
5. Prepare the DC voltage standard/ null detector NOTE
for use as a differential voltmeter at - I0.0005V de. Do not use a Kelvin bridge in lieu of the
DM M. Erroneous readings will result for
6. Connect TP4 (Al4) to the input HI terminal. values:::;;; kn.
7. Adjust R23 (A 14) for a null of 0 ±50 µV de. 9. Measure the resistance of the standard resistor
with the test DMM and record the value displayed.
8. Remove the test equipment from the Analog
Control PCB. IO. Transfer the test D MM input leads from the
standard resistor to the calibrator output terminals.
4-92. Low Range Ohms Calibration
11. Program a calibrator output of 10 ohm. with
CAUTION
EXT sensing selected.
Set the voltage limit controls on the current 12. Algebraically subtract the value recorded in
source to the lowest voltage possible while step 7 from the value recorded in step 9 and adjust
still providing the current required for the R5 (All) for a test DMM display equal to the
test. To prevent damage to the equipment, computed difference ± I digit.
set the current source to STDBY before
either setting the calibrator to STDBY or 13. Repeat steps 7 through 10 using a 100 ohm
disconnecting the leads between the standard resistor and calibrator output, adjusting
instruments. R8(A11) to the value computed in step 12 ±1 digit.
4-93. The low ohms calibration is performed by relying 14. Repeat steps 7 through 10 using a I K ohm
on the short term stability of a test D MM and using it as a standard resistor and calibrator output, adjusting
transfer device. The accuracy is not critical as long as the RI I (Al l)tothevaluecomputed instep 12±1 digit.
shot term stability is present, but the D MM must have a
resolution of IO µO. Perform the low ohms claibration 15. Repeat steps 7 through 10 using a IOK ohm
using the following procedure: standard resistor and calibrator output, adjusting
Rl4(AI l)tothevaluecomputed instep 12±1 digit.
I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-9.
4-94. DC Zero Calibration
2. Program a calibrator output of 1 ohm with
EXT sensing selected and select DC volts on the 4-95. Set the DC zero circuits using the following
DMM. procedure:
I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure
3. Multiply the certified value of the I ohm 4-12.
standard resistor by 0.1 and record the result as
volts (see Resistance Performance Test for 2. Program the calibrator for a OV de output with
example). the 50 OHM OVERRIDE selected.
3. Set the NULL meter for the 30µV range.
4. Adjust the output of the current source
(approximately 100 mA) until the DM M reads the
computed value. 4. Adjust R63 (Al4) for a null of 0 ±IO µV de.
5. Connect an oscilloscope set to 50 m V /cm with a
5. Transfer the DMM leads from the standard 10: I probe to TP5 (Al4) and ground to TPl4(Al4).
resistor to the calibrator sense terminals.
6. Connect a jumper between TPl3 (Al4) and
6. Adjust R2(A11) for a OM M reading between TPl4 (Al4).
0.09999 and 0.1000 IV de. 7. Adjust R71 (Al4) for an oscilloscope display
that does not constantly drift toward the same
7. Algebraically subtract the nominal value of the polarity.
standard resistor (e.g., 10 ohm, 100 ohm. etc.) from
the certified value of the standard resistor. Record 8. Remove the jumper connecting TPl3 (Al4)
and TP14(A14) and readjust R63 (Al4) fora null of
the computed difference. Computation examples
0 ± 10 µ V de, if required.
are shown in Figure 4-11.
4-22
5100 Series B
5100SERIES
.....
rn DC VOLTAGE
STANDARD
( ) -
0 <> 0 y -- ~
0-0 0 C>- - ~
Figure 4-12. Differential Connections
4-96. Current Gain Calibration NOTE
4-97. Perform the current gain calibration using the Since R2 (Al /)is part o.ff"thedivider networks
following procedure: for both the I ohms and I amp ranges, it must
be adjusted to meet both requirements. (lthis
I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-6 cannot be accomplished the circuit requires
using the I k ohm precision shunt. troubleshooting to define the problem.
2. Prepare the DC voltage standard/ null detector
4-98. High Range Ohms Calibration
for use as a differential voltmeter at I. 9V de.
3. Program the calibrator for an output of l. 9 mA 4-99. Portions of the high range calibration require the
de and adjust R42 (A 15) for a null at 0 ± 20 µ V de. computation of a resistance value prior to making an
adjustment. The computation is based on the nominal
4. Place the calibrator and DC voltage standard in value of a standard resistor (e.g., I kohm 100 kohm, etc.)
the Standby Mode. and the certified value of the same standard resistor
(Figure 4-10). Use the following procedure to obtain this
5. Replace the 1 kilohm precision shunt with the I value.
ohm precision shunt.
I. Algebraically subtract the nominal value of the
6. Enter l.9A de into the calibrator. standard resistor (e.g., l k!l, 100 k!l, etc.) from the
certified value of the standard resistor. Record the
7. Place the calibrator and DC voltage standard in computed difference. Connect the equipment using
the Operate Mode. the four-terminal configuration.
NOTE
2. Conned the 5!/i digit test OM M to the standard
Heat huild up in the I ohm shunt can e.ffect resistor in use.
accuracy. (l the test requires more than one
3. Measure the resistance of the standard resistor
minute return to STD BY °'fier that time, wait
with the test DMM and record the value displayed .
.f/\ie minutes.for cooling, then resume the test.
4. Transfer the test DMM input leads from the
8. Check for a null ofO ±285 µV (0.015%) on the
standard resistor to the designated test points or
voltage standard (differential).
terminals.
9. If the reading is within tolerance proceed to the 5. Program the designated calibrator output, with
next procedure. lfit is out of tolerance, perform the EXT sensing selected.
remainder of the subparagraph.
6. Algebraically subtract the value recorded in
10. Adjust R2 (A 11) for a null of 0 ±285 µ V. step I from the value recorded in step 3 and adjust
the designated point for a test DM M display equal
11. Repeat the R2 (A 11) adjustment of the Low to the computed difference ± the stated tolerance.
Range Ohms Calibration (steps I through 6) and 4-100. Perform the high range ohms calibration using
adjust, if required, for the listed tolerance. the following procedure:
12. Repeat steps I0 and 11 until both readings are 1. Perform steps I through 4 of the resistance
within tolerance. procedure above using a I k!l standard resistor.
4-23
5100 Series B
2. Program a 100 k!l calibrator output. 16. Repeat steps 4 through 16 until all measure-
ments are within tolerance without an adjustment.
NOTE
The test is made with a I kn standard resistor 17. Perform the resistance procedure above using
while the calibrator is programmed.for JOO kn I Mn, connecting the test DMM to the calibrator
to set the lower portion of the high ohm and output terminals and checking for the computed
voltage ranging ladder. value ±400. There is no adjustment for this step;
3. Perform step 6 of the resistance procedure however, if the error is not gross it may be brought
above, connecting the test D MM HI to TP8 (A 11) within tolerance by restarting the procedure at step
and the LO to TP9 (A 11) and adjusting R38 (A 11) I. If the reading is still out of tolerance after
for the computed value ±I digit. repeating the procedure, troubleshoot the circuit.
NOTE 18. Perform the resistance procedure above using

IO MO, connect the test DMM to the calibrator
The remaining resistance measurements may
output terminals, and adjusting R22(Al I) for the
h e p e rfo rm e d in t he fo u r - t er m in a I
computed value ±4000.
con.figuration (/" desired; ho1re1•er. the
instrument automatically .~elects internal 4-101. Millivolt Ra_nge Calibration
sensing.
4-102. Perform the millivolt range calibration using the
4. Perform the resistance procedure above, using
100 k!l, connecting the test DMM to the calibrator I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-4.
output terminals and adjusting R30(A11) and R33 Do not use the null detector built into the DC
(A 11) equal amounts in the same direction for the voltage standard.
computed value in step 6 ±I digit.
2. Set the voltage divider ratio to .19.
5. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure
4-12. 3. Prepare the de voltage standard/ null detector
for an output of + IO.OOOOOOV de.
6. Prepare the DC voltage standard/ null detector
for use as a differential voltmeter at 19.00000V de. 4. Program the calibrator for an output of l.9V
de.
7. Program the calibrator for an output of 19V de.
5. Adjust Rl9 (Al I) for a null of 0 ±19 µV de.
8. Adjust R30 (A 11) and R33 (A 11) equal
amounts in opposite directions for a null at 0±190 6. Reverse the leads at the DC voltage standard
µV de. output terminals to obtain a negative output.
9. Program the calibrator for an output of 7. Program the calibrator for an output of -I.9V
-19.0000V de, then adjust R23(Al4) for precisely de.
-19.0000V de on the differential voltmeter.
8. Adjust Rl9 (Al I) to balance the null error of
10. Prepare the DC voltage standard/ null detector the ±I. 9V de inputs.
for use as a differential voltmeter at 190.0000V de.
9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 until the error is
11. Program the calibrator for an output of 190V balanced (the same at both plus and minus I. 9V de)
de. and within the listed tolerances.
12. Adjust R27(All) for a null of 0 ±1.9 mV de. I 0. Set the voltage divider to .00190000 and repeat
the procedure in steps 3 through 8, using Rl6(All)
13. Prepare the DC voltage standard/ null detector to obtain a balance for the± 190 m V de input with a
for use as a differential voltmeter at 1000.0000V de. tolerance of ±5 µ. V de.
14. Program the calibrator for an output of IOOOV 11. Set the voltage divider to .0019000 and repeat
de. the procedure in steps 3 through 8, using R55(A11)
to obtain a balance for the 19 mV de input with a
15. Adjust R37(All) for a null of 0 ±10 mV de. tolerance of ±5 µ V de.
4-24
5100 Series B
4-103. AC Calibration CAUTION

Tapes used must be certified digital mini-
4-104. Perform the AC Calibration using the following cassettes that conform with ANSI Standard
procedure: X3B5/77-49. Audio quality tapes will not give
acceptable results.
I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4-7. I. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
2. Set the thermal transfer standard to the 2 volt 2. Connect a frequency counter between TP2 (A8)
range. (HI) and TPI (A8) (LO).
3. Set the DC Voltage Standard controls for an 3. Adjust R2 (A8) for a reading on the frequency
output of 2.000000V de. counter between 9.55 kHz and 9.65 kHz.
4. Program the calibrator for an EXT sensed 4. Place a prepared tape with data loaded into all
output of 2V ac at I kHz. 74 addresses into the tape reader.
NOTE
5. Perform the thermal transfer, adjusting R39
(Al4) for a null ±0.0f<.i'(,. The prepared tape must have all 74 address
locations filled; however the data is immater-
6. Set the thermal transfer standard to the 20 volt ial. For example, all 74 locations could be
range. filled with the same instructions, ie., 1 V de or
100 m V, 400 Hz or 1000.
7. Set the DC Voltage Standard controls for an 5. Disconnect the frequency counter and connect
output of 19.9999V de. an oscilloscope between TP3 (A8) (HI) and TP I
(A8) (LO). Set the scope to read 50 µs/cm.
8. Program the calibrator for an output of
19.999V de at I kHz. 6. Select STORAGE ENABLE, TAPE, and
READ (STORE indicator extinguished) on the
9. Perform the thermal transfer, adjusting R32 calibrator.
(Al4) for a null ±0.005%.
7. When the tape begins to run forward, adjust
IO. Repeat steps 3 through 9 until both tests are Rl3 (A8) for a waveform high period between 295
within tolerance without an adjustment. and 305 µs.
11. Program the calibrator for an output of 8. Select STORAGE and TAPE disable, and
19.9999V ac at 50 kHz. disconnect the test equipment.
12. Perform the thermal transfer, adjusting C 15 4-106a. Tape Drive Calibration
(Al I) for a null ±0.01%. 4-106b. Perform the tape drive calibration using the following
procedure:
13. Set the thermal transfer standard to the I 00
volt range. 1. With the 5101B off, connect the UUT to cable
P33.
14. Set the DC Voltage Standard controls for an NOTE
output of 100.0000V de. Be sure the bottom of the UUT is insulatedfrom any
metal surface.
15. Program the calibrator for an output of IOOV 2. Tum on the 5101B.
ac at 20 kHz.
3. UsingtheDMM, verify5VDC,±.25,fr om+5Vto
GND and from MOTV to MOTR.
16. Perform the thermal transfer, adjusting CI
(Al I) for a null ±0.01%. 4. Load Test Tape in tape drive.
NOTE
4-105. Storage System Calibration A test tape can be created by writing a string of
(Storage Only) commands to the tape. The write cycle requires no
calibration.
4-106. Calibrate the storage system using the following 5. ConnecttheDMM toGND andTP8. SetDMMfor
procedure: DCV.
4-25
5100 Series B
6. Connect the Scope to TP6. Set Scope for 0.2V/div 7. Replace the decade box with a resistor the value
and .2E-3s/div. of the decade box setting ±3%. Determine the
7. Press ENABLE, TAPE, and ADVANCE/LOAD. actual value of the decade box setting with the 5!;1
This initiates the READ cycle. digit test D M M. Use a T9 type, metal film. I%. I / 8
watt resistor to replace the jumper wire.
8. Adjust R27 until DMM reads 4.08VDC, ±0.02V,
atTP8. 4-111. ANALOG CONTROL ASSEMBLY Rl3/Rl4
9. Adjust R39 until the UNIFORM wave form is
0.6V, ±0.0IV, peak to peak. 4-112. The resistance value of Rl3 and Rl4 in the
analog control regulator circuit is critical to the accuracy
10. Verify correct read cycle of tape. of the output. If either component fails or the regulator
11. If ERR 9 is displayed, read the tape again without ( U I0) is replaced, new values should be selected using the
fmther adjustment. Since the UUT was not calibrated following procedure:
at the beginning of the tape, it may not read the tape the
first time. I. Remove Rl3 (Al4) and Rl4 (Al4) from the
circuit and temporarily replace them with a 20-turn,
12. The tape drive may now be attached to the control-
I kn. Y2 watt potentiometer (Fluke Stock No.
ler pea. These are now a set. If they become separated,
267856).
the calibration procedure will need to be repeated.
2. Connect the 5!;1 digit test DM M between TPI
4-107. Factory Selected Component (Al4) HI and TP3 (Al4) LO.
Replacement 3. Apply power to the instrument, allow it to
4-108. Some components are factory selected at the warmup. then adjust the I kn potentiometer.
time of manufacture. None are high failure items: installed in step I, for a DM M reading of+ I O.OOSV
however. if replacement is required. use the applicable de.
portion of the following prodedure, or return the 4. Remove power, then remove the potentiometer
assembly to your local Fluke Service Center. Failure to from the instrument. taking care not to change the
use the correct replacement procedure may affect the potentiometer setting.
calibration of the instrument. The instrument should be
recalibrated any time that one of the following 5. Measure the resistance of the potentiometer
component selection procedures is used. using the 5!;1 digit test DM M and select the
precision resistors required from Table 4-12. If the
value required is less than 200 ohms, install the
4-109. ANALOG CONTROL ASSEMBLY - R64/ R66
selected resistor in R 13 and a jumper wire in R 14.
For value in excess of 200 ohms place the required
4-110. Either R64 or R66 will be installed in the
I OO's value in R 13 and the I O's value in R 14.
instrument with a jumper wire installed in the other
position. If the installed resistor fails, use the following 4-113. RANGING ASSEMBLY C2/Cl8/C20
procedure to replace the resistor/wire combination:
4-114. On the Ranging Assembly, capacitors, C2, CI8,
I. With power removed from the instrument and and C20, are selected for high frequency performance ...
the Analog Control Assembly removed. replace the Use the following procedure for component selection
defective resistor with a jumper so that both the R64 when required by component failure or a fault in the high
and R66 positions are jumpered. frequency adjustment.
2. Replace the assembly and apply power to the NOTE
instrument. This procedure requires a DM M certffiedfor
3. Place a test DM M across the output terminals. 20 V ac at 50 k H=. Suhtract. algehraical~'" the
high to high and low to low. supplied correction factor hefore using the
replacement tahle.
4. Program a calibrator output of OV with son
OVERRIDE selected. I. Remove any components presently installed in
the C2, C 18, and C20 positions.
5. If the DM M reading is positive. remove power
and the assembly, then replace the jumper in the 2. Connect the test D MM to the output terminals;
R66 position with a decade box. If the reading is high to output high and low to output low.
negative, replace the R64 jumper with the decade 3. Rotate C 15 through its range and record the
box. maximum and minimum readings.
6. Restore the assembly and power. then adjust 4. Set C 15 for a reading at the midpoint between
the decade box for a DMM reading ofO.O ±5 µV. the maximum and minimum readings.
4-26
5100 Series B
Table 4-12. Divider Resistor Selection
RESISTOR FLUKE RESISTOR FLUKE RESISTOR FLUKE RESISTOR FLUKE

VALUE STOCK NO. VALUE STOCK NO. VALUE STOCK NO. VALUE STOCK NO.
15 215038 65 214536 114 214049 164 213546
16 215020 66 214528 115 214031 165 213538
17 215012 67 214510 116 214023 166 213520
18 215004 68 214502 117 214015 167 213512
19 214999 69 214494 118 214007 168 213504
20 214981 70 214486 119 213991 169 213496
21 214973 71 214478 120 213983 170 213488
22 214965 72 214460 121 213975 171 213470
23 214957 73 214452 122 213967 172 213462
24 214940 74 214445 123 213959 173 213454
25 214932 75 214437 124 213942 174 213447
26 214924 76 214429 125 213934 175 213439
27 214916 77 214411 126 213926 176 213421
28 214908 78 214403 127 213918 177 213413
29 214890 79 214395 128 213900 178 213405
30 214882 80 214387 129 213892 179 213397
31 214874 81 214379 130 213884 180 213389
32 214866 82 214361 131 213876 181 213371
33 214858 83 214353 132 213868 182 213363
34 214841 84 214346 133 213850 183 213355
35 214833 85 214338 134 213843 184 213348
36 214825 86 214320 135 213835 185 213330
37 214817 87 214312 136 213827 186 213322
38 214809 88 214304 137 213819 187 213314
39 214791 89 214296 138 213801 188 213306
40 214783 90 214288 139 213793 189 213298
41 214775 91 214270 140 213785 190 213280
42 214767 92 214262 141 213777 191 213272
43 214759 93 214254 142 213769 192 213264
44 214742 94 214247 143 213751 193 213256
45 214734 95 214239 144 213744 194 213249
46 214726 96 214221 145 213736 195 213231
47 214718 97 214213 146 213728 196 213223
48 214700 98 214205 147 213710 197 213215
49 214692 99 214197 148 213702 198 213207
50 214684 100 214189 149 213694 199 213199
51 214676 101 214171 150 213686 200 213181
52 214668 102 214163 151 213678 300 227686
53 214650 103 214155 152 213660 400 131698
54 214643 104 214148 153 213652 500 195388
55 214635 105 214130 154 213645 600 279711
56 214627 106 214122 155 213637 700 279703
57 214619 107 214114 156 213629 800 341701
58 214601 108 214106 157 213611 900 228742
59 214593 109 214098 158 213603 1000 131706
60 214585 110 214080 159 213595 1100 238949
61 214577 111 214072 160 213587 1200 278077
62 214569 112 214064 161 213579 1300 278069
63 214551 113 214056 162 213561 1400 278051
64 214544 163 213553
4-27
5100 Series B
Table 4-13. High Frequency Capacitor Selection
DMM INDICATION C18 C2 C20 FLUKE STOCK NO.

19.900-19.953 2pF 148536
19.954-19.999 3pF 148551
20.000-20.068 2pF 175208
20.069-20.096 3pF 460436
20.097-20.124 4pF 190397
20.125-20.152 5pF 148577
20.153-20.180 4pF 2pF 190397.175208
20.181-20.208 4pF 3pF 190397,460436
5. Program a calibrator output of 19.9999V ac at 5. If the reading is a null ±0.29% on the 1% null
50 kHz. scale the present arrangement is correct and no
6. Subtract, algebraically, the correction factor further checks are needed. This is generally the case.
from the OM M reading, then install the capacitors If the null reading exceeds +0.29%. perform the
listed for that voltage range in Table 4-13. The applicable of steps 6, 7, or 8. If the reading exceeds
capacitors are dipped mica, ±5% tolerance, with a -0.29% go to step I 0.
voltage rating of SOOY de.
6. For readings greater than the null between +0.29%
NOTE and +0.45%, install the 10 pF capacitor in C32 and
The DMM reading will be JOO through 150 perform step 9.
digits lower with shield removed from the
Ranging Assembly. 7. For readings greater than the null between +0.45%
and +0.6%, install the 15 pF capacitor in C32 and
perform step 9.
7. Adjust CIS fora OM M reading of 19.9999Vac,
after taking into account the correction factor. 8. For readings greater than the null of +0.6%. install
the 22 pF capacitor in C32 and perform step 9.
4-115. RANGING ASSEMBLY C31/C32
4-116. Capacitor C31 or C32, or possibly neither, are 9. Retaining the original calibrator and
installed in the Ranging Assembly to compensate for differential voltmeter settings, recheck for a null
PCB variances that effect the millivolt divider. The ±o.29%. If the reading is within the listed tolerance
procedure in the subsequent subparagraphs should be the present arrangement is correct and no further
performed any time the installed capacitor, or any of the checks are needed.
fixed wirewound resistors in the millivolt divider (R66, I 0. If the reading is below the bottom tolerance on
R67, R68, R69, R70, R71), are replaced. Three parts are the initial reading, or one pass through the selection
possible for installation and the follow in the sequence; procedure, does not bring it within tolerance the
Description, Fluke Stock Number; Manufacturers assembly is defective. Check the voltage divider
Federal Supply Code, and Manufacturers Part Number: circuit or return the assembly to you local Fluke
service center.
cap. Mica. 2 pf ±SpF, 500V; 175208; 72136;
DM15C020E 4-117. POWER AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY (R70)
cap, Mica, 10 pf ±10%, 500V; 175216; 72136; 4-118. If Q106 and/or Q107 are replaced and Loop
DM15ClOOK Gain Calibration is incorrect, use the following procedure
to select R 70.
cap, Mica, 22 pf ±5%, SOOV; 148551; 72136;
DM15C220J 1. Center R52.
cap, Mica, 15 pf ±5%, 500V; 148569; 72136; 2. Connect a test DVM, set for approximately
DM15Cl50J IOV de. Place the high input lead to TP24(Al 7) and
the low input input lead to TP29(A17).
I. Verify a 2 pf capacitor is installed in the C3 I
position and the C32 position is vacant. 3. Program the calibrator for an output of 2V ac
at 1 kHz.
2. Connect an AC differential voltmeter to the
calibrator output terminals using coaxial cable. 4. Tum R17 completely CCW. If the DVM reads
between -1 and -3V de, then R70 need not be changed.
3. Prepare the differential to read a null (I% scale If the reading does not fall within the -2 and -3V de
minimum) at 20 m V. range, continue to step 5.
4. Program a calibrator output of 19.9999 mV at 5. Note the DVM reading.
50 kHz.
4-28
5100 Series 8
6. If the reading is greater than -IV, then select a with Table 4-14. When a step on the flow chart is
lower value of resistor (300 k.Q, 330 k.Q, 360 k.Q, 390 completed, check for a decision transfer. If not decision is
k.Q (installed), or 420 kQ). If the reading is less than - required, perform the next step of the table in sequence.
3V, then select a resistance value higher than 420 k.Q.
For each change of 30 k.Q, the DVM can be expected
to change approximately-IV. NOTE
If any question arises during the
7. Install the new resistor. troubleshooting procedure on a reading by a
DM M, ver[fy the signal present with an
4-119. TROUBLESHOOTING osdlloscope.
4-120. Troubleshooting for the analog circuitry in the
instrument is covered in the tabular flow charts beginning
Table 4-14. Display Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
1 Apply power to the instrument and select POWER ON.
2 Does the Output Display read +0.0000 mV, with the STDBY, LOCAL, INT (Sense), and son 7 3
DIVIDER indicators illuminated?
3 Check for voltages on the Power Supply Regulator (A9). With the DMM low at TP18, check with
the high lead at TP1S for -12 ±0.5V de, at TP16 for +12 ±0.5V de and at TP17 for +5.2 ±.25V de.
4 Are all voltages present and within their listed tolerance? 6 5
5 Check out the Power Supply Regulator (A9) using the applicable table. Repair as required, then
resume at step 1.
6 Check the Controller and Memory Assemblies (A20 and A21 ), bus lines, and connectors. Replace
or repair as required, then resume at step 1.
NOTE
The following s~ries of tests check out a section of the
Front Panel indicators. If any indicators are not
operational, perform the fault location subroutine, then
return to the main program at the step initiating the
transfer.
7 Key -in +188.88 µA, but do not depress ENTER.

Does the Central Display read +188.88 with the µ.A and KEYBOARD indicators illuminated? 9 58
8
9 Depress ENTER.
10 Does the +188.888, µ.,and A indicators transfer to the Output Display and the KEYBOARD 11 58
indicator extinguish?
11 Toggle the SENSE switch.
12 Does the EXT indicator illuminate and the INT indicator extinguish? 13 58
13 Toggle the SENSE switch again.

14 Does the INT indicator illuminate and the EXT indicator extinguish? 15 S8
1S Depress the CLEAR switch, then repeat steps 11 through 14 for the LOCAL/REM and son
DIVIDER/OVERRIDE indicators.
4-29
5100 Series B
Table 4-14. Display Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
16 Did both operations perform correctly? 17 58

17 Toggle the RECALL switch.
18 Does the RECALL indicator illuminate? 19 58
19 Toggle the RECALL switch again.
20 Does the RECALL indicator extinguish? 21 58
21 Repeat steps 17 through 20 for the EXT OSC, BOOST, and WIDEBAND switches.
22 Did all of the operations perform correctly? 23 58
23 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: CLEAR, 1, /, 2.
24 Does the Central Display read 1-2, with the KEYBOARD indicator illuminated? 25 58
25 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: CLEAR, ENTRY LIMIT, 1, µ., V.
26 Does the Central Display read 1, with theµ., V, and LIM IT indicator ii luminated? 27 58
27 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: CLEAR, TOL LIMIT, 1, %.
28 Does the Central Display read 1, with the LIMIT and% ERROR indicators illuminated? 29 58
29 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: CLEAR, CLEAR, 1, K, Hz.
30 Does the Central Display read 1, with the AC, k, Hz, and KEYBOARD indicators illuminated? 31 58
31 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: 1, m, A, ENTER.
32 Does the Output Display read 1.0000, with the AC, m, and A indicators illuminated and the '33 58
Central Display reads 1000.0 with the AC and Hz indicators illuminated?
33 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: -, 1, ., 1, dBm
34 Does the Central Display read -1.1, with the Ac, dBm, and KEYBOARD indicators illuminated? 35 58
35 Depress the ENTER switch.
36 Does the Output Display read -1.10000, with the AC and dBm indicators illuminated? 37 58
37 Depress the ERROR MODE-ENABLE switch.
38 Does the Central Display read +0.00000 with dB ERROR and ERROR MODE indicators 39 58
illuminated?
39 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: 1, M, 0.
40 Does the Central Display read 1, with the M, 0, and KEYBOARD indicators illuminated? 41 58
41 Depress the ENTER switch.
42 Does the Output Display read 1.00000 with the M and 0 indicators illuminated and does the 43 58
Central Display and indicators extinguish?
NOTE
The DJ, D2, D3, and D4 indicators are inopertltive and
have no function at this time.
43 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
44 Does the Central Display read 23456? 45 59
45 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: CLEAR, 7, 8, 9, 1.
46 Does the Central Display read 7891? 47 59
4-30
5100 Series B
Table 4-14. Display Troubleshooting (cont)
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
47 Depress the following switches in the sequence listed: m, V, ENTER, ERROR MODE ENABLE.
48 Does the Output Display read 7.8910 with the zero intensified and illuminated? Does the 49 59
Central Display read +.0000, the% ERROR and ERROR MODE indicator illuminate?
49 Depress the left DECADE switch four times.
50 Did the intensified digit move to the left from the zero to the one, to the nine, to the eight, to the 51 59
seven?
51 Depress the right DECADE switch four times.
52 Did the intensified digit move to the right and back to zero? 53 59
53 Turn the EDIT switch knob clockwise until the Output Display reads 7.8920.
54 Does the EDIT switch change the Output Display and the error percentage on the Central Display? 56 55
55 For no movement, check U22-6; for periodic skips, check U26; for extra counts, check R4, RS,
and R6. Repair as required, then resume at step 53.
56 Depress the NEWREF/CAL 1n switch.
57 Does the Central Display error display change to +.0000 and the% ERROR indicator remain 60 59
illuminated?
58 Front Panel Indicator Subroutine. Each indicator on the Front Panel, including segments on the
numerical LED assemblies, are controlled on both the anode and cathode. All anodes are
connected in one-of-eight groups, each group is controlled by power transistors 01 through 08. U1
and U9 are latches, which in conjunction with U10, U11, and RN1 cycle the transistors 01
through 08 for 2 ms periods with one rest period at the ninth interval. The emitter voltage of the
selected transistor should be +5 ±0.7V de during the 2 ms period, while all other emitter voltages
should be less than 2V de. Check CR44 and U21 for incorrect voltages. Commands from the
instrument Controller into latches U2 through U6 and their drivers (U7, US, U13 through 20), apply
common to the indicators. Failure of the resistors (R9, R10, R11, R12) or the resistor networks
(RN3, RN4) can cause the indications under the control of that resistor to be excessively bright,
dim, or not illuminate. If the problem is located, repair as required, then return to the main pro-
gram at the step initiating the transfer to the subroutine. If the fault cannot be isolated to the
indicator control circuits, it might be in a defective key. In this case continue with step 59.
59 All the Front Panel key switches are wired into a seven column, eight row matrix. The instrument
Controller periodically activates the columns through latches U1 and U9 and, therefore, synchro-
nized with the power transistors, 01 through 08. Failure of any latch in U1 or U9 will disable a
column of key switches (refer to the matrix chart on the schematic). The key switch outputs are
held low by RN2 until a switch is depressed. An open resistor in RN2 can result in noise resulting
in spurious data entries. A shorted resistor in RN2 disables all the switches in that row. The
Controller reads switch closures on data lines IDO through ID7. These data lines are isolated by the
buffers U26 and U27 which are held disabled by RDSW high at U22-9 from the Controller. Repair
as required, then return to the step in the main program that initiated the transfer.
60 Troubleshooting of the Front Panel is now completed.
4-31
5100 Series B
Table 4-15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting

Go to the step
number given
STEP ACTION for correct
NO. response
YES NO
1 Remove power from the instrument, wait at least 30 seconds, and then remove the Analog Control
Assembly from the instrument. Install it into an Extender Assembly and install the combination
in the calibrator. Reapply power to the instrument and program an output of +1.9V de.
2 Check with an oscilloscope HI lead at P52; pins 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, and
40 for a pulse train with high levels at-15V and low levels at -20V. Use TP9 (A14) or Vs
for scope low.
3 Is the pulse train present at all pins, at the proper levels? 5 4
4 One at a time, remove the PCB assemblies from the analog compartment until the pulse train returns
to normal. When the PCB causing the problem is identified, refer to the procedures for trouble-
shooting that board. If all boards in the analog compartment have been removed and the trouble
remains, check the buffer/drivers on the lso!ator Assembly (A 19). Repair as required, then resume
at step 2.
5 Connect the test 5% digit DMM to the output terminals of the calibrator in a four-terminal ohms
configuration.
6 Program, in turn; 1, 10, 100, 1 k, 10k, 100k, 1M, and 10M ohms from the calibrator. Check the
outputs with the test DMM for readings of 1 ±0.05, 10 ±0.1, 1k ±1, 100k ±50, 1M ±1 k, and
10M ±10k ohms, respectively.
7 Are all of the resistance readings within the stated tolerances? 9 8
8 Check the relay circuits and their associated logic components on the Ranging Assembly (A 11 ).
Relay K55 is applicable to all ranges; K56 to the 100k, 1M, and 10M ohm ranges only; and K4
through K10 each applicable to a single range, 1 ohm through 10M ohms, respectively. The
relays are controlled by logic circuits in U3 through US, U10 through U14, U16, and U18. Repair
as required, then resume at step 5.
9 Prepare the test DMM connected to the output terminals to read approximately 10V de.
10 Program a +10V de Calibrator output and observe the display.
11 Program a -10V de Calibrator output and observe the display.
12 Are both readings within 1.0 mV of the programmed outputs? 28 13
13 Connect the DMM between TP5 (High) and TP8 (Low) on the Analog Control PCB and program
the first incorrect voltage.
14 Is a reading greater than the DMM floor but less than 10 volts present? 15 27
15 The control loop is closed but inaccurate. Check for one-half the programmed output (+5V ±0.01
or -5 ±0.01 volts) between the junction of R74, R77, R78, 073 (High) and TP8 (Low).
16 Is the reading correct? 18 17
NOTE
The ranging divider is not easily loaded by the integrator
circuit; however, the possibility of loading does exist and
it can be checked using the following procedure:
a) Turn off power and remove the Analog PCB.
b) Install the Power Amp on an Extender PCB and
connect a variable isolated DC power supply be-
tween TP24 (+)and TP29 (-).
4-32
5100 Series B
Table 4-15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting {cont)
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
c) With a programmed output of 10 V, increase the power

supply output while monitoring the output terminals. For
a swing of less than 10 V from the supply the output terminals
should swing from zero to approximately 35V. If the input
polarity is reversed the swing should also reverse.
d) The voltage at the coaxial connector, J54, in the

Analog Control slot should be precisely one-half
the measured output voltage.
17 Check 01, U19, and their associated drive circuits on the Ranging PCB. Repair as required, then
resume at step 9.
18 With a high impedance DVM check for 5 ±0.01 volts between U61-3 and TP8 (Low).
20 Check the reference voltage input to the DAC from common at A14 TP3 to A14 TP1 (+10V) and
A14 TP4 (-10V).
22 Check the voltage reference circuit on the Analog Control PCB. Repair as required, then resume at
step 9.
23 Check the DAC for a 50% duty cycle drive waveform on TP10, TP7, and TP5. If the waveform
is not present at TP5 check for the proper logic drive signals to the digital section. Check for.the
proper relay action using the schematic chart. Repair or replace as required.
NOTE
To eliminate the possibility of loading the DAC from the
Analog Control Integrator circuit the input may be re-
moved by desoldering the integrator input line at the
junction of Q62 and Q63.
.
24 Is the programmed output voltage present at the output terminals? 9 25
25 Check the Power Amp (A 17) using the applicable Table. Repair as required, then resume at step 9.
26 Check the Analog Control (A14) Integrator circuits 068 {for excessive bias current), 073, 074, K3,
and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume at step 9.
27 The cpntrol loop is open. Check the Ranging (A11), Analog Control {A14), and Power Amp (A17)
for proper closure of the relays and FETs using the applicable tables on the schematics. Repair as
required, then resume at step 9.
28 Prepare the test DMM connected to the output terminals to read approximately 1V de, then program
a calibrator output of +1V de.
29 Is the reading +1 V de ±200 µ.V? 31 30
30 Check K50, K14, and their associated logic circuits on the Ranging PCB. Repair as required, then
resume at step 28.
31 Program a calibrator output of +100 mV de.
4-33
5100 Series B
Table 4-15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting(contl
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
32 Does the test DMM read +100 mV de ±25 µV? 34 33
resume at step 31.
34 Program a calibrator output of +10 mV de.
35 Does the test DMM read +100 mV de ±10 µV? 37 36
resume at step 34.
37 Connect a test DMM prepared for DC current to the output terminals.
38 Program a calibrator output of +100 mA de and observe the DMM for a reading of +100 mA de
±0.1 mA.
39 Program a calibrator output of -100 mA de and observe the DMM for a reading of -100 mA de
±0.1 mA.
40 Are both reading (steps 38 and 39) within the listed tolerances? 45 41
CAUTION
VF and~R float on the PA output during current
41
*
operation. Do not short to any other ground in the
system, i.e., -::=-s or 1 during the current tests.
Check the control loop voltage between TP5 (high) and TP8 (low} on the Analog Control PCB.
42 Is the absolute value greater than the DMM floor but less 10V? 44 43
43 The control loop is open. Check K1, K3, KS, K55, U19, and their associated logic circuits on the
Ranging PCB. Check relay K2, K3, K7, K11, and their associated drivers on the Power Amp. If the
fault is not located in the relays, check the Power Amp using the applicable table. Repair as
44 The control loop is closed. Check the ± reference voltage from the PS Regulator and Analog Control
PCBs. The positive reference is called for negative current and vice versa. Check the DAC, beginning
with the procedure in step 23, followed by checks of K2 (open) and 06 through 09 (on). With
+100 mA programmed -1 +0.01V de should be present at the junction C14/15 (high) and TP12
(low). Repair as required, then resume at step 37.
45 Program a calibrator output of +1.9A de.
46 Does the test DMM read 1.9A de ±2 mA? 48 47
47 The only difference for the high current operation is the use of R1 (A11) and the high current amp
(U106, 0142, 0143, and associated components) on the Power Amp. Repair as required, then
resume at step 45.
48 Program a calibrator output of 10V ac at 1 kHz.
49 Does the test DMM read 10V ac ±10 mV at the output terminals? 70 50
50 Check the control loop by measuring the DC voltage between TP5 (high) and TP8 (low) on the
Analog Control PCB with 1OV ac output programmed.
51 Does the test DMM read more than its floor but less than 10V de? 52 59
52 Measure the calibrator output voltage and the voltage between TP2 (high) and TP8 (low) on the
Ranging PCB.
4-34
5100 Series B
Table 4-15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
53 Is the voltage at the tes\ points one-tenth (1/10) that of the output terminals? 56 54
54 Check the relay operation on the Ranging PCB using the table on the schematic. Check US, 02, and
their associated circuits. Repair as required.
55 Is 10V ac ± 10 mV present at the output terminals? 70 56
56 With the DMM low at TP8 on the Analog Control PCB, check therms voltage at pin 38 P51 and the
DC voltage at TP12.
57 Is the positive value at TP 12 equal to the rms voltage? 59 58
58 Check the AC Converter and/or Integrator on the Analog Control PCB for the following voltages
from TP8 to the points given: 0 ± 1 mV at U42-2, +1 ±0.5V at U37-2, and U37-3, and 8 ±1V at
U37-6. Check the integrator input stages at 074 with its drive circuits. Repair as required.
59 Is lOV ac ±10 mV present at the output terminals? 70 60
60 Check between TP3 (high and TP4 (low) on the Oscillator PCB (A 18) with an oscilloscope for a
sine wave with no offset, and at the pro~rammed frequency ±3%.
61 Is the oscillator output correct? 68 62
62 Is the DC voltage between TP2 (high) and TP4 (low) on the Oscillator PCB between 0 and -3V? 65 63
63 Check, in sequence, the following items, checking with a DMM for 1.2 ±0.1 V rms between TP3
(high) and TP4 (low) on the oscillator PCB after each item:
Check relays of the Oscillator PCB using the chart on the schematic.
Check op amps, U1 through US (0 ±20 mV de at pin 2), and their associated components.
Check CR1 through CR4, VR1, and their associated componenets.
64 Does the test DMM read 1.2 ±0.1V rms between TP3 (high) and TP4 (low) on the Oscillator PCB? 60 67
65 For frequency errors greater than 3%, check the FETs 04 through 011, and 014 through 021, and
their drive logic. Repair as required.
66 Does the frequency equal the 1 kHz ±30 Hz entered in step 48? 60 67
67 Since arrival at this point is dependent upon all previous checks being correct, there is a possibility
that some component was damaged during testing and the test should be restarted at step 1.
68 Is 10V ac ±10 mV present at the output terminals? 70 69
69 Perform the Power Amp test using the applicable table. Repair as required, then resume at step 48.
70 Program a calibrator output of 10V ac at 50 kHz.
71 Does the test DMM read 10V ac ±20 mV at the Calibrator output terminals? 74 72
72 Is the frequency equal to 50 kHz ±1.5 kHz? 73 60
73 For amplitude errors, restart at step 48, placing special emphasis on correct amplitude of test in
steps 56 and 57, and in the DAC output of the power amp of P53. Repair as required, then resume
at step 70.
CAUTION
VF and V R float on the PA output in the current
ranges. Do not short to any other ground in the system,
. .
i.e., -:!:- Sor -:!:-1 during the current tests.
4-35
5100 Series B
Table 4·15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
74 Program a calibrator output of 100 mA ac at 400 Hz.

75 At the calibrator output terminals, does the test DMM read 100.000 mA ±0.5 mA? 90 76
76 Remove the test DMM connected to the calibrator output terminals.
77 Does the instrument display flash overload (O.L.) and return to STDBY after approximately 2 78 79
seconds?
78 Check the Power Amp Assembly using the applicable table, with special emphasis on the high voltagE
amp circuit. Repair· as required, then resume at step 74.
79 On the Ranging Assembly, check relays K1, K3, K5, K16, K55, and their associated circuitry. Check
the AC voltage between TP2 (high) and TP8 (low) for an output proportional to the.current at the
output terminals, i.e., 1.05 ±.002V ac should be at TP2 when 105 mA is at the output terminals.
Repair as required.
80 Is 100 ±0.5 mA ac now present at the output terminals? 90 81
81 On the Ranging Assembly check the AC buffer amp (U2), 02, and their associated circuits and
drivers. Repair as required.
83 On the Analog Control Assembly recheck the AC Converter and Integrator circuits using the
procedure in step 56, 57, and 58. Repair as required.
85 Check the Power Amp Assembly using the applicable table with emphasis on the AC Current Mode.
Repair as required.
87 Check the Oscillator Assembly using the procedure in steps 60 through 64.
89 Since arrival at this point is dependent upon all previous checks being correct, there is a possibility
that some component was damaged during testing and the test should be restarted at step 1.
90 Program a calibrator output of 1.9A ac at 400 Hz.
91 Does the test DMM read 1.9A ac ±4 mA at the calibrator output terminals? 93 92
92 Check the Power Amp Assembly using the applicable table with emphasis on the high current
amplifier. Repair as required, then resume at step 90.
93 Disconnect the test DMM from the calibrator output terminals.
94 With no load, does the Central Display briefly show O.L., then return to the reading present before 96 95
the test DMM was removed, and does the calibrator drop in status to STDBY?
95 Check the Compliance Voltage Limiter and Detector circuit on the Analog Control Assembly. When
the output terminal compliance voltage goes above 2.1 V de or peak AC, at 200 mA or higher, 081
and 082 should be conducting heavily to cause the high current amplifier on the Power Amp
Assembly to go into current limit and signal the Controller an overload is present. Check the level
detectors, U83 and U84, R84 through R87, which set the plus an~ minus "trip". voltages. 088 and
089 should be turned "on" for currents over 200 mA and "off" for currents under 200 mA.
Repair as required and resume at step 93.
4-36
5100 Series B
Table 4-15. Analog Circuitry Troubleshooting(cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
WARNING
DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE TEST, LETHAL
VOLTAGES MAY BE PRESENT AT THE OUTPUT
TERMINALS AND ON THE HIGH VOLTAGE OUT-
PUT ASSEMBLY A16.
96 Program a calibrator output of 100V ac at 20 kHz and check at the output terminals for a DMM
reading of 100 ±0. 1 V ac.
97 Program a calibrator output of a 100V ac at 400 Hz and check at the output terminals for a DMM
reading of 100 ±0.1 V ac.
98 Program a calibrator output of a 1OOOV ac at 400 Hz and check at the output terminals for a DMM
reading of 1000 ±1V ac.
99 Are all of the high voltage AC readings within tolerance? 101 100
100 Check the high voltage output (A 16) with emphasis on T2 and K3, if the fault is only with the 20
kHz output, on T1 and K7, for 400 Hz faults, on K1 for 100V faults and on K2 for 1000V faults.
If the problem cannot be located in the A 16 Assembly, refer to the low voltage AC procedure
beginning at step 48, since the high voltage is dependent upon a correct output from the low
voltage circuits. Repair as required, then resume at step 96 or step 48 determined by the component
replaced.
101 Program a calibrator output of +1 OOV de and check the output terminals for a DMM reading of
+100 ±.01 V de.
102 Program a calibrator output of 1000V de and check the output +1000 ±.1V de.
103 Are both de voltage readings within their stated tolerances? 114 104
104 Program the calibrator for the first incorrect output.
105 Is the output voltage greater than 20V de? 112 106
106 Check the Ranging PCB (A 11) for relay operation using the chart on the schematic. Begin with K56
and its drive logic.
107 Is the programmed output present at the output terminals? 101 108
108 Check the waveform at TP11 of the Oscillator Assembly (A 18).
109 Is the waveform as depicted? 110 113
(See Oscillator Waveforms in Section 8).
110 Check the Power Amp Assembly (A 17) using the applicable table with emphasis on the connections
and the high voltage amplifier. Repair as required.
111 Is the programmed output present at the output terminals? 101 112
112 Check the High Voltage Output Assembly (A 16) with emphasis on the high voltage DC path (CR1
through CR4, K5, KS, R35, through R39, U1, and associated components) and T1. Repair as
113 Check the Oscillator Assembly (A 18) using the procedure in steps 59 through 65. Repair as
114 Troubleshooting of the analog circuits is complete.
4-37
5100 Series B
Table 4-16. Power Supply Regulator Troubleshooting

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION response
NO.
YES NO
NOTE
The test can be performed, if desired, without placing the PCB on an extender,
since all test points and adjustments on the Power Supply Regulator Assembly
(A9) are accessible. However, to continue the test when a reading is out of
tolerance, remove power from the instrument, wait at least 30 seconds, remove
the PCB, retum the PCB to the instrument on an extender PCB and reapply
power. The first supply checked is the+ 15V(s) de which is used as a reference for
the -15V(s), ±62V, and ±30V supplies. The -15Vreferences the -30Vand
-62V supplies, but since it is regulated by the +J5V supply, that supply effect-
ively references them all and if it is out of tolerance all others will be also. It
should also be noted the -15V(s) is logic high (LH) and -20V(s) is logic common
(LC) providing +5V logic for some qrcuits. If any supply reads out of tolerance
check for ripple with an oscilloscope as the first step in troubleshooting. Typical
ripple values for the power supply regulator voltages are given at the end of the
. .
table. The common connection between ( -:- S) and ( ~ 1) is on the Ranging
Assembly and ifit is removed, a substitute connection must be made by con-
necting a jumper between TPJ3, and TP6.
1 With power removed from the instrument, remove the top and inner covers, then verify the
correct placement of the line voltage selection switches and fuse valtre.
2 Reconnect the line cord and depress the POWER switch.
3 Does the blower (fan) rotate? 5 4
4 Check the power source, line cord, line fuse, POWER switch, and line voltage selection switches.
Repair as required and resume the test at step 2.
5 Connect the test DVM, prepared for approximately +15V de, between TP14 (high) and TP13 (low).
6 Can the voltage be adjusted with R6 to between +14.99 and +15.01? 16 7
7 Is the reading more than +15.01? 8 9

8 Check 02, U7, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume the test at step 5.
9 Transfer the voltmeter high input lead to the collector (center pin) of 02.
10 Is the reading greater than 17V? 12 11
11 Check the filtered DC V across C3 on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2), the Bridge Rectifier(CR2),
and the card-edge connectors on the Power Supply Motherboard. Repair as required, then resume at
step 5.
12 With the test DVM measure the voltage drops across R4 (1 ohm) on the P.S. Regulator.
13 Is the reading greater than 0.65V? 15 14
4-38
5100 Series B
Table 4-16. Power Supply Regulator Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
14 Check Cl2, U7, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume at step 5.
15 An excessive voltage drop is an indication of current limiting. Check CR14 and C13. If the trouble is
not isolated, perform the subroutine beginning at step 154, then resume the test at step 5.
16 Connect the test DVM, prepared for approximately -15V de, between TP12 (high) and TP13
(low).
17 Is the reading between -14.S5 and -15.15V de? 27 1S
1S Is the reading greater than -15.15V de? 19 20
19 Check 03, 021, US, and their associated componenets. Repair as required, then resume at step 16.
20 Transfer the high input lead of the DVM to the collector (center pin) of 03.
21 Is the reading greater than -17V? 23 22
22 Check the filtered DC across C4 on the Aft Transformer Board (ASA2), the Bridge Rectifier, CR2,
and the card-edge connectors on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required and resume the test at
step 16.
23 With the test DVM measure the voltage drop across R 12 (1 ohm) on the P.S. Regulator.
25 Check 021, 03, 04, US, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume at step
16.
26 An excessive voltage drop is an indication of current limiting. Check CR15 and C12. If the trouble
is not isolated there, perform the subroutine beginning at step 154, then resume the test at step 16.
27 Connect the test DVM, prepared for approximately +62V de, between Tp4 (high) and TP6 (low).
2S Is the reading between +60.0 and +64.0V de? 3S 29
29 Is the reading greater than +64.0V de? 30 31
30 Check 05, 06, OS, U9, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume the test at
step 27.
32 Is the reading greater than 69V de? 34 33
33 Check the Bridge Rectifier, CR1, on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2), the transformer output,
and the card-edge connectors on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required and resume at step 27.
34 With the test DVM, measure the voltage drop across R15 (1.1 ohm) on the P.S. Regulator.
36 Check 08, 06, 05, 07, U9, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume at
step 27.
37 An excessive voltage drop is an indication of current limiting. Remove the Power Amp Assembly
from the instrument and recheck the voltage drop to isolate the problem to an assembly. If the
problem remains, check C1S, CR3, and the +39V regulator. Repair as required, then resume the
test at step 27.
3S Connect the test DVM, prepared for approximately +39V de, between TP3 (high) and TP6 (low).
39 Is the reading between +37.5 and +40.5V de? 49 40
4-39
5100 Series 8
Table 4-16. Power Supply Regulafor Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO

41 Check 014, U12, and their associated components.
43 Is the reading between +60 and +64V de? 45 44
44 Return to step 27 and test the +62V de power supply.
45 With the test DVM measure the voltage drop across R32 (4.7 ohm) on the P.S. Regulator.
46 Is the reading greater than 0.65V de? 48 47
47 Check 014, 016, VR9, U12, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume the
test at step 38.
problem remains, check C23 and CR9. Repair as required, then resume at step 38.
49 Connect the test DVM, prepared for approximately -65V de, between TP2 (high) and TP6 (low).
50 ls the reading between -60 and -64V de? 50 51
51 Is the reading greater than -64V de? 52 53
52 Check 09, 011, 012, U10, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume the
test at step 49.
53 Transfer the high input lead of the DVM to the emitter of 012.
54 Is the reading greater than -69V de? 56 55
55 Check the output of the Bridge Rectifier CR1 on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2), the transformer
output, and the card-edge connectors on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required, then resume at
step 49.
56 With the test DVM, measure the voltage drop across R25 (1.1 ohm);""'
58 Check 09, 010, 011, 012, VR8, U10, and their associated components. Repair as required, then
resume at step 49.
problem remains, check C19, CR25, and the -39V regulator. Repair as required, then resume the
the test at step 49.
61 Is the reading between -37.5 and -40.5V de? 71 62
62 Is the reading greater than -40.5V de? 63 64
63 Check 013, U13, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume at step 60.
64 Transfer the high input lead of the DVM to the collector of 013.
65 Is the reading between 60 and 64V de?
66 Return to step 49 and test the -62V de.
67 With the test DVM measure the voltage drop across R40 (4.7 ohm) on the P.S. Regulator.
4-40
5100 Series B
Table 4-16. Power Supply Reg.llator Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
69 Check 013, 017, VR10, U13, and their associated components. Repair as required, then resume the
test at step 60.
problem remains, check C26 and CR7. Repair as required, then resume the test at step 60.
72 Can the reading be adjusted with R84 to between +4.9 and +5.3V de? 85 73
74 Check 023, 015, U 11, and their associated components. Repair as required then resume at step 71.
77 Transfer the high input lead of the DVM to the input side of fuse F-2.
79 Check F2 and the fuse holder. If the fuse is replaced and blows again, check 015, 023, U11, the
triac 020 and VR 11 for an overload. Repair as required, then resume at step 71.
80 Check the input from the rectifiers on the transformer board and the card-edge connectors on the
P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required, then resume at step 71.
81 With the test DVM measure the voltage drop across R31 (0.27 ohms).
82 Is the reading greater than 0.65? 84 83
83 Check 015, 023, U11, and associated components. Repair as required then resume at step 71.
84 An excessive voltage drop is an indication of current limiting. Check C63. If the trouble is not
isolated there, perform the subroutine beginning at step 154, then resume the test at step 71.
86 Can the reading be adjusted with R83 to between +4.9 and +5.3V de? 99 87
87 Is the reading greater than +5.3V? 88 89
91 Transfer the high input lead of the DVM to the input side of the fuse F1.
93 Check F1 and the fuse holder. If the fuse is replaced and blows again, check 01, 022, U3, traic U1Q
and VR 1 for an overload. Repair as required, then resume at step 85.
94 Check the input from the rectifiers on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2), and the card-edge
connectors on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required, then resume at step 85.
95 With the test DVM measure the voltage drop across R3 (0.27 ohms).
97 Check 01, 022, U3, and their associated components. Repair as required then resume at step 85.
98 An excessive voltage drop is an indication of current limiting. Check the PCBs using the +5 Digital
Bus for the path of excessive current. Repair as required, then resume at step 85.
4-41
5100 Series B

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
100 Is the reading between +1 f.25 and +12. 75V de? 108 101
102 Check U1 and its associated components. Repair as required, then resume at step 99.
103 Transfer the high input lead of the DVM to U1-1.
104 Is the reading greater than +14V? 105 107
105 Is the case of the regulator U1 excessively warm to the touch? 106 107
106 Check C1 and CR10. Check the PCBs using the +12 (Vdd) on the Digital Bus for current limiting.
Repair as required, then resume at step 99.
107 Check the input from the rectifier on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2), and the card-edge
109 Is the reading between -11.25 and -12. 75V de? 117 110
110 Is the reading greater than -12.75V? 111 112
111 Check U2 and its associated components. Repair as required then resume at step 108.
114 Is the case of the reg..ilator U2 excessively warm to the touch? 115 116
115 Check C2 and CR 11. Check the PCBs using the -12V (VGG) on the Digital Bus for current
limiting. Repair as required, then resume at step 108.
116 Check the input from the rectifier on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2~ and the card-edge
connectors on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required, then resum~ at step 108.
118 Is the reading between +4.75 and +5.25V de? 126 119
120 Check U4 and its associated components. Repair as required then resume at step 117.
122 Is the reading greater than + 7V? 123 125
124 Check C4 and the PCBs using the +5V (FH) on the Digital Bus for current limiting. Repair as
required, then resume at the step 117.
125 Check the input from the rectifier on the Aft Transformer Board (A8A2), and the card-edge
connector on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required, then resume at step 117.
126 Connect the test OVM, prepared for approximately +15V, between TP11 (high) and TP10 (low).
127 Is the reading between +14.25 and +15. 75V? 135 128
4-42
5100 Series B
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO

131 Is the reading greater than +17V? 132 134
133 Check C5 and CR12. Check the PCBs using the +15V (F} on the Digital Bus for current limiting.
connector on the P.S. Motherboard. Repair as required, then resume at step 126.
135 Connect the test DVM, prepared for approximately -15V, between TP7 (high) and TP10 (low).
136 Is the reading between -14.25 and -15.75V de? 144 137
137 Is the reading greater than -15.75V? 138 139
141 Is the case of the regulator US excessively warm to the touch? 142 143
142 Check C6 and CR13. Check the PCBs using the -15V (F) on the Digital Bus for current limiting.
144 Connect a scope prepared for a 60 Hz 5V square wave to U16-3 (high) and U16-1 (low).
145 Is the scope amplitude between 4 and 5V and the period between 15. 7 and 17. 7 msec? 146 147
147 Prepare a scope for triggered sweep, 50 ms per division, and 2V per division vertical sensitivity.
148 Connect the scope between TP1 (low) and the junction point of the collector of 018 and the
bottom of R48 (high).
149 Turn the calibrator POWER switch ON and OFF several times while observing the scope display.
150 Does the display match either waveform 1 or 2 below? 158 151
WAVEFORM 1
WAVEFORM2 300-350 ms ACCEPTABLE
WAVEFORM3 NOT ACCEPTAB LE
4-43
5100 Series B

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION response
NO.
YES NO
151 Does the scope display match waveform 3? 152 153

152 Check the one-shot multivibrator U14 and its control components CR19, C41, C42, and R45.
153 If there is no transisiton, check at P11-16/36 for the 20V rms input to the circuit (at line fre-
quency) which causes generation of waveform 1 above when power is applied to the circuit. Repair
154 Begin the subroutine to check for current limiting in the analog circuitry by removing one of the
analog PCBs from the analog compartment.
NOTE
Men the Ranging Assembly is removed, insure
TP6 and TPJ 3 are jumpered on the Power Supply
Regulator to maintain continuity between the
ground circuits.
155 Recheck the voltage drop on the applicable resistor to isolate the analog assembly causing the
current limitng.
156 Repeat the test removing one assembly at a time until the problem assembly is found.
157 Use the troubleshooting table applicable for the faulty analog assembly to trace the problem, repair
as required, then return to the step in the test calling out the subroutine.
158 The test of the Power Supply Regulator is complete.
TYPICAL READING IN
NOMINAL TABLE PEAK TO PEAK VOLTS
DC VOLTAGE STEP
RIPPLE SPIKES
+15 ±0.01 6 2mV

-15 ±0.15 17 2mV
+62 ±2.0 28 20mV
+39 ±1.5 39 10mV
-62±2.0 50 20mV
-39 ±1.5 61 10mV
+5.1 ±0.2 72 100mV 700mV
+5.1 ±0.2 86 2mV 5mV
+12 ±0.75 100 30mV
-12 ±0.75 109 100mV
+5 ±0.25 118 100mV 600mV
+15 ±0.75 127 2mV
-15 ±0.75 135 2mV
4-44
5100 Series B
Table 4-17. Power Amp Troubleshooting

Go to the step
number given
NO. response
YES NO
NOTE
All test points listed in this table are
on the Power Amplifier Assembly (A 17).
1 Remove power from the instrument, wait at least 30 seconds, then remove the PCB assembly from
the instrument. Install the assembly in an extender PCB and install the combination in the
instrument.
2 Use the test DVM to check the input voltages to the Power Amplifier. The first test point listed is
for the high input lead. If any voltages are out of tolerance, perform the test on the Power Supply
Regulator.
+15 ±0.05V de between TP11 and TP23
-15 ±0.2V de between TP12 and TP23
3 With the calibrator in STDBY, ground the HF Amp input by connecting a jumper between TP27
and TP23. Connect the test DVM between TP4 (high) and TP23 (low).
4 Is the voltmeter reading 0 +0.1 V de?
4A Remove jumper from TP23 and TP27. 4A 5
5 A large output from the High Frequency Amplifier with the input grounded is an indication of
problems within the amplif.ier. Trace the signal through the circuit until the source is found. Repair
6 With the DVM remaining connected between TP4 (high) and TP23 (low), and prepared for approx-
imately 1OV de, program a calibrator output of +10.0V de.
7 Is the voltmeter reading between 9.9 and 10.1 V de? 38 8
8 Is the reading greater than 10.1 V de? 13 9
9 Transfer the DVM leads to TP24 (high) and TP29 (low).
10 Is the reading greater than 10V de? 11 12
11 Check the Isolation Amplifier circuitry, beginning with K3 and its logic circuits. Repair as required,
then resume at step 6.
12 Perform tests on assemblies external to the Power Amp, beginning with the Analog Control and the
13 Ranging PCBs. Repair as required, then return to the Power Amp test at step 6.
Transfer the DVM high input lead to TP21.
14 Is the DVM reading greater than 10V? 16 15
15 Check the relays K7 and KS for continuity, and relay K11 with its logic circuits. Repairs as required,
16 Transfer the DVM high input lead to TP24.
4-45
5100 Series B
Table 4-17. Power Amp Troubleshooting (cont)
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
17 Is the DVM reading greater than +10V de? 18 19r

18 The Isolation Amplifier is responding correctly to the stimulus. Perform test on assemblies external
to the Power Amp, beginning with the Analog Control and Ranging Assembly. Repair as required,
then return to the Power Amp test at step 6.
19 Is the DVM reading greater than -10V? 20 21
20 A negative control signal is an indication that the control loop is attempting to reduce the excessive
output. Check the Isolation Amplifier circuit using standard signal tracing procedures. Repair as
21 A low control voltage is an indication of trouble within another assembly. Perform tests on
assemblies external to the Power Amp, beginning with Ranging and the Analog Control. Repair as
required, then return to the Power Amp test at step 6.
22 Set the calibrator to Standby. Attach probes to TP29 and TP41.
23 Adjust R17 from CCW to CW. The voltage should-swing from -4 to -10V de. 25 24
24 Examine U113, U114, and related circuitry.
25 Check TP40 and U112-1 Ofor voltage and frequency.
26 Is the voltage displaying a 0 through 15V symmetrical square wave? 27 28
27 Is the frequency 3.3 kHz? 29 28
28 . Examine U112 and related circuitry.
29 Verify oscillator input at connector pin P81-37.
30 Call 2V at 1 kHz.
31 Does TP41 read -6V? 32 37
32 Does TP24 read OV? 33 37
33 Is the voltmeter reading approximately 1.2V ac? 35 34
34 Check K4 contacts, coil, and logic circuits. Repair as required, then resume at step 25.
35 Does the cathode of VR113 read 22V? 38 .36
36 Examine VR113 and related circuit or the 40V power supply.
37 Check the High Frequency Isolation Amplifier to isolate the faulty components using normal signal tracing
techniques. The Isolation Amplifier includes U111, U112, U113, U114, 0104, 0105, and related circuitry.
Repair as required, then retum to step 25.
38 Prepare test DVM to read approximately 25V ac, then connect it between TP9 (high) and TP23
(low). ,
-
4-46
5100 Series B
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
39 Program the calibrator for an output of 20V ac 400 Hz.
40 Is the DVM reading between 3.0 and 4.0V ac? 50 41
41 Is the DVM reading greater than 4V ac? 42 46
42 Transfer the DVM high input lead to TP21.
43 Is the DVM reading still greater than 4V ac? 45 44
44 Check the K7A relay contacts and the associated circuitry. Repair as required, then resume at step
I 38.
45 Perform tests on assemblies external to the Power Amp, beginning with the High Voltage and
Ranging Assemblies and the signal path connecting those assemblies to the Power Amp. Repair as
required, then return to the Power Amp test at step 38.
46 Change the DVM settings to read a low DC voltage.
47 Is the DVM reading greater than 0 ±0.2V de? 48 49
48 Check the Low Frequency Amplifier, its input/output signals and the signal path through the
circuit. Repair as required, then resume at step 38.
49 Check the signal path for the High Frequency Amplifier output (TP4) through relays K7 and KS.
50 Connect a test DVM, prepared to read approximately 1 SV ac, between TP4 (high) and TP23 (low).
Connect a shorting link across the output terminals and program an output of 199 mA at 400 Hz.
51 Is the DVM reading between 8 and 10V ac? 55 52
52 Is the DVM reading greater than 1SV ac? 53 54
53 Check for an excessive voltage drop in the contacts of K7 and the card-edge connectors. Repair as
54 Check relays K2, KS, and their logic circuits. Repair as required, then resume at step 50.
55 Transfer the DVM high input lead to TP19. Then, with the output terminals still shorted, program
an output of 1.99A at 400 Hz.
56 Is the DVM reading between 1.5 and 3.SV ac?
57 Is the DVM reading greater than 3.SV ac?
58 Check for an excess voltage drop in the contacts of K7 A and K8B, or in the card-edge connectors
for the Power Amp and Ranging Assemblies. Repair as required, then resume at step 55.
59 Check the High Current Amplifier (normal reading at TP4 w/1.99A programmed would be 11.5
±1V ac). Trace the signal path through K78, KSA, and the op amp U106. Repair as required, then
resume at step 55.
60 Connect a 10U resistor across the calibrator output terminals. Connect the test DVM, prepared for
approximately 2V ac, between PAFB at J81-35 (high) and TP23 (low). Program an output of
199 mA at 400 Hz.
62 Check the I-Guard Driver op amp (U1) and its associated components on the Ranging Assembly.
63 Transfer the DVM high input lead to U105-6.
65 Check the op amp U105 and its associated components. Repair as required then resume at step 63.
4-47
5100 Series B

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
66 The test of the Power Amplifier Assembly is complete.

NOTE
The four separate amplifiers on the
Power Amp are checked using portions
of the procedure above. If the problem
has been isolated to a single amplifier
the applicable steps are given below.
If a test is made on only one amplifier,
insure that all voltages are present, co"ect,
and all prior equipment procedures have
been previously performed.
POWER AMP SECTION PROCEDURE STEPS FAILURE MODE

Isolation & H.F. Amps 3-32 DCV<20V
AC & DC I <20 mA
AC V <110V, 20 kHz
AC V <20V, 50 kHz
L.F.Amp 33-50, 56-62 AC V > 20V <1 kHz
DC V>20V
AC & DC I <200 mA
High Current Amp 51-62 AC & DC I >200 mA
(Incl. I-Guard on Ranging)
4-48
5100 Series B
Table 4-18. Extended High Voltage Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
WARNING
VOLTAGE UP TO 1600V MAY BE PRESENT
ON THIS ASSEMBLY. PLACE THE 5100 SERIES
B CALIBRATOR IN STDBY BEFORE ATTACH-
ING OR TRANSFERRING TEST LEADS.
NOTE
All test points in this table are on the High
Voltage Output Assembly (Al6).
1 Remove power from the instrument, wait at least 30 seconds, then remove the PCB assembly from
the instrument. Remove the Control PCB from its mounting spacers and remount it on the
transformer brackets so that it is at a 90° angle from its normal position. Install the assembly on an
extender PCB and reinstall it in the equipment, insuring that the High Voltage Transformer has
support and is not suspended in space.
2 Connect the high input of a test voltmeter, prepared for AC volts, to the high terminal of P73 and
the low input to TP10.
3 Apply power to the instrument and program an output of 20V ac at 2 kHz.
4 Voltmeter reads between 19.5 and 20.5V ac? 11 5
5 Voltmeter reads approximately zero? 6 10
6 Select STDBY, transfer the high lead to TP5 and select QPR.
7 Voltmeter reading 3.5V or greater? 8 9
8 Check the relays K3 and K7, and their logic circuits. Repair as required, then resume at step 2.
9 Check the connectors and the input from the Power Amplifier. Repair as required, then resume at
step 2.
10 For a non-zero, but out of tolerance reading, check the Ranging Assembly and/or Power Amplifier
Assembly. When complete, resume the test at step 2.
11 Program an output of 20V ac at 400 Hz. The high test lead is at P73.
12 Voltmeter reads between 19.5 and 20.5V ac? 19 13
14 Select STDBY, transfer the high lead to TP5, and select QPR.
15 Voltmeter reads 2.8V ac or greater? 16 17
16 Check relays Kl, K4, K7, and their logic circuits. Repair as required, then resume step 11.
17 Check the connectors and the input from the Power Amplifier. Repair as required, then resume at
step 11.
18 For a non-zero but out of tolerance reading, check the Ranging Assembly and/or Power Amplifier
19 With the high test lead at P73 HIGH and the test voltmeter prepared for DC volts, program an outpu1
of +20V de.
20 Voltmeter reads between 19.5 and 20.5V de? 26 21
22 Select STDBY, transfer the high lead to TP3, then select OPR.
4-49
5100 Series B
Table 4-18. Extended High Voltage Troubleshooting (cont)
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
23 Voltmeter reads between 18 and 22V de? 24 25

24 Check relays K6, K7, and their logic circuits. Repair as required, then resume at step 19.
25 Check the normally closed contacts of K4 and KS and its logic circuit, rectifier CR1 through CR4,
and the input from the Power Amplifier. Repair as required, then resume at step 19.
26 With the high test lead at P73 HIGH, program an output of +300V de.
27 Voltmeter reads between 299.5 and 300.SV de? 34 28
29 Select STDBY, transfer the high lead to TP5 then select QPR.
30 Voltmeter reads 9V or greater? 31 32
31 Check the relays K2, K6, K7, and their control logic, rectifier CR1 through CR4, and U1 with its
associated circuitry. Repair as required, then resume at step 26.
32 Check continuity and the input from the Power Amplifier. Repair as required, then resume at step
26.
33 For a non-zero but out of tolerance reading, check the Ranging Assembly and/or Power Amplifier
34 With the high test lead at P73 HIGH, program an output of +1100V de.
35 Voltmeter reads between 1099.5 and 1100.SV de? 39 36
36 Does the Central Display flash overload (0.L.) and/or the calibrator return to standby? 37 38
37 Perform the Power Amplifier zero adjustment calibrator procedure. Repair as required, then resume
the test at step 34.
38 Check at TP5 with an oscilloscope (low to TP10) for a symmetric rounded square wave with an
amplitude of approximately 35 volts. Check the Power Amp Assembly for low amplitude or an
unsymmetrical waveform. Repair as required, then resume at step 34.
39 With the voltmeter high test lead at P73 HIGH, program an output of 300V de.
40 Voltmeter reads between -299.5 and 300.SV de? 42 41
41 Check relay K5, its logic circuit, the rectifier, and filter circuits. Repair as required, then resume at
step 39.
42 Connect a 2k ohm resistor to the output terminals of the calibrator. Connect an oscilloscope across
the resistor.
43 Program an output of +20V de. With AC coupling selected, adjust the scope to display the ripple
waveform.
44 Is the displayed ripple waveform less than 30 mV peak-to-peak? 46 45
45 Check the filter circuit U1 and its associated circuitry. Repair as required, then resume the test at
step 42.
46 The test of the High Voltage Assembly is complete.
4-50
5100 Series B
Table 4-19. Controller Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
NOTE
Due to the speed and complexity of the Controller, it is recommendedtha~ when a problem is
isolated to the Controller, the unit be sent to the nearest Service Center for repair. The
following information will assist in verifying Controller operation. Many problems require the
use of an in-circuit tester.
Troubleshoot the Controller with only the Controller, Front Panel, and Power Supply installed. The most
common symptom of Controller failure is a blank display. Other symptoms include an improper display,
a failure to read switches or respond to external interrupts, or an initialization display ("CXXXXXX'1
improperly indication all optional modules present The following checks verify basic Controller
operation:
1. Check power supply voltages at the Controller. Test Points are located on the circuit board top
edge and are identified on the inside of the hinged module top.
Test DMM LO: TP1 (VSS)
Test DMM HI: TP3 (VCC +5V)

TP5 (VBB -5V)
TP6 (VDD +12V)
If any of these voltages are more than 5% out of tolerance, proceed to "Power Supply
Troubleshooting" in this section.
2. If the power supply checks good, verify the presence of the following signals in sequence. If a
signal is present go on to the next check. Ha signal is not present, the Controller may be faulty.
Although probable fault causing components or circuits may be mentioned, the Controller will
probably require repair at a Service Center.
SYNC pulse at TP7
If not SYNC pulse, check 01 at U15-22; 02 at U15-15. (Test failure suggests U19.)
RESET signal at U10-2 on power-up; check for 0.1 sec low-going pulse. (Test failure suggests
reset circuit)
CPUNIT at TP4
DLDACK at TP2
4-51
5100 Series B
Table 4-20. Isolator Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
1 When power is applied does the display illuminate? 3 2

2 Check the address and data line inputs to the shift register. Repair as required, then resume at step 1
3 Does the display read "Err6"? 4 5
4 Check the address lines (ICO-IC6) through the input gates and unguarded shift register, the
isolation transformer, and the guarded shift register and output gates. Check the ACK signal path
through the assembly. Repair as required, then resume at step 1.
5 Program various types of outputs and check the instrument output terminals after each programmed
output for the correct value.
6 Is the display of the programmed output correct and variable? 8 7
7 Check the data return (ID7), the applicable isolation transformer and the output latch and gates.
8 Does the output match the programmed display? 10 9
9 Check the data lines (IDO-ID7) through the input gates and unguarded shift register, the isolation
transformer, and the guarded shift register and output gates. Repair as required, then resume at step
5.
10 Troubleshooting of the Isolator Assembly is complete.
4-52
5100 Series B
Table 4-21. Tape Interface Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
NOTE
Doing this procedure, the assumption is made
that the Static Controller Assembly is operating
co"ectly.
1 Remove power from the instrument, wait at least 30 seconds, then remove the instrument covers
and guards. Mechanically detach and slide forward the Front Panel, using the applicable procedure
in Section 4, to gain access to the component side of the Tape Interface Assembly (AS). Lay the
Front Panel face down on the work area, leaving the ribbon cables connected, then remove all
other PCB assemblies from the instrument except for the Tape Interface, Tape Drive, and Power
Supply Regulator.
2 Insert the Static Controller into the card-edge connector, from which the Controller was removed.
3 Apply power to the instrument.
4 Check between TP4 (HI) and TP1 (LO) with a test DVM.
5 Is the voltage present between 4.75 and 5.25V de? 7 6
6 Check the Power Supply Regulator using the applicable troubleshooting table and the cables
connecting the Tape Interface Assembly to the Power Supply Regulator. Repair as required, then,
resume at step 4.
7 Place all switches on the Static Controller in the down position.
8 Are any of the Static Controller LEDs illuminated? 9 10
9 Check the circuitry dealing with indicator illuminated (i.e., INT, ACK, ID0-7). Repair as required,
10 Insure the DATA IN switch is down, then place the CONTROL OUT switch in the up position.
11 One at a time, put IC3, ICS, and IC6 switches up, and check that the ACK indicator illuminates
when the third switch goes up. Ignore the ID indicators.
12 Return all IC switches to down.
13 One at a time, put IC1, IC5, and IC6 switches up, and check that the ACK indicator illuminates
when the third switch goes up. Ignore the ID indicators.
15 Select DATA OUT with the CONTROL OUT switch in the up position.
16 One at a time, put ICO, IC5, and IC6 switches up and check that the ACK indicator illuminates when
the third switch goes up.
18 One at a time, put IC2, IC3, and IC6 switches up, and check that the ACK indicator illuminates
when the third switch goes up.
19 Does the ACK indicator illuminate after the third switch for all four tests? 21 20
20 If the indicator fails to illuminate, check the ACK circuit between U16-13 and the connector. If it
illuminates for one or more test, check the applicable input to U16-13. Repair as required then
resume at step 10.
21 Place a previously prepared, not completely rewound, tape in the tape drive unit. Use a scratch tape
so operation will not be affected if the contents of the tape are lost.
4-53
5100 Series B
Table 4-21. Tape Interface Troubleshooting (cont)

Go to the step
number given
NO. response
YES NO
22 Does the tape stay stationary; not moving in either direction? 26 23
23 Is the MOTION CMD signal (P33-17 or U21-11) at logic high level? 25 24

24 Check the logic generating the MOTION CMD signal. Repair as required, then resume at step 21.
25 Repair or replace the tape drive unit, then resume at step 21.
26 Place the DATA OUT, ICO, IC5, and IC6 switches up and all other switches down.
27 Monitor the MOTION CMD with a scope and check for a high logic level when the CONTROL OUT
switch is placed up and then down.
28 Repeat step 27 with ID switches, IDO, ID1, ID2, and ID3, set up in turn, and check for the logic
level listed at MOTION CMD when CONTROL OUT is toggled.
IDO- High
ID1 - High
ID2- Low
ID3- High
29 Is the correct logic level present at MOTION CMDfor all tests? 31 30
30 Check the MOTION CMD generation circuitry and the control gates. Repair as required, then
resume at step 26.
31 Check the FWD/RWNDCMDwith the ID switches None (all down), 100, ID1, ID2, and ID3 set to
the up position, in turn, and check for the logic level listed at FWD/RWND CMO when CONTROL
OUT"is toggled.
None- Low
100- Low
101 - High
102- Low
ID3- Low
32 Is the correct logic level present at FWO/RWND CMD for all tests? 34 33
33 Check the FWD/RWNO CMDgeneration circuitry and the control gates. Repair as required, then
resume at step 31.
34 Check the READ/WRITE signal with the ID switches None, 100, ID1, 102, and ID3, set to the up
position, in turn, and check for the logic level listed at READ/WRITE when CONTROL OUT is
toggled.
None- Low
IDO- High
ID1 - Low
ID2- Low
103- Low
35 Is the correct logic level present at READ/WRITE for all tests? 37 36
36 Check the READ/WRITE generation circuitry and the control gates. Repair as required, then
resume at step 34.
37 Check the signal at U23-2 with the ID switches None, IDQ, ID1, ID2, and ID3 set to the up position
in turn, and check for logic level listed at U25-13 when CONTROL OUT is toggled.
4-54
5100 Series B

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
None- Low
IDO-Low
ID1 - Low
ID2- Low
ID3 - High
38 Is the correct logic level present at U25-13 for all tests? 40 39
39 Check the inputs and output to U23. Repair as required, then resume at step 37.
40 Select the DATA IN Mode with switches CONTROL OUT, IC1, IC5, and IC6 up and all remaining
switches down.
41 Monitor the ID4 indicator (ignore other indicators) while inserting and removing a fully rewound
tape into the tape drive unit.
42 Does ID4 indicator illuminate and extinguish as the tape is inserted and removed? 44 43
43 Check the TAPE POSITION signal (P33-2) circuitry. Repair as required, then resume at step 44.
44 Toggle the top-left sense switch on the face of the tape drive unit.
4:5 Does the ID5 indicator toggle with the sense switch? 47 46
46 Check the WRITE INHIBIT signal (P33-18) circuitry. Repair as required, then resume at step 44.
4!7 Toggle the top-right sense switch on the face of the tape drive unit.
48 Does the ID6 indicator toggle with the sense switch? 50 49
419 Check the SIDE A/B signal (P33-25) circuitry. Repair as required, then resume at step 47.
50 Toggle the center sense switch on the face of the tape drive unit.
51 Does the ID7 indicator toggle with the sense switch? 53 52
52 Check the CASSETTE LOADED signal (P33-26) circuitry. Repair as required, then resume at step
51.
53 Remove power from the instrument, wait at least 30 seconds then disconnect P33 from the tape
drive unit. When completed, reapply power to the instrument.
54 Place switches ICO, IC5, IC6, IDO, ID1, ID3, and DATA OUT in the up position with all other
switches down. Toggle the CONTROL OUT switch up then down, disregarding the indicators. This
step prepares the interface.
56 Place switches IC3, IC5, IC6, and CONTROL OUT up and all others down.
56 Is the ACK indicator illuminated and the INT indicator extinguished? Disregard the ID indicators. 58 57
5.7 Check the bus line and driving signal of the incorrect indicator. Repair as required, then resume at
step 55.
58 Place all switches down, then place IC2, IC3, IC6, and DATA OUT switches in the up position.
59 Place the CONTROL OUT switch up, then down.
60 Does the INT indicator illuminate? 66 61
61 Is there a low logic level at U2-5? 65 62
62 Is there a low logic level at U26-1? 64 63
63 Check the write circuitry (refer to the Theory of Operation). Repair as required, then resume at
step 55.
4-55
5100 Series B

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
64 Check the circuitry controlling the signal at U27-10. Repair as required, then resume at step 55.
65 Check the INT signal and its control logic. Repair as required, then resume at step 55.
66 Connect with a jumper pins 5 and 19 of P33. Place switches IC3, IC5, and IC6 up and all others
down.
67 Place the CONTROL OUT switch up.
68 Is the INT indicator extinguished? 70 69
69 Check the bus line and the logic signal controlling the INT line. Repair as required, then resume at
step 67.
70 Place all switches down, then place the DATA OUT, IDO, ID3, ICO. IC5, and IC6 in the up
position.
71 Toggle the CONTROL OUT switch up, then down (this step prepares the instrument for the next
test).
72 Place switches IC2, IC3, IC6, ID1, ID3, ID5; and ID7 up and all other switches down.
73 Toggle the CONTROL OUT switch up then down.
74 Does the INT indicator illuminate? 76 75
75 Check the bus line and the logic signal controlling the INT line. Repair as required, the resume at
step 55.
76 Is a low logic level present at U27-6? 79 77
77 Is a low logic level present at U26-13? 64 78

78 Check the read circuitry (refer to the Theory of Operation). Repair as required, then resume at step
55.
79 Toggle the DATA IN switch up and down, then place the INA switch in the up position.
80 Do the INT, ACK, and ID1 indicators illuminate? 82 81
81 Check the interrupt circuitry (refer to the Theory of Operation). Repair as required, then resume at
step 55.
82 Place all switches down, then place IC3, IC5, and IC6 in the up position.
83 Place the CONTROL OUT switch in the up position.
84 Do indicators ID1, ID3, ID5, and ID7 illuminate and IDO, ID2, ID4, and ID6 remain extinguished? 85 78
85 Is the INT indicator extinguished? 86 81
86 Is the ACK indicator extinguished? 87 88
87 Check acknowledge circuitry (refer to the Theory of Operation). Repair as required, then resume at
step 55.
88 Place the CONTROL OUT switch down.
89 Remove power from the instrument, disconnect the jumper from P33 and reconnect P33 to the tape
drive unit.
90 Troubleshooting of the Tape Interface Assembly is complete.
4-56
5100 Series B
Table 4-22. Tape Drive Assembly Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given for
STEP ACTION correct response
NO.
YES NO
NOTE
During this procedure, the assumption is made that the Tape Interface Assembly is
operating correctly.
1 Remove power from the instrument. wait at least 30 seconds, then remove the instrument
cover and guards. Mechanically detach and slide forward the Front Panel, using the
applicable procedure in Section 4, to gain access to the Tape Drive. Remove the cable
from the upper edge of the Tape Drive. Lower the dust cover on the Front Panel and
remove the four mounting screws. Remove the Tape Drive and place on top of the unit.
Reconnect the cable. Be sure the bottom of the board is insulated from any metal.
Remove all other PCAs from the instrument except for the Tape Interface and Power
Supply Regulator.
2 Apply power to the instrument.
3 Check +5 and GND with a test DVM.
4 Is the voltage present between 4. 75 and 5.25V de? 6 5
5 Check the Power Supply Regulator using the applicable troubleshooting table. Repair as
required.resume at step 4.
6 Check MOTV and MOTA with a DVM.
7 Is the voltage present between 4. 75 and 5.25V de? 9 8
8 Check the Power Supply Regul!itOr using the applicable troubleshooting table. Repair as
9 Place a previously prepared, not completely rewound, tape in the tape drive unit. Use a
scratch tape so operation will not be affected if the contents of the tape are lost.
10 Press ENABLE, TAPE, ADVANCE/LOAD.

11 The tape should rewind, stop at the BOT and go forward.
12 Does the tape rewind? 14 13
13 Verify the logic levels of U2 and U7 and output levels of U7. Repair as needed. Resume
at step 10.
14 Does the tape go forward? 16 15
15 Verity the logic levels of U2 and U7 and output levels of U7. Repair as needed. Resume
at step 10.
16 Verify the correct reading of the tape. 20 17
17 Recalibrate per TAPE DRIVE CONTROLLER TEST PROCEDURE.
18 Verify the correct reading of the tape. 20 19
19 Examine waveform provided in the Theory of Operation, section 3-180. Repair as
necessary. Resume at step 10.
20 This completes the read cycle testing.
21 Call 1V de.
22 Press ENABLE, STORE, and press ADVANCE/LOAD until the display reads FULL.
23 Press TAPE, ADVANCE/LOAD. This stores the program on the tape.
4-57
51 00 Series B
Table 4-22. Tape Drive Assembly Troubleshooting (cont)
Go to the step
number given for
ACTION correct response
STEP
NO.
YES NO
24 Did the tape drive accept the program? 26 25
25 Check the logic levels of U4A, U6 and 01. Repair as needed. Resume at step 22.
26 This completes the maintenance testing.
4-58
Section 5
List of Replaceable Parts
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE FIGURE
ASSEMBLY NAME DRAWING NO. PAGE PAGE
NO. NO.
5100B Final Assembly .................. .. 5100B T&B 5-1 5-4 5-1 5-6
5101B Final Assembly .................. .. 5101B T&B 5-2 5-13 5-2 5-15
5102B Fmal Assembly .................. .. 5102B T&B 5-3 5-23 5-3 5-25
Al Main Motherboard PCA ................ 5100A-4001T 5-4 5-34 5-4 5-35
A2 MIS Motherboard PCA ................ 5100A-4002T 5-5 5-36 5-5 5-37
A3 Power Supply Motherboard PCA ........ 5100A-4003T 5-6 5-3S 5-6 5-39
A4 Diagonal Bus PCA .................. .. 5100A-4004 5-7 5-40
A5 Main Interconnect PCA ................ 5100A-4005S 5-S 5-40
A6 MIS Interconnect PCA ................. 5100A-4006S 5-9 5-40
A7 Power Supply Termination Assembly .... 5100A-6521 5-10 5-40
A7Al Forward Transformer Termination PCA 5100A-4011S 5-11 5-41 5-7 5-42
A7A2 Aft Transformer Termination PCA .... 5100A-4012S 5-12 5-43 5-S 5-44
AS Power SuO~ Interconnect PCA ........ 5100A-4130S 5-13 5-45
(5100B & 51 )
AS Tape Interface PCA (5101B)............ 5101A-4030S 5-14 5-45 5-9 5-46
A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA........... 5100A-4010T 5-15 5-47 5-10 5-49
AlO Front Panel PCA (5100B & 5102B) .... 5100A-4020T 5-16 5-50 5-11 5-51
AlO Front Panel PCA (5101B) ............. 5101A-4020T 5-17 5-52 5-12 5-53
AlOAl Display PCA .................. .... 5100A-4021 5-lS 5-54 5-13 5-55
All Ranging PCA .................. ..... 5100A-4040T 5-19 5-56 5-14 5-5S
A14 Analog Control PCA ................. 5100A-4050T 5-20 5-59 5-15 5-61
A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA ................ 5100A-4060T 5-21 5-62 5-16 5-64
A16 Extended High Voltage PCA .......... 5100A-4071T 5-22 5-65 5-17 5-66
A16Al High Voltage Control PCA ......... 5100A-4072S 5-23 5-67 5-lS 5-6S
A17 Power Amplifier PCA ................ 5100A-40S3T 5-24 5-69 5-19 5-72
A17Al Power Transistor PCA .............. 5100A-4180 5-25 5-73 5-20 5-74
AlS Oscillator PCA .................. .... 5100A-4090T 5-26 5-75 5-21 5-76
A19 Isolator PCA .................. ...... 5100A-41SlT 5-27 5-77 5-22 5-7S
A20 Controller PCA .................. .... 5101B-4187T 5-2S 5-79 5-23 5-SO
A21 Tape Drive PCA .................. ... 5101B-4030T 5-29 5-Sl 5-24 5-S2
5-1
51008
Instruction Manual
5-1. INTRODUCTION To ensure prompt delivery of the correct part, include the
This section contains an illustrated list of replaceable parts following information when you place an order:
for the 5100B, 5102B and 5200B. Parts are listed by • Instrument model and serial number
assembly; alphabetized by reference designator. Each • Part number and revision level of the pea containing
assembly is accompanied by an illustration showing the the part.
location of each part and its reference designator. The • Reference designator
parts lists give the following information: • Fluke stock number
Reference designator Description (as given under the DESCRIPTION head-
An indication if the part is subject to damage by static ing)
discharge • Quantity
Description
Fluke stock number 5-3. MANUAL STATUS INFORMATION
Manufacturers supply code (code-to-name list at the The Manual Status Information table that precedes the
end of this section) parts list defmes the assembly revision levels that are
Manufacturers part number or generic type documented in the manual. Revision levels are printed on
Total quantity the component side of each pea.
Any special notes (i.e., factory-selected part)
5-4. NEWER INSTRUMENTS
CAUTION Changes and improvements made to the instrument are
identified by incrementing the revision letter marked on
At symbol Indicates a device that may the affected pea. These changes are documented on a
be damaged by static discharge. supplemental change/errata sheet which, when applicable,
is included with the manual.
5-2. HOW TO OBTAIN PARTS
Electrical components may be ordered directly from the 5·5. SERVICE CENTERS
manufacturer by using the manufacturers part number, or A list of service centers is located at the end of this
from the Fluke Corporation and its authorized representa- section.
tives by using the part number under the heading FLUKE
STOCK NO. In the U.S., order directly from the Fluke
Parts Dept by calling 1-800-526-4731. Parts price infor-
NOTE tf
mation is available from the Fluke Corporation or its This instrument may contain a Nickel-
representatives. Prices are also available in a Fluke Cadmium battery. Do not mix with the solid
Replacement Parts Catalog which is available on request waste stream. Spent batteries should be
disposed of by a qualified recycler or hazard-
In the event that the part ordered has been replaced by a ous materials handler. Contact your author-
new or improved part, the replacement will be accompa- ized Fluke service center for recycling
nied by an explanatory note and installation instructions, if informa.tion.
necessary.
5-2
5
MANUAL STATUS INFORMATION
REF OR
REVISION
OPTION ASSEMBLY NAME FLUKE PART NO.
LEVEL
NO.
A1 Main Motherboard 420315 T
A2 MIS Motherboard PCA 455725 B

A3 Power Supply Motherboard PCA 433003 T
A4 Diagonal Bus PCA 4202S1 D

AS Main Interconnect PCA 420299 A
AS MIS Interconnect PCA 420307 B
A7 Power Supply Termination Assembly S032SS B
A7A1 Forward Transformer Terminator PCA 700435 L
A7A2 After Transformer Terminator PCA 700484 K
AS Power Supply Interconnect PCA (5100B and 51028) 457226 F
AS Tape Interface PCA (51018) 45S794 L

AS Power Supply Regulator PCA 45S39S AU
A10 Front Panel Assembly (51008 and 5102B) 45S406 H
A10 Front Panel Assembly (5101 B) 459537 G
A10A1 Display PCA 456004 F
A11 Ranging PCA S62420 BL
A12 Wideband Output PCA (Opt. -03) 427443 AL
A13 Wideband Oscillator PCA (Opt. -03) 427450 AC
A14 Analog Control PCA 4snos AH
A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA 45S422 AC
A16 Extended High Voltage PCA 514976 u
A16A1 High Voltage Control PCA 700526 H
A17 Power Amplifier PCA S03S66 AB
A17A1 Power Transistor PCA 43S606 G
A1S Oscillator PCA 45S455 w
A19 Isolator PcA 455S32 AB
A20 Controller PCA 661231 H

A21 Tape Drive PCA SS541S A
A22 Bit Serial Interface (Opt. -06) 46S520 M
A23 IEEE-4SS Interface Main PCA (Opt. -05) s32sn R
A23A1 IEEE-4SS Piggyback PCA (Opt. -05) 503532 M
5-3
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5·1. 51008 Final Assembly
N
FWKE MFRS MANUFACTURERS
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESCRIPTION STOCK SPLY PART NUMBER T
DESIGNATOR QTY
NO CODE OR GENERIC TYPE E
s
Al t MAJ:N MOTHERBOARD PCA 420315 89536 420315 l
A 2 t M:Z:S MOTHERBOARD PCA 455725 89536 455725 l
A3 t POWER SUPPLY MOTHERBOARD PCA 433003 89536 433003 l
A 4 t D:Z:AGONAL BUS PCA 420281 89536 420281 l
A 5 t MAJ:N :Z:NTERCONNECT PCA 420299 89536 420299 l
A 6 t M:Z:S :Z:NTERCONNECT PCA 420307 89536 420307 l
A 7 POWER SUPPLY TERM:Z:NAT:Z:ON ASSEMBLY 803288 89536 803288 l
A e t POWER SUPPLY :Z:NTERCONNECT PCA 457226 89536 457226 l
A 9 t POWER SUPPLY REGULATOR PCA 458398 89536 458398 l
A 10 t FRONT PANEL PCA 458406 89536 458406 l
A ll t RANG:Z:NG PCA 862420 89536 862420 l
A 14 t ANALOG CONTROL PCA 457705 89536 457705 l
A 15 t D:Z:G:Z:TAL-TO-ANALOG PCA 458422 89536 458422 l
A 16 t EXTENDED HI VOLTAGE PCA 514976 89536 514976 l
A 17 t POWER AMPLIFIER PCA 803866 89536 803866 l
A 18 t OSCILLATOR PCA 458455 89536 458455 l
A 19 t ISOLATOR PCA 455832 89536 455832 l
A 20 t CONTROLLER PCA 661231 89536 661231 l
H l. 8 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.375 114116 74594 114116 16
H 2 SCREW,CAP,SCKT.ss.8-32 •• 375 295105 74594 295105 4
H 3, 11. 20 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.250 129890 74594 129890 25
H 4, is. 28 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.250 320093 74594 320093 24
H 5 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.438 436584 26233 P37 9
H 6 NUT,HEX,STL,10-32 110536 COMMERCIAL 4
H 7, 18 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.312 281725 74594 281725 9
H 9 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.203,.434,.031 110262 COMMERCIAL 4
H 10 WASHER,LOCK,:Z:NTRNL,STL,.204:Z:D 110312 73734 1306 4
H 12 SCREW,PH,P SEMS,STL,4-40,.375 281196 COMMERCl:AL 2
H 13, 21 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.250 178533 COMMERCl:AL 31
H 14 SCREW,PH.P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.625 272591 COMMERCIAL 4
H 16 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.500 152132 74594 152132 l
H 17 WASHER,SHLDR,NYLON,.113,.245 485417 86928 5607-50 l
H 19 SCREW.PH,P,LOCK,STL.4-40,.375 152124 74594 152124 19
H 22 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.312 807123 74594 807123 4
H 23. 34 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.170,.375,.031 110288 COMMERCl:AL 6
H 24 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,8-32,.312 855189 74594 855189 8
H 25. 33 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,4-40,.250 185918 COMMERCIAL 8
H 26 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.625 184994 74594 184994 l
H 27 WASHER,FLAT,BR,.119,.281,.025 110775 86928 5714-23-25-N 2
H 30 NUT,HEX,MINI,SS,6-32 110569 COMMERCIAL 3
H 32 SCREW.PH,P,LOCK,STL.2-56,.250 149534 74594 149534 2
H 35 WASHER,LOCK,SPLIT,STL,.141,.266,.031 110692 86928 5850-l3-Z2 2
H 36 SCREW,PH.P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.500 177030 COMMERCIAL 10
MP l FRONT PANEL-PACKAGE tlPGRADE 856492 89536 856492 l
MP 2 BRACKET, FRONT PANEL 421743 89536 421743 2
MP 3 PARTITION 5 SHIELD ASSY 426221 89536 426221 l
MP 4 ASSY,DK GRAPHITE KNURLED KNOB/DECAL 856737 89536 856737 l
MP 5 CORNER, HANDLE FRONT PLASTIC-8 3/4 856724 89536 856724 2
MP 6 LENS/DECAL, FRONT PANEL 845875 89536 845875 l
MP 7 NAMEPLATE 856575 89536 856575 l
MP 8 REAR PANEL, MED PEWTER 856687 89536 856687 l
MP 9 FRAME:, FILTER. MEDIUM PEWTER 856690 89536 856690 l
MP 10 FAN Ace.FILTER.AL W/FOAM 542118 48672 T-3500 l
MP 11 ROTRON f27l0l6 422535 82877 271016 2
MP 12 FAN, MUFFIN VENTURI. 4 l/2 IN 103374 82877 MU2Al-02802l l
MP 13 REAR CORNER-PAINTED, DK GRAPHITE 856682 89536 856682 2
MP 14 SHIM, REAR CORNER 421784 89536 421784 2
MP 15 DECAL. REAR PANEL 455683 89536 455683 l
MP 16 DECAL,OPT:Z:ON 582320 89536 582320 l
MP 17 BRACKET, MIS MOUNTING 421735 89536 421735 l
MP 18 BULKHEAD, FRONT 421685 89536 421685 l
MP 19 JUMPER.LINK.BINDING POST 190728 18310 Ol-lll-035 l
MP 20 BRACKET, CARD SLIDE 426213 89536 426213 l
MP 21 BOTTOM.COVER-PACKAGE UPGRADE 856679 89536 856679 l
MP 22 GUIDE PLATE, LO FREQ XFMR 425124 89536 425124 l
MP 23 BRACKET, CAPACITOR MOUNTING 426197 89536 426197 l
MP 24 CHASSIS ASSY, LEFT SIDE 443929 89536 443929 l
MP 25 CHASSIS INTERIOR, BOTTOM 421701 89536 421701 l
MP 26 GROMMET,EXTRUDED,POLYETHYLENE,.036 441782 06915 PGS-l l
MP 27 GROMMET,SLOT,RUBBER,.875,.062 380782 2K262 1117 2
MP 28 CHASSIS ASSY, RIGHT SIDE 443937 89536 443937 l
MP 29 BOTTOM FOOT. MOLDED 775791 89536 775791 4
MP 30 S~ACER .312 RND NYL 6-32 1. 063 104174 55566 1760632N 2
5-4
5
Table 5-1. 51008 Final Assembly (cont)
N
FLUKE MFRS MANUFACTURERS
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR
NO CODE OR GENERIC TYPE
arv E
s
MP 31 COVER, TOP 525881 89536 525881 1
MP 32 DORCAS, PLASTIC SPACER 421776 89536 421776 17
MP 33 COVER, INNER 421727 89536 421727 1
MP 34 PLATE.MIS BUS CONNECTOR, MED PEWTER 857961 89536 857961 2
MP 35 DECAL,CORNER REAR-8 3/4, DK GRAPHITE 856567 89536 856567 2
MP 36 SIDE TRIM-21", PUTTY GREY 526004 89536 526004 2
MP 37 PLATE,1/0 ACCESS, MED PEWTER 864843 89536 864843 1
MP 38 COVER PLATE, DIGITAL CONN, MED PEWTER 857966 89536 857966 1
MP 39 DECAL.CORNER FRONT-8 3/4, DK GRAPHITE 856539 89536 856539 2
MP 40 ACCESSORY CARD PULLER 170951 89536 170951 l
MP 41 PARTITION, POWER SUPPLY 421693 89536 421693 l
MP 52 t MIS SHIELD ASSEMBLY 653857 89536 653857 1
TMl INSTRUCTION MANUAL (SN 4685001 0. UP) 926634 89536 926634
TM2 GETTING STARTED MANUAL 732586 89536 732586 1
TM3 5100B SERIES OPERATOR MANUAL 523100 89536 523100 1
w l, 2 CABLE ASSY,FLAT,16 COND,3.50,DIP CONN 380576 52072 CAD16P-02-261TT-003.5 2
w3 CORD.LINE,5-15/IEC.RT ANG,3-18AWG,SVT 363481 70903 CH-8339 1
NOTES: t Static sensitive part.
5-5
51008
Instruction Manual
c-1
lri
;
:t: c..
~
• ••
•
'::-
-0
.' \
\
\
'-/,
)
....\
\·.
\,
5100BT&B
(1 OF 7)
Figure 5-1. 51008 Final Assembly

5-6
5
51008 T & B
(2 OF 7)
Figure 5-1. 51008 Final Assembly (cont)

5-7
51008
Instruction Manual
A5
Hi1...
M~Sl.
\I
51008 T & B
(3 OF 7)

5-8
5
51008 T & B
(4 OF 7)

5-9
51~n
Inst Manual
51008 T & B
(5 OF 7)

5-10
5
51008T&B
(6 OF 7)

5-11
51008
Instruction Manual
5100BT&B
(7 OF 7)

5-12
5
Table 5-2. 51018 Final Assembly
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
A l t MAIN MOTHERBOARD PCA 420315 89536 420315 l
A 2 t MIS MOTHERBOARD PCA 455725 89536 455725 l
A 3 t POWER SUPPLY MOTHERBOARD PCA 433003 89536 433003 l
A 4 t DIAGONAL BUS PCA 420281 89536 420281 l
A 5 t MAIN INTERCONNECT PCA 420299 89536 420299 l
A 6 t MIS INTERCONNECT PCA 420307 89536 420307 l
A 7 POWER SUPPLY TERMINATION ASSEMBLY 803288 89536 803288 l
A 8 t TAPE INTERFACE PCA 458794 89536 458794 l
A ll t RANGING PCA 458414 89536 458414 l
A 15 t DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG PCA 458422 89536 458422 l
A 16 t EXTENDED HI VOLTAGE PCAI VOLTAGE 514976 89536 514976 l
A 19 t ISOLATOR PCA 455832 89536 455832 l
A 21 t TAPE DRIVE PCA 885418 89536 885418 l
E l JUMPER, LINK, BINDING POST 190728 18310 Ol-lll-035 l
H l. 13 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.375 114116 74594 114116 16
H 2 SCREW,CAP,SCKT,SS,8-32,.375 295105 74594 295105 4
H 3, 17. 23 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .250 129890 74594 129890 25
H 4, 19. 33 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32, .250 320093 74594 320093 24
H 5 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32, .438 436584 26233 P37 9
H 7 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,SS,4-40,.375 256164 74594 256164 8
H 8 SCREW,FH,P,SS,4-40,.250 375469 COMMERCIAL 6
H 9 SPRING,COIL,COMP,SS,.250,.240 876904 84830 LC-020C-l-SS l
H 10 SCREW,PH,P,THD CUT,STL,4-40,.250 178590 COMMERCIAL l
H ll NUT,HEX,STL,10-32 110536 COMMERCIAL 4
H 12, 26 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.312 281725 74594 281725 9
H 15 WASHER,LOCK,INTRNL,STL,.204ID 110312 73734 1306 4
H 16, 29 SCREW,PH.P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.250 178533 COMMERCIAL 31
H 18 SCREW,PH,P SEMS.STL,4-40,.375 281196 COMMERCIAL 2
H 20 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .500 152132 74594 152132 l
H 21 WASHER,SHLOR,NYLON, .113,.245 485417 86928 5607-50 l
H 22 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,6-32, .625 272591 COMMERCIAL 4
H 24 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL.4-40,.375 152124 74594 152124 19
H 25. 38 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.170,.375,.031 110288 COMMERCIAL 6
H 27 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,8-32,.312 855189 74594 855189 8
H 28, 37 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,4-40,.250 185918 COMMERCIAL 8
H 31 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32, .625 184994 74594 184994 l
H 32 WASHER, FLAT.BR, .119,.281,.025 110775 86928 5714-23-25-N 2
H 35 NUT,HEX,MINI,SS,6-32 110569 COMMERCIAL 3
H 36 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,2-56, .250 149534 74594 14 9534 2
H 40 WASHER,LOCK,SPLIT,STL,.141,.26 6,.031 110692 86928 5850-l3-Z2 2
MP l FRONT PANEL 856497 89536 856497 l
MP 2 BRACKET. FRONT PANEL 421743 89536 421743 2
MP 3 PARTITION & SHIELD ASSY 426221 89536 426221 l
MP 4 ASSY,OK GRAPHITE KNURLED KNOB/DECAL 856737 89536 856737 l
MP 5 LENS/OECAL,FRONT PANEL-PACKAGE UPDATE 856505 89536 85 6505 l
MP 6 NAMEPLATE 856583 89536 856583 l
MP 7 MOUNTING RAIL.TAPE DECK,LEFT,M PEWTER 856708 89536 856708 l
MP 8 MOUNTING RAIL.TAPE DECK. RT, MEO PEWTER 856703 89536 856703 l
MP 9 DOOR, TAPE DECK 891689 89536 891689 l
MP 10 MOUNTING BRACKET I TAPEDECK 885454 89536 885454 l
MP ll HINGE PIN, TAPE DECK 455626 89536 455626 l
MP 12 SUPPORT, LATCH BUTTON 885426 89536 885426 l
MP 13 BUTTON, LATCH 885421 89536 885421 l
MP 14 CORNER. HANDLE FRONT PLASTIC-8 3/4 856724 89536 856724 2
MP 15 SPRING, HINGE, LEFT 453712 89536 453712 l
MP 16 SPRING, HINGE. RIGHT 453720 89536 453720 l
MP 17 REAR PANEL, MEO PEWTER 856687 89536 856687 l
MP 18 FRAME, FILTER. MEDIUM PEWTER 856690 89536 856690 l
MP 19 FAN ACC. FILTER.AL W/FOAM 542118 48672 T-3500 l
MP 20 ROTRON #271016 422535 82877 271016 2
MP 21 FAN, MUFFIN VENTURI, 4 1/2 IN 103374 82877 MU2Al-02802l l
MP 22 REAR CORNER-PAINTED, OK GRAPHITE 856682 89536 856682 2
MP 23 SHIM, REAR CORNER 421784 89536 421784 2
MP 24 DECAL. REAR PANEL 455683 89536 455683 l
MP 25 DECAL OPTION 582320 89536 582320 l
5-13
51008
Instruction Manual
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
MP 26 BRACKET, MIS MOUNTING 421735 89536 42173 5 1
MP 27 BULKHEAD, FRONT 421685 89536 421685 1
MP 28 BRACKET, CARD SLIDE 426213 89536 426213 1
MP 29 BOTTOM,COVER-PACKAGE UPGRADE 856679 89536 856679 l
MP 31 BRACKET, CAPACITOR MOUNTING 426197 89536 426197 1
MP 32 CHASSIS ASSY, LEFT SIDE 443929 89536 443929 1
MP 33 CHASSIS INTERIOR, BOTTOM 421701 89536 421701 1
MP 34 GROMMET, EXTRUDED, POLYETHYLENE, .036 441782 06915 PGS-1 l
MP 35 PARTITION, POWER SUPPLY 421693 89536 421693 l
MP 36 GROMMET,SLOT,RUBBER, .875, .062 380782 2K262 1117 2
MP 38 BOTTOM FOOT, MOLDED 775791 89536 775791 4
MP 39 SPACER,.312 RND,NYL,6-32,1.063 104174 55566 1760632N 2
MP 40 COVER, TOP 525881 89536 525881 l
MP 42 COVER, INNER 421727 89536 421727 1
MP 43 DECAL.CORNER REAR-8 3/4, DK GRAPHITE 856567 89536 856567 2
MP 44 SIDE TRIM-21", PUTTY GREY 526004 89536 526004 2
MP 45 PLATE,1/0 ACCESS, MED PEWTER 864843 89536 864843 1
MP 46 PLATE,MIS BUS CONNECTOR, MED PEWTER 857961 89536 857961 2
MP 47 DECAL,CORNER FRONT-8 3/4, DK GRAPHITE 856539 89536 856539 2
MP 48 TAPE, CASSETTE 446997 51372 006521 1
MP 49 COVER PLATE.DIGITAL CONN, MED PEWTER 857966 89536 857966 1
MP 50 ACCESSORY CARD PULLER 170951 89536 170951 1
MP 52 t MIS SHIELD ASSEMBLY 653857 89536 653857 1
TM 1 INSTRUCTION MANUAL (SN 4685001 & UP) 926634 89536 926634
TM2 GETTING STARTED MANUAL 732586 89536 732586 1
TM3 5100B SERIES OPERATOR MANUAL 523100 89536 523100 1
w 1, 2 CABLE ASSY,FLAT,16 COND,3.50,DIP CONN 380576 52072 CAD16P-02-261TT-003.5 2
w3 CORD,LINE,5-15/IEC,RT ANG,3-lBAWG,SVT 363481 70903 CH-8339 1
NOTES:
t Static sensieive part.
5-14
5
g
C(
\
\ \
'\
\\
\.
51018 T & B
(1 OF 8)
Figure 5-2. 5101 B Final Assembly

5-15
51008
Instruction Manual
DCI
-
LI..
1..1
~
:I:
...
0
D-
~
ll..
I:
E
c-
Q.
:E: ..,:,
~
e-1
fr ......
~
n.
~
L
IQ
~
~
"'....
CL
~
\ ("'1
\
~
c-
::t
~ £
tr
\ \
\
\
~
\
{:i
D-
~
\
a
\
cot
:I
51016 T & B
(2 OF 8)

5-16
_ _ _ _ :5
51018 T & B
(3 OF 8)
~~::~-;:-------
Figure 5-2. 51018 f"1nal Asse mbly (cont)
5-17
51008
Instruction Manual
\
\
\_ ____ \
!l \
:r
5101BT&B
(4 OF 8)
Figure 5-2. 5101 B Final Assembly (cont)

5-18
-=-=~~- ~~~= . List of Replaceable Parts
,5
\' .
\ '. \
I
'
/
I
i
I
I
\ \ ~~~:.
,.
-~
51018 T & B
(5 OF 8)
Figure 5-2. 5101 e Final Asse mbly (cont)

5-19
5101BT&B
(6 OF 8)
-
-----~~1JL1reS2
Figure 5- • 51018 Final Asse mbly (cont)
5-20
5
5101BT&B
(7 OF 8)

5-21
51008
Instruction Manual
51018 T & B
(8 OF 8)

5-22
5
Table 5-3. 51028 Final Assembly
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
A l t MAIN MOTHERBOARD PCA 420315 89536 420315 l
A 2 t MIS MOTHERBOARD PCA 455725 89536 455725 l
A 3 t POWER SOPPLY MOTHERBOARD PCA 433003 89536 433003 l
A 4 t DIAGONAL BOS PCA 420281 89536 420281 l
A 5 t MAIN INTERCONNECT PCA 420299 89536 420299 l
A 6 t MIS INTERCONNECT PCA 420307 89536 420307 l
A 7 POWER SOPPLY TERMINATION ASSEMBLY 803288 89536 803288 l
A 8 t POWER SUPPLY INTERCONNECT PCA 457226 89536 457226 l
A ll t RANGING PCA 458414 89536 458414 l
A 15 t DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG PCA 458422 89536 458422 l
A 16 t EXTENDED HI VOLTAGE PCA 514976 89536 514976 l
A 19 t ISOLATOR PCA 455832 89536 455832 l
E l JUMPER.LINK.BINDING POST 190728 18310 Ol-111-035 l
H l. 6 SCREW.FH.P,LOCK,STL.8-32,.312 281725 74594 281725 16
H 2. 10. 18 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.250 129890 74594 129890 30
H 3. 35 SCREW.FHU.P.LOCK.ss.6-32 •• 250 320093 74594 320093 18
H 4 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,.438 436584 26233 P37 9
H 5 NOT,HEX,STL,10-32 110536 COMMERCIAL 4
H 9. 19 SCREW,PH.P,SEMS,STL.6-32,.250 178533 COMMERCIAL 31
H 11 SCREW,PH,P SEMS,STL,4-40,.375 281196 COMMERCIAL 2
H 12 SCREW,FH.P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.375 114116 74594 114116 3
H 13 SCREW,FH,SL,LOCK,STL,8-32,1.750 474031 74594 474031 4
H 15 WASHER,SHLDR,NYLON, .113,.245 485417 86928 5607-50 l
H 16 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.500 l 77030 COMMERCIAL 10
H 17 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.625 272591 COMMERCIAL 4
H 20 SCREW,PH,P.LOCK,STL,8-32,.312 807123 74594 807123 4
H 21, 33 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.170,.375,.031 110288 COMMERCIAL 6
H 22 SCREW,FH,P.LOCK,STL,8-32,.437 306159 74594 306159 8
H 23 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.625 184994 74594 184994 5
H 24 WASHER,FLAT,BR,.119,.281,.025 110775 COMMERCIAL 2
H 25, 31 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,4-40,.250 185918 COMMERCIAL 8
H 28 NUT.HEX.MINI.ss.6-32 110569 COMMERCIAL 2
H 29 SCREW.PH,P,LOCK,SS,8-32,.625 293324 74594 293324 12
H 30 WASHER.FLAT.SS,BLK,.171,.312 •• 030 474650 89536 474650 12
H 36 SCREW,PH,P,THD COT,SS,4-24,.375 183574 COMMERCIAL 16
MP l FRONT PANEL-PACKAGE UPGRADE 856492 89536 856492 l
MP 2 BRACKET, FRONT PANEL MOUNTING 468215 89536 468215 2
MP 3 PARTITION & SHIELD ASSY 426221 89536 426221 l
MP 4 ASSY,DK GRAPHITE KNURLED KNOB/DECAL 856737 89536 856737 l
MP 5 BRACKET, SLIDE FRONT PANEL 468389 89536 468389 2
MP 6 LENS/DECAL. FRONT PANEL 845875 89536 845875 l
MP 7 NAMEPLATE 856588 89536 856588 l
MP 8 REAR PANEL, MED PEWTER 857128 89536 857128 l
MP 9 FRAME.FILTER. MEDIUM PEWTER 856690 89536 856690 l
MP 10 FAN ACC. FILTER.AL W/FOAM 542118 48672 T-3500 l
MP ll ROTRON 1271016 422535 82877 271016 2
MP 12 FAN. MUFFIN VENTURI, 4 l/2 IN 103374 82877 MU2Al-02802l l
MP 13 PLATE, REAR CORNER 468397 89536 468397 2
MP 14 DECAL, REAR PANEL 455683 89536 455683 l
MP 15 DECAL.OPTION 582320 89536 582320 l
MP 16 BRACKET, MIS MOUNTING 468207 89536 468207 l
MP 17 BULKHEAD. FRONT 468173 89536 468173 l
MP 18 BRACKET, CARD SLIDE 468223 89536 468223 l
MP 19 CHASSIS ASSY, LEFT SIDE 468355 89536 468355 l
MP 22 BRACKET, CAPACITOR MOUNTING 426197 89536 426197 l
MP 23 CHASSIS, BOTTOM 468181 89536 468181 l
MP 24 SPACER,RND,NYL,.l87ID.l.l25 474023 55566 l262lON_ 4
MP 25 BAR, CASE 469072 89536 469072 4
MP 26 PARTITION. POWER SUPPLY 421693 89536 421693 1
5-23
51008
Instruction Manual
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
MP 27 GROMMET, EXTRUDED, POLYETHYLENE, .105 435974 06915 PGS-2 l
MP 28 GROMMET,SLOT,RUBBER, .875, .062 380782 2K262 1117 2
MP 29 SPACER, .312 RND,NYL,6-32,1.063 104174 55566 1760632N 2
MP 31 COVER, INNER 468199 89536 468199 1
MP 32 PLATE,MIS BUS CONNECTOR, MED PEWTER 857961 89536 857961 2
MP 33 INSULATOR, INNER COVER 469098 89536 469098 1
MP 34 RETAINER, LEFT 856815 89536 856815 l
MP 35 RETAINER, RIGHT 856823 89536 856823 l
MP 36 COVER PLATE.DIGITAL CONN, MED PEWTER 857966 89536 857966 l
MP 37 SCREEN.FRONT EXHAUST 856810 89536 856810 l
MP 38 SCREEN.REAR EXHAUST 856807 89536 856807 l
MP 39 FOOT, CASE REAR 468348 89536 468348 4
MP 40 CASE,COMBNTN,FIBERGLASS,22Xl9X9 461749 24995 CR39l-466l l
MP 41 TAPE,FOAM.VINYL,l/2 W,l/16 THK 282152 26066 4516 3
MP 42 ACCESSORY CARD PULLER 170951 89536 170951 1
MP 43 BAG,VINYL,7.0X12.375 474056 4F434 7.0X12.375 l
MP 52 t MIS SHIELD ASSEMBLY 653857 89536 653857 l
TMl INSTRUCTION MANUAL (SN 4685001 & UP) 926634 89536 926634 1
TM2 51008 SERIES OPERATOR MANUAL 523100 89536 523100 l
TM3 GETTING STARTED MANUAL 732586 89536 732586 l
w l, 2 CABLE ASSY,FLAT,16 COND,3.50,DIP CONN 380576 52072 CAD16?-02-261TT-003.5 2
w3 CORD,LINE,5-15/IEC,RT ANG,3-l8AWG,SVT 363481 70903 CH-8339 1
NOTES: t Static sensicive part.
5-24
List of Replaceable Parts 5
•
...~,
i)
. \
\ -t-
\ ~
y
51028 T & B
(1 OF 9)
Figure 5-3. 51028 Final Assembly

5-25
51008
Instruction Manual
",- - , \ \
'"·.
I
I,.. ":',\ ; \\ -
._. / \\ I
I
\'.
·~~~·, I
I
I
c ~, I
o., I , I
£ .. "'- I I
\: .... ./'"' . ..-:.~
I I
./
~
51028 T & B
(2 OF 9)

5-26
\ __ ----\
\
\
!..n
a:
51028 T & B
(3 OF 9)

5-27
51008
Instruction Manual
..
II""
:r
I
7.
/
I
/ r'l
~--tr
__ .......__~
:r
51028 T & B
(4 OF 9)

5-28
5
•
•
I •
5102BT&B
(5 OF 9)

5-29
51008
Instruction Manual
.....
w
51028 T & 8
(6 OF 9)

5-30
5
,,
, ,/
,i
,,
/
/
/
/ "
,,'
(
-.---+~------~ . . --ac
. 't
\
\·\
\
. \
---e-----.1.--------
\
----e
~
'\ \
\
\
\
\
\
\
'\
\
\
·\,
\
5102BT & B
(7 OF 9)

5-31
51008
Instruction Manual
I-
~
~bl
:Hll
Cl!<(
1-U
1(1 ....
~o
I... u.
o-;J_
zI:
Qa1
,_. <!
<! w
...JOI
...J
<!
>--
z
(fl
£;
5102BT&B
(8 OF 9)

5-32
5
,....
I
...~ I '
.." ,,'
0
~ ,/
/ \
,,'
$
::I
i:
g I
I
0
r
~
Ii
1"'
i<"l
~ \
2: \
\
51028 T & B
(9 OF 9)

5-33
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-4. A1 Main Motherboard PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY
s
c l, 2 CAP,AL,450000F,+75-10,,25V,LO TERM 446864 56289 36DX453G025BF2A 2
H l SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,2-56,.250 149534 74594 149534 6
H 2 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,2-56,.375 146803 74594 146803 2
H 3 SCREW,PH,P,SS,10-32,.250 855184 COMMERCIAL 4
H 5 TERM,RING 5/64 & .196,SOLDR 101014 79963 123 2
H 6 TERM,R!NG .087 & .196,SOLOR 101048 79963 46.196/.087.020 BRASS 2
H 8 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .250 129890 74594 129890 11
H 10 WASHER,FLAT,BR,.119,.281, .025 110775 COMMERCIAL l
J 2 CONN,MICRO-RIBBON,REC,CABLE,14 POS 272450 02660 57-40140 l
J 23, 41, 42, CONN,PWB EOGE,REC,.150CTR,40 POS 422550 00779 2-583407-0 17
J 51. 52, 61, 422550
J 62. 71, 72, 422550
J 81, 82. 91, 422550
J 92, lll, 112, 422550
J 121, 122 422550
J 43. 73 CONN,HV,CABLE,REC,2 CONTACT 442889 81312 JFA2S 2
J 44. 53, 54, CONN,COAX(Fl,PWB,SLIDE-ON 423020 98291 052-052-0000-220 4
J 63 423020
MP 2 PLATE,ANALOG CONNECTOR 425694 89536 425694 l
MP 3 PLATE, CAPACITOR MOUNTING 425181 89536 425181 l
MP 4 ANGLE, HV CONNECTOR 445015 89536 445015 2
MP 5 CONN ACC,PWB EOGE,POLARIZING INSERT 293498 00779 530030-l 9
MP 6 SPACER,.375 RND,NYL,6-32,2.000 446302 55566 1816632N 4
MP 7 CABLE ACCESS,TIE,4.00L,.lOW,.75 DIA 172080 06383 SST-l.M 3
MP B BOS HING 846584 89536 846584 4
MP 9 SHIELD, MAIN MOTHER PCB 425686 89536 425686 l
MP 10 WASHER,SHLOR,NYLON,.113,.245 485417 86928 5607-50 l
R l, 2 RES,CC,680,+-5•,lw 180349 01121 GB68l.5 2
w l CABLE ASSY, DC ATTENUATOR 432823 89536 432823 l
W2 CABLE ASSY, HIGH VOLTAGE 426924 89536 426924 l
W3 WIRE,1CYN,OL1422/l423,24AWG,SOLID,WHT 343798 89536 343798 l
w 4 WIRE,TEF,0Lll80,22AWG,STRN,BLK l.15774 89536 ll.5774 l
XP 14, 15, 16 SOCKET,IC,16 PIN 276535 00779 2-640358-1 3
5-34
5
, __ ,I ....,c-i
....
I
;7
_ _ _J_
~--
I I
VOll
I'-
I ,_
'o
I rJ I
u I
~
I
L-----------------~
r-- ----- - ----------, @
I I
o"
I
J
I
I ',...,
c>' ij
~
.... / I
I I
rr- I
----r-
I
( )
I , ro I I
I "10: I I I ·~ I
I ., ti.i I I I "'J~ I
w~-,
I "'Jr I I I ,~
I
.,] I I I I
~OJ I
.,~
<t
~OJ ;jjil I
U'I
I ..,~
I
., I OJ,
I 1-i~ I I ,~
I
I I -,:: I I "'J~ I
w~ I I -i ~
'f
'f
-,
I 0 I 'l I
5100A-1601
Figure 5-4. A1 Main MotherBoard PCA

5-35
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-5. A2 MIS Motherboard PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
J 4 CONN,MICRO-RIBBON,REC,CABLE,36 POS 158469 02660 57-40360 l
J 25. 28- 32 CONN,PWB EDGE,REC,.l50CTR,40 POS 422550 00779 2-583407-0 6
MP l- 5 CONN ACC,PWB EDGE, POLARIZING INSERT 293498 00779 530030-l 5
MP 6 SPACER.SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40,.125 335596 55566 30458440814-MOD.-.125 l
5-36
5
2
") ..,ii'i
5100A-1602
Figure 5-5. A2 MIS Motherboard PCA

5-37
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-6. A3 Power Supply Motherboard PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c 1. 2 CAP,AL,l700UF,+75-l0'•100V,HI TERM 423541 56289 36DXl 72Gl00AB2B 2
c 7 CAP,AL,34000UF,+lOO-lO,,l5V,HI TERM 423533 56289 36DX343G015AF2B 1
c 9. 10 CAP,AL,750UF,+75-l0,,50V 424366 56289 601D757G050HL 2
c 11 CAP,AL,50000UF.+100-10,,l5V,HI TERM 423525 56289 36DX503G015BC2B 1
F 1 FUSE,.25Xl.25,2A,250V,SLOW 109181 71400 HDA-2 l
H 2 NUT,HEX,BR,l/4-28 110619 COMMERCIAL l
H 3 SCREW,FIH,P,STL,M2.5X6 380626 2M530 7985-M2.5X6 2
H 5 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40,.070 343996 55566 3045B440Bl4-MOD.-.070 3
H 6 TERM.RING 1/4 & 1/32,SOLDR 102566 79963 813 2
H 8 SCREW,PH,P,SS,10-32,.375 855176 COMMERCIAL 8
H 10 WASHER,FLAT,COPPER,18,.020 721688 COMMERCIAL 8
H 11 TERM.RING 16,3/32 - 2 PLACES,SOLDRD 132399 78189 2104-06-00 l
J 1 PWR PLUG,PANEL,6A,250V,3 WIRE 284166 82389 EAC-309 l
J 11, 12 CONN,PWB EDGE,REC,.150CTR,40 POS 422550 00779 2-583407-0 2
J 13 CONN,PWB EDGE,REC,.150CTR,16 POS 408484 00779 583407-9 1
J 14. 15 SOCKET,IC,16 PIN 276535 00779 2-640358-1 2
J 16 CONN,PWB EDGE,REC,.150CTR,28 POS 291930 00779 1-583407-4 l
J 17 CONN,PWB EDGE,REC,.l50CTR,22 POS 459883 00779 1-583694-4 l
MP l BINDING POST, STUD, PLATED 102707 89536 102707 l
MP 2 BRACKET. FUSE/LINE 425173 89536 425173 l
MP 3 BINDING HEAD, PLATED 102889 89536 102889 l
MP 4 BRACKET, POWER SWITCH 425678 89536 425678 l
MP 5 CONN ACC,PWB EDGE,POLARIZING INSERT 293498 00779 530030-1 4
MP 6 INSULATOR POWER SWITCH 438564 89536 438564 l
MP 7 CABLE ACCESS,TIE,4.00L,.lOW,.75 DIA 172080 06383 SST-lM 6
R 1, 2, 7 RES,CC,l8K,+-l0,,lW 109447 01121 GB183l 3
R 3, 4 RES,CF,39K,+-5,,0.25W 442400 59124 CFl/4 393J 2
R 11 RES,CC,680,+-5,,lW 180349 01121 GB68l5 1
RV 3 VARISTOR,430V,+-10,,l.OMA 519355 34371 V275LA20A 1
s l POWER SWITCH 291526 89536 291526 l
s 4 PUSHBUTTON SML RECT C L REPL GREEN 419747 89536 419747 l
w 1 WIRE,TEF,ULll80,18AWG,STRN,GRN/YEL 386177 89536 386177 l
w 2 WIRE,TEF,ULll80,18AWG,STRN,BLK 135814 04946 135814 l
W3 WIRE.TEF,ULll80,22AWG,STRN,WHT 115667 89536 115667 l
w 4 CABLE ASSY, POWER & FAN 426858 89536 426858 l
w5 CORD SET, FAN 438424 89536 438424 l
XF l HLDR,FOSE l/4 X 1-1/4 HI PROFILE 658344 75915 345-612 l
5-38
5
~ 11
"":::;
~ 11
5100A-1603
Figure 5-6. A3 Power Supply Motherboard PCA

5-39
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-7. A4 Diagonal Bus PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY
s
J 22 CONN.PWB EDGE 0 REC 0 .l50CTR,32 POS 448050 00779 l-583407-6 l
J 27 CONN.PWB EOGE 0 REC 0 .l50CTR.30 POS 291948 00779 l-583407-S l
MP l- 3 CONN ACC 0 PWB EDGE.POLARIZING INSERT 293498 00779 530030-l 3
MP 4 PLASTIC PART.HOLE PLUG.POLYETH •• 312 187799 82240 B-2328 8
NOTES: + Static sensitive part.
Table 5-8. AS Main Interconnect PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY
s
MP l CONN ACC 0 PWB EDGE.POLARIZING INSERT 293498 00779 530030-l l
MP 2 SPACER.SWAGE •• 250 RND.BR 0 4-40 0 .l87 330498 55566 3046B440B5 l
p 24 CONN.PWB EDGE.REC,.l50CTR.40 POS 422550 00779 2-583407-0 l
Table 5-9. AS MIS Interconnect PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY
s
J 26 CONN,PWB EDGE REC,.l50CTR 30 POS 291948 00779 l-583407-S l
Table 5-10. A7 Power Supply Termination Assembly
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
Al + FWD TRANSFORMER TERMINATION PCA 700435 89536 700435 l
A 2 + AFT TRANSFORMER TERMINATION PCA 700484 89536 700484 l
H l SCREW,PH,P.LOCK 0 STL 0 4-40,.3l2 152ll6 74594 l52ll6 8
H 2 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.123 •• 250,.032 195909 COMMERCIAL 4
H 3 SCREW.PH 0 P 0 LOCK,STL 0 8-32,.375 114124 74594 114124 16
H 4 WASHER,FLAT,STL •• 170,.375,.031 110288 COMMERCIAL 16
H 6 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL 0 6-32,.312 152157 74594 152157 4
H 8 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,l.625 772863 74594 772863 4
H 10 WASHER 0 LOCK,SPLIT 0 STL,.l68,.307,.040 111070 86928 5850-l5-Z2 4
MP l BRACKET, TRANSFORMER 803296 89536 803296 4
MP 2 MTG PLATE, UPPER, POWER XFMR 426486 89536 426486 l
MP 3 MTG PLATE, LOWER. POWER XFMR 426494 89536 426494 1
MP 4 SHIELD MAGNETIC 453795 89536 453795 1
5-40
List of Replaceable Pans
5
Table 5-11. A7A1 Forward Transformer Termination PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c 1 CAP,POLYES,0.47UF,+-10,,50V 697409 37942 185-2-474K50AA 1
c 2, 3 CAP,POLYES,0.1UF,+-20,,250VAC 542233 72347 PME271M610 2
c 12. 13 CAP,AL,2200UF,+75-20,,25V 392720 62643 SM25T-2200 2
CR 5 DIODE,SI,RECT,BRIDGE,BV-200V,I0-1.5A 296509 30800 KBP 02M 1
CR 11, 12 DIODE,SI,100 PIV,22.0 AMP 325746 04713 MR751 2
CR 16, 17 DIODE,SI,100 PIV,1.0 AMP 698555 04713 1N4002 2
E 1- 21 TERM,UNINSUL,FEEDTHRU,HOLE,TURRET 101741 03445 3505-B 21
MP 1 CABLE TIE,5",1.375.DIA 807230 50802 08350 2
R 9, 10 RES,CC,4.3K,+-5,,0.5W 403337 01121 EB4325 2
RV 2 VARISTOR,68V,+21,-26,,1.0MA 460394 09214 V68MA3A 1
s 1- 3 SWITCH,SLIDE,DPDT,POWER 234278 82389 11A1297A 3
5-41
51008
Instruction Manual
-
lS)
N
U1
rn
tn
N
u
(0
u
C\I ro
u iJ
5100A-1611
Figure 5-7. A7A1 Forward Transformer Termination PCA

5-42
5
Table 5-12. A7A2 Aft Transformer Termination PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c 3, 4 CAP,AL,22000F,+75-20%,35V 370742 62643 SM35T-2200 2
c 8 CAP,AL,22000F,+75-20%,16V 364182 62643 SMl6T-2200 l
CR l, 2, 4 DIODE,SI,RECT,BRIDGE,BV-200V,I O-l.5A 296509 30800 KBP 02M 3
CR 6- 9, 12- DIODE,SI,200 PIV,3.0 AMP 331090 14099 556252 8
CR 15 331090
E 1- 23 TERM,ONINSOL,FEEDTHRO,HOLE,TORR ET 101741 03445 3505-B 23
F l. 2 FOSE,.25Xl.25,3A,250V,SLOW 109280 71400 MDA-3 2
F 3, 4 FOSE,8X8.5MM,2A,250V,SLOW,RADIA L 806331 OJR59 19372-TPRL-2.000 2
MP 1- 4 FOSE,CLIP,PCB,l/4Xl-l/4 756460 75915 122088 4
MP 5 CABLE TIE,5",l.375"DIA 807230 50802 08350 3
R 5, 6, 8 RES,CC,4.3K,+-5%,0.SW 403337 01121 EB4325 3
RV l VARISTOR,68V,+21,-26%,l.OMA 4 60394 09214 V68MA3A l
5-43
51008
Instruction Manual
, ....,
-
I+ Q!
v I I+
"'
~
\..)
I
-E ~
v
'--
~-E ro
~
'--
v
~
Lb=[]
II) ..__
- + u
~
$$ $~
..
\... .J
5100A-1612
Figure 5-8. A7A2 Aft Transformer Termination PCA

5-44
5
Table 5·13. AB Power Supply Interconnect PCA (51008 & 51028)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
Iil SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .250 129890 74594 129890 4
J 10, 21 SOCKET,IC,16 PIN 276535 00779 2-640358-l 2
MP l SHIELD, POWER SUPPLY INTERCONNECT 455634 89536 455634 l
Table 5-14. AS Tape Interface PCA (51018)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l. 13 CAP,POLYES.O.lUF,+-lOt,lOOV 393439 68919 MKS4l04Kl00 2
c 2 CAP,POLYES,0.0lUF,+-10t,250V 325548 68919 MKS4103K250 l
c 3 CAP,TA.22UF,+-20t,l5V 423012 56289 l99D226XOOl5DA2 1
c 4, 14 CAP,POLYES,0.22UF,+-lOt,lOOV 436113 68919 MKS4224Kl00 2
c 12 CAP,POLYES,0.001UF,+-l0t,200V 159582 84411 JF-31 102 K 200 l
C 15- 19 CAP,TA,0.22UF,+-20t,35V 161331 56289 l99D224X0035AA2 5
c 20 CAP,MICA,240PF,+-5t,500V 362863 93790 CD15FD241J03 l
J 10. 21 SOCKET,IC,16 PIN 276535 00779 2-640358-1 2
MP l SHIELD, POWER SUPPLY INTERCONNECT 455634 89536 455634 l
Q 10, 11 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 226290 04713 MPS3640 2
Q 12 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 218396 04713 2N3904 l
R l RES,MF,750,+-lt,O.l25W,l00PPM 312801 91637 CMF-55 7500F T-1 l
R2 RES,VAR,CERM,500,+-20t,0.5W 267849 80294 3009P-l-50l l
R3 RES,CF,20K,+-5t,0.25W 441477 59124 CFl/4 203J l
R 8, 19, 21 RES,CF,150,+-5t,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 l51J 3
R 9, 20. 22 RES,CF,22K,+-5t,0.25W 348870 59124 CFl/4 223J 3
R 11 RES,MF,3.48K,+-lt,O.l25W,l00PPM 260687 91637 CMF-55 348lF T-1 l
R 12, 15. 10 .. RES,CF,3K,+-5t,0.25W 441527 59124 CFl/4 302J 4
R 18 441527
R 13 RES,VAR,CERM,2K,+-20t,0.5W 267864 80294 3009P-l-202 l
R 14 RES.MF,lOK.+-lt,O.l25W,lOOPPM 168260 91637 CMF-55 l002F T-l l
R 30 RES,CF,510,+-5t,0.25W 441600 59124 CFl/4 5llJ l
TP l- 7 TERM,UNINstl'L,FEEDTHRU,HOLE,TURRET 179283 88245 20lOB-5 7
u l t IC,BPLR.TIMER.8 PIN DIP 402610 18324 NE555N l
u 2. 24 t IC,CMOS,DUAL JK F/F,+EDG TRIG 355230 27014 CD4027BCN 2
u 3. 25 t IC, CMOS.QUAD 2 INPUT AND GATE 408401 04713 MC14081BCP 2
u 4 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 355172 27014 CD4001BCN l
u 5. 26 t IC,CMOS,DUAL D F/F.+EDG TRG 418830 27014 MM74C74J 2
u 6 t IC,CMOS,8BIT PAR/SER-I/O SHIFT RGS 380766 04713 MC14021BCP l
u 7, 8 t IC,CMOS,QUAD D LATCH,W/XOR ENABLE 355149 34371 CD4042BE 2
u 9 t IC.CMOS.TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN l
u 10 t IC,CMOS,QUAD XOR GATE 355222 34371 CD4030BE l
u 11. 14 t IC,CMOS,PRSET BIN/DEC OP/DOWN COUNTER 452904 04713 MC14029BCP 2
u 12 t IC,LSTTL,RETRG MONOSTAB MULTIVB W/CLR 404186 01295 SN74LS123N l
u 13 t IC,TTL,MONOSTABLE MOLTIVIBRATOR 293050 27014 DM7412N l
u 15 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT OR GATE 408393 04713 MC14071BCP l
u 16 t IC,CMOS,DUAL 4 INPUT NANO GATE 355206 04713 MC14012BCP l
u 18 t IC,CMOS,DUAL 4BIT SER-IN,PAR-OUT SHFT 340125 04713 MC14015BCP l
u 19, 20 t IC.CMOS.QUAD D LATCH,+EDG TRG,W/RESET 412742 27014 MM74Cl73N 2
u 21. 22 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPUT 407759 04713 MC14503BCP 2
u 23 t IC.CMOS.QUAD D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 452912 27014 MM74Cl75N l
u 27 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 355198 04713 MCl40llUBCP l
Wl CABLE ASSY, TAPE INTERFACE 463109 89536 463109 l
XU 13 SOCKET IC.14 PIN 276527 00779 2-640357-1 l
5-45
51008
Instruction Manual
--illID-
®· ®
(T')
.,
Q q ~
'.J
q I (t
:J g .,
(;j
~
(\"I
-~-a~___ _:_®
(l..
co
co
co
I
I
rCl
::J ~
::J g
aa
ao
00
I
I
~
~
:J q
ca I ::::-C:J-
ca
ao
,~~OQ
~
aa
cc
ca
I 121
1"'11~
lz1~@
·- ~
::J g ~
'.J
q
oa I~ ----
b~
£:! q g
:::J
Q
::i
gI ~
:J IP
:J
q
::! g
::i
!!! q I !!:
9 I q
e
::i r
'.J
:J
Cl tJl
q I
ri:i
q
s•~-=- ~
:J
::J
I ~
:J 9
~-® ~
~ -
I N
'.J 9 =
::J q
~ gI g
~
.0
::i '.)
®·
[TI
I N
:J ~ l1.l
:J
g ~ g
fo0 0~
::i
~
I-
~
0 0
.....
0 0
II"
0
0.
....
[
.... 0.
.... tt-
5101A-1730
Figure 5-9. AS Tape Interface PCA (51018)

5-46
5
Table 5-15. A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l, 2, 4- CAP,TA,lUF,+-20•,35V 697417 56289 l99Dl05X0035AG2 6
c 6, 40 697417
c 3, 20 CAP,CER,l500PF,+-10•,50V,COG 832600 04222 SR2l5Al52KAA 2
c 7 CAP,CER,l00PF,+-5•,50V,COG 831495 04222 SR595Al0lJAA l
c B CAP,CER,2000PF.+-20•.1oov.z5u 757096 60705 562CZ5USElOlEE202M l
c 9 CAP,AL,2.2UF,+-2o•.50V,SOLV PROOF 816868 62643 HME50T2R2M5XllRP l
c 10, 14. 16 .. CAP.CER.33PF,+-2•.50V,COG 715292 04222 SR595A330GAA 5
c 21. 24 715292
c ll, 15, 17, CAP,CER,2700PF,+-5•,50V,COG 832303 04222 SR595A272JAA 5
c 22. 25 832303
c 12, 13 CAP.AL.47UF,+-20•.50V.SOLV PROOF 822403 62643 l<ME50T47RM6XllRP 2
c lB, 19 CAP,AL,lOUF,+75-lO•,l50V 106351 56289 300106-K-150 2
c 23, 26 CAP,AL.20UF.+75-l0•.50V 106229 56289 300206-K-50 2
c 27. 28, 64- CAP,CER,0.047UF.+-10•.1oov.x7R 844733 04222 SR59lC473KAA 6
c 67 844733
c 29. 30. 32- CAP,CER.0.22UF,+B0-20•,50V,Z5U 649939 04222 SR595E224ZAA 7
c 36 649939
c 31, 39 CAP,CER,lUF.+-20•,50V.Z5U 436782 04222 SR305El05MAA 2
c 37, 38 CAP,AL,2UF,+75-lo•.l50V 267310 56289 300205-K-150 2
c 41 CAP,TA,l50UF,+-20•.l5V 422576 56289 l99Dl57XOOl5FAl l
c 42 CAP,TA,5.6UF,+-2o•.25V 368969 56289 l99D565X0025CA2 l
c 60, 63 CAP,AL,l00UF,+-20•,l6V,SOLV PROOF 816850 62643 l<MEl6Tl0lM6.3XllRP 2
c 61 CAP,POLYES.O.OlUF.+-10•.50V 309906 56699 7l2AlBBl03PK40lSK l
c 62 CAP,POLYPS,0.047UF,+-2t,l60V 929872 89536 929872 l
CR 2- 15, 19 DIODE,SI,400 PIV,l AMP 831586 65940 lN4004A 15
CR 16, 17 t DIODE,SI,BV-75V,IO-l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 lN4448 2
F l, 7 FUSE,BXB.5MM,3.l5A.250V,SLOW,RADIAL 832253 OJR59 19372-TPRL-3.150 2
F 2. 4 FUSE,BXB.5MM,O.l25A,250V,SLOW,RADIAL 832261 OJR59 19372-TPRL-0.125 2
F 5 FUSE,BXB.5MM,2A,250V,SLOW,RADIAL 806331 0JR59 19372-TPRL-2.000 l
F 6 FUSE,BXB.5MM,l.OA,250V,SLOW,RADIAL 845433 OJR59 19372-TPRL-l.OOO l
H l SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,6-32,.070 342824 55566 3045B632Bl4-MOD.-.070 17
MP 1- B SOCKET,SINGLE,PWB,FOR 0.018-0.040 PIN 284281 00779 380598-2 8
MP 9 HEAT DIS,HORIZ,l.l8Xl.OOX0.50,T0-220 453878 13103 6106-B-14 4
MP 10 HEAT DIS.VERT FINS,T0-3 342675 13103 6003-B-2 4
MP ll HEAT DIS,VERT FIN,l.OOX.7lOX.50,BLACK 352765 13103 6107-B-14 4
p l- lB JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 l50Tl 18
Q l, 15 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-60V,200W,T0-3 483230 04713 2N5885 2
Q 2. 14 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-70V,90W,TO-l27 325720 04713 MJE3055 2
Q 3, 13 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV- 70V, 90W,TO-l27 325738 04713 MJE2955 2
Q 5, 12 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-375V,lOOW,T0-3 313213 34371 2N5240 2
Q 6 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 335067 04713 2N3439 l
Q 7, 18, 21 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 698225 27014 2N3904 3
Q 8. 17 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,T092 698274 04713 2N540l 2
Q 9, 16 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,HI-VOLTAGE,T0-92 722934 27014 MPSA42 2
Q 10. 24 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,T092 698233 04713 2N3906 2
Q ll t TRANSISTOR,SI,VB-200V,l0W,T0-5 276899 04713 2N54l5 l
Q 19, 20 t THYRISTOR,SI,TRIAC,VB0-400V,8.0A 271668 04713 SCl46D 2
Q 22. 23 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV- 45V, 30W,T0-220 325761 34371 D44C5 2
R l, 29 RES,MF,l.43K,+-l•.O.l25W,l00PPM 325662 91637 CMF-55 l43lF T-l 2
R 2, 30 RES,MF,4.75K.+-l•.O.l25W,l00PPM 260679 91637 CMF-55 475lF T-l 2
R 3, 31, 77 RES,WW,0.27,+-5•.2w 219428 23237 SPH.270HMS5• 3
R 5 RES,MF,5.llK,+-l•.O.l25W,l00PPM 294868 91637 CMF-55 5lllF T-l l
R 6, 83, 84 RES,VAR,CERM,lK,+-l0•.0.5W 285155 80294 33B6S-l-l02 3
R 7 RES,CF,5lK,+-5•.0.25W 376434 59124 CFl/4 5l3J l
R 8 RES.MF,2.32K,+-l•.O.l25W,l00PPM 260315 91637 CMF-55 232lF T-l l
R 9, 10 RES,MF,7.5K,+-l•,0.5W,l00PPM 192161 91637 CMF-65 750lF T-l 2
R ll, 98 RES.CF,100,+-5•,0.25W 348771 59124 CFl/4 lOlJ 2
R 14, 34, 39 RES,MF,llOK,+-1•.0.l25W,100PPM 234708 91637 CMF-55 ll03F T-1 3
R 15, 25 REs,cc.1.1.+-5•.o.5w 163717 01121 EBlRlS 2
R 16, 43, Bl RES,MF,2K,+-1•.0.125W,l00PPM 235226 91637 CMF-55 2001F T-l 3
R 17, 50 RES,CF,27K,+-5•.o.25W 441501 59124 CFl/4 273J 2
R 19, 24 RES,MF.l07K,+-l•.O.l25W,l00PPM 288399 91637 CMF-55 l073F T-l 2
R 20, 23 RES,MF.l7.4K,+-1•.0.l25W,l00PPM 236802 91637 CMF-55 l 742F T-l 2
R 21, 22 RES.MF,5.62K,+-l•,O.l25W,l00PPM 235168 91637 CMF-55 562lF T-l 2
R 28, 42 RES,CC,4.7K,+-l0t,2W 245308 01121 HB472l 2
R 32, 40 RES,CC,4.7.+-5t.0.5W 188870 01121 EB4R75 2
R 33, 41. 47 RES.CF,3K,+-5•.o.25W 441527 59124 CFl/4 302J 3
R 35, 37 RES,MF,l5K,+-l•.O.l25W,100PPM 285296 91637 CMF-55 l502F T-l 2
R 36, 38 RES,MF,9.09K,+-l•.0.125W,100PPM 221663 91637 CMF-55 9091F T-1 2
R 44- 46 RES,CF,100K,+-5•,0.25W 348920 59124 CFl/4 l04J 3
R 48 RES,CF.300.+-5•.0.25W 441519 59124 CFl/4 30lJ l
R 49, 53, 60- RES,CF,lK,+-5•,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 l02J 12
R 66, 72, 78. 343426
R 82 343426
5-47
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-15. A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
R 57 RES,MF,4.22K.+-l%,0.l25W,l00PPM 168245 91637 CMr-55 422lF T-l l
R 67. 68 RES,CF,5.lK,+-5%,0.25W 368712 59124 CFl/4 5l2J 2
R 69, 70 RES,CF,2.2K,+-5%,0.25W 343400 59124 CFl/4 222J 2
R 73 RES,CF,6.8K,+-5%,0.25W 368761 59124 CFl/4 682J l
R 74 RES,MF,l00,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 168195 91637 CMr-55 lOOOF T-l l
R 75, 76 RES,MF,l.5K,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 313098 91637 CMr-55 l501F T-l 2
R 79 RES,WW,0.47,+-5%,2W 219360 23237 SPH2.470HMS5% l
R BO RES,MF,255K,+-l%,0.l25W,l00PPM 221630 91637 CMr-55 2553F T-l l
R es. 97 RES,CF,l0,+-5%,0.25W 807669 59124 CFl/4 lOOJ 2
R 87. 88 RES, WW, .2,+-3%, .7W 255661 05347 MS2Nl01R200H 2
R 89. 90 RES,CC,51,+-5%,lW 157586 01121 GB5105 2
R 91, 92 RES,CF,20K,+-5%,0.25W 697110 59124 CFl/4 203J 2
R 93, 94 RES,CF,5.6K,+-5%,0.25W 442350 59124 CFl/4 562J 2
R 95, 96 RES,CF,4.3K,+-5%,0.25W 441576 59124 CFl/4 433J 2
tJ l +IC, VOLT REG,FIXED,+12 VOLTS,l.5 AMPS 413195 27014 LM340T-l2 l
tJ2 +IC, VOLT REG,FIXED,-12 VOLTS,l.5 AMPS 381665 04713 MC7912CT l
tJ3. 7, l l +IC, VOLT REG,ADJ,2 TO 37 VOLT,0.15 AMP 379420 04713 MCl723CP 3
tJ4, 5 +IC, VOLT REG,FIXED,+5 VOLTS,l.5 AMPS 355107 27014 MC7805CT 2
tJ6 +IC, VOLT REG,FIXED,-5 VOLTS,l.5 AMPS 394551 04713 MC7905CT l
tJB- 10. 12. +IC,OP AMP.GEN P!JRPOSE,8 PIN DIP 363515 27014 LM301AN 5
tJ13 + 363515
tJ14 + IC,CMOS,RETRIG/RESET M!JLTIVIBRATOR 393512 34371 CD4098BE l
tJ15 + IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 381848 27014 CD4049CN l
tJ16 + IC,BPLR,TIMER,SINGLE SO!JRCE,8PDIP 928676 89536 928676 l
VR l, ll + ZENER,!JNCOMP,5.lV,5%,20.0MA,0.5 W 535476 04713 IN5231B 2
VR 2 + ZENER,!JNCOMP,l6.0V,5%,7.8MA,0.4 W 325837 04713 lN966B l
VR 3, 7 + ZENER,!JNCOMP,4.3V,5%,20.0MA,0.4 W 180455 04713 lN749A 2
VR 4, 8 + ZENER,!JNCOMP,5l.OV,5%,2.5MA,0.4 W 418665 04713 lN978B 2
VR 5, 6, 9. + ZENER,!JNCOMP,24.0V,5%,5.2MA,0.4 W 267807 04713 lN970B 4
VR 10 + 267807
VR 12. 14 + ZENER,!JNCOMP,6.8V,5%,37.0MA,l.O W 454595 04713 lN4736A 2
VR 15. 16 + ZENER !JNCOMP l0.0V,5%,l2.5MA 0.4W 810267 65940 lN96lBT-88 2
NOTES: + static sensitive part.
5-48
5
5100A-1610
Figure 5-10. A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA

5-49
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-16. A10 Front Panel PCA (51008 & 51028)
N
FLUKE MFRS MANUFACTURERS TOTO
REFERENCE STOCK SPLY PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION QTY T
DESIGNATOR NO CODE OR GENERIC TYPE E
s
Al t DISPLAY PCA 456004 89536 456004 l
AS l- 38, 47- ACTUATOR, SWITCH 412106 89536 412106 42
AS 50 412106
c l. 7 CAP,TA,lUF,+-20•,35V 697417 56289 199Dl05X0035AG2 2
c 2- 6, 8, CAP,CER.0.047UF.+-20 •.50V.X7R 831487 04222 SR595C473MAA 7
c 9 831487
c 10 CAP.cER,0.047UF,+-2 0•.5ov.zsu 460733 04222 SR205E473MAA 1
c ll, 12 CAP,TA,6.8UF,+-20•,35 V 807602 56289 l 99D685X0035DE2 2
CR 3- 15 LED, RED, PCB MNT,LUM INT-0.5MCD 369777 28480 HLMP-1000 13
CR 44 DIODE,SI,100 PIV,l.O AMP 742874 65940 1N4002A 1
CR 45 DIODE,SI,50 PIV,2 AMl?,SELECTED IR 347559 14936 P-300G-066 1
cs l - 38, 47- COVER, PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 401299 89536 401299 42
cs 50 401299
H l WASHER,LOCK,INTRNL,S TL, .387ID 129957 78189 1220-05 l
H 2 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.39 0,.625,.031 110007 COMMERCIAL 1
H 3 NUT,HEX,BR,3/8-32 129718 COMMERCIAL 1
H4 NUT,HEX,STL,4-40 110635 COMMERCIAL 8
H 6 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL ,4-40, .250 129890 74594 129890 6
H 7 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL ,4-40, .250 185918 COMMERCIAL 8
H 8 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40,.187 335604 55566 3046B440Bl4-MOD.-.l8 7 7
H 9 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,6-32,.325 296137 55566 3045B632Bl4-MOD.-.32 5 1
ME' l, 2 PUSHBUTTON, MED, PTY GRAY 546382 89536 546382 2
Ml? 4- 12, 27- PUSHBUTTON SMALL RECTANGULAR/GRAPHITE 856732 89536 856732 22
ME' 38,47 856732
p 10, 21 CABLE ASSY,FLAT,16 COND,5.25,DIP CONN 428409 52072 CAD16P-02-26lDT-005. 25 2
PS 3 PUSHBUTTON, SML RECTANGULAR GREEN 416230 89536 416230 1
PS 13- 24 PUSHBUTTON-SQUARE-, WHITE 406744 89536 406744 12
PS 25 PUSHBUTTON, RECT. LIGHT BLUE 406876 89536 406876 1
PS 26 PUSHBUTTON, SMALL RECT. DK ORANGE 420620 89536 420620 1
PS 48- 50 PUSHBUTTON SMALL RECTANG/DK GRAPHITE 856729 89536 856729 3
PS 51 SWITCH, ROTARY, EDIT 429548 89536 429548 1
Q l- 8 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV- 60V, 65W,T0-220 386128 04713 TIPl20T 8
Q 9 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SW ITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 1
R l RES,CF.22K,+-s•.0.25W 573451 59124 CFl/4 223J l
R 2 RES,CF,l50,+-5•,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 l51J 1
R 3 RES,CF,lK,+-5•.c.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 102J 1
R 4- 7 RES,CF,10K,+-5•.0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 4
R 8 RES,CF,47K,+-5•.c.25W 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J 1
R 9- 12 RES,CF,33.+-5•.c.25W 414524 59124 CFl/4 330J 4
RN l RES,CERM,SIP,10 PIN,9 RES,2K,+-2• 446880 91637 CSClOB-Ol-202G l
RN 2 RES,CERM,SIP,10 PIN,9 RES,lOK,+-2• 414003 91637 CSClOA-Ol-103G 1
RN 3, 4 RES,CERM,DIP,16 PIN,8 RES,39,+-5• 519348 91637 MDP16-03-390J 2
TP l- 3 JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSU L,0.200CTR 816090 91984 l50Tl 3
u l- 6. 9 t IC,LSTTL,QUAD D F/F,+EilG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS175N 7
U 7, 8, 18, t IC,TTL,DUAL NANO DRVR W/OPEN COLLECT 329706 27014 DS75452N 4
u 20 t 329706
u 10, ll t IC,LSTTL,QUAD 2 IN NANO W/OPEN COLLCT 453167 01295 SN74LS26N 2
u 12 t IC,CMOS,RETRIG/RESET MULTIVIBRATOR 393512 34371 CD4098BE 1
u 21 t IC,ARRAY.8 DIODE,COHMON CATHODE 429464 31019 TND933 1
u 22, 23 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN 2
u 24. 25 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN 2
u 26, 27 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFERW/3-STATE OUTPUT 407759 04713 MC14503BCP 2
u 28 t IC-CMOS.DUAL 4 INPUT AND GATE 408799 04713 MC14082BCP 1
5·50
7N~ I
5100A-1620
(USED ON 51006 & 51026)
Figure 5-11. A10 Front Panel PCA (51008 and 51028)

5-51
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-17. A10 Front Panel PCA (51018)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESCRIPTION STOCK SPLY PART NUMBER
QTY
T
DESIGNATOR E
s
Al t DISPLAY PCA 4S6004 89S36 4S6004 l
c l, 7 CAE',TA,lOF,+-20,,3SV 697417 56289 l99Dl.OSX0035AG2 2
c 2- 6, 8, CAE',CER,0.047UF,+-20,,SOV,X7R 831487 04222 SRS9SC473MAA 7
c 9 831487
c 10 CAE',CER,0.047UF,+-20,,SOV,ZSU 460733 04222 SR205E473MAA l
c 11, 12 CAE',TA,6.8UF,+-20,,3SV 807602 56289 199D685X003SDE2 2
CR 3- 18 LED, RED, PCB MNT, LUM INT-0 • SMCO 369777 28480 HLMP-1000 16
CR 44 OIOOE,SI,100 PIV,1.0 AMP 742874 65940 l.N4002A l
CR 4S DIODE, SI, SO PIV,2 AME',SELECTED IR 3475S9 14936 P-300G-066 1
cs l- so COVER, PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 401299 89536 401299 so
H l SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .2SO 129890 74594 129890 6
H 2 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,4-40,.2SO 18S9l8 COMMERCIAL 8
H 3 NUT,HEX,STL,4-40 ll063S COMMERCIAL 8
H 4 NUT,HEX,BR,3/8-32 129718 COMMERCIAL 1
H S WASHER,FLAT,STL,.390,.62S,.031 110007 COMMERCIAL 1
H 6 WASHER,LOCK,INTRNL,STL,.387IO 1299S7 78189 1220-05 1
H 7 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40,.12S 33SS96 55566 3045B440Bl4-M00.-.125 6
H 8 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40,.187 33S604 55566 3046B440Bl4-MOO.-.l.87 7
H 9 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,6-32,.32S 296137 55566 3045B632Bl4-MOD.-.325 1
MP l, 2, 39- PUSHBUTTON, MEO, PTY GRAY S46382 89536 546382 10
ME' 4S, 47 S46382
ME' 4- 12, 27- PUSHBUTTON SMALL RECTANGULAR/GRAPHITE 856732 89536 8S6732 21
ME' 38 8S6732
ME' 48 5101A-8003 DECAL 473397 89536 473397 1
p 10, 21 CABLE ASSY,FLAT,16 CON0,5.25,DIP CONN 428409 52072 CA016P-02-261DT-005.25 2
PS 3 PUSHBUTTON, SML RECTANGULAR GREEN 416230 89536 416230 1
PS 13- 24 PUSHBUTTON-SQUARE-, WHITE 406744 89536 406744 12
PS 2S, 46 PUSHBUTTON, RECT. LIGHT BLUE 406876 89536 406876 2
PS 26 PUSHBUTTON, SMALL RECT. DK ORANGE 420620 89536 420620 l
PS 48- SO PUSHBUTTON SMALL RECTANG/DK GRAPHITE 856729 89536 856729 3
Q l- 8 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV- 60V, 65W,T0-220 386128 04713 TIP120T 8
Q 9 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 1
R 2 RES,CF,1S0,+-5,,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 1
R 3 RES,CF,l.K,+-S,,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 l.02J 1
R 4- 7 RES,CF,l.OK,+-5,,0.25W 348839 S9124 CFl/4 102J 4
R 8 aES,CF,47K,+-S~,0.25W 348896 S9124 CFl./4 473J 1
R 9- 12 RES,CF,33,+-5,,0.25W 414524 59124 CFl/4 330J 4
RN l RES,CERM,SIP,10 PIN,9 RES,2K,+-2' 446880 91637 CSC10B-01-202G 1
RN 2 RES,CERM,SIP,10 PIN,9 RES,lOK,+-2' 414003 91637 CSC10A-01-103G 1
RN 3, 4 RES,CERM,DIP,16 PIN,8 RES,39,+-5' Sl9348 91637 MOP16-03-390J 2
RS 1- SO SWITCH PART,SPST,FIXED CONTACT 416875 00779 62313-4 so
s l- so ACTUATOR, SWITCH 412106 89536 412106 so
S Sl SWITCH, ROTARY, EDIT 429S48 89536 429548 1
SS 1- SO SWITCH PART,SPST,SPRING 414Sl6 00779 62312-3 so
TE' l - 3 JOMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl. 3
0 l- 6, 9 t IC,LSTTL,QUAD 0 F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS175N 7
0 7, 8, 13- t IC, TTL, DUAL NANO DRVR W/OPEN COLLECT 329706 27014 DS754S2N 8
0 17, 19 t 329706
0 10, l l t IC,LSTTL,QUAD 2 IN NANO W/OPEN COLLCT 4S3167 01295 SN74LS26N 2
0 12 t IC,CMOS,RETRIG/RESET MULTIVIBllATOR 393512 34371 CD4098BE 1
0 21 t IC,ARllAY,8 DIODE,COMMON CATHODE 429464 31019 TND933 1
0 22, 23 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN 2
0 24, 2S t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD40SOBCN 2
0 26, 27 t IC, CMOS HEX BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPUT 4077S9 04713 MC14S03BCP 2
5-52
-d
-~
5101A-1620
(USED ON 51018)
Figure 5-12. A10 Front Panel PCA (51018)

5-53
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-18. A10A1 Display PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR
arv E
s
CR 1. 7 LED, RED, OVERFLOW 472951 28480 QDSP-3011 2
CR 2- 6, 8- LED,RED,7 SEGMENT 472944 28480 QDSP-3016 10
CR 12 472944
DS 1, 2. 19- LED,RED,PCB MNT,LUM INT-0.5MCD 369777 28480 HLMP-1000 27
DS 43 369777
w 34. 35 CABLE ASSY,FLAT,14 COND.3.75,DIP CONN 447755 52072 CAD14P-02-261DD-003.75 2
5-54
5
~ ~ §
000000
s~ ~
"'
Ill
<.J
0
!~y-8 . 6~ -
" v "
000
\II
Ul
A
Ill
"'a
~
Q
8"'
"'
Ill
A
;
\)
di
0 0
5100A-1621
Figure 5-13. A10A1 Display PCA

5-55
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5·19. A11 Ranging PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT O
DESIGNATOR
DESCRIPTION STOCK
NO
SPLV
CODE
PART NUMBER
OR GENERIC TYPE
QTY i
s
c l CAP,VAR,2-lOPF,2SOV,CER 37S238 S2769 GKClOOOO l
c 4 CAP,CER,82PF,+-2%,SOV,COG 7148S7 04222 SR595A820GAA l
c s. 6, ll- CAP,TA,lSUF,+-20%,20V 807610 S6289 199DlS6X0020DE2 8
c 14, 16, 17 807610
c 7 CAP,CER,S.OPF,+-10%,lOOOV,COH Bl 701S 6070S S61CCOHRE102ECSROD l
c 8, 9 CAP,CER,0.22UF,+80-20%,SOV,ZSU 649939 04222 SR595E224ZAA 2
c 10 CAP,TA,47UF,+-20%,20V 348516 S6289 199D476X0020EA2 l
c lS CAP,VAR,6-SOPF,2SOV,CER 404301 52769 GKBSOOOO l
c 18 CAP,MICA,3PF,+-0.5PF,SOOV 460436 93790 CD1SCD030D03 l
c 19, 21- 29 CAP,CER,470PF,+-S%,l00V,COG 830836 04222 SR591A471JAA 10
c 31 CAP,CER,2.2PF,+-0.2SPF,l00V,COJ 812099 04222 SR071A2R2CAA l
c 33, 34 CAP,MICA,27PF,+-5%,SOOV 177998 93790 CD15ED270J03 2
CR l, 2 DIODE,SI,400 PIV,l.O AMP 368738 04713 1N4004 2
CR 3, 4 DIODE,SI,SO PIV,2 AMP,SELECTED IR 3475S9 14936 P-300G-066 2
CR S- 24, 27- f DIODE,SI,BV-7SV,IO-lSOMA,SOOMW 203323 6S940 1N4448 26
CR 30, SO, Sl t 203323
CR 2S, 26 f DIODE,SI,BV-20V,IO-SOMA,SELECTED IR 348177 07263 FD7223 2
F l FUSE,8X8.SMM,3.lSA,2SOV,SLOW,RADIAL 8322S3 OJR59 19372-TPRL-3.lSO l
H l WASHER,FLAT,COPPER,tB,.032 631622 86928 S716-61-32 6
H 2 WASHER,SHLDR,FIBER,.140,.312,.062 110387 86928 S604-47 3
H 3, ll SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.SOO S2058S 74S94 S20S85 4
H 4 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,6-32,.37S 177022 COMMERCIAL 6
H S NUT, tS LOW THERMAL 8S0334 89S36 8S0334 12
H 6 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.2SO 129890 89S36 129890 2
H 7 WASHER,FLAT,COPPER,tB,.020 721688 86928 5716-64-20 12
H 8 SCREW,FH,P,LOCK,STL,2-S6,.37S 146803 74594 146803 l
H 9 SPACER, .250 HEX,AL,6-32,2.362 417493 06S40 8236-A-0632 3
H 10 TERM,RING,t6,26-22AWG,CRIMP,GOLD 832667 00779 1-331401-2 8
H 12 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,6-32,1.450 460402 5SS66 304SB632Bl4-MOD.-l.450 4
H 13 SPACER,SWAGE,.2SO RND,BR,4-40,.250 340547 S5S66 3047B440Bl4-MOD.-.2SO 2
H 14 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.500 152132 74S94 1S2132 6
Kl RELAY,ARMATURE,4 FORM C,4.5VDC 422931 26806 AZ421-14-201 l
K 3, SS RELAY,REED, 2 FORM A, 4.5VDC 442921 71707 CR2S72 2
K 4- 7 RELAY,ARMATURE,2 FORM C,4.5VDC 514240 26806 AZ-420-12-203 4
K 8, 13, 17, RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,5VDC 340638 71707 7002-50S7 6
K SO- S2 340638
K 9, 10 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.5VDC 441949 71707 1240-0094 2
K 12, 14 RELAY, REED, l FORM A, 4. SVDC 423707 71707 4000-0238 2
K 16, 18 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.SVDC 404590 71707 4000-0008 2
K 19 RELAY, REED, l FORM A, 4. SVDC 3S7566 71707 1240-0069 l
K S3, S4 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.SVDC 357558 71707 1240-0068 2
K S6 RELAY,ARMATURE,2 FORM C,4.SVDC 573956 26806 AZ420-13-202 l
K S7 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,SVDC 404061 71707 CR-3201-5-71 l
L l, 2, 4, CHOKE, 6TURN 320911 89536 320911 4
LS 320911
L 3 CHOKE, 3 TURN 4S2888 89536 452888 l
L 9, 10 CORE,BALUN,FERRITE,.550X.290Xl.l30 414268 34899 2865006802 2
MP 2 SLEEV,TEFLON,0.027ID,NATURAL 196717 6049S TW-22-NATURAL l
MP 3 BRACKET, HV CONNECTOR 426205 89536 426205 l
MP 4 FENCE, HIGH VOLTAGE, RANGING PCB 426916 2M021 426916 l
MP S TERM,INSUL,STANDOFF,BIFURCATED 271650 1261S SL-890-823 3
MP 6 MOUNTING PLATE.BINDING POST 856674 89S36 856674 l
MP 7 BINDING POST-RED 8S0292 89S36 850292 2
MP 8 BINDING POST, BLACK 8S0297 89S36 8S0297 2
MP 9 BINDING POST,BLUE 823203 89S36 823203 l
MP 10, 18 CABLE ACCESS,TIE,4.00L,.lOW,.75 DIA 172080 06383 SST-lM 6
MP l l BINDING POST, PURPLE 8S0321 89S36 8S0321 l
MP 12 SOCKET,SINGLE,PWB,FOR o.01s-o.040 PIN 348201 00779 1-380737-0 4
MP 13 INSULATOR,BINDING POST,FRONT(MED P.) 823187 89S36 823187 6
MP 14 INSULATOR, REAR 823211 89S36 823211 6
MP lS SHIELD, RANGING, FRONT 432781 89536 432781 l
MP 16 SHIELD, RANGING, REAR 432799 89S36 432799 l
MP 17 CABLE TIE ANCHOR,ADHSV,.l60TIE 407908 06383 ABMM-A-C l
MP 19 TERM,INSUL,FEEDTHRU,BIFURCATED 281865 1261S SL-841-777 14
p 43 CONN,HV,CABLE,PLUG,2 CONTACT 442897 81312 JFA2P l
p 44 CONN,COAX,SMB(M),PWB,RT ANG 3S3243 2680S 5164-5003-09 l
Q l, 2 f TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,SWITCHING,T0-92 370072 178S6 J2318 2
Q 3 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 l
Q 4 f TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 69822S 27014 2N3904 l
Q s. 6 f TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,T0-92 37647S 27014 SFS0072 2
R l RES WW 1.0033 OHM 421131 89536 421131 l
R 2 RES,VAR,CERM,22S,+-l0%,0.SW 267831 80294 3009P-l-225 l
R 3 RES,MF,232,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 289975 91637 CMF-SS 2320F T-1 l
R 4 RES WW 9.0286 OHM 421149 89S36 421149 l
R S RES VAR CERM 2K +-20% O.SW 267864 80294 3009P-l-202 l
5-56
5
Table 5·19. A11 Ranging PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
R 6 RES,MF.l.96K.+-l,.0.125W.100PPM 288423 91637 CMF-55 1961F T-1 1
R 7 RES NW 90.202 OHM 421156 89536 421156 1
R 8 RES.VAR.CERM,20K.+-20,.o.sw 267898 80294 3009P-l-203 1
R 9 RES,MF.31.6K.+-l,,0.125W.100PPM 261610 91637 CMF-55 3162F T-1 1
R 10 RES NW 901.28 OHM 421164 89536 421164 1
R 11. 38 RES,VAR.CERM.200K.+-2o,.o.5w 381509 80294 3009P-l-204 2
R 12 RES,MF,S49K.+-1,.o.12sw.lOOPPM 375964 91637 CMF-55 S493F T-1 1
R 13 RES NW 9027.4 OHM 421172 89536 421172 1
R 14. 16. 37 RES,VAR,CERM.SOOK.+-20,.0.5W 288753 80294 3009P-l-504 3
R 15 RES,MF.2.8M,+-1,.o.sw.1ooppM 236703 91637 CMF-65 2804F T-1 1
R 17 RES.MF.806K.+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 217976 91637 CMF-55 8063F T-1 l
R 18 RES.MF.l07K,+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 288399 91637 CMF-55 l073F T-1 l
R 19 RES.VAR,CERM.100K.+-20,.0.5W 268581 80294 3009P-l-104 l
R 20. 29. 58, RES,CF.lOK.+-s,.o.2sw 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 7
R 59. 73. 74, 348S39
R 100 348839
R 21 RES.MF.8.987H,+-O.l,,2w.10PPH 417501 19647 TFOSON-8.97H-O.l,-10PPM 1
R 22 RES,VAR,CERH,25K.+-20,,0.SW 285213 80294 3009P-l-253 l
R 23- 26 900K RESISTOR SET GROOPING CHART 425918 89536 425918 l
R 27 RES,VAR,CERM.lK.+-20,.0.sw 267856 80294 3009P-l-102 l
R 28, 31. 34. MATCHED RESISTOR SET 862149 89536 862149 l
R 39 862149
R 30. 33 RES.VAR.CERM.S0,+-20,,0.sw 267815 80294 3009P-l-500 2
R 32. 47. 49. RES,CF.lK,+-s,.o.2sw 343426 59124 CFl/4 l02J 4
R 51 343426
R 35 RES.MF.l.13M,+-1,.o.sw,100PPH 221556 91637 CHF-65 ll34F T-1 1
R 36 RES,MF.332K.+-1,,o.12sw.100PPH 289504 91637 CHF-55 3323F T-1 1
R 40, 53, 54, RES,CF,22K,+-5,.0.25W 348870 59124 CFl/4 223J 4
R 60 348870
R 41 RES,CF,62K,+-5,,0.25W 348904 59124 CFl/4 623J 1
R 42. 72 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5,,0.25W 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 2
R 43 RES,CF,470,+-5,,0.25W 343434 59124 CFl/4 471J 1
R 44. 45 RES,CF,47K.+-5,,0.25W 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J 2
R 46 RES,CF,2.2K.+-s,.o.2sw 343400 59124 CFl/4 222J 1
R 48 RES,cF.820.+-s,.o.2sw 442327 59124 CFl/4 821J 1
R 50 RES,CF,220.+-5,,0.2SW 342626 59124 CFl/4 221J 1
R 52 RES.CF.llOK.+-s,.o.2sw 442426 59124 CFl/4 114J l
R SS RES.VAR,CERM,200,+-20,,0.5W 284711 80294 3009P-l-201 1
R 57 RES,CF.33K.+-5,.0.25W 348888 59124 CFl/4 333J 1
R 61 RES,CF.150,+-5,,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 1
R 63, 64 RES,CF.330.+-5,,0.25W 368720 59124 CFl/4 331J 2
R 65 RES,CF.24K.+-5,,0.25W 442384 59124 CFl/4 243J 1
R 66 44.910K NWRES .05' 5PPMTC l/2W HERM 468595 89536 468595 1
R 67- 71 RESISTOR SET. VOLTAGE DIVIDER 422337 89536 422337 1
TP 2- 6. 8. JUMPER.WIRE.NONINSOL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl 7
TP 9 816090
0 l t IC. OP AMP, JFET INPUT• T0-5 CASE 429837 27014 LF365BH 1
ti 2 t IC,OP AMP,SELECTEO 40V/tlS SLEW RATE 329912 27014 LM318H 1
ti 3. 4 t IC.CMOS.HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 C04050BCN 2
ti 5 t IC.CMOS.TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 418244 27014 HH74Cl0N 1
ti 6 t IC.LSTTL,HEX 0 F/F,+EDG TRG.W/CLEAR 393207 01295 SN74LS174N 1
ti 7- 10 t IC,LSTTL,QtlAD 0 F/F,+EOG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS175N 4
ti 11- 13 t IC,TTL.DtlAL NANO DRVR W/OPEN COLLECT 329706 27014 OS75452N 3
ti 14- 18 t IC.TTL.QUAD 2 IN NANO GATE W/OPEN COL 310201 27014 OH7438N 5
ti 20 t ISOLATOR,OPTO,LED TO TRANSISTOR.DOAL 454330 25088 ILCT-6-254 1
VR l t ZENER,t1NCOMP.24.0V,5,,5.2HA.0.4W 267807 04713 1N970B 1
VR 2. 3 t ZENER,tlNCOMP,6.2V,5,,20.0HA.0.4W 325811 04713 1N753A 2
w l WIRE.TEF,t1Lll80,22AWG,STRN.VIO 115808 89536 115808 1
w 2 CABLE ASSY. RANGING MILIVOLT DIVIDER 444968 89536 444968 1
W3 CABLE ASSY. RANGING SENSE HIGH 444976 89536 444976 1
w 4 WIRE.COPPER/TIN,BOS,24AWG 115477 04946 302-10 1
w 5 WIRE.TEF,t1Lll80,22AWG,STRN,BLK 115774 89536 115774 1
w 6 WIRE,TEF,t1Lll80,22AWG.STRN.REO 115576 23172 2875-3 l
w7 WIRE.TEF.t1Lll80.22AWG,STRN.GRN 115659 89536 115659 1
w 8 RF CABLE ASSY 438226 89536 438226 1
w 9 WIRE,TEF.t1Lll80,22AWG.STRN.BRN 115782 89536 115782 1
XK 1 RELAY SOCKET.4 POLE 441964 77342 27E606 1
XK 4- 7. 56 RELAY SOCKET.2 POLE 376665 77342 27E50l 5
5-57
51008
Instruction Manual
C L~a I
5100A-1640
Figure 5-14. A11 Ranging PCA

5-58
5
Table 5-20. A14 Analog Control PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT O
DESIGNATOR
DESCRIPTION STOCK
NO
SPLY
CODE
PART NUMBER
OR GENERIC TYPE
QTY i
s
c 1. 4 CAl?,CER.2700PF,+-s•.SOV,COG 832303 04222 SRS9SA272JAA 2
c 2. 3. 6, CAl?,CER.lOOOl?F.+-2•,50V,COG 807966 04222 SRS9SA102GAA 6
c 7,116,117 807966
c 5, 42, 51 cA1?,cER,331?F,+-5,,5ov.coG 714S43 04222 SRS9SA330JAA 3
c 8 CAl?,CER.51001?F,+-2•.50V,COG 7326Sl 04222 SR59SA512GAA l
c 9, 23 CAl?,CER,lSOOl?F,+-10•,SOV,COG 832600 04222 SR21SA1S2KAA 2
c 10, 65- 67 cA1?,CER.1201?F,+-5•,5ov.coG 721142 04222 SRS9SA121JAA 4
c 22 cA1?,cER.o.22uF.+eo-20•.5ov.zsu 649939 04222 SRS9SE224ZAA l
c 30 CAl?,l?OLYl?R,0.390F,+-10•.50V 424234 84411 JF-86 394 K SO l
c 31 CAl?,TA,68UF,+-10•.1sv 182824 S6289 lSOD686X90lSR2 l
c 36, 37, 46 CAl?,TA,39UF,+-20•.2ov 358234 S6289 l99D396X0020EA2 3
c 38 CAl?,l?OLYl?R,0.033UF,+-l0,,SOV 424218 84411 JF-86 333 K SO l
c 41,100-104 CAl?,TA.lSOF,+-20•.2ov 807610 56289 l99DlS6X0020DE2 6
c 43 CAl?,CER,O.OlUF,+80-20•.sov.zsv 697284 6070S S62CZSUSEOSlEEl03M 1
c 47, 52, 53 CAl?,l?OLYCA,lUF,+-10•.sov 271619 84411 X463UW10SlO•SOV 3
c 49. so CAl?,TA,lUF,+-20•,3SV 697417 S6289 199Dl05X003SAG2 2
c 70 CAl?.CER.2000PF.+-s•.sov.coG 832618 04222 SR21SA202JAA l
c 71 CAl?,l?OLYCA,0.68UF,+-10•.sov 28469S 84411 X4 63UWO. 6810•SOV l
c 72. 76 CAl?,l?OLYCA,lUF,+-10•.1oov 313262 84411 X463UWllO•lOOV 2
c 73 CAl?,l?OLYCA,SUF,+-10•.sov 3132S4 84411 JF-72 SOS K SO l
c 74 CAl?,l?OLYl?R,O.lUF,+-10•.sov 413310 84411 JF-86 104 M SO l
c 110-115 CAl?,CER.lOOPF.+-s•.sov.coG 83149S 04222 SRS9SA101JAA 6
CR 2, 4, 5, t DIODE,SI,BV-7SV,IO-lSOMA,SOOMii 203323 6S940 1N4448 6
CR 92, 93, 9S t 203323
CR 37 t DIODE,SI,N-JFET,CURRENT REG,IF-3.0 MA 832113 178S6 J2901 1
CR 46, 47 t DIODE,SI,BV-20V,IO-SOMA,SELECTED IR 348177 07263 FD7223 2
CR 60, 61 t DIODE,SI,N-JFET,CURRENT REG,IF-1.0 MA 83210S 178S6 J2900 2
CR 70 t DIODE,SI,BV- 90.0V,IO- 7SMA,SELCTD IR 260SS4 14SS2 CDSSlOS l
CR Bl, 82 DIODE,SI,SO l?IV,2 AMl?,SELECTED IR 347SS9 14936 1?-300G-066 2
H l NUT,HEX,STL,4-40 184044 COMMERCIAL 2
H 2, S SCREW,l?H,l?,SEMS,STL,4-40,.2SO l8S918 89S36 1BS918 4
H 4 SCREW,l?H,l?,LOCK,STL,4-40,l.l2S 241331 74S94 241331 4
K l. 4, S RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.SVDC 404S90 71707 4000-0008 3
K 2. 3 RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,SVDC 340638 71707 7002-SOS7 2
L 37, 50.100- CHOKE,6TURN 320911 89536 320911 s
L 102 320911
L 45, 46 CORE,TOROID,FERRITE,.047X.l38X.ll8 321182 0LUA3 56-S90-6S-4B 2
Ml? l CABLE ACCESS,TIE,4.00L,.l0W,.7S DIA 172080 06383 SST-lM s
Ml? 2 TERM,INSUL,FEEDTHRU,BIFURCATED 281865 l261S SL-841-777 1
Ml? 3 SHIELD, ANALOG CONTROL, FRONT 432815 89S36 43281S l
Ml? 4 SHIELD. ANALOG CONTROL, REAR 432963 89S36 432963 1
Ml? 5 l?LASTIC l?ART,SHELL,Dl?,l.SO,l.S0,.9S 448324 19080 l?OS-SOOlOOOSl 2
I? 53, S4 CONN,COAX,SMB(Ml,l?WB,RT ANG 353243 2680S 5164-S003-09 2
Q l, 3, 16. t TRANSISTOR,SI,Nl?N,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 69822S 27014 2N3904 s
Q S5, 86 t 69822S
Q 2. 4. 5, t TRANSISTOR,SI,l?Nl?,T092 698233 04713 2N3906 s
Q 44, BS t 698233
Q 10, 73. 74 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,T0-92 816314 l78S6 J2864 3
Q 36 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,T0-92 832162 l78S6 J2908 1
Q 4S t TRANSISTOR,SI,l?Nl?,SMALL SIGNAL 229898 6S940 Ml?S6S22 1
Q 46 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 218081 04713 MPS6S20 1
Q 61, 69 f TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 329698 27014 2N2484 2
Q 62. 63 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,HI-VOLTAGE,T0-92 832147 l78S6 J2907 2
Q 65 t TRANSISTOR,SI,Nl?N,DUAL,T0-52 29S7l 7 18786 MP312-60 1
Q 68 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,DUAL,T0-78,HI-BETA SBS109 34371 ITS31897 1
Q Bl t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-4SV,27W,T0-220 3257S3 09214 D4SCS 1
Q 82 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV- 4SV, 30W,T0-220 32S761 34371 D44CS 1
o es. B9 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-CHAN,T0-92,SWITCH 832139 l78S6 J2903 2
Q 93 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNl?,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 Ml?S3640 1
R l. 4 RES.CF,l.3K,+-s•.o.2sw 441394 S9124 CFl/4 l32J 2
R 2, 3, 92 RES,CF,470,+-S•,0.2SW 343434 S9124 CFl/4 471J 3
RS RES,MF,4.22K,+-1•.o.12sw.1001?1?M l6824S 91637 CMF-SS 4221F T-1 l
R 6, 12 RES,MF.l.27K,+-1•.o.12sw.1001?1?M 267369 91637 CMF-SS l271F T-1 2
R 7, 61 RES.MF.lOK.+-1•.o.12sw.1001?1?M 168260 91637 CMF-SS l002F T-1 2
R 8 RES,MF,4.99K,+-1•.o.12sw.1ooppM 1682S2 91637 CMF-SS 4991F T-1 1
R 9, 17, 20 REF AMI? SET, Sl00A-4S03 42S9S9 89S36 42S9S9 1 1
R 11, 23 RES,VAR,CERM,l00,+-20•.o.sw 267823 80294 30091?-l-101 2
R 13 RES.WW 400< +-.S< 61?1?M .SW CARD 341669 89S36 341669 1
R 14 RES.WW 27<, O.S< TOL, O.SW CARD, 214916 89S36 214916 l
R lS RES,MF,2.26K,+-1•.o.12sw.100PPM 328294 89S36 328294 1
R 16, 26 REs.cc.220,+-s•.o.sw 186031 01121 EB2215 2
R 18, 19, 24, RES,MF.l0.+-1•.o.12sw.1001?1?M 268789 91637 CMF-SS lOROF T-1 4
R 101 268789
R 22, 2S RESISTOR, MATCHED SET 291690 89S36 291690 1
R 27 RES,CF,7.SK,+-s•.o.2SW 441667 S9124 CFl/4 752J 1
R 28 RES CF 5.lK +-S' 0.2SW 368712 59124 CFl/4 Sl2J l
5.59
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-20. A14 Analog Control PCA {cont)
N
REFERENCE TOTO
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
R 30 RES,MF,26.7K,+-l•.O.l25W,l00PPM 245779 91637 CMF-55 2672F T-l l
R 31, 34 RES,MF,562,+-o.1•.o.125W,25PPM 37S519 91637 CMF-55 56208 T-9 2
R 32 RES,VAR,CERM,20,+-20•,0.5W 261180 80294 3009P-l-200 l
R 33, 36 RES,MF,SET,TOL/TC MATCHED 417709 91637 417709 l
R 3S RES,MF,22.lK,+-l•.0.125W,lOOPPM 235234 91637 CMF-55 2212F T-1 l
R 37 RES,CF,510,+-5•,0.25W 441600 59124 CFl/4 511J l
R 38 RES,MF,20K,+-1•.0.125W,100PPM 291872 91637 CMF-55 2002F T-1 l
R 39 RES,VAR,CERM,lOOK.+-20•.o.5w 268581 80294 3009P-l-104 l
R 40 RES,MF,lM,+-l•,0.125W,lOOPPM 268797 91637 CMF-55 l004F T-1 l
R 4l RES,MF,l00,+-1•.o.12sw.100PPM 168195 91637 CMF-55 lOOOF T-1 l
R 42 RES,MF,41.2K,+-l•.0.125W,l00PPM 289538 91637 CMF-55 4122F T-1 l
R 43 RES,CF,1K,+-5•,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 102J l
R 44 RES,MF,2l5,+-l•,0.5W,lOOPPM 150862 91637 CMF-65 2l50F T-l l
R 4S RES,MF,237,+-l•,0.125W,100PPM 328005 91637 CMF-55 2370F T-1 l
R 46 RES,MF,499,+-1• •• o.12sw.100PM 168211 91637 CMF-55 4990F T-1 l
R 47, 74, 77, RES,MF,29.4K,+-o.1•.0.125W,25PPM 344473 91637 CMF-55 29428 T-9 4
R 78 344473
R 48, SO RES,MF,3.48K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 260687 91637 CMF-55 3481F T-1 2
R 49 RES,MF,7.50K,+-l•.0.125W,100PPM 223529 89536 223529 l
R Sl RES,MF,6.49K,+-l•.O.l25W,100PPM 294900 91637 CMF-55 6491F T-1 l
R S2 RES,MF,15.8K,+-1•.0.l25W,100PPM 293688 91637 CMF-55 1582F T-1 l
R S3 RES,CF,750,+-5•,0.25W 441659 59124 · CFl/4 751J l
R S4, 91 RES,CF,2.2K,+-5%,0.25W 343400 59124 CFl/4 222J 2
R SS, S6, 62, RES,CF,10K,+-5•,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 5
R 69, lOO 348839
R 60 RES,MF,309K,+-l•,0.125W,100PPM 235283 91637 CMF-55 3093F T-1 l
R 63 RES,VAR,CERM,5K,+-20•.o.sw 267872 80294 3009P-l-502 l
R 64, 66 RES JUMPER,0.02,0.25W 697060 59124 Z-25 2
R 6S, 67 RES. SET, 2M T.C. MATCHED 290320 89536 290320 l
R 68 RES,MF,2.8M,+-l•,0.5W,l00PPM 236703 91637 CMF-65 2804F T-1 l
R 70 RES,MF,499K,+-l•.0.125W,100PPM 268813 91637 CMF-55 4993F T•l l
R 71 RES,VAR,CERM,100K,+-l0%,0.5W 288308 80294 3386S-l-104 l
R 72, 73 RES,CC,lOOM,+-10•.0.5W 190520 01121 E8107l 2
R 7S, 9S, 97- RES,CF,47K,+-5•,0.25W 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J 5
R 99 348896
R 76 RES,MF,40.2K,+-l•.O.l25W,100PPM 235333 91637 CMF-55 4022F T-1 l
R 79 RES,CF,100,+-5%,0.25W 348771 59124 CFl/4 lOlJ l
R 80, 83 RES,CC,l.3K,+-5%,0.5W 109157 01121 E8l325 2
R 81, 82 RES,CF,33,+-5%,0.25W 414524 59124 CFl/4 330J 2
R 84, 87 RES,MF,l.37K,+-1%,0.5W,100PPM 148874 91637 CMF-65 1371F T-l 2
R 8S, 86 RES,CF,75,+-5•.o.25W 441642 59124 CFl/4 750J 2
R 88, 89 RES,MF,2.15K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 293712 91637 CMF-55 2l5lF T-l 2
R 90, 93 RES,CF,22K,+-5%,0.25W 348870 59124 CFl/4 223J 2
R 94 RES,CF,150,+-5%,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 l5lJ l
R 96 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5•,0.25W 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J l
TP l- 14 JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl 14
u 2, 67 t IC,OP AMP.GENERAL PURPOSE,T0-5 CASE 284760 27014 LM308H 2
u 3, 42 t IC,OP AMP,SELECTED,GEN PURPOSE,T0-78 225961 24355 AD3092 2
u 10 f REF AMP SET, 5100A-4503 425959 89536 425959 l l
u 37 f IC,OP AMP,GENERAL PURPOSE,T0-5 CASE 483495 27014 LM318H l
U Sl f IC,OP AMP,GEN PURPOSE,T0-99/T0-78 271502 27014 LM301AH l
u 61 f IC,OP AMP,JFET INPUT 357830 27014 NATSH6335l l
u 75 f ISOLATOR,OPTO,LED TO TRANSISTOR 380014 14936 MCT2 l
u 83, 84 t IC,COMPARATOR,8 PIN DIP 352195 27014 LM311N 2
u 92 t IC, TTL, HEX INVERTER W/OPEN COLLECTOR 288605 27014 DM7416N l
u 93 f IC,LSTTL,HEX D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLEAR 393207 01295 SN74LS174N l
u 94 t IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 381848 27014 CD4049CN l
u 95 f IC, CMOS, HEX 80FFER W/3-STATE OUTPUT 407759 04713 MC145038CP l
u 96 f IC,CMOS,DUAL D F/F,+EDG TRG 418830 27014 MM74C74J l
u 97 f IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 418244 27014 MM74Cl0N l
u 98 f IC,LSTTL,QUAD D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS175N l
u 99 f IC,TTL,QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 292953 27014 SN7400N l
u 100 t ISOLATOR,OPTO,HI-SPEED,8 PIN DIP 354746 47379 6Nl35 l
VR 60 t ZENER,UNCOMP,3.9V,l0•.20.0MA,0.4W 113316 04713 lN748 l
VR 61 t ZENER,UNCOMP,6.2V,5%,20.0MA,0.4W 325811 04713 1N753A l
VR 62, 63 f ZENER,UNCOMP,12.0V,5%,20.0MA,0.4W 203547 04713 1N759A 2
wl WIRE.TEF,ULll80,22AWG STRN,YEL 115584 89536 115584 l
NOTES: t static sensitive part.
l Matched set includes R9 RlO R20 UlO.
5-60
"\"Pl;
r
~~! ~ LJ =::: I· I.,I~5 B ~~' ~"'~ ~ ! !~ @

°'' locl ~
0 ~
~
~ EJ
-®ID-
-®D-
--[§]- 6
--(§]-
~
7
c.
OQs
OQ1t
LJ?i K\
_
K'2..
~~
Y
e ;g
~
L __ J
~
'
~ 6~Nv
6 (fil ~ ®~0 [ill~
9 ~ ~ C"I~ ~8H8Yl:f1~1.-- '~,- ~~
8
.,, I I v
r:l elO 0
t.J~~Y5
C.11 C.14' C.11. C."l" 1
u v
~ ~--
I)
ca·
i-: =: I
I R\3 I ::J c""' 5
c
iii lea I I R\'T {31. I ~A I
lc4 -<3ID-
Cf'
~
(§) 0 D
c:::J
G-<BiD--
1 Q1~
D
~
Qlo~
lc1ol
-c::J-
--;c:Jv,..,a
--<C::lv"<o'Z.
P1 C.?1.
~ c. 30 ~~ -rl'\1.. D -<El!>- Q"" c.~10

!=
~
-m5i}-
~
DI ~ ----<3E>- -c:J>-- O+ c1t1 ci;i C')~ ---OmD- :;; O -c::F=,R.'>
e
0 0
ca lmJ 0 ~ Q:> C."9 ~
~ ~C<t4b ~ 0 ~"9~
-,~o~., 0 ~
'#..
~ Q ~
rt N
g Q'M• R64 !!! :> ;
-.,,2.
::I
D \J42 6 ~
0 ~ ~D
~Pe ~ ~ ~
~ ! J~' '"ru r.::i
l!£J 5 o~
,r,~ ' lU ~ ~ ~~ ,;
C.R$1 Q<l4 §jJ -mm-
~
Q?~G
~
Q ~ e~~ ~e~ ~t.•...~, ~9
<> •• ~.,~ ..
r
i
~ G1m A~ ~ 1:1 . ,,,... 2.
~ El '¥' OI I '-./ '-./ ~ Gl9?1 1 1 1;1 1; ::u
CD
t~ ~ ~
"C
ii
(....,
_,
T T m
O"
co
0
0 .,,
~
..... I»
:L
~
UI
01
~ 01
51009
Instruction Manual
Table 5-21. A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESCRIPTION STOCK SPLV PART NUMBER T
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l. 2. 8. CAP.TA.lSOF.+-20•.2ov 807610 56289 l99Dl56X0020DE2 8
c 9. 21. 22. 807610
c 26, 27 807610
C3 CAP,CER.47PF.+-2•.100V,COG 832295 04222 SRS91A470GAA l
c 4. 19 CAP,TA,1UF,+-20•.3SV 697417 56289 199Dl0SX003SAG2 2
c s- 7, 10. CAP,CER,0.22UF,+80-20•.sov.zsu 649939 04222 SRS9SE224ZAA 11
c 24. 28, 29, 649939
c 43- 46 649939
c 11, 14, 15, CAP,POLYCA,0.68UF,+-10•.sov 284695 84411 X463UW0.6810•50V 4
c 17 284695
c 12. 18, 23 CAP.CER,O.OlUF.+-20•.50V,X7R 816249 04222 SR075Cl03MAA 3
c 13 CAP,CER,0.0470F,+-20•.sov.x7R 831487 04222 SRS9SC473MAA l
c 16 CAP,CER,33PF,+-s•.sov,COG 714543 04222 SRS9SA330JAA l
c 20 CAP,TA,6.8UF,+-20•,3SV 807602 56289 199D68SX003SDE2 l
c 31- 42 CAP.CER,100PF,+-S•,50V,COG 831495 04222 SRS9SA101JAA 12
CR 1- 3. 6, t DIODE.SI,BV-7SV,I0-1SOMA.500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 9
CR 9- 13 t 203323
CR 4 DIODE,SI,100 PIV,1.S AMP 116111 66967 1NS392 1
CR 5. 7 t DIODE,SI,N-JFET,CORRENT REG,IF-5.3 MA 334714 17856 J9010 2
E l- 19 JOMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl 19
H 1 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,4-40 •• 250 185918 COMMERCIAL l
H 2 NOT,HEX,STL,4-40 184044 COMMERCIAL l
H 3 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,1.125 241331 74594 241331 8
K 1. 2 RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,SVDC 340638 71707 7002-5057 2
K3 RELAY.REED,1 FORM A,4.5VDC 424408 71707 CR4000-00l l
L l CHOKE, 3 TORN 452888 89536 452888 l
L 2- 4 CHOKE,6TURN 320911 89536 320911 3
MP l BOSHING,SNAP-IN,NYLON,0.251 ID 160507 96881 4L4-F l
MP 2 TERM,INSUL.FEEDTHRU,8IFORCATED 281865 12615 SL-841-777 3
MP 3 DAC SHIELD. LEFT FRONT 421792 89536 421792 l
MP 4 DAC SHIELD, RIGHT FRONT 421800 89536 421800 l
MP s DAC SHIELD, LEFT REAR 421818 89536 421818 1
MP 6 DAC SHIELD, RIGHT REAR 425199 89536 425199 l
p 63 CONN,COAX,SMB(M),PWB,RT ANG 353243 26805 5164-5003-09 l
Q l t TRANSISTOR,SI.PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 l
Q 2. 4, 6- t FIELD EFFECT N-CHANNEL,GRP OF SIX 418657 89536 418657 6
Q 9 t 418657
Q 3, 5 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-CHAN,T0-92,SWITCH 832139 17856 J2903 2
Q 10- 15 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 832212 04713 MPS2369RLRA 6
R 1, 8, 10- RES,CF,1K,+-s•.o.2sw 343426 59124 CF1/4 l02J 10
R 12, 16. 25, 343426
R 49, 60. 61 343426
R 2, 33, 52. RES,CF,4.7K.+-s•.o.2sw 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 4
R 53 348821
R 3- 6, 9, RES,CF,620,+-s•.o.25W 442319 59124 CFl/4 621J 7
R 21, 26 442319
R 7. 17, so RES,CF,470.+-s•.o.25W 343434 59124 CF1/4 471J 3
R 14 RES,CF,22K,+-5•,0.2SW 348870 59124 CFl/4 223J l
R 15. Sl RES,CF,lSO,+-s•.o.2sw 343442 59124 CFl/4 lSlJ 2
R 19, 20 REs.cF,220,+-s•.o.25w 342626 59124 CFl/4 221J 2
R 22. 23 RES,CF,330,+-s•.o.25W 368720 59124 CFl/4 331J 2
R 24 RES,CF,33,+-s•.o.2sw 414524 59124 CFl/4 330J l
R 27, 28 RES,CF,S60,+-5•.o.2sw 385948 59124 CFl/4 S61J 2
R 29, 31 RES,CF,3.3K,+-s •• o.2sw 348813 59124 CFl/4 332J 2
R 30. 32 RES,CF,2.7K,+-s•.o.2sw 386490 59124 CFl/4 272J 2
R 34 RES,CF,10K,+-5•,0.2SW 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J l
R 35 RES, WW, HERM, l/4W. lOOK, +-.02• 299222 89536 299222 1
R 36, 37 RES,MF,3.24M,+-1•.o.sw.100PPM 381525 91637 CMF-65 3244F T-1 2
R 38 RES,MF,301,+-1•.o.12sw.100PPM 267740 91637 CMF-SS 3010F T-1 l
R 40 RES WW 24.916K OHM 421180 89536 421180 l
R 41 RES,MF,64.9,+-1•.o.12sw,100PPM 313338 91637 CMF-SS 64R9F T-1 l
R 42 RES,VAR,CERM,S0,+-20•,0.5W 267815 80294 3009P-1-500 1
R 43- 45 RES,MF,20K,+-1•.o.12sw.100PPM 291872 91637 CMF-SS 2002F T-l 3
R 46 RES,CF,2.2K,+-s•.o.2sw 343400 59124 CFl/4 222J l
R 47, 48 RES,CF,27K.+-s•.o.2sw 441501 59124 CF1/4 273J 2
R 62 RES,MF,27.4K,+-l•,O.l25W,2SPPM 484899 91637 CMF-55 2742F T-9 l
T l PULSE TRANSFORMER 420901 89536 420901 l
u 2, 3, 7 t IC.CMOS.HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD40S08CN 3
ti 4, 9, 12, t IC,LSTTL,SYNC PRESET BCD DECADE CNTR 414227 01295 SN74LS162AN 5
ti 18, 24 t 414227
ti 5, 10, 13, t IC,LSTTL.QtlAD 2INPUT EXOR GATE W/OC 566083 89536 566083 6
ti 19. 22. 25 t 566083
ti 6. 11. 14, t IC,LSTTL,QOAD D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS17SN 6
ti 20. 26, 35 t 393215
ti 8 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN l
ti 15 t IC,LSTTL,DtlAL D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 393124 01295 SN74LS74AN l
ti 16 t IC '!'TT. HEX I•~~RTER 292979 27014 DM7404N l
5-62
5
Table 5-21. A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA (cont}
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
t117 t IC,LSTTL,OUAL JK F/F,W/SEP CLKS&CLRS 393157 01295 SN74LS107AN 1
t127 t IC,LSTTL,OUAL 4 INPUT AND GATE 408708 27014 DM74LS21N 1
u 28 t IC,LSTTL,QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 393033 01295 SN74LSOON l
u 29 t IC, TTL, DUAL JK M/S F/F,+EOG TRG,W/SET 369694 27014 DM7476N 1
u 30, 37 t IC, TTL, QUAD 2 IN NANO GATE W/OPEN COL 310201 27014 OM7438N 2
u 31 t re. CMOS, TRIPLE 3 INPUT AND GATE 408807 04713 MC14073BCP 1
u 32 t ISOLATOR,OPTO,OUAL,OTL/TTL COMPATABLE 418285 28480 HCPL-2630 1
u 33 t re.VOLT REG,FIXED,-12 VOLTS,l.5 AMPS 381665 04713 MC7912CT 1
u 34 t rc,STTL,DUAL D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/SET&CLR 418269 01295 SN74S74N 1
u 36 t re.op AMP.SELECTED VOLTAGE FOLLOWER 288365 27014 LM310H 1
u 38 t ISOLATOR,OPTO,LED TO TRANSISTOR,OUAL 454330 25088 ILCT-6-254 1
u 39 t re.op AMP.GEN PURPOSE,T0-99/T0-78 271502 27014 LM301AH 1
VR 1 t ZENER,UNCOMP,12.0V,5%,20.0MA,0.4W 203547 04713 1N759A 1
w1 WIRE,TEF,UL1180,22AWG,STRN,WHT 115667 89536 115667 1
XY 1 SOCKET,CRYSTAL,PWB 148668 95146 8000-AGlO l
y 1 CRYSTAL,8MHZ,+-0.5t,HC-6/U 422519 61429 422519 1
5-63
51008
Instruction Manual
IE2l
> .,.,., I~ > sn

> 'l'!"l
> ~n
I~ > -z:n
--c!V- ---Cfi)-
..
g1 I ~2 2 L
2 I§> 011"1 11n
I~ s~n
-GD-
~I -cm- Cf,§)
> "t-11"'
I~ > oe.1n
2 .,.,..., >
~ -Gm-
:i
~
I 2 '31n
~> "''"' ~> ozn I~ > L.l"l
~I -cur- --ffi2r cm
:1
.. > L.-Z:l"I
I~ > -Z:'t.!"l
:.. I
~ >
~I
5100A-1660
Figure 5-16. A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA

5-64
List of Replaceable Pans 5
Table 5-22. A16 Extended High Voltage PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
Al t HIGH VOLTAGE CONTROL PCA 700526 89536 700526 l
c l- 6 CAP.TA.l5UF.+-20•.2ov 807610 56289 l99Dl56X0020DE2 6
c 10. 11 CAP,POLYES,0.33UF.+-20•.2ooov 423301 84411 X675HV.33420•2000V 2
c 12. 13 CAP,CER.0.0470F.+-20•.50V.X7R 831487 04222 SR595C473MAA 2
c 14 CAP,POLYCA.0.330F.+-l0•.400V 447623 56699 719BlMJ334K40lSD l
c 15 CAP,CER,lOPF.+-20•.5ov.coG 721589 04222 SR595Al00MAA l
CR 8- l l DIODE,SI.HV STACK.PIV-2K.40MA 418616 83003 VA20X-2 4
CR 12. 13 t DIODE,SI,BV•75V,IO•l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 lN4448 2
H l SCREW,FH.P,LOCK,STL.2-56,.375 146803 74594 146803 l
H 2 SCREW,PH.P,LOCK,STL.4-40,.250 129890 74594 129890 8
H 3 SCREW,PH.P.LOCK,STL,6-32, .375 152165 74594 152165 3
H 4 SPACER •• 375 HEX.AL,6-32,1.750 246868 55566 2258632A7 4
H 5 SCREW,PH.P,LOCK.STL,6-32 •• 250 152140 74594 152140 8
H 6 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND.BR.4-40,.187 335604 55566 30468440814-MOD.•.187 6
J 73 CONN.KV,CABLE.PLOG.2 CONTACT 442897 81312 JFA2P l
K l. 2 RELAY,ARMATURE,2 FORM C.5V 733063 89536 733063 2
K 3 RELAY,REED.2 FORM A.4.5VDC 441931 71707 1235-0093 l
K 4. 5 RELAY,ARMATORE, 2 FORM C. 4.5VDC 573956 26806 A2420-l3-202 2
K 6. 7 RELAY• REED, l FORM A. 4. 5VDc 441949 71707 1240-0094 2
L 1- 3 CHOKE,6TORN 320911 89536 320911 3
L 4 INDOCTOR.3900UH.+-lO•.l.8MHZ.SHLD 363176 24759 MR-3900J&K l
MP l GUIDE BRKT • LO FREQ XFMR 425140 89536 425140 l
MP 2 BRACKET, KV CONNECTOR 426205 89536 426205 l
MP 3 TERM,INSOL.FEEDTHRU.BIFURCATED 281865 12615 SL-841-777 l
MP 4. 5 RELAY SOCKET,ACCESSORY,SPRING,2 POLE 376459 77342 20C249 2
MP 6 CABLE TIE.5n,l.375NDIA 807230 50802 08350 5
MP 7 DECAL,514968 508143 89536 508143 l
MP 8 SHIELD, EXT HI VOLT 515411 89536 515411 l
R 1- 3 RES.cC,330K,+-5•.1w 109777 01121 GB3345 3
R 4. 5 RES,CC,2.7K.+-5•.1w 296442 01121 GB2725 2
R 6 REs.cc.2.2K.+-10•.1w 109843 01121 GB222l l
R 7 RES.MF.7.l5K.+-1•.0.5W.100PPM 186072 91637 CMF-65 7151F T-1 l
R 8 RES,MF,l.91K.+-l•.0.5W.100PPM 245621 91637 CMF-65 l9llF T-1 1
R 9 REs.cc.390,+-10•.1w 109561 01121 GB39ll l
RV l VARISTOR,l50V,+-lO•.l.OMA 474122 09214 Vl50M'l'2B l
T l XFORMER, EXTENDED HI VOLTAGE 510057 89536 510057 l
T 2 HI FREQ XFORMER 432997 89536 432997 l
TP 3. 5- 7, JUMPER.WIRE,NONINSUL.0.200CTR 816090 91984 l50Tl 6
TP 10. ll 816090
u l t IC. OP AMP• JFET INPUT. T0-5 CASE 429837 27014 LF365BH l
VR 1. 2 t ZENER,UNCOMP.9.lV.5•.28.0MA.1.ow 459917 12969 UZ8709 2
w l WIRE,TEF.ULll80.22AWG.STRN,GRN 115659 89536 115659 l
W2 WIRE.TEF.ULll80,22AWG.STRN,RED 115576 23172 2875-3 l
w 3. 4 CABLE,FLAT.JOMPER.l8COND •• lOOSP,2.5 418764 OFYL7 S-18-P-2.5-E-E 2
XK 4 5 RELAY SOCKET.2 POLE 376665 77342 27E50l 2
5-65
5100~"
lnstructio Manual
5100A-1671
Figure 5-17• A16 Exten ded High Voltage PCA

5-66
Table 5-23. A16A1 High Voltage Control PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c 7- 9 CAP,CER,0.047UF,+-20%,50V,X7R 831487 04222 SR595C473MAA 3
c 15, 16 CAP,CER,470PF,+-10%,50V,COG 733071 04222 SR595A471KAA 2
c 17 CAP,TA,22UF,+-20%,10V 658971 56289 199D226X0010CG2 1
c 18 CAP,TA,1UF,+-20%,35V 697417 56289 199Dl05X0035AG2 1
CR 1- 7, 14 t DIODE,SI,BV-75V,I0-150MA,500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 8
E 8, 9 JtlMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 l50Tl 2
0 1 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0 -92 831446 04713 MPS3640 1
R 10 RES,CF,47K,+-5%,0.25W 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J 1
R 11, 12 RES,CF,22K,+-5%,0.25W 348870 59124 CFl/4 223J 2
R 13 RES,CF,150,+-5%,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 1
R 14 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.25W 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 1
R 15 RES,MF,200K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 261701 91637 CMF-55 2003F T-1 1
R 16, 17 RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 2
u 2 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN 1
u 3 t IC,LSTTL,HEX D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLEAR 393207 01295 SN74LS174N 1
u 4 t IC,TTL,DUAL NANO DRVR W/OPEN COLLECT 329706 27014 DS75452N 1
u 5. 6 t IC,FTTL,OUAD 2 IN NANO W/OPEN COLLCT 854617 27014 74F38PC 2
u 7 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 418244 27014 MM74Cl0N 1
u 8 t IC,CMOS,DUAL D F/F,+EDG TRG 418830 27014 MM74C74J 1
u 9 t IC,CMOS,DUAL MONOSTABLE MULTIBRATOR 454017 27014 CD4538BCN 1
u 10 t IC, LSTTL. QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 393033 01295 SN74LSOON 1
5·67
51008
Instruction Manual
~9 ~9 ~9 ~ ~ ~9 g~
B@ 0 ~
If\
- u ...--
~ D ~ ~0
c[]~\j
~ ~
5100A-1672
Figure 5-18. A16A1 High Voltage Control PCA

5-68
5
Table 5-24. A17 Power Amplifier PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
A 1 fPOWER TRANSISTOR PCA 438606 89536 438606 1
c 1, 2 CAP,TA,6.8UF,+-20%,35V 807602 56289 199D68 5XO 03 5DE2 2
c 3,121,127, CAP,CER,33PF,+-5%,50V,COG 714543 04222 SR595A330JAA 4
c 140 714543
c 4, s. 19- CAP,CER,0.22UF,+-20%,SOV,Z5U 831982 04222 SR295E224MAA 13
c 21, 25, 26, 831982
c 28, 29, 31, 831982
c 32, 35. 36 831982
c 8. 9. 104. CAP,CER,0.05UF,+-20%,100V,Z5V 149161 60705 565CBA101AR503MA05 14
c 105,112,117- 149161
c 119,124,125, 149161
c 141,142,146, 149161
c 147 149161
c 15- 18 CAP,CER,lOOPF,+-5%,SOV,COG 831495 04222 SR595Al01JAA 4
c 22 CAP,POLYES,0.01UF,+-10%,50V 715037 37942 171-473Kl60B l
c 23, 24 CAP,CER,33PF,+-2\,100V,COG 838466 04222 SR071A330GAA 2
c 27 CAP,CER,0.0022UF,+-10%,SOOV,ZSR 268425 60705 562CCK50lEG222KA09 l
c 30 CAP,POLYES,0.001UF,+-10%,50V 720938 68919 MKS1102K50 l
c 33, 34 CAP,POLYPR,0.033UF,+-10%,63V 721050 68919 MKP20333K63 2
c 37 CAP,POLYES,1UF,+-10%,50V 733089 68919 MKS2105K50 l
c 38,107,114, CAP,TA,2.2UF,+-20%,25V 697425 56289 199D225X0025AG2 5
c 129,145 697425
c 39 CAP,CER,680PF,+-5%,50V,COG 743351 04222 SR595A681JAA 1
c 40 CAP,POLYES,0.47UF,+-10%,50V 697409 37942 185-2-474K50AA 1
c 41 CAP,CER,2200PF,+-10%,500V,Z5R 817007 60705 562CRE501EG222KA09 1
c 42, 43 CAPACITOR,MATCHED SET 855622 89536 855622 l
c 46 CAP,TA,10UF,+-20%,25V 714774 56289 199Dl06X0025BE2 1
c 102 CAP,CER,470PF,+-5%,50V,COG 830430 04222 SR595A471JAA l
c 103 CAP,CER,56PF,+-2%,50V,C0G 714378 04222 SR595A560GAA l
c 106 CAP,CER,220PF,+-2%,l00V,COG 812131 04222 SR291A221GAA l
c 108 CAP,CER,lOOPF,+-2%,lOOV,COG 812115 04222 SR291Al0lGAA 1
c 109 CAP,CER,l800PF,+-5%,50V,COG 528547 04222 SR215Al82JAA l
c 110 CAP,TA,1UF,+-20%,35V 161919 56289 199Dl05X0035AA2 1
c lll, 113,128, CAP,TA,0.22UF.+-20%,35V 161331 56289 199D224X0035AA2 4
c 130 161331
c 115, 116, 148, CAP,TA,47UF,+-20%,20V 348516 56289 199D476X0020EA2 4
c 149 348516
c 120 CAP,CER,39PF,+-2%,100V,COG 512962 04222 SR15lA390GAA l
c 122 CAP,CER,l2PF,+-2%.l00V,COG 816124 04222 SR291Al20GAA l
c 131,134 CAP,CER,0.01UF,+80-20%,500V,Z5U 816991 60705 562CZ5USE501AGl03Z 2
c 132,133 CAP,TA,39UF,+-20%,6V 163915 56289 199D396X0006DA2 2
c 135,136 CAP,AL,10UF,+75-10%,150V 106351 0P569 30Dl06-K-150 2
c 137 CAP,CER,1500PF,+-l0%,1000V,Z5R 557496 60705 562CX5FCK102EG152K l
c 138,139 CAP,AL,l50UF,+50-10%,63V 170274 62643 SM63T-l50 2
c 144 CAP,CER,lOOOPF,+-2%,SOV,COG 807966 04222 SR595Al02GAA l
c 150 CAP,TA,68UF,+-20%,6.3V 821785 56289 199D686X06R30G2 1
c 152 CAP,CER,100PF,+-l0%,l000V,S3N 816983 60705 561CR3LSE102EF101K l
CR 1- 5, 7- f DIODE,SI,BV=75V,IO=l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 lN4448 31
CR 10, 103-106, t 203323
CR 109 .110. 112- t 203323
CR 117,120-124, t 203323
CR 128,129,131- t 203323
CR 133 t 203323
CR 107,108,118, DIODE,SI,100 PIV,l AMP 742874 65940 1N4002A 6
CR 119,125,126 742874
CR 127,130 t DIODE,SI,N-JFET,CURRENT REG,IF=3.0 MA 832113 17856 J2901 2
E 1- 24, 26. JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl 31
E 27, 29- 31, 816090
E 40, 41 816090
H l SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40, .531 355479 55566 3045B0440Bl4-MOD.=.53l 4
H 2 SCREW,PH,P,SEMS,STL,4-40, .250 185918 89536 185918 6
H 3 NUT,HEX,STL,4-40 184044 89536 184044 2
K 2, 5 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.SVOC 404590 71707 4000-0008 2
K 3, 4 RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,5VOC 340638 71707 7002-5057 2
K 7, 8 RELAY,ARMATURE,2 FORM C,4.5VOC 514240 26806 AZ-420-12-203 2
K 10 RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,4 .5V 380725 71707 1235-0081 l
K ll RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.5VDC 441949 71707 1240-0094 l
L l CHOKE,6TURN 320911 89536 320911 l
MP l HEAT DIS,PWB MTG,l.380,2.000, .500 386235 13103 603201.380-2.000-.500 2
MP 2 HEAT DIS, PRESS ON,T0-5 418384 13103 22258 5
MP3 INSUL PT, TRANSISTOR MOUNT,DAP,T0-5 152207 07047 10123-DAP 6
Q l t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 l
Q 2,115 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,HI-VOLTAGE,T0-92 722934 27014 MPS-A42 2
Q 19, 20 t PREFERRED PART, TRANSISTOR SET 468926 89536 468926 l
Q 101,102 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,T0-92 816314 17856 J2864 2
lo 104 105 t TRANSISTOR SI NPN DUAL T0-52 SELECTED 478321 ONO KO TTs:n111 2
5-69
51008
Instruction Manual
Table 5-24. A17 Power Amplifier PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
Q 106,107 t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET 742304 17856 PN4091 2
Q 108,109 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,40V,0.2W,T0-92 341081 27014 2N4121 2
Q 110,123,133 t TRANSISTOR,SI,V8=200V,l0W,T0-5 276899 04713 2N5415 3
Q 111 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 832170 04713 MPS6520 1
Q 112,117 t TRANSISTOR,SI,8V=80V,10W,T0-202 343970 04713 SPS7104 2
Q 113,128,129, t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 698225 27014 2N3904 4
Q 140 t 698225
Q 114,116, 127, t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,T092 698274 04713 2N5401 5
Q 139,141 t 698274
Q 118 t TRANSISTOR,St,SV= 80V, lOW,T0-202,SEL 3".13988 04713 SPS7025 l
Q 121,122,125, f TRANSISTOR,S!,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 3 ~ c.. DG7 04713 2N3439 4
Q 131 t 335067
Q 130, 135 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,T092 698233 04713 2N3906 2
R 1, 2 RES,CF,22K,+-5%,0.2SW 348870 59124 CFl/4 223J 2
R 3 RES,CF,150,+-5%,0.2SW 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 1
R 4, 59,170, RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.2SW 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 6
R 172,208,227 348821
R 5,139,142, RES,CF,390,+-5%,0.2SW 441543 59124 CFl/4 391J 4
R 228 441543
R 8, 229 RES,CF,15K,+-5%,0.25W 348854 59124 CFl/4 153J 2
R 9, 24,171, RES,CF,2K,+-5%,0.25W 441469 59124 CFl/4 202J 5
R 191,201 441469
R 10 RES,CF,9.1K,+-5%,0.2SW 441691 59124 CFl/4 912J 1
R ll RES,CF,3.9K,+-5%,0.2SW 342600 59124 CFl/4 392J 1
R 12 RES,CF,12K,+-5%,0.25W 348847 59124 CFl/4 123J 1
R 13, 15 RES,MF,20K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 291872 91637 CMF-55 2002F T-1 2
R 14 RES,CF,20K,+-5%,0.2SW 441477 59124 CFl/4 203J 1
R 17 RES,VAR,CERM,SOOK,+-10%,0.SW 851683 80294 3386S-l-504 1
R 22 RES,MF,2K,+-1%,0.SW,100PPM 151266 91637 CMF-65 2001F T-1 1
R 25- 35, 37- RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.2SW 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 16
R 40, 185 348839
R 41 RES,MF,121K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 229369 91637 CMF-55 1213F T-1 1
R 42, 47 RES,MF,l.21K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 229146 91637 CMF-55 l211F T-1 2
R 43, 44, 53 RES,MF,2.61K,+-0.1%,0.12SW,100PPM 851571 91637 CMF-55 26118 T-1 3
R 45,133,209, RES,CF,7.5K,+-5%,0.25W 441667 59124 CFl/4 752J 4
R 211 441667
R 46, 60 RES,MF,7.15K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 260356 91637 CMF-55 7151F T-1 2
R 48 RES,MF,7.32K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 294926 91637 CMF-55 7321F T-1 1
R 49 RES,MF,l.62K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 283697 91637 CMF-55 1621F T-1 1
R so. 51 RES,MF,90.9K,+-l%,0.12SW,l00PPM 223537 91637 CMF-55 9092F T-1 2
R 52 RES,VAR,CERM,100,+-10%,0.SW 285130 80294 3386S-l-101 1
R 56,194 RES,MF,2K,•-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 235226 91637 CMF-55 2001F T-1 2
R 57 RES,MF,205,+-1%,0.125W,l00PPM 325647 91637 CMF-55 2050F T-1 l
R 61 RES,MF,49.9K,+-0.1%,0.l2SW,100PPM 291070 91637 CMF-55 49928 T-1 1
R 63 RES,CF,39K,+-5%,0.2SW 442400 59124 CFl/4 393J l
R 64 RES,CF,33K,+-5%,0.2SW 348888 59124 CFl/4 333J l
R 66 RES,CF,18K,+-5%,0.25W 348862 59124 CFl/4 183J l
R 67, 68, 70 RES,CF,390K,+-5%,0.25W 442475 59124 CFl/4 394J 3
R 71 RES,MF,3.16K,+-l%,O.l2SW,100PPM 235291 91637 CMF-55 3161F T-1 l
R 72 RES,CF,8.2K,+-5%,0.2SW 441675 59124 CFl/4 822J l
R 110 RES,MF,5.9K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 267351 91637 CMF-55 5901F T-1 l
R 111 RES,MF,18.2K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 236810 91637 CMF-55 1822F T-1 1
R 112 RES,MF,12.7K,+-1%,0.125W,l00PPM 217448 91637 CMF-55 1272F T-1 1
R 113 RES,MF,l91,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 325639 91637 CMF-55 1910F T-1 l
R 114 RES,VAR,CERM,200K,+-20%,0.5W 381509 80294 3009P-EH1-204 l
R 115,192 RES,CF,200K,+-5%,0.25W 441485 59124 CFl/4 204J 2
R 116 RES,CF,2.7K,+-5%,0.25W 386490 59124 CFl/4 272J 1
R 117 RES,MF,61.9,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 305961 91637 CMF-55 61R9F T-1 1
R 118 RES,MF,953,+-l%,0.12SW,100PPM 288555 91637 CMF-55 9530F T-1 1
R 119 RES,MF,365,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 459859 91637 CMF-55 36SOF T-1 1
R 123,203 RES,VAR,CERM,1K,+-10%,0.5W 285155 80294 3386S-l-102 2
R 124,166 RES,MF,l.5K,+-1%,0.12SW,l00PPM 313098 91637 CMF-55 lSOlF T-1 2
R 125 RES,CF,33,+-5%,0.25W 414524 59124 CFl/4 330J 1
R 126 RES,MF,453,+-l%,0.l25W,l00PPM 267393 91637 CMF-55 4530F T-1 l
R 127,129 RES,CF,6.8K,+-5%,0.2SW 368761 59124 CFl/4 682J 2
R 128 RES,MF,174,+-1%,0.l2SW,100PPM 343913 91637 CMF-55 l740F T-1 1
R 130 RES,CF,470K,+-5%,0.2SW 342634 59124 CFl/4 474J 1
R 131 RES,CF,150K,+-5%,0.2SW 348938 59124 CFl/4 l54J 1
R 132,216,221 RES,CF,lK,+-5%,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 l02J 3
R 134,137,174, RES,CF,470,+-5%,0.25W 343434 59124 CFl/4 471J 4
R 177 343434
R 135 13 6 RES CF 180 +-5% 0.25W 441436 59124 CFl/4 lBlJ 2
5-70
5
Table 5-24. A17 Power Amplifier PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
R 138,143 RES,CF,l0,+-5%,0.25W 340075 59124 CFl/4 lOOJ 2
R 140.141 RES,CF,8.2,+-5%,0.25W 442269 59124 CFl/4 8R2J 2
R 144 RES,MF,l.82K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 293 670 91637 CMF-55 1821F T-1 l
R 145 RES,MF,l.43K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 325662 91637 CMF-55 1431F T-1 1
R 146 RES,MF,178,+-1%,0.125W,25PPM 501437 91637 CMF-55 1781F T-9 1
R 147,148 RES,MF,4.99K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 168252 91637 CMF-55 4991F T-1 2
R 149 RES,CF,75K,+-5%,0.25W 394130 59124 CFl/4 753J l
R 150,155,193 RES,VAR,CERM,50K,+-10%,0.5W 208290 80294 3386S-l-503 3
R l"' RES,MF,3.83K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 235143 91637 CMF-55 3831F T-1 l
R 152 RES,MF,12.1K,+-Ji.o.12sw.100PPM /.34097 91637 CMF-55 l212F T-1 1
R 153,186 RES,MF,15.4K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 261651 91637 CMF-55 1542F T-1 2
R 154,192 RES,CC,5.1M,+-5%,0.25W 658609 01121 CB5155 2
R 156 RES,CF,15,+-5%,0.25W 348755 59124 CFl/4 150J 1
R 157 RES,CC,3.9K,+-10%,2W 110213 01121 HB3921 1
R 158 RES,MF,2.05K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 293704 91637 CMF-55 2051F T-1 1
R 162 RES,MF,464,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 340810 91637 CMF-55 4640F T-1 l
R 163,168 RES,CC,llK,+-5%,0.5W 108613 01121 EB1135 2
R 165 RES,VAR,CERM,500,+-10%,0.5W 291120 80294 3386S-l-502 l·
R 167 RES,CF,27,+-5%,0.25W 348763 59124 CFl/4 270J l
R 173, l 78 RES,CF,91K,+-5%,0.25W 441709 59124 CFl/4 913J 2
R 175,176,222, RES,CF,56,+-5%,0.25W 342618 59124 CFl/4 560J 4
R 223 342610
R 154,179.195 RES,CF,100K,+-5%,0.25W 348920 59124 CFl/4 104J 3
R 180 RES,CF,51,+-5%,0.25W 414540 59124 CFl/4 510J l
R 181,184 RES,CF,240,+-5%,0.25W 376624 59124 CFl/4 241J 2
R 182,183 RES,CC,l.6,+-5%,0.5W 218727 01121 EB1R65 2
R 187 RES,CF,56K,+-5%,0.25W 441626 59124 CFl/4 563J l
R 188 RES,MF,2.67K,+-l%,0.125W,100PPM 289507 91637 CMF-55 2671F T-1 l
R 189 RES,MF,l.4K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 344333 91637 CMF-55 1402F T-1 l
R 196 RES,CF,27K,+-5%,0.25W 441501 59124 CFl/4 273J 1
R 197 RES,CF,750,+-5%,0.25W 441659 59124 CFl/4 751J 1
R 198,199 RES,CF,100,+-5%,0.25W 348771 59124 CFl/4 lOlJ 2
R 200 RES,CF,22,+-5%,0.25W 381145 59124 CFl/4 220J 1
R 205 RES,MF,10,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 268789 91637 CMF-55 lOROF T-1 l
R 206,207 RES,CF,300K,+-5%,0.25W 441535 59124 CFl/4 304J 2
R 210,212 RES,CF,200,+-5%,0.25W 441451 59124 CFl/4 201J 2
R 213,214 RES,WW,0.15,+-5%,2W 325712 23237 SPH2-.150HMS5% 2
R 217,220 RES,MF,100,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 168195 91637 CMF-55 lOOOF T-1 2
R 218,219 RES,MF,12.l,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 296608 91637 CMF-55 12RlF T-1 2
R 224 RES,CF,300,+-5%,0.25W 441519 59124 CFl/4 301J l
R 230 RES,MF,3.01K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 312645 89536 312645 1
R 231 RES,DF,47K,+-5%,0.25W 348896 89536 348896 l
u 1 t IC,CMOS,DUAL 4 INPUT NAND GATE 429407 27014 MM74C20N l
u 2 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN 1
u 3 t IC,LSTTL,HEX D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLEAR 393207 01295 SN74LS174N 1
u 4 t IC,LSTTL,QUAD D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS175N 1
u 5 t IC,TTL,QUAD 2 IN NANO GATE W/OPEN COL 310201 01295 SN7438N l
u 6, 7 t IC,TTL,DUAL NANO DRVR W/OPEN COLLECT 329706 27014 DS75452N 2
u 8 t IC,TTL,QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 288845 27014 DM7402N l
u 101 t IC,OP AMP,DUAL,JFET INPUT,8 PIN DIP 454454 01295 TL082CP 1
u 102 t IC,OP AMP.GENERAL PURPOSE,T0-5 CASE 483495 27014 LM318H 1
u 104,105 t IC,OP AMP,LO-NOISE,8 PIN DIP 495051 89536 495051 2
u 106 t IC,OP AMP, LO-OFFSET VOLTAGE, LO-NOISE 605980 89536 605980 l
u 108-110,115 t ISOLATOR,OPTO,LED TO TRANSISTOR 851790 25088 4N28-584 4
u 111 t IC,OP AMP,HI-SLEW RATE,8 PIN DIP 386268 27014 LM318N 1
u 112 t IC,CMOS,MONOSTABL/ASTABL MULTIVIBRATR 535575 27014 CD4047BC l
u 113 t IC,CMOS,QUAD BILATERAL SWITCH 586735 17856 DG2llCJ l
u 114 t IC,OP AMP,QUAD,JFET INPUT,14 PIN DIP 483438 01295 TL084CN l
VR 101,103,108, t ZENER,UNCOMP,3.9V,10%,20.0MA,0.4W 113316 04713 1N748A 4
VR 109 t 113316
VR 105,106,110, t ZENER,UNCOMP,6.2V,2%,20.0MA,0.4W 325803 04713 1N753C 4
VR lll t 325803
VR 113 t ZENER,UNCOMP,22.0V,5%,5.6MA,0.4W 181073 04713 1N969B 1
VR 114 t ZENER,UNCOMP,5.6V,5%,20.0MA,0.4W 277236 04713 1N752A l
XK 7, 8 RELAY SOCKET ACCESS, SPRING STRAP 376459 77342 20C249 2
XK 7, e RELAY SOCKET,2 POLE 376665 77342 27E501 2
NOTES: t Scacic sensitive pare.
5-71
51008
Instruction Manual
... -
D.01
.. -
o. .. ....
.. _
-!!!
Q.
I-
~
...I-
.
Q.
5100A-1683
F.1gure 5 -1 "·
n Ai 7 Power Amplifier PCA
5-72
5
Table 5-25. A17A1 Power Transistor PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c 10- 13 CAP,CER,O.lUF,+-20%,lOOV,Z5V 149146 60705 565CZ5UBA10lAWl04M 4
H l STUD,CLINCH,SOLDR,ST,6-32,.500 806414 24347 SHS2-632-8HS 8
H 2 WASHER,SHLDR,NYL,.141,.320,.065 733345 86928 5607-72 8
H 3 WASHER,FLAT,BR,.147,.312,.032 111310 86928 5714-33-32-N 8
MP l HEATS INK 803858 89536 803858 l
MP 2 INSUL PART,T0-3,SI,l.650,1.140 473165 55285 7403-09FR-05 4
MP 3 HEAT DIS.PCB MT,0.562X0.531 312413 98978 RU67BlU 2
MP 4 SOCKET,SINGLE,PWB,FOR 0.018-0.040 PIN 284281 00779 380598-2 8
MP 5 NUT,HEX,ELAST STOP,STL,6-32, .125 110841 72962 F21NTM-62 8
Q 124.138 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 218081 04713 MPS6520 2
Q 132.134 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-375V,l00W,T0-3 313213 34371 2N5240 2
Q 142 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-60V,l00W,T0-3,DAR 429092 04713 2N6055 l
Q 143 t TRANSISTOR,SI,BV-60V,l00W,T0-3,DAR 429084 04713 2N6053 l
wl CABLE.FLAT.JUMPER l8COND .lOOSP,2.5 418764 OFYL7 S-18-P-2.5-E-E l
5-73
51008
Instruction Manual
5100A-1680
Figure 5-20. A17A1 Power Transistor PCA

5-74
Table 5-26. A18 Oscillator PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c J.- 4. 15. CAP,CER,o.220F,+80-20,,sov.zsu 649939 04222 SR595E224ZAA 8
c J.6. 22, 23 649939
c s. 9, 24- CAP,TA.J.SUF,+-20,.2ov 807610 56289 l99Dl56X0020DE2 8
c 29 807610
c 7 CAP,CER.O.J.OF.+-20,,1oov.zsv 149146 60705 565CZSOBA10J.AWJ.04M J.
c 8 CAP,CER.33PF,+-S,.50V.COG 714543 04222 SR595A330JAA J.
c J.O, 17 CAP,POLYPR,0.7930F,+-l,,SOV 4J.359l 84411 JF-86 7933 F 50 2
c ll. 18 CAP.POLYPR,0.0786UF,+-l,,50V 422998 84411 JF-86 .0786 F SO 2
c J.2. 19 CAP,POLYPR,7J.SOPF,+-l,,SOV 422980 84411 JF-86 715 F 50 2
c 13. 20 CAP,MICA,768PF,+-l,,300V 413609 93790 CD15FD768F03 2
c 14. 2J. CAP,VAR,6-50PF,250V,CER 40430J. S2769 GKBSOOOO 2
c 36 CAP,POLYES,J.OF.+-20,,200V 106450 8441J. X663FlOS20,200V J.
c 40. 4J. CAP,CER,l.8PF,+-0.2SPF,l00V,COK 816660 04222 SRS91AlR8CAA 2
c 42, 43 CAP,MICA,36PF.+-s,,soov 320994 93790 CD15ED360J03 2
c 44 CAP.TA,68UF,+-20,.1sv l9361S 56289 l99D686XOOlSEA2 J.
c 45 CAP,CER,56PF,+-2,,50V,COG 714378 04222 SRS95AS60GAA J.
CR 1- 4 t DIODE,SI,SCHOTTKY BARRIER, SMALL SIGNL 3l.3247 28480 5082-6264 4
CR 5- J.l t DIODE,SI,BV-7SV,IO-l.SOMA,SOOMW 203323 65940 l.N4448 7
CR 12 DIODE,SI,RECT,BRIDGE,BV-SOV.IO-lA 418S82 l.4936 DFOlM l
H J. SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.2SO 129890 74594 129890 s
K J., 2 RELAY,REED,J. FORM A/l FORM C,4.5VDC 572529 71707 CR3400-0003 2
K 3, 5 RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,5VDC 340638 71707 7002-S057 2
K 4, 6 RELAY. REED, l FORM A, 4. 5VDC 404590 71707 4000-0008 2
L J.- 3 CHOKE,6TORN 320911 89S36 320911 3
MP l SHIELD, OSCILLATOR 438333 89S36 438333 l
Q 1- ll t TRANSISTOR,SI,N-JFET,T0-92 832J.54 27014 SFS0190 J.l
Q 12 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 l
Q 14- 21 t TRANSISTOR,SI,P-MOS,ZENER PROTECTED 306142 21845 MSl.41 B
Q 23 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,T092 698233 04713 2N3906 l
Rl RES,VAR,CERM.SK,+-10,.0.sw 288282 80294 3386S-l-S02 l
R 2, 7. 9, RES,MF.4.99K,+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 168252 91637 CMF-5S 4991F T-1 4
R ll 168252
R3 RES,CF,lSOK,+-St,0.2SW 348938 S9124 CFl/4 lS4J J.
R 4. 10 RES,CF.3.3K.+-S,,0.2SW 348813 59124 CFJ./4 332J 2
R S, 6, 4S. RES,CF,l00K,+-S,,0.2SW 348920 S9l24 CFl/4 104J 4
R 47 348920
R 8, 33 RES.CF,l.SO,+-s,.o.2sw 343442 S9124 CFl/4 l.Sl.J 2
R 12, 42- 44 RES,MF,3.6SK,+-l.,,0.12SW,l00PPM 293779 9l.637 CMF-SS 36SlF T-l 4
R 13 RES.MF.l2.4K.+-1,,o.12sw.1ooppM 26l.644 91637 CMF-SS l242F T-l l
R l.4, is. 21. RES,MF,4.87K.+-l,,0.l2SW,l.OOPPM 294BSO 91637 CMF-SS 487lF T-l. 4
R 22 294850
R 16. 23 RES,MF,lOK,+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 168260 91637 CMF-SS 1002F T-J. 2
R 17, 18, 24. RES,MF.20K.+-1,.o.12sw.1oopPM 291872 91637 CMF-5S 2002F T-l 4
R 2S 291872
R J.9 RES,CF,36K,+-S,,0.2SW 442392 59J.24 CFJ./4 363J 1
R 20 RES,CF.3.9K,+-St,0.2SW 342600 S9124 CFl/4 392J l
R 26- 31 RES.CF,47K,+-s,.o.2sw 348896 S9124 CFl/4 473J 6
R 32, S4, SS RES,CF,lOK,+-s,.o.2sw 348839 S9124 CFl/4 102J 3
R 37 RES.CF,lK.+-s,.o.2sw 343426 S9124 CFl/4 l02J 1
R 40 RES.VAR.CERM.J.OOK.+-10,,0.5W 288308 80294 3386S-l-104 l
R 41 RES.MF.9S3,+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 2B8SSS 91637 CMF-SS 9530F T-1 l
R 46, 48 RES,CF,470K.+-5,,0.2SW 342634 59124 CFl/4 474J 2
R 49 RES,CF,SlO.+-s,.o.2sw 441600 S9124 CFl/4 SllJ l
R SO RES,VAR.CERM,lK,+-10,.0.sw 2BS1SS 80294 3386S-l-102 1
R Sl RES,MF.41.2K,+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 2B9S3B 91637 CMF-5S 4122F T-1 l
R S2 RES,MF,J.8.2K,+-l,,0.l2SW,100PPM 236810 91637 CMF-SS 1822F T-1 l
R 53 RES.MF,l.K,+-1,.o.12sw.100PPM 168229 91637 CMF-SS 1001F T-l l
R S6 RES,MF.402.+-1,.o.12sw.1ooppM 289611 91637 CMF-SS 4020F T-1 l
R 57 RES,MF.100,+-l,,O.l2SW,l00PPM 168195 91637 CMF-SS lOOOF T-l l
R SB RES,MF,S23K,+-l,,O.l2SW,l00PPM 2607S2 91637 CMF-SS S233F T-1 l
TP l- 11 JOMPER,WIRE,NONINSOL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 lSOTl J.l
0 l, 2 t IC,OP AMP,GENERAL PURPOSE,TO-S CASE 48349S 27014 LM3lBH 2
0 3, 14 t IC,OP AMP,GEN PURPOSE,T0-99/T0-78 271S02 27014 LM301AH 2
0 4, s t IC,OP AMP,JFET INPOT,TO-S CASE 429837 27014 LF36SBH 2
0 6. 13 t IC,TTL,QOAD 2 IN NAND GATE W/OPEN COL 310201 27014 DM743BN 2
0 7 t IC.TTL, HEX BUFFER W/OPEN COLLECTOR 4J.8236 27014 DM7407N l
u B, 9 t IC,LSTTL,QUAD D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 39321S 0129S SN74LS17SN 2
0 10 + IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NAND GATE 418244 27014 MM74Cl0N l
0 ll. 12 + IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD40SOBCN 2
VR l + ZENER,UNCOMP,S.6V,S,,20.0MA,0.4W 277236 04713 1N7S2A l
VR 2 t ZENER UNCOMP,5.lV,5,,20.0MA.0.4W lS979B 04713 lN7SlA l
5-75
51008
Instruction Manual
-GiD-
... .
~~~' ~
'
I ~ I ~ 5 I
"' :::>
- ®
-mu-
... ...
~~ p I ~ ::> I p 5 I r-
"'
~ "'
:; I p 1!l I
-
-
5100A-1690
Figure S-21. A18 Oscillator PCA

5-76
5
Table 5-27. A19 Isolator PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c: l. 4 CAP,CER,220PF.+-2%,l00V,C:OG 816728 04222 SR59lA22lGAA 2
c: 2 CAP.CER.lOPF.+-5%,lOOV,COG 566042 04222 SR151Al00JAA l
c: 3 CAP.CER.33PF.+-2%,l00V,COG 513226 04222 SRl5lA330GAA l
c: 5 CAP,CER.68PF.+-2%,50V.COG 715300 04222 SRS95A680GAA l
c: 6 CAP,TA,39UF,+-20%,6.3V 836890 56289 l99D396X06R3DG2 l
c: 7 CAP,AL,l50UF,+50-l0%,l6V 186296 62643 SM16T-l50 1
c: 8, 9 CAP,CER.27PF.+-2%,l00V,COG 816652 04222 SR591A270GAA 2
c: 10. 12. 13 CAP.CER.0.22UF.+80-20%,50V.Z5U 649939 04222 SR595E224ZAA 3
c: ll CAP,CER,0.0047UF,+-l0%,500V,Z5R 106724 60705 562CX5RCK501AJ472K 1
c: 14, 15 CAP,CER,0.01UF,+-20%,50V,X7R 816249 04222 SR075Cl03MAA 2
C:R 1- 3 t DIODE,SI.BV-75V,IO-l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 lN4448 3
C:R 4, 5 t DIODE.SI,SCHOTTKY BARRIER.SMALL SIGNL 313247 28480 5082-6264 2
H l SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40, .500 380519 55566 3051B440Bl4-MOD.-.500 2
L l CHOKE,6TURN 320911 89536 320911 l
MP l WIRE,C:OPPER/TIN.BUS,20AWG 212704 04946 302-12 l
MP 2 DECAL 455832 473488 89536 473488 1
Q 1 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITC:HING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 l
R l RES.CF,220,+-5%,0.25W 342626 59124 CFl/4 221J l
R 2 RES,CF,5.lK,+-5%,0.25W 368712 59124 CFl/4 512J l
R 3 RES,CF,47K,+-S~,0.2SW 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J l
R 4, 7 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.25W 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 2
R 5, 8- 13. RES,CF,lOK,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 9
R 16. 17 348839
R 6 RES,CF,lK,+-5%,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 l02J l
R 14 RES.CF,l50,+-5%.0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 1
R 15 RES,cF.47o,+-5%.o.z5w 343434 59124 CFl/4 471J l
R 18 RES,CF,l.5K,+-5%,0.25W 343418 59124 CFl/4 l52J l
T l, 3, 6, TORO, ISOLATOR 437608 89536 437608 4
T 8 437608
T 2, 4, 5, TORO. ISOLATOR 437590 89536 437590 4
T 7 437590
u 1, 2. 5 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN 3
u 3, 7 t IC,TTL,8BIT PAR-IN,SER-OUT SHIFT RGS 293118 27014 DM74165N 2
0 4, 15 t IC, TTL, QUAD 2 INPUT NAND W/OPEN COL 408021 27014 DM7426N 2
u 6, 24 t IC,LSTTL,HEX INVERTER 393058 01295 SN74LS04N 2
0 8, 14, 23 t IC, LSTTL, RETRG MONOSTAB MOLTIVB W/CLR 404186 01295 SN74LS123N 3
u 9 t IC, STTL, QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 363580 01295 SN74SOON l
u 10 t IC,LSTTL,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NAND GATE 393074 27014 DM74LS10N l
u ll, 19 t IC.LSTTL,QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 393041 27014 SN74LS02N 2
u 12, 22. 26 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 355172 27014 CD400lBCN 3
u 13, 21 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPUT 407759 04713 MC14503BCP 2
u 16, 20 t IC,TTL,8BIT SER-IN,PAR-OUT R-SHFT RGS 272138 27014 DM74164N 2
u 17 RES,C:ERM,DIP,16 PIN,15 RES,lOK,+-5% 355305 91637 MDP16-03-l03J l
u 18 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT AND GATE 408401 04713 Mc:l4081BCP l
u 25 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NOR GATE 355180 27014 CD4025BCN l
Wl WIRE TEF,UL1180,22AWG.STRN GRN 115659 89536 115659 l
5-77
51008
Instruction Manual
0 ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ ~~
M 0~ '-
c
ill}
a!D
~ B~. ~- :~~
s
~"b
-c::mr- 91
c;:J
:rn:I=
-GBJ- en --l!!D-
© OD~~
B 8 0 8s
~ ~ B~
~ 8 BJ
~ ~®f~
MIS-1781
5-78 Figure 5-22. A19 Isolator PCA

5
Table 5-28. A20 Controller PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT O
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l, 3, 5-0 CAP,CER,0.22t1F,+80-20,,50V,Z5t1 649939 04222 SR595E224ZAA 20
c 7, 10- 12.0 649939
c 15, 17- 20,0 649939
c 22- 25, 27,0 649939
c 28, 30 649939
c 2 CAP,CER,1800PF,+-5,,50V,COG 832717 04222 SR595Al82JAA 1
c 4 CAP,TA,6.8UF,+-l0,,35V 182782 56289 150D685X9035B2 1
c 8 CAP,TA,39t1F,+-20%,6V 163915 56289 199D396X0006DA2 1
c 9 CAP,POLYES,0.0lt1F,+-10%,50V 715037 37942 171-473Kl60B 1
c 14 CAP,POLYES,O.lt1F,+-10',50V 649913 68919 MKS2104K50 1
c 16. 21, 25, 0 CAP,AL,47t1F,+75-20%,25V 655191 62643 SM25T-47 4
c 29 655191
CR l t DIODE,SI,BV-75V,I0-150MA,500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 1
CR 2, 3 t ZENER,t1NCOMP,5.1V,5,,20.0MA,0.5W 535476 04713 IN5231B 2
H l SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40,.187 335604 55566 3046B440Bl4-MOD.-.187 1
L l CHOKE,6Tt1RN 320911 89536 320911 1
MP l PAD, ADHESIVE 735365 89536 735365 l
R l RES,CF,200K,+-5,,0.25W 441485 59124 CFl/4 204J l
R 2 RES,CF,1M,+-5,,0.25W 348987 59124 CFl/4 105J 1
R 3, 6 RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 2
R 4, 5, 9 RES,CF,l.5K,+-5%,0.25W 343418 59124 CFl/4 152J 3
R 8 RES,CF,33K,+-5%,0.25W 348888 59124 CFl/4 333J l
R 10 RES,CF,2.7K,+-5,,0.25W 386490 59124 CFl/4 272J 1
R 15 RES,CF,6.2K,+-5,,0.25W 442368 59124 CFl/4 622J 1
TP 1- 7 JtlMPER,WIRE,NONINSt1L,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl 8
t1 l t IC,LSTTL,DtJAL J-K F/F,+EDG TRIG 412999 27014 DM74LS109AN 1
t1 2 t IC,CMOS,Dt1AL MONOSTABLE MtJLTIBRATOR 454017 27014 CD4538BCN 1
t1 3 t IC,CMOS,Dt1AL SYNC BINRY tJP CNTR 355164 04713 MC14520BCP l
t1 4 t IC,CMOS,PHASE LOCKED LOOP,16 PIN DIP 403584 04713 MC14046BCP l
t1 5, 27 t IC,LSTTL,QtJAD 2 IN NANO W/SCHMT TRIG 504449 27014 DM74LS132N 2
t1 6 t IC,LSTTL,TRIPLE 3 INPUT AND GATE 393082 27014 DM74LS11N l
t1 7, 9 t IC,CMOS,DOAL D F/F,+EDG TRG W/SET&RST 536433 04713 MC14013BCP 2
t1 8, 16 t IC, CMOS, TRIPLE 3 INPUT NOR GATE 586453 04713 MC14025UBCP 2
t1 10 t IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 381848 27014 CD4049CN 1
t1 1l t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN l
t1 12 t IC,LSTTL,QOAD D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLR 393215 01295 SN74LS175N 1
t1 13 t IC,LSTTL,OCTL INV LINE DRVR W/3-STATE 429480 27014 DM74LS240N 1
t1 14 t IC,CMOS,QtJAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 355198 04713 MC140llt1BCP 1
tJ 17, 26 t IC,CMOS,QOAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 355172 27014 CD4001BCN 2
t1 18 t re. 256 x 4. PROM, PROGRAMMED 722744 27014 DM74S387N l
t1 19 t IC,STTL,CLOCK GENERATOR 586230 34649 P8224 l
t1 20, 22 t IC, 2K X 8 STAT RAM 584144 49569 IDT6116SA-45P 2
t1 21 t IC,CMOS,8 BIT PRIORITY ENCODER 412973 04713 MC14532BCP l
t1 23 t PROM,PROGRAMMED t123 661322 89536 661322 l
t1 24 t PROM.PROGRAMMED 024 661330 89536 661330 l
t1 25 t IC,CMOS,OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVER 722017 27014 MM74HCT245N l
t1 28 t IC,LSTTL,8BIT S-IN, P-OtJT R-SHIFT RGS 408732 27014 DM74LS164N l
w l, 2. 5 WIRE,JUMPER,TEF,22AWG,WHT,.500 484311 60386 J.TEFLON .500 3
Xt1 15 SOCKET,IC,40 PIN 429282 00779 2-640379-1 1
Xt1 18, 19 SOCKET,IC,16 PIN 276535 00779 2-640358-1 2
Xt1 20, 22 SOCKET,IC,24 PIN 376236 00779 2-640361-1 2
Xt1 23, 24 SOCKET,IC,28 PIN 448217 95146 228AG-39D 2
y l CRYSTAL,l5.36MHZ,+-0.05,,HC-18/0 642728 5W664 HC-18/tJ-15.36 l
z l, 2, 4 RES,CERM,SIP,10 PIN,9 RES,6.2K,+-2% 501536 91637 CSC10A-Ol-622G 3
z 3 RES,CERM,SIP,10 PIN,9 RES,2K,+-2' 446880 91637 CSC10B-Ol-202G l
z 5 RES,CERM.DIP,16 PIN,8 RES,2K-+-5' 574905 91637 MDP16-03-202J l
5-79
51008
Instruction Manual
MIS-1687
Figure 5-23. A20 Controller PCA

5-80
5
Table 5-29. A21 Tape Drive PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l.- 4, l.6-l. CAP,TA,l.OUF,+-20%,l.OV 714766 56289 l.99Dl.06XOOl.OBE2 l.l.
c 22 714766
c 5 CAP,TA,6.8UF,+-20%,l.OV 655043 56289 l.99D685XOOl.OBG2 l.
c 6 CAP,CER,4700PF,+-20%,l.OOV,COG 743427 04222 SR59l.A472MAA l.
c 7, 23 CAP,TA,2.2UF,+-20%,25V 697425 56289 l.99D225X0025AG2 2
c 8, 9 CAP,TA,0.22UF,+-20%,35V l.6l.33l. 56289 l.99D224X0035AA2 2
c l.0 CAP,MICA,l.300PF,+-5%,500V l.82881 93790 CDl.9FDl.32J03 l.
c l.l CAP,CER,680PF,+-5%,50V,COG 743351 04222 SR595A681JAA l.
c l.2, 14 CAP,TA,lUF,+-20%,35V 697417 56289 l99Dl05X0035AG2 2
c l.3 CAP,POLYES,0.0lUF,+-l0%,50V 715037 37942 l7l-473Kl60B l
c 15 CAP,CER,220PF,+-20%,50V,COG 740654 04222 SR595A221MAA l
CR l- 9 t DIODE,SI,BV-75V,IO-l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 lN4448 9
E l- 9 JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 l.50Tl 9
H 2 WASHER,FLAT,DELRIN,.l40,.2l.5, .075 866541 89536 866541 2
H3 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,6-32,1.250 876821 55566 3063B632Bl.4-MOD.-l..250 4
J 18 HEADER,2 ROW,.lOOCTR,80 PIN 806273 00779 l-103186-0 l
J 33 HEADER,2 ROW,.lOOCTR,26 PIN 756866 00779 l-102977-3 l
MP l RECORDER,DIGITAL,CASSETTE,MINI 574459 OGBVl 600-0028-056 l.
MP 2 SPACER, TAPE CONTROLLER 885447 89536 885447 4
MP3 INSULATOR, CABLE 894212 89536 894212 l.
Q l, 5 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,80V,0.625W,T0-92 816272 04713 MPS8599 2
Q 2 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 330803 04713 MPS6560 l.
Q3 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SM SIG,DARLINGTON 524140 04713 MPS-A63 l
Q 4 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 698241 04713 2N440l l
R 2 RES,CF,2.7,+-5%,0.25W 442061 59124 CFl/4 2R7J l
R 4 RES,MF,l.5K,+-l%,O.l25W,l.OOPPM 313098 91637 CMF-55 l.501F T-l l
R 5 RES,MF,lK,+-O.l.%,O.l25W,50PPM 474445 91637 CMF-55 lOOlB l
R 6, 12- 14. l RES,CF,l0K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 l02J 7
R 23, 42, 54 348839
R 7 RES,CF,2.7K,+-5%,0.25W 386490 59124 CFl./4 272J l
R 8, 25 RES,CF,l00K,+-5%,0.25W 348920 59124 CFl/4 l04J 2
R 9, 26 RES,CF,ll.0,+-5%,0.25W 442285 59124 CFl/4 ll.lJ 2
R 10, l.8, 21 RES,CF,2K,+-5%,0.25W 441469 59124 CFl./4 202J 3
R l.5, 16, 38,l RES,CF,lK,+-5%,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 l02J 6
R 41, 43, 52 343426
R 17 RES,CF,47,+-5%,0.25W 441592 59124 CFl./4 470J l
R 19 RES,CF,l.8K,+-5%,0.25W 441444 59124 CFl/4 l82J l.
R 20 RES,CF,360,+-5%,0.25W 352286 59124 CFl/4 361J l.
R 22, 24, 28 RES,CF,200,+-5%,0.25W 441451 59124 CFl/4 201J 3
R 27 RES,VAR,CERM,500,+-20%,0.5W 267849 80294 3009P-l-50l l
R 29 RES,CF,l00,+-5%,0.25W 348771 59124 CFl/4 l.Ol.J l
R 30, 31 RES,CF,2.2K,+-5%,0.25W 343400 59124 CFl/4 222J 2
R 32, 33 RES,CF,200K,+-5%,0.25W 441485 59124 CFl/4 204J 2
R 34, 45- 47 RES,CF,20K,+-5%,0.25W 441477 59124 CFl/4 203J 4
R 35 RES,CF,3.9K,+-5%,0.25W 342600 59124 CFl./4 392J l.
R 36, 37 RES,CF,33K,+-5%,0.25W 348888 59124 CFl./4 333J 2
R 39 RES,VAR,CERM,20K,+-20%,0.5W 267898 80294 3009P-l-203 l
R 40 RES,CF,3.3K,+-5%,0.25W 348813 59124 CFl/4 332J l
R 44 RES,CF,6.2K,+-5%,0.25W 442368 59124 CFl/4 622J l
R 48 RES,MF,l3.3K,+-0.5%,0.l25W,l00PPM 556977 91637 CMF-55 13320 T-l l
R 49, 51, 53 RES,MF,l0K,+-O.l.%,O.l25W,50PPM 343459 91637 CMF-55 l.002B T-2 3
R 50 RES,MF,l.7.4K,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 236802 91637 CMF-55 l742F T-l l
R 53 RES,CF,27K,+-5%,0.25W 441501 59124 CFl/4 273J l
u l, 3 t IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 404699 27014 CD4069CN 2
u 2, 5 t IC,LSTTL,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 393074 27014 DM74LSlON 2
u 4 f IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 418509 27014 MM74COON l.
u 6 t IC,TTL,DUAL AND DRVR W/OPEN COLLECTOR 393959 27014 DS7545l.N l
u 7 t IC,ARRAY,4 TRANS,PNP,MEMORY DRIVER 477828 27014 DH3467CN l
u 8 f IC, BPLR, DC MOTOR SPEED REGULATOR 536383 6X403 TDAl.l.51 l
u 9, 10 f IC,OP AMP,QUAD,14 PIN DIP 402669 27014 LM324N 2
w l WIRE,JtlMPER,TEF,22AWG,WHT,.500 484311 89536 484311 l.
w 2 WIRE,JtlMPER,TEF,22AWG,WHT,.600 529826 89536 529826 l.
5-81
01
I
<X>
I 15""' U1
.....
I\) go
g·~
"
!!::
J18 TP8 1!
2
I I
18 1
c:::J -
R27 R39
''
~~
08
1 . 17 us
"+ C15 R12
- - R2
+ R51J.
- - '-" "
'--'
R53 ---w.-
"
C23 '-" 02 R29 a1
~
~ -
,.....,,
R28 ,.....,, -R6- -R11f
-
..
Rlf
-R7-
• J
0 CR7
0 03. --
--
J
MOTV
CR5 R2~
- -
R23.
"+ " +
MOTR
CRIJ. '-" '-"
--
--
"+ CR3 R30 L:J C2 C5 > I " +
- -
~
-
'-" RlfO '-" 13
c C7 CR2 CRE. C1E. 2 £:,
R15
iiJ
R22 R10 UE> -- U1
- -
-
R!E.
0
en
•
II,)
CR! R25
,..
~ - -
R9
R17
,....... +
II,)
R20 2 I
..... R21J. C10 ...........
Clf R37
;j
.>
C17 I I~
D R18 ,.... + "+
'tS
CD
CE.
I --
R19 '-" .....;,-
R3b U2
R36
...c
:;:· U7 R31 ~
012 - -
Rll-6 ,....... +
•c=J -- 2 I
~
.,,
CD W2
-- RZ1
RIJ.5 011
" " -R5
-
'-"
~ -- R32 "
0
+
CH
'--'
as
'--'
QIJ. Rlf 2
U3
C1811J. 1
-. + ,,,....... + R55
,,,....... +
> I '-' '-' C9
'-"
2 I Rlf8
- - + TP5
C21 c::::J 013 C22 Rlf7 > I "...........
U9 U10 Cl 9 TP7
R31J. R35 RIJ.9
-- - - UIJ.
0 R33 R50 0 GNO
Rlflf R51 R13
~l
OJ
--
CR8
CR9
RIJ.1
--
RIJ.3
- -
"
'-"
-
C3
+
TP9
TPE.
-
TP10
r-._ +
'-"
C1
-
--
RE,
R52
U5
2 I
,...... +
'-"
020
+5V
.....
I
CJ)
c.>
0
5
Supply Codes for Manufacturers
oon9 OJR59 22526 30035
AMP, Inc. Wickmann USA Inc. DuPont, El DeNemours & Co. Inc. Jolo Industries Inc.
Harrisburg, PA Atlanta, GA DuPont Connector Systems Garden Grove, CA
New Cumberland, PA
01121 OLUA3 30800
Allen-Bradley Co. Philips Components 23172 General Instrument Corp.
Milwaukee, WI Slatersville, RI Alpha Wire Corp. Capacitor Div.
Torrance, CA Hicksville, NY
01295 ONOKO
Texas Instruments Inc. Calogic Inc. 23237 31019
Semiconductor Group Fremont, CA I RC, Inc. Allegro Microsystems Inc.
Dallas.TX Microcircuits Div Formerly Sprague Electric Co.
OP569 Philadelphia, PA Semiconductor Group
02660 BMI (Barkers Microfarods Inc.) Willow Grove, PA
Amphenol Corp. Hillsville. VA 24347
Industrial Technology Div. Penn Engineering Co. 34371
Wallingford, CT 11237 S. El Monte, CA Harris Corp.
CTS Corp of California Semiconductor Sector
03445 Pasa Robles Div. 24355 Military & Aerospace Div.
Lerco Electronics Inc Pasa Robles, CA Analog Devices Inc. Melbourne, FL
Burbank, CA Norwood, MA
12615 34649
04222 US Terminals Inc. 24759 Intel Corp.
AVX Kyocera Corp. Cincinnati, OH Lenox-Fugle Electronics Inc. Santa Clara, CA
Myrtle Beach, SC South Plainfield, NJ
12969 34899
04713 Unitrode Corp. 24995 Fair-rite Products Corp.
Motorola Inc. Lexington, MA ECS Composites Wallkill, NY
Semiconductor Products Sector Grants Pass. OR
Phoenix. AZ. 13103 37942
Thermalloy Co .. :nc. 25088 North American Capacitor Co.
04946 Dallas, TX Siemens Corp. Mallory Div.
Standard Wire and Cable lselin, NJ Greencastle, IN
Rancho Dominquez, CA 14099
Semtech Corp. 26066 43791
05347 Newbury Park, CA Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. Catron Systems
Ultronix Inc Industrial Tape Div. Wilkes Barre, PA
(Tel Labs) 14552 St. Paul, MN
Grand Junction, CO Microsemi Corp. 47379
(Formerly Micro-Semiconductor) 26233 ISOCOM
05820 Santa Ana, CA Nylok Fastener Corp. Campbell, CA
EG & G Wakefield Engineering Carson. CA
Wakefield, MA 14936 Replaced 1B715 (United Shoe & 48672
General Instrument Corp. NylockCo.) Metal Masters
06383 Power Semiconductor Div. Div. of Eco-Air Products Inc.
Panduit Corp. Hicksville, NY 26805 San Diego, CA
Tinley Park, IL M/A-COM Omni Spectra Inc.
17856 Microwave Connector Div. 49569
06540 Siliconix Inc. Sub of M/A-Com Inc. IDT (International Development
Amatom Electronic Hardware Div. Santa Clara, CA Waltham.MA &Trade)
New Haven Mfg. Corp Formerly Omni Spectra Dallas, TX
New Haven, CT 18310
Concord Electronics Corp. 26806 4F434
06915 New York, NY American Zettler Inc. Plastic Sales
Richco Plastic Co. Aliso Viejo, CA Los Angeles, CA
Chicago, IL 18324
Signetics Corp. 27014 50738
07047 Military Products Div. National Semiconductor Corp. Wire-Pro
Ross Milton Co., The Orem, UT Santa Clara, CA Salem, NJ
Southampton, PA
18786 28480 51372
07263 Micro-Power Inc. Hewlett-Packard Co. Verbatim Corp.
Fairchild Semiconductor Long Island City, NY Corporate HQ Sunnyvale, CA
North American Sales Palo Alto, CA
Cupertino, CA 19080 52072
Robinson Electronics Inc. 2K262 Circuit Assembly Corp.
09214 San Luis Obispo, CA Boyd Corp. Irvine, CA
General Electric Co. Portland, OR
Semiconductor Products Dept. 19647 52769
Auburn, NY Caddock Electronics Inc. 2M021 Sprague-Goodman Electronics
Riverside, CA EFAB Mfg. Inc. Inc.
OFYL7 Charlottesville, VA Garden City Park, NY
Ansley 20584
Chicago, IL Enochs Inc. 2M530 55285
Indianapolis, IN John Perine Bercquist Co. Inc., The
OGBV1 Seattle. WA Minneapolis, MN
Zetaco Inc. 21845
Eden Prarie, MN Solitron Devices Inc. 55408
Corp Hq & Semiconductor Mfg. Group STl-CO Industries Inc.
Riviera Beach, FL Orchard Park, NY
5-83
51008
Instruction Manual
Supply Codes for Manufacturers (cont)

55464 65940 77342 84830
Central Semiconductor Corp. Rohm Corp Potter & Brumfield Inc. Lee Spring Co. Inc.
Div. of Central State Irvine. CA A Siemens Co. Brooklyn, NY
Industries, Inc. Princeton, IN
Hauppauge, NY 66967 Formerly AMF Inc. 86928
Powerexlnc Seastrorn Mfg. Co. Inc.
55566 Auburn, NY 78189 Glendale. CA
RAF Electronic Hardware Inc. Illinois Tool Works Inc.
Seymour, CT 68919 Shakeproof Div. 88245
Inter-Technical Group Inc .. The Elgin, IL Winchester Electronics
56289 Wima Division Litton Systems-Useco Div.
Sprague Electric Co. Elmsford, NY 79963 VanNuys, CA
Nashua, NH Zierick Mfg. Corp.
6X403 Mount Kisco, NY 89536
56699 SGS/ATES Semiconductor Corp. John Fluke Mfg. Co .. Inc.
Philips Components Indianapolis, IN 80294 Everett. WA
Discrete Products Div. Bourns Instruments Inc.
(Formerly Mepco/Centralab) 70903 Riverside. CA 91637
Columbia, SC Cooper Belden Electronic Wire & Cable Dale Electronics Inc.
Geneva, IL 81312 Columbus, NE
59124 Div. of Litton Systems Inc.
KOA Speer Electronics Inc. 71400 Winchester Electronics 91833
Bradford. PA Bussman - Now Magnum Watertown, CT Keystone Electronics Corp.
Div. of Cooper Industries Inc. Astoria. NY
5U802 St.Louis, MO 82240
Dennison Mfg. Co. Simmons Fastner Corp. 91984
Fastener Div. 71707 An Amfast Corp. Maida Development Co.
Framingham, MA Coto Corp. Albany, NY Hampton, VA
Providence, RI
5W664 82389 93790
NDK America Inc. 72347 Switchcraft Inc. Cornell-Dubilier Electronics
Div. of Nihon Dempa Kogyo LTD Ericsson Components, Inc. Sub of Raytheon New Bedford, MA
Lynchburg, VA (Formerly Aila, Inc.) Chicago, IL
Richardson, TX 95146
60386 82877 Augat Alcoswitch
Squires Electronics Inc. 72962 Rotron Inc. North Andover. MA
Cornelius. OR Elastic Stop Nut Custom Div.
Div. of Harvard Industries Woodstock, NY 96881
60495 Union, NJ Thomson Industries Inc.
Atlantic Tubing 83003 Port Washington, NY
Paterson, NJ 73734 Varo Electron Devices
Federal Screw Products Inc. Garland, TX 98291
60705 Chicago, IL ITT Sealectro
Cera-Mite Corp. 83553 New Britain, CT
Grafton, WI 74594 Associated Spring Barnes
Component Resources Inc. Group. Inc. 98978
61429 Div of EPI International Corp. Gardena. CA IERC
Fox Electronics Beaverton. OR International Electronic Research Corp.
Fort Myers, FL 84411 Burbank, CA
75915 American Shizuki Corp.
62643 Littelfuse Tracor, Inc. Ogallala Opns
United Chemi-con Inc. (Formerly: Tracor-Littelfuse) Ogallala, NE
Rosemont. IL Des Plaines, IL
5-84
Service Centers
USA INTERNATIONAL
c.llfamla Argentina Sistest Counlrlaa nol 1181911 0-

Fluke Service Center Coasin S.A. Sisl. Instr. Testes Lida Eastern Europe and Middle East Philipa S.A. Hellenique
4661 OLanding Parkway Virrey del Pino 4071 Av. Atauffo De Paiva Fluke Europe B.V., Exp. sales Fluke Sales & Service Manager
Fremont, CA 94538 1430CAPFED 135 SI 1117 - LabJon 22.~ Science Park Eindhoven 511 o 15, 25th March Street, P.O. Box
TEL: (510) 651-5112 BuenosAi111s Rio De Janairo, Rj, Brazil 5892ECSon 3153, 1n 78 Tavros Athans
FAX: (510) 851-4982 TEL: 54-1-552-5248 TEL: 55-21-259-5755 or 512- The Netherlands TEL: 30-1-489-4911 or 4282
FAX: 54-1-555-3321 3679 TEL:31-40-644285 FAX: 30-1-481-8594
Fluke Service Center FAX: 55-21-259-5743 FAX: 31-40-644260
18715 Von Karman Avenue VKlilec S.A Hang Kang
Suite 110 Lacerra234 Bulgaria Croatia Schmidt & Co, Ud. 1st Floor
Irvine, CA 92714 Buenos Ai111s CP 1407 M Sophilco, Cust. Supp. Serv. Kahim - Zagreb 323 Jaffe Road
TEL: (714) 863-9031 TEL: 54-1-636-1199 P.O.Box42 Fluke Sis & Serv. Draga 8 Wanchai
FAX: (714) 757-7556 FAX: 54-1-636-2185 1309Sofla 41425 Sveta Jana TEL: 852-11223-5823
TEL: 359-2-200785 TEL: 385-41-837115 FAX: 852 834-1848
lllnoll Auatralla FAX: 359-2-220910 FAX: 385-41-837237
Fluke Service Center Phillips Sci. and Ind., Ply., L Hungary
1150 W. Euclid Avenue 745 Springvale Road C.S.F.R. Denmark MTA MMSZ KFT, Srv. I Gen. Mgr
Palatine, IL 80087 Mulgrave Elso Fluke Denmark AIS, Cust. Supp. Etale U1. 59 -61
TEL: (708) 705-0500 Victoria 3170 NA. Berance 2 Ejby lndustrivaj 40 P.O. Box SB
FAX: (708) 705-9989 TEL: 61-3-881·3886 18200 Praque 6 DK 2600 Gloslrup H 1502 Budapest
FAX: 81-3-861-3836 TEL: 42·2·316-4810 TEL: 45-43-44-1900 or 1935 TEL: 381-186-9589 or 209-3444
New.19raay FAX: 42·2-384986 FAX: 45-43-43-9192 FAX: 381-181-1021
Fluke Service Centar Phil. Sci. & Ind. Blk F, Cenlracrl.
W. 75 Century Rd 34 Waterloo Road Data Elaklronlk BRNO Ecuador lclland
Paramus, N.J. 07652..()1130 North Ryde, N.S.W. 2113 Jugoslavska 113 Protaco Cossin Cia., Uda. Taelmival HF
TEL: (201) 599-9500 (599..()1119) TEL: 61-2-888-0423 81300Bmo Av. 12 de Oclubre 2449 y P.O. Box 8294, Skellunnl 17
FAX: (201) 599-2093 FAX: 81·2-888-0440 TEL: 42·5-57400-2 0111Uana 128 Reykjavik
FAX: 42·5-574002 P.O. Box 17-03-228-A, Qutto TEL: 354-1-681665
Tam Auatrlll TEL: 593-2-230283 or 520005 FAX: 354-1-680884
Fluke Service cantar • Dallas Fluke Vartrieblges. GMBH (GM) Cenada FAX: 593-2-581980
2104 Hutton Drive SudrandstraBe 7 Fluke Electronics Canada Inc. India
Suite 112 P.O. Box 10, A-1232 Wien 400 Britannia Rd East, UI #1 Emit Philips India Limbed
Carrollton, TX 75006 TEL: 43-1-614-1030 Mississauga, Ontario EEMCO Band Box House
TEL: (214) 406-1000 FAX: 43-1-814-1010 L4Z 1X9 Electronic Equipment Mkting Co. 254 Dr. Annie Besant Road
FAX: (214) 406-1072 TEL: 905-890-7600 9 Hassan Mazher St. Bombay 400 025
llllhnlln FAX:905-890-8866 P.O. Box 2009 TEL: 91-22-493-0311
Wnhlngton Mohammed Fakhroo & Bros. SL Heliopolis 11361 FAX: 91-22-495-0498
Fluke Service canter P.O.Box439 Chile Cairo, Egypt
Fluka Corporation Bahrain lntroniea, lnstrumen Elecltonica, TEL: 20-2-417-8298 Hindilron Services Pvt. Inc.
Building#4 TEL: 973-253529 S.A.C.I. FAX: 20-2-417-8296 33144A 8th Main Road
1420 • 75TH SL S.W. FAX: 973-275996 Guardia Vlaja 181 Of. 503 Raj Mahal Vilas Extension
Everett WA 98203 Casilla 18500, Santiago 9 Fad. Rap. of Germany Bangalo111 580 080
TEL: (206) 356-5560 Bllglum TEL: 56-2·232·3888 Fluke Deulachland Gmbh TEL: 91-80-334-8286 or 0068
FAX: (206) 35&-6390 N.V. Fluke Belgium S.A. FAX: 56-2·231-6700 Customer Support Services FAX: 91-Bo-334-5022
Salas & SelVice Dept. Servicestutzpunkt VFN5
Langeveldpark - unn 5 & 7 China Oskar-Messter-strasse 18 Hindftron Services Pvt. ltd
P.Basteleusstraat 2-4-8 Fluke S.C., Room 2111 85737 lsmaning/Munlch Hindilron House, 23-B
1600 SL Pieters - Leeuw Selle Tower TEL: 49-89-9981-1260 Mahal lndustrlal Eatate
TEL: 218-2-331·2777 (ext 218) Jianguornenwai Dajie FAX: 49-89-9981-1270 Mahakall Caves Rd, Andhari East
FAX: 32·2·331-1489 Beijing 100004 Bombay 400 093
TEL: 88-10-512-3438 or 3435 Fluke Deutschland TEL: 91-22-838-4745 or 832·
Bollvlll FAX: 88-10-512-3437 (CSS), Servicestulzpunkt VFN5 8590
Cossin Bolivia S.R.L Meiendorferstrasse 205 FAX: 91·22-838-4882
CasiHa7295, Colambla 22145 Hamburg
Calle Ayacucho No. 208 Sistema E Instrument., ltda. TEL: 49-40-679-7474 Hindttron Services Pvt. Ud
Edlflcio Flores, 5to. Piso Carrara 21, NO. 39A·21, OF. 101 FAX: 49-40-679-7421 Castle House, 5111 Floor
La Paz Ap. Ael'llO 29583, Bogota 511 A, Hungerford Streat
TEL: 591·2-317531 or 317173 TEL: 57-1-287-5424 Finland Calcutta 700 017
FAX: 591·2·317545 FAX: 57-1·287-2248 Fluke Finland Oy TEL: 91-33-247-9094
Sinikalliontie 3, P.O. Box 151
Brull Colla Rica SF 02831 Espoo Hlndilron Services Pvt. Ud
Philips Medieal Systems, LTOA Electronic Enginearing, S.A. TEL: 358-0-8152-5820 or 5600 204-206 Hemkunt Tower
Av. lnterlagos North Carratara da Circunvalacion FAX: 358-0-8152-5830 98 Nehru Place
3493 ·Campo Grande SabanUla Av. Novena New Delhi 110019
04881·200 Sao Paulo S.P. P.O. Box 4300-1000, San Jose F- TEL: 91-11-641-3675
TEL: 55-11-523-4811 TEL: 506-253-3759 or 225-8793 Fluke France S.A. FAX: 91-11-842·9118
FAX: 55-11-524-4873 FAX: 506-225·1288 37 Rue Voltaire
BP 112, 93700 Draney, Hlndilron Services Pvt. ltd.
Siglron lnstrumentos E. Servicos TEL: 33-1-4896-8310 or 8361 Field Service Center
Rue Alvaro Rodriques FAX: 33-1-4896-8330 Emerald House, 5111 Floor
289-Brooklin 114 Sarojinl Devi Road
Seo Paulo, Sp Secunderabad 500 003
TEL: 55-11·240-7359 TEL: 91 40-844033 or 843753
FAX: 55-11-533-3749 FAX: 91-40-847585
PN 850041 7/95
Service Centers (cont)
~ Mexico RCllMllla Thailand

P. T. Daeng Bro, PhHllps House Metro. Y Callbraciones Ind., S.A Ronex S.R.L, Cust. Supp. Serv. Measuretronlx Ud.
Jin H.R. Rasuna Said Kav. 3-4 Diagonal No. 27 Str. Transilvaniei Nr. 24 2102/31 Ramkamhang Road
Jakarta 12950 Entra Calle de Eugenia Y Ave. 70778 Budlalllst • I Bangkok 10240
TEL: 62·2Hi20-1122 Col. DetValte TEL: 4D-1-614-3597 or 3598 TEL: 6&-2·375-2733 or 2734
FAX: 62·21·52D-5189 C.P. 03100, Mexico O.F. FAX: 4()-1-659-4468 FAX: 66-2-374-9985
.....
R.O.T Equipment & Sy&, Ud.
TEL: 52·5-682-8040
FAX: 52·5-687-8695 Ruula
lnfomadia Turkey
P.O. Box 58013 Netlwrlmnda UL Petrovsko Razumovsky Pastas Prof. Elektr. Sisl Tic. V
Tel Aviv 61580 Fluke Nederland B.V. (CSS) Proezd. 29 Selcuklar Caddesi
TEL: 972-3-645-0745 Aldeling Service 103287 M - Mayden Apt. No. 49, Daire 23
FAX: 972-3-647-6908 Sclence Perk Elnhown 5108 TEL: 7-95·212-3833 Akallar 80630 Istanbul
5692ECSan FAX: 7-115-212-3838 TEL: llD-212·282·7838
lllly TEL: 31-40-644300 or 644311 FAX: llD-212·282·7839
Fluke Italia S.R.L, CSS FAX: 31-40-844321 S.UdlAl'Ulll
Viale Delle lndualrie, 11 A. Rejab & Silsllah Co. S&S Dept. U.A.E.
20090 Vlmodrllne (Ml) NewZellend P.O.Box203 Haris Al Afaq Ud.
TEL: 311-2-2611-434-203 or 4341 PhlUips Scientific & Ind., Ply., L 21411 Jeddah P.O. Box 8141
FAX: 39-2·25D-1645 Private Bag 41904, TEL: 116&-2-661--0008 Dubel
St. Lukes, 2 Wagener Plaoe FAX: 116&-2-661-0558 TEL: 971-4-283623 or 283624
Jeplin Mt. Ablrt, Auckland 3 FAX: 971-4-281285
Fluke Corp., Sumitomo Higashi TEL: 64-9-694-4160 Slnppore
Shlnbeshl Bldg. FAX: 64-9-649-7814 Fluke Singapore Pie., Ud. Unltff Kingdom
1-1·11 Harnemetsucho Fluke ASEAN Regional Office Fluke U.K. LTD. (CSS)
Mlnato-ku, Tokyo 105 Nlgmrle #27-03 PSA BuUdlng Colonial Way
TEL: 81-3-3434-0188 or 0181 Philips Projects Centre 460 Alexandra Road Watford, Hertfordshire WD2 4TT
FAX: 81·3-3434-0170 Resident Delagate I PMB 80085 · Singapore 0511 TEL: 44-923-240511
8, Kolo Abayoml Street TEL: 65-276-5161 FAX:44-923-225067
Jorcln Victoria Island, Nigeria FAX: 65·276-5759
Jordan Med. Supp. & Services TEL: 234-1-262..()632 UIUlllllY
P.O. Box 140415, Amman FAX: 234·1 ·262..Q631 South Africa Coasin Uruguaya S.A
TEL: 962-6-699353 or 699354 Spascom Measure. (PTY) Ud. CasUla de Corrao 1400
FAX: 962-6-683558 Norway Spescom Park Llbertad 2529, Montevideo
Fluke Norway A/S, Cust 5upport Cm. Alexandra Rd. & Second St. TEL: 5118-2-789-015
l<Mye P.O. Box 6054 Elterstad HaHway House, Midrand 1685 FAX: 598-2-492·199
Walterfang N-()601 Oslo TEL: 27-11-315-0757
P.O. Box 14897 TEL: 47·22-653400 FAX: 27·11·805-1193 Venaue18
Nairobi, Kanya FAX: 47·22-653407 CoasinC.A.
TEL:254-2 SPll!n Calle 9 Con CaHe 4, Edi!. Edinurbi
FAX:254-2 1'1111111811 (Philips) Fluke lberlca S.L Apartado de Correos NR-70.136
PhUips Elec. Ind. of Prof. Sys. Div. Centro Empresarlal Euronora Loa Ruices
~ Islamic Cham. of Commerce c/Ronda de Ponlante, B Caracas 107D-A
B&P lntemational Co., Ud. St-2/A, Block 9, KDA Scheme 5, 287BD-Tras Cantos Venezuela
Geopung Town A-303 Clifton, Karachi-75600 Madrid, Speln TEL: 58-2·242·7466 or 1248
203-1 Nonhyun-Dong TEL: 92·21-587-4641or4649 TEL: 34-1-804-2301 FAX: 58-2-241-1939
Kangnam-Ku FAX: 92·21-Sn-035 FAX: 34-1-604-2496
Seoul 135-010 Vlnwn
TEL: 82 02 546-1457 Pllru SUl1an al am.n Schmidl·Vielnam Co., Ud.
FAX: 82 02 546-1458 lmpor. & Repres. Elac:tronicas Mustafa & Jawad Trdg Co. (CSS) &'Fl. Pedalogical Collage Bldg.
S.A., JR. Pumacahua 955 P.O. Box 1918, P.C. 112 Oich Vong, KM 8 Hl"1way 32
IL MYOUNG, INC. Lima 11 Ruwi • Muscat Tu Liem
Youngdong P.O. Box 1466 TEL: 51-14-23-5099 TEL: 116&-709955 Hanoi
78o-46, Yeogsam·Dong FAX: 51-14-31-0707 FAX: 968-584005 Vietnam
Kangnam·Ku, Seoul TEL: 84-4-348188 or 348187
TEL: 82 2 552-8582-4 Plllllpplnea Swadln FAX: 64-4-346-188
FAX: 82 2 553-0388 Sperle Eleclronlca Corp. Fluke SYWige AB, {CSS)
P.O. Box 810, G'""'11fts P.O. Box81 Yugoalnla
KuMlt Metro Ma/Illa 1502 S·164 94 Kista Jugoelektro Beograd
Yusuf A Alghanin & Sons W.LL TEL: 63-2·70D-621 TEL: 46-8-751-0235 T & M Customer Suppoll
P.O. Box 223 Safat FAX: 63-2·721-0491 or 70D-709 FAX: 46-8-751-0480 Servlcies
Alghanlm Industrias Knez Miheilova 33
Airport Road Shuwaikh Polnd Swltarlend 11070Novi
13003 Kuwait Elec. Instr. Srv. PhiHps Cons. Fluke Switzerland AG, (CSS) TEL: 38-11-182470
TEL: 965-48421188 UL Malechowska 6 Rutistrasse 28 FAX: 38-11-638209
FAX: 965-4847244 60 188 Poznan 8952 Schl'-'1
TEL: 48-61-681998 TEL: 41-1-730-3310 Zlmbmbwe
llel8y8l8 FAX: 48-61-682256 FAX: 41-1·73D-3720 Field Technical Sales
CNN. SON. BHO. 45, KeMn Road North
170, 2nd Floor Portupl Telnn P.O. Box Cy535 e a - y
L.ebuhraya Batu Lancang Fluke lberica S.L Schmidt Scientific Taiwan, Ud. Harare, Zimbabwe
Taman Serl Damai Saslas Y Servicn Dept 5th Floor, No. 178, Section2 TEL: 283-4-750381 or 750382
11800 Jelutong Panang Campo Grande 35 • 7b Min Sheng East Road, Taipei FAX: 283-4-729970
TEL: 60-4-857-11584 1700Usboa TEL: 866-2-501-3488
FAX: 6D-4-657..Q835 TEL: 351-1-795-1712 FAX: 866-2-502·9692
FAX: 351-1·795-1713
7/95
5100 Series B
Section 6
Option & Accessory Information
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPTION/ DESCRIPTION
PAGE
MODEL NO.
ACCESSORIES
5100A-7003K Transit Case ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ... 600-1
5100A-7005K PCB Extender Assembly Kit . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600-1
MIS-7190K Static Controller ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... 600-1
M08-205-600 Rack Mounting Kit ............ ............ ............ ............ ......... 600-1
M00-280-610 Chassis Slides Kit . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • 600-1
Y5000 5100 Series Interface ............ ............ ............ ............ ........ 600-1
Y5001 Interface Cable Assembly ............ ............ ............ ............ .... 600-2
Y5002 Interface Cable Assembly ............ ............ ............ ............ .... 600-2
Y8021 Printer Cables IEEE (Storage Only) ............ ............ ............ ...... 600-3
Y8004 Printer Cables RS-232-C(Storage Only) ............ ............ ............ ... 600-3
OPTIONS
-03 Wideband Frequency ............ ............ ............ ............ ....... 603-1

-05 IEEE-488 Interface ............ ............ ............ ............ ......... 605-1
-06 Bit Serial Asynchronous Interface (RS-232-C) ............ ............ .......... 606-1
6-1
5100 Series 8
6-1. INTROD UCTION 6-5. OPTION INFORM ATION
6-2. This section of the manual contains informatio n on

the accessories and options available for the 5100 Series B
Calibrator s. 6-6. Each of the options available for the 5100 Series B
•'"e described separately in a sub-section identified with
6-3. ACCESSORY INFORM ATION th- option name and number. The option descriptio n
6-4. The portion of this section dealing with accessories contains the informatio n on the operating instruction s
will contain the details of all accessories available for the and maintenan ce not covered in the main body of the text,
5100 Series B. plus a complete list of replaceable parts for the option.
6-2
5100 Series 8
Accessories
600-1. TRANSIT CASE 5100A-7003K 600-3. PCB EXTENDER ASSEMBLY KIT,

51 OOA-7005K
600-2. This kit contains a case designed to protect the
51008 and 51018 Calibrators while the instrument is in 600-4. This kit contains the PCBs required for servicing
transit. The bottom portion of the case is two inches high, the instrument. Component parts of the kit are listed in
permitting the operator access to the instrument controls Table 600-1. Replacement items for the kit can be ordered
when the top cover is removed. This removes the necessity using the Fluke Stock Number in the Table and the
of lifting the instrument from the case and lessens the procedure in Section 5.
possibility of damage in transit. The transit case is
illustrated in Figure 600-1. Table 600-1. Extender Kit
DESCRIPTION FLUKE STOCK NO.

NOTE Analog Extender PCB 420323
Digital (MIS) Extender PCB 455758
The transit case is not intended to be used as
sole protection during shipping by common
carrier or in airline baggage. 600-5. STATIC CONTROLLER MIS-7190K
600-6. Replaces the Controller PCB in the digital

compartment providing the operator switch control of
the data and control lines. Operation of the Static
Contoller is covered in the manual that comes with the
device.
600-7. RACK MOUNTING KIT MOS-205-600
600-8. Instructions for the use and installation of the

rack mounting mounting accessory accompany the kit.
600-9. CHASSIS SLIDES KIT M00-280-610
600- IO. Instructions for the installation and use of the

chassis slides accessory accompany the kit.
600-11. Y5000 5100 SERIES INTERFACE
600-12. The Model Y5000 is a accessory that allows the

calibrator operator to slave a Fluke Model 5205A / 52 I 5A
Figure 600-1. Transit Case Power Amplifier and/or a Fluke Model 5220A
600-1
5100 Series B
Transconductance Amplifier to the calibrator to extend Transconductance Amplifier to the Y5000 5100 Series
the voltage (power) and/or current limits of the Interface. It consists of a custom-built cable with a male
instrument. Either the 5205A or 52 l 5A may be used as a 36-pin connector and a male 14-pin connector on one end
power amplifier. Operation is the same except that DC to connect to the digital and analog outputs, on the
output cannot be obtained from the 52 l 5A. Each Y5000, respectively, and a male 24-pin connector on the
amplifier must be connected to the interface with a other to mate with the connector labeled P71 on the
dedicated cable assembly accessory designed specifically 5220A rear panel.
for that instrument combination. The cable accessories
available are listed in subsequent paragraphs. CAUTION
Do not connect the analog and digital

600-13. The accessory is a small box that mounts on the connectors on the Y5002 directly to the 5100
rear of the 5100 Series B calibrator. The front has two Calibrator. They must be connected through
connectors that mate with the MIS Bus (Digital) the Y5000 Interface or damage may result to
Connector and Analog Bus Connector on the calibrator the calibrator.
rear panel. It can be securely attached to the calibrator
using the screws included with the assembly. The rear of 600-20. For a descripiton of the Y5002 Cable Assembly
the assembly has two digital (JI and J3) and two analog and further instructions on installation refer to the
(J2 and J4) connectors to provide simultaneous instruction sheet shipped with the assembly.
connection to two separate instruments.
600-14. For a description of the YSOOO Interface and 600-21. PRINTER CABLES. (STORAGE ONLY)
further instructions on the installation and use refer to the
instruction manual shipped with the accessory.
600-22. A cable applicable to a printer used in the
system should be selected from Table 600-2. The cable
600-15. Y5001 INTERFACE CABLE
connects the printer to the applicable remote interlace at
ASSEMBLY
the rear panel.
600-16. The YSOOI accessory is a dedicated cable
Table 600-2. Printer Cables
assembly that connects a Fluke Model 5205A/5215A
Power Amplifier to the Y5000 5100 Series Interface. It ACCESSORY INTERFACE
LENGTH
consists of a custom-built cable with a male 36-pin NO. TYPE
connector and a male 14-pin connector on one end to
connect to the digital analog outputs, on the YSOOO. Y8021 IEEE 1 meter
respectively. and a female 25-pin connector on the other Y8022 IEEE 2 meters
to mate with the connector labeled 5200 on the 5205A or Y8023 IEEE 4 meters
5215A rear panel. Y8004 RS-232-C 1.5 meters
CAUTION
Do not connect the analog and digital 600-23. Y8007 TAPE CASSETTES (STORAGE
connectors on the Y5001 Cable Assembly ONLY)
directly to the 5100 Calibrator. They must be
connected through the Y5000 Interface or
600-24. A pack of 10 blank, mini-cassettes for use with
damage may result to the calibrator.
the tape storage system are available as accessory Y8007.
600-17. For a description of the Y500 I Cable Assembly
and further instructions on installation, refer to the
instruction sheet shipped with the assembly. CAUTION
600-18. Y5002 INTERFACE CABLE Tapes used must be certified digital mini-
ASSEMBLY cassetes that conform with ANSI standard
600-19. The Y5002 accessory is a dedicated cable X3B5m-49. Audio quality tapes will not give
assembly that connects a Fluke Model 5220A acceptable results.
600-2
5100 Series B
-03 Option
Wideband Frequency
603-1. INTRODUCTION 603-7. OPERATING FEATURES
603-2. The Wideband (WB) Frequency Option 603-8. The control connector for this option is installed
increases the frequency capability of the 5100 Series B in all instruments; however, they do not operate until the
Calibrators from the standard 50 Hz-50 kHz to IO Hz-IO optional PCB assemblies are installed.
MHz. The output voltage is limited to between 300 µ V
(-57.5 dB) and 3.1623V ac rms (+23 dB) into 50 ohms 603-9. The option is activated when the WIDEBAND
with an output impedance of 50 ohms from the options switch in the Data Entry Group is toggled.
dedicated BNC connector.
603-10. While activated all AC voltage outputs must be
taken from the Wideband BNC connector output and the
603-3. SPECIFICATIONS
maximum voltage available is 3.1623V rms into 500.
603-4. Specifications for the wideband option are
603-11. OPERATING NOTES
included with the instrument specifications in Section I.
A chart showing the additional attenuation for output
603-12. Operation of the instrument for an AC voltage
cables in excess of one (I) foot is included in Table 603-1.
output with the wideband option installed is basically the
same as with the standard calibrator. Before operation
603-5. INSTALLATION can begin the WIDEBAND function must be selected
with the keyswitch or through a Remote Interface. The
603-6. The option may be installed at any time by WIDEBAND indicator illuminated signals this has been
inserting the option's two PCB assemblies into the done. The other major change is the requirement that all
applicable slots in the analog compartment and outputs must be taken from the dedicated 50 ohm output
connecting the cables included. impedance wideband BNC connector.
Table 603-1. Additional Attenuation in dB and Percent for Additional Cable Length
Frequency
Total Cable
Length 100 KHz 500 KHz 1 MHz 5MHz 10MHz
(1 Ft Std)
dB % dB % dB % dB % dB %
2 ft 0.0014 0.016 0.0025 0.029 0.0035 0.04 0.009 0.104 0.0132 0.15
3 ft 0.0028 0.032 0.0050 0.058 0.0070 0.08 0.018 0.208 0.0264 0.30
4 ft 0.0042 0.048 0.0075 0.087 0.0105 0.12 0.027 0.312 0.0396 0.45
5ft 0.0056 0.064 0.0100 0.116 0.0140 0.16 0.036 0.416 0.0528 0.60
6 ft 0.0070 0.080 0.0125 0.145 0.0175 0.20 0.045 0.520 0.0660 0.75
7 ft 0.0084 0.096 0.0150 0.174 0.0210 0.24 0.054 0.624 0.0792 0.90
603-1
5100 Series B
603-13. The remammg steps of the AC voltage 603-20. The 20 MHz reference signal is generated by an
operation in Section 2 remain the same, with the L-C Oscillator. and applied to the amplitude modulator
constraints of the new specifications, i.e., 300 µV rms and the 200: I divider. The YCO, -:-N Divider, and Phase
(-57.5 dB) to 3.1623V rms (+23 dB), into 50!1. Detector form a phase-locked loop. The VCO output is
divided by the -7-N Divider to produce a 100 kHz signal
NOTE which is compared with a IOO kHz referece produced by
dividing the 20 MHz referece by 200: I. The two 100 kHz
When the internal range is changed as part of signals are applied to the phase detector which produces a
Error Mode operations, discontinuities DC output proportional to the difference in phase. The
between the ranges can occur because the phase detector output causes the VCO to produce a
available resolution greatly exceeds the frequency which, when divided down by the -7-N Divider,
permissible difference between ranges. Tests is 100 kHz. The -7-N Divider is programmed such that is
should be performed at programmed values will divide by 20 I to produce a 20.1 MHz VCO output
that allow the required tolerances without and by 300 for a 30 MHz output. The YCO output is then
automatical(v changing internal ranges. The mixed with the 20 MHz reference tQ produce the output
points at which a one-digit LSD increment of frequencies explained above.
the output results in internal ranging are
0.99999 mV, 3.1623 mV, 9.9999 mV, 31.623 603-21. WB OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
mV, 99.999mV, 0.31623Vand0.99999V.
603-22. This amplifier is used to produce the output
voltage and current required for a 50 ohm load. It also
603-14. THEORY OF OPERATION contains the 50 ohm Attenuator and Thermal Converter.
The output of the Power Amplifier varies from I to
603-15. The wideband option, as shown in Figure 603-1, 3.1623Y. Lower voltages are obtained from the 50 ohm
is a wideband (WB) generator which uses the WB Attenuator, which is programmed in seven I0 dB steps to
Oscillator and WB Output Amplifier PCBs of the option reduce the output down to as low as 300 µ V with IV input
plus various sections of the standard calibrator. The and 70 dB of attenuation. The Thermal Converter
overall block, and each component block, is described in produces a DC output that is proportional to the rms
the following paragraphs. value of the power amplifier output voltages.
603-23. Amplitude Control Loop

603-16. WB Option 603-24. The output amplitude is leveled to the required
output voltage by the Amplitude Control Loop. The
603-17. Frequencies from IOO kHz to IO MHz are output voltage is converted by the Thermal Converter to a
generated by the WB Oscillator while frequencies from I0 DC voltage. This voltage is compared with DAC output
Hz to 90 kHz are generated by the oscillator described in by the integrator in the same manner as explained
Section 3. Either of the oscillators drives the WB Output, previously in Section 3. The integrator output "Control"
which amplifies the voltage to the 3.1623Y level required is applied to QI06, which acts as the current controller
by the output, and has output current sufficient to drive resistor, or to the amplitude modulator in the Wide Band
the 50 ohm load. Oscillator. If the output frequency required is in the range
of IO Hz to 90 kHz, Q 106 varies the input to Power
603-18. WB OSCILLATOR Amplifier Al and thereby vary the input to the power
amp in the WB Output Amplifier. If the output frequency
603-19. The WB Oscillator generates frequencies from is in the range of 100 kHz to IO MHz, the amplitude
100 kHz to 10 MHz. The frequencies are produced by modulator uses "Control" to vary the WB Oscillator
mixing a 20 MHz reference with frequencies produced by output as explained above. Any difference between the
the Voltage Controlled Oscillator (YCO) of 20.1 to 30 Thermal Converter output and the DAC output causes
MHz. The corresponding difference signal from the the integrator to vary the signal into, and, therefore,
mixer varies from 100 kHz to IO MHz. The mixer output signal out of, the WB Output Amplifier and bring the
is filtered by a I0 MHz low pass filter and amplified to the output voltage to the required value.
level required by the WB Output Amplifier. The output
from the WB Oscillator is varied over a range of a little 603-25. MAINTENANCE
over 3 to I by changing the amplitude of the 20 MHz
reference input to the mixer. This amplitude variation is 603-26. The option consists of two PCBs installed in the
produced by a voltage controlled amplitude modulator analog compartment of the 5100 Series B Calibrators.
whose gain changes as a function of a DC voltage For general maintenance procedures refer to Section 4 of
"Control". this manual.
603-2
DIGITAL BUS
A 12 WB OUTPUT
LOGIC
FRONT PANEL
2VT06V-
son BNC CONNECTOR
A13 WB OSCILLATOR DIGITAL BUS

-. ATTENUATOR
7, 10 dB
~
"10 Hz
10 Hz TO to
THERMAL STEPS 10 MHz"
90 kHz
CONVERTER s
.,, LOGIC I I PRE AMP
300µV TO
..
'!'
CD A18 OSCILLATOR
3,1623V
INTO son LOAD
en
0 r,----:;i
ft>
.... I OSCILLATOR I
:em +N FILTER I 10 Hz to I
90 kHz
DIVIDER 10 MHz
-5'ct. N = 201 TO 300 LOW PASS L-----~
A17 POWER AMPLIFIER
0
m
g
:I
100 kHz
TO
r:-------,
10 MHz I A1>--411.........__.
~
c vco I I
;·
~
PHASE
DETECTOR
20.1 TO ~ MIXER I I
I
3 30MHz I
I
100 kHz 20MHz
REF REF
I I VF
H L---------'
200: 1
DIVIDER
20 MHz
OSCILLATOR
AMPLITUDE
MODULATOR
100 kHz TO I
A14 ANALOG CONTROL
rr-t~
+3 TO +10V
A1S DAC
r
10 MHz I r---1
CONTROL
I
L---~---_J
I ' I :I D~C I:
L_4"'t'1o&_J
(J1
~
0
0
(/)
..,
<D
8w AMPLITUDE CONTROL LOOP (SEE FIGURE 3·4) DIGITAL BUS ii)'

(/)
Cll
5100 Series B
603-27. PERFORMANCE TEST Table 603-3. Wideband Frequency Test
603-28. The wideband performance test consists of tests CALIBRATOR COUNTER READING
for accuracy in voltage, flatness, and frequency. Test FREW ENCY
equipment required for the performance test, in addition OUTPUT MINIMUM MAXIMUM
to those listed in Section 4, are listed in Table 603-2. If the
calibrator does not pass the performance test, perform the 10 Hz 9.7 Hz 10.3 Hz
calibration or troubleshooting procedures, as is deemed 20 Hz 19.4 Hz 20.6 Hz
applicable by the symptoms. Any repairs resulting from
troubleshooting should be followed by a performance test SO Hz 48.S Hz 51.5 Hz
and/ or calibration procedure. Perform each of these tests 100 Hz 97 Hz 103 Hz
using the applicable portion of the following procedures. 1 kHz 970 Hz 1030 Hz
Table 603-2. Additional Test Equipment (Wideband} 10 kHz 9.7 kHz 51.5 kHz
50 kHz 48.5 kHz 51.5 kHz
ITEM NOMENCLATURE
100 kHz 97 kHz 103 kH1
Oscilloscope Tektronix Model 7613 500 kHz 485 kHz 515 kHz
Spectrum Analyzer Tektronix Model 7L13 1 MHz 0.97 MHz 1.03 MHz
Plug-In
3 MHz 2.91 MHz 3.09 MHz
True RMS Voltmeter with Fluke 8920A 5MHz 4.85 MHz 5.1S MHz
de analog output propor-
10 MHz 9.7 MHz 10.3 MHz
tional to meter reading -
10 MHz minimum
frequency response.
Digital de Voltmeter with Fluke 8800A 603-30. Wideband Voltage Tests

1 µ.V sensitivity (this is a
required second DMM) l. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
Standard Attenuators 3 ea. 20 dB GR874-G20L

1 ea. 10 dB GR874-G10L 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure
603-2.
20 dB (X10} "pad" Tektronix 011-0054-02
SQQ Termination Tektronix 011-0049091
3. Select the voltage settings in step I of Table
Thermal Converter and 603-4 for each of the instruments listed.
Accessories
Thermal Converter 3V Fluke A5S
Thermal Converter Cable Fluke PIN 12232S
4. Select a calibrator output frequency of I kHz.
Coaxial Tee GR874-TL
RF son Load GR874-W50BL 5. Select OPR on the calibrator.
Adapter GR874-QBJL
Coaxial Cable 12" BNC to BNC RGS8
Precision 50.Q Load 2 each 10on ±0.1% Metal the output until a null is obtained on the RMS
Film in Parallel Differential Voltmeter.
603-29. Wideband Frequency Tests

allowable error for the programmed calibrator
I. Connect the wideband output connector to a output of the applicable step.
frequency counter input with coaxial cable, ter-
minate with son.
2. Program an output at each frequency in Table
603-3 at IV rms and verify the counter reads within
the frequency range listed for the programmed 9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 for the remainder of
frequency. Table 603-4.
603-4
5100 Series B
5100
CALIBRATOR - \D
,,..
000 ~ ~>
4> RMS
000 '>
I
. DIFFERENTIAL
son ±0.1 % LOAD
Figure 603-2. Wideband Accuracy Tests
Table 603-4. Wideband Accuracy Tests
TOTAL
CALIBRATOR RMS
MAXIMUM TEST PERMISSIBLE
PROGRAMMED DIFFERENTIAL
STEP CALIBRATOR EWIPMENT % ERROR ON
OUTPUT VOLTMETER
%ERROR %ERROR CALIBRATOR
VOLTAGE SETTING
DISPLAY
1 3.1585V 3.1585V ±0.5000 ±0.1650 ±0.6650

2 2.0000V 2.0000V ±0.6250 ±0.1750 ±0.8000
3 1.0000V 1.00000V ±1.0000 ±0.1550 ±1.1550
4 0.99999V 0.99999V ±0.7500 ±0.1550 ±0.9050
5 0.31623V 0.31623V ±1.0000 ±0.1650 ±1.1650
6 99.999 mV 99.999 mV ±1.2500 ±0.1550 ±1.4050
7 31.623 mV 31.623 mV ±1.5000 ±0.1650 ±1.6650
8 9.999 mV 9.999 mV ±1.7500 ±0.2000 ±1.9500
603-31. Wideband Flatness Tests 6. Program the calibrator for a 2.9V rms 100 Hz
wideband output.
603-32. LOW FREQUENCY FLATNESS TESTS
the calibrator output until the D MM reads the
603-33. P~rform the Low Frequency Flatness test using value recorded in step 5 above.
the following procedure:
8. Verify the displayed error is no greater
I. Connect the equipment as shown m Figure than 0±0.25%.
603-3.
9. Program the calibrator for a 2.9V rms IO Hz
2. Select autoranging on the DMM. wideband output.
3. Program the calibrator for 2.9V rms l kHz I0. Repeat step 7 above.
wideband output.
11. Verify the displayed error is no greater than
4. Select OPR on the calibrator. 0±0.3%.
5. Record the reading on the DMM. 12. Select STDBY on the calibrator.
603-5
5100 Series B
S100
SERIES
DMM -1 µV
CALIBRATOR
RESOLlITION
0 0 0
000
12" BNC TO BNC--

FLUKE 3V ASS
GR 874-QBJL --i
±0.0S%
- - - - FLU.KE P/N 12232S
Figure 603-3. Wideband Low Frequency Flatness Tests
603-34. MEDIUM AND HIGH FREQUENCY; 4. Allow approximately five minutes for
FLATNESS TESTS stabilization, then record the display on the DMM
connected to the rf voltmeter analog output and the
603-35. Verification of the wideband flatness requires DMM connected to the thermal converter (sample
termination of the output with the specified 50 ohms. This recording form in Figure 603-5).
can be accomplished by using either a SO ohm input
impedance thermal converter or, as in the case of the S. Program in turn outputs of 100 kHz, 10 MHz.
following procedure, a SO ohms input impedance detector 3 MHz. S MHz.and IO MHz. At each frequency use
characterized for flatness using a non-SO ohm converter, the Error Mode EDIT switch to obtain the Thermal
i.e., the Fluke ASS. Converter/ DM M indication recorded in step 4
above, then record the reading displayed on the rf
NOTE voltmeter r D MM.
The procedure does not co\'er a11enuator NOTE

flames.\· since this is not deemed necessary for
routine \'er(fication. ((such a test is desired When the internal range is changed as part of
refer to the allenuator flatness \'er(fication Error mode operations, dicontinuities
portion <~( rhe Calihrarion Procedure. berween the ranges can occur because the
available resolution greatly exceeds the
603-36. son Detector Characterization permissible difference between ranges. The
test should be performed at programmed
603-37. Characterize the SOO detector using the values that allow the required tolerances
following procedure: without automatically changing internal
ranges. The points at which a one digit LSD
I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure increment of the output results in internal
603-4. ranging are 0.99999 m V. 3.1623 m V. 9.9999
mV, 31.623 mV, 99.999 mV, 0.31623V. and
2. Program a wideband calibrator output of 2.9V 0.99999V.
at I kHz.
6. When all frequencies are tested, return to the I
3. Select the Error Mode and with the EDIT kHz setting and verify the reading on the Thermal
switch obtain a covenient reference reading (e.g., Converter/DMM and rf voltmeter/DMM is the
0.2900V) on the D MM connected to the rf same as originally recorded. Repeat the test if
voltmeter analog output. required.
603-6
5100 Series B
ANALOG OUTPUT
5100 CALIBRATOR
WIDEBAND OPTION RF
DCDVM
VOLTMETER
0 0 0
000
50n TERMINATOR
XlO (20dB) PAD
lFT RG 58 A/U GR 874-TL
FLUKE 3V A55
DCDVM
FLUKE P/N 122325
Figure 603-4. Wideband Flatness Tests Characterization
son DETECTOR CHARACTERIZATION FLATNESS TEST

STEP FREQUENCY %OF ERROR
RF VOLTMETER/ THERMAL CONVERTER/
DISPLAYED
DMM READING DMM READING
1 kHz (Ref) 0.0000%

1
2 100 kHz
3 1 MHz
4 3 MHz
5 5 MHz
6 7 MHz
7 10 MHz
8 1 kHz
(Must be same as step 1) (Must be same as step 1) (0 ±0.02°,6)
Figure 603-S. Sample Form for son Flatness Tests
603-38. Medium and High Frequency Verification 4. Depress the NEW REF/ CAL I 11 switch on the
calibrator and verify the Central Display reads
603-39. Verify the flatness of the wideband at medium .0000% error.
and high frequencies using the following procedure:
I. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure NOTE

603-6.
To a1·oid changing 1he error re/('rence /e1·el
2. Program a wideband calibrator output of 2. 9V during 1he remainder 0(1he le.,·1. all changes in
at I kHz. 1•0/1age am/frequency mus/ he made ll'ilh 1he
Error Afode con/rots. Se/eel 1hefu11c1ion 10 he>
3. Select the Error Mode on the calibrator and changed. 1•ollage or ji·equency, 11·i1h 1/ie
with the EDIT switch obtain the reading on the rf cl e ca cl e .,. 11· i I ch es ( ~ /)/-..'CA /) E or
voltmeter/DMM recorded during the /Jt:CA /JE .... ) ancl 1he11 all er 1he selec1ecl
characterization procedure at 1 kHz. jigure wi1h 1he l:"/JIT .nl'i1ch.
603-7
5100 Series B
S. With the Error Mode EDIT switch obtain a 100 603-43. During calibration of the S 100 B Series
kHz output, then, with the EDIT switch, adjust the Calibrators all outputs should be manually programmed
output voltage for a display on the DMM of the on the front panel.
figure recorded at that frequency during
characterization.
603-44. Test equipment required, in addition to those
6. The Central Display should read no greater listed in Table 4-1, is listed in Table 603-2.
than 0 ±0.25% ERROR at the recorded figure.
7. Repeat steps S and 6 for I MHz, 3 MHz, 603-45. Oscillator Calibration Procedure
and S MHz.
603-46. EQUIPMENT PREPARATION
8. Repeat steps S and 6 for 7 MHz and I0 MHz
allowing an error of 0 ±0.6%.
603-47. Perform the following steps prior to beginning
9. Return to the 2.9V at I kHz initial setting using calibration of the Wideband Oscillator:
the EDIT switch and verify the Central Display
read 0 ±0.02%. Repeat the test if this step is not
within the stated tolerance. l. Remove the Analog Control PCB (Al4) from
the calibrator.
603-40. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
603-41. General Preparation 2. Remove the Wideband Oscillator PCB (Al3)

from the calibrator. Remove the front shield and
NOTE reinstall the PCB in the calibrator on an extender
PCB.
Data acquired during the performance test is
required to perform the calibration
procedure. Complete the performance test NOTE
immediate(i• prior to starting the calibration
procedure to insure the validity of the Refer to the reference designator WB
reference data. Oscillator drawing to establish component
locations during the calibration procedure.
603-42. If the instrument does not meet, or cannot be
adjusted to meet, the listed tolerance in any step the
instrument does not meet the calibration requirements 3. Apply power to the instrument and select
and should be repaired. WIDEBAND.
ANALOG OUTPUT
5100 CALIBRATOR
WIDEBAND OPTION RF DCDVM
000 VOLTMETER
000
son TERMINATOR
X10 (20dB) ATTENUATOR

1 FT RG 58A/U
Figure 603-6. Wideband Medium and High Frequency Flatness Tests
603-8
5100 Series 8
603-48. OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS 603-50. DC OFFSET CALIBRATION
603-49. Adjust the Wideband 2 MHz Oscillator using 603-5 I. Perform the DC Offset Calibration using the
the following procedure: following procedure:
l. Connect a frequency counter between TP7 (HI) l. Disconnect the Jumper between TP 15 and
and TP9 (LO) on the Oscillator Assembly. TP17.
2. Program a calibrator wideband output of I volt 2. Connect the scope to J 123 output connector.
at 200 kHz.
3. Adjust R59 for a scope display of less than JOO
3. Adjust Tl for reading on the counter between mV de.
19.9800 and 20.0200 MHz.
4. Connect TP 17 and TP 15 (+5V) on the 603-52. OUTPUT LEVEL PRE-CALIBRATION

Oscillator Assembly with a jumper.
603-53. Perform the Output Level Calibration using the
5. Connect the scope to TP13 and TP9 (ground). following procedure:
6. Adjust L 11 for a maximum signal. l. Replace the Analog Control PCB (Al4).
7. Connect a short between TP9 and TPIO. 2. With the wideband output cable connect J 123
to the Wideband Output (AJ2).
8. Connect the spectrum analyzer to TP8.
3. Connect a BNC ••T.. connector to the wideband
9. Adjust Ll4 for a minimum 20 MHz signal. output on the front panel. Connect the rms
differential voltmeter to one side of the T and the 50
I 0. Remove the short between TP9 and TP I0. ohm precision termination to the other.
11. Adjust LIS for a maximum 20 MHz signal. 4. Manually program the calibrator for a
wideband output of 3.1623V ac at 100 kHz.
12. Repeat steps 6 through 10 until the minimum
and maximum are present without interaction. 5. Adjust R36 for an approximate 3 volt reading
on the rms differential voltmeter.
I 3. Disconnect the frequency counter from the
instrument.
603-54. HIGH FREQUENCY BALANCE AND
NOTE ROLL-OFF CALIBRATION
603-55. Perform the HF Balance and Roll-Off

Qfl~et errors can result in suhsequent test (f Calibration using the following procedure:
the frequenc:r counter is not removed.
I. Connect the spectrum analyzer to the wideband
front panel output through a 20 dB attenuator.
14. Connect the scope to TP2 and TP9 (ground).
2. Manually program the calibrator for a
15. Manually program the calibrator for an wideband output of 3. l 623V ac at 9 MHz.
output of IV ac at 100 kHz.
3. Tune the analyzer to observe the spurious
signal a 11 MHz.
16. Adjust T2 for a 2.5V de display on the scope.
4. Adjust R53 for the minimum signal on the
17. Manually program the calibrator for an analyzer. It must be at least 56 dB down from the 9
output of IV ac at 10 MHz. MHz signal.
18. The DC voltage displayed on the scope should 5. Manually program the calibrator for a
be between 9 and 11 V de. wideband output of 3.1623V ac at 400 kHz.
603-9
5100 Series B
6. Tune the analyzer to center the 20.4 MHz 3. Verify that C6 is turned the maximum
signal. clockwise, with the screw adjustment all the way in.
7. Adjust L23 counterclockwise until the 20.4 603-61. BIAS AND DC OFFSET ADJUSTMENTS
MHz signal increases; then turn L23 clockwise until
the 20.4 MHz signal is minimum. 603-62. Adjust the bias and DC offset voltage using the
603-56. FREQUENCY RESPONSE CALIBRATION
I. Connect the test DMM between TPI (HI) and
603-57. Perform the Frequency Response Calibration TP2 (LO) on the Output Assembly.
using the following procedure:
2. Adjust R36 for a reading between 0. 73 and
1. Connect the test D MM between TP 17 (HI) and 0.77V de.
TP9 (LO).
3. Connect the test DMM between TP2 (HI) and
2. Manually program a calibrator wideband ground.
output of 3.1623V ac at IO MHz.
4. Adjust Rl4 for a reading of 0 ±10 mV de.
3. Adjust R36 for a reading of S.2V de.
603-63. RMS SENSOR ALIGNMENT
4. Vary the programmed frequency between 9
MHz and I MHz in 1 MHzsteps:andfrom900kHz 603-64. Align the rms sensor circuit using the following
to 100 kHz in 100 kHz steps. procedure:
S. Verify the displayed voltage stays between 4.5 I. Connect the rms differential voltmeter to the
and S.SV de at all frequency steps. wideband Output terminal with the SO ohm
precision terminator.
603-58. Output Calibration Procedure 2. Manually program a calibrator output of 3V ac

at I kHz.
603-59. EQUIPMENT PREPARATION
3. Set the rms differential voltmeter for 3.0000V
603-60. Perform the following steps prior to beginning ac.
calibration of the wideband output:
4. Adjust R79 for a null on the voltmeter.
I. Remove the Wideband Output PCB (Al2)
from the calibrator. Remove the front shield and S. Manually program a calibrator output of 1V ac
reinstall the PCB in the calibrator on an extender at I kHz.
PCB.
6. Set the RMS differential voltmeter for I .OOOOV
CAUTION ac.
Insure the heat sink plate is properly installed 7. Adjust R74 for a null on the voltmeter.
and in place on the PCB before reapplying
power. It is possible to remove the plate with 8. Repeat steps 2 through 7 until both outputs null
the shield if all screws are not removed in without an adjustment.
conjunction with the shield removal.
9. Manuallly program a calibrator output of 2V
2. Verify the cable connecting the WB Oscillator ac at 1 kHz.
(A 13) to the WB Output (A 12) and the output to the
front panel connector are in place and connected. IO. Set the RMS differential voltmeter for
2.0000V ac.
NOTE
11. Verify the voltmeter reads a null ±0.2%.
Refer to the reference designator WB output
drawing to establish component locations 12. Manually program a calibrator output of
during the calibration procedure. .99999V ac at I kHz.
603-10
5100 Series B
13. Set the rms differential voltmeter for l.OOOOV 4. Select the Error Mode and with the EDIT
ac. switch, adjust the calibrator output for a convenient
reference level (e.g., 0.29000V) on the DM M
14. Adjust R85 for a null on the voltmeter. connected to the rf voltmeter.
603-65. HIGH FREQUENCY OUTPUT 5. Record the reading on the DM M connected to

CALIBRATION the rf voltmeter. (See the sample form in Figure
603-7.)
603-66. Adjust the high frequency output using the
following procedure: 6. Depress the NEW REF/CAL In switch.
I. Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 7. The Central Display reads .0000.
603-6.
NOTE
2. Program a calibrator output of 2. 9999V ac at I
During the remainder ofthe test all changes in
kHz. Using the EDIT switch vary the calibrator
voltage or frequenc:r must he made with the
output until the rf voltmeter/ D MM reads the figure
Error Mode controls. Select the.function to be
recorded for I kHz in Figure 603-5.
changed. \•a/rage or frequency, with the
decade switches (~DECADE or
3. Program a calibrator frequency of 5 MHz.
DECA DE .... ) and then alter the selected
figure with the EDIT sll'itch.
4. Adjust C40 to obtain on the rf voltmeter/
DMM the value recorded for 5 MHz in the rf
8. With the Error Mode EDIT switch set the
voltmeter column of Figure 603-5.
DMM to the reading recorded in step 5 at
frequencies of 100 kHz, 5 MHz, lO MHz, and I
603-67. Attenuator Flatness Verification
kHz, and record the % of error displayed at each
frequency (st:e sample form in Figure 603-7. Row 2,
603-68. This procedure is not deemed necessary for
Column 2, 3, 4, and 5, respectively). If the second
routine recalibration, provided the flatness portion of the
error reading at I kHz is greater that 0.0000% repeat
performance test was within the specified tolerances.
the test.
However, it should be performed any time that repairs are
made to the attenuator circuits, or output performance is NOTE
questionable at low levels.
The wideband .flatnes.\· port ion of the
performance test is sufficient for low
NOTE frequencies and no .further tests are made
during the attenuator.flatness ver(fication.
Check the DC resistance of the standard
attenuators when terminated with son for a 9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 for the remaining test
tolerance of ±1% on both inputs. (Rows 6, 9, 12. 15. 18) shown in Figure 603-7.
Remove and insert the 10 dB and 20 dB standard
attenuators as required to obtain the attenuation
603-69. Perform the attenuator flatness verification listed for that row in each column. Enter the Central
using the following procedure: Display reading in the applicable space on the form
for each test.
1. If not just completed, perform the wideband
flatness portion of the performance test, insuring NOTE
the data listed in the Flatness Test % of Error
Displayed column in Figure 603-5, is recorded in Complete all measurements hefore
Row I of Figure 603-7 for the I kHz, 100 kHz, per(ormin!( the computation to insure the
5 MHz, and I0 MHz columns. reference (Row 2) remains 1•alid.
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 10. Perform the computations listed subsequent
603-8. to each test and compare the result in the double
underlined rows (5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20) to the
3. Program the calibrator for a wideband output applicable tolerance in Row 21 (0.25% for columns
of 2.9V at I kHz. 2 and 3, and 0.6% for Column 4).
603-11
5100 Series B
~
COLUMN 1 COLUMN 2 COLUMN 3 COLUMN 4 COLUMN 5
Q 1 kHz 100 kHz 5MHz 10MHz 1 kHz

N
Row 1 Flatness% of
Error from
Fig. 603-5 0.0000 -
Row2 Reference Point

0.0000
60 dB~ 2.9V
Row3 50 dB~ 0.9V
Row4 (Row 3) -
(Row 2)
Row5 (Row 4)-

(Row 1)
Row6 40dB ~ 290 mV
Row7 (Row 6) -
(Row 2)
Row8 (Row 7) -
(Row 1)
Row9 30dB ~go mV
Row 10 (Row 9) -
(Row 2)
Row 11 (Row 10) -

(Row2)
Row 12 20dB ~29 mV
Row 13 (Row 12) -

(Row 2)
Row 14 (Row 13) -

(Row 1)
Row 15 10 dB~ 9 mV
Row 16 (Row 15) -

(Row 2)
Row 17 (Row 16) -

(Row 1)
Row 18 0 dB~ 2.9 mV
Row 19 (Row 18) -

(Row 2)
Row20 (Row 19) -

(Row 1)
Row 21
603-12
Tolerance
----- 0.2500% 0.2500%
Figure 603-7. Attenuator Flatness Verification Sample Form

0.6000%
-----
5100 Series B
5100 SERIES CALIBRATOR

W/OPTION -03
son TERMINATOR DMM
000
GR874 TO BNC
000 ADAPTER
BNCTO ANALOG
GR874 OUTPUT
ADAPTER 3 ea 20 dB STD
ATTENUATORS
RF
VOLTMETER
1 FT RG 58/AU
Figure 603-8. Attenuator Flatness Verification Connections
603-70. TROUBLESHOOTING 603-72. LIST OF REPLACEABLE PARTS
603-73. The wideband option consists of two assemblies

603-71. Troubleshooting for the -03 Wideband and a connecting coaxial cable (J 113, J 123, Fluke and
Frequency Option consists of the tabular flow chart in Mfg. Stock No. 205880 and Mfg. Supply Code 89536).
Table 603-5. When a step in the flow chart is completed, Tables 603-6 and 603-7 contain lists of replaceable parts
check for a decision transfer. If no decision is required, for the two assemblies. Refer to Section 5 for an
perform the next step of the table in sequence. explanation of the columnar entries.
603-13
5100 Series 8
Table 603-5. Wideband Option Troubleshooting

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION response
NO.
YES NO
1 Select WIDEBAND and ENTER, then program an output of 3.1623V at 100 kHz.
2 Check the voltage at the Wideband Output terminal with RMS differential voltmeter as shown in
Figure 603-2.
3 Does the differential voltmeter read 3.1623V ac ±0.5%? 16 4
4 Check the input voltages at the following points: On the Oscillator Assembly with low at TP9
check at TP12 for +15 ±0.05V de, at TP11 for -15 ±0.2V de and at TP1 for -20 ±0.25V de. On the
Output Assembly with low at the connector shield of J113 check TP4 for +15 ±0.5V de, at TP5 for
-15 ±0.2V de and at TP6 for -20 ±0.25V de.
5 Are all voltages present and within the stated tolerance? 7 6
6 Check the circuits and the input from the power supply regulator. Repair as required then resume at
step 2.
7 Is 9 volts peak-to-peak present at J114 on the Output Assembly with the output terminals termin- 9 8
ated with 50 ohms?
8 Check the cable and connections between the ·output Assembly output at J114 and the front panel
output terminal. Repair as required then resume at step 2.
9 Is 18V peak-to-peak present at TP2 on the Output Assembly? 11 10
10 Check the output attenuator circuit on the Output Assembly. Check Table 603-7, for the correct
divider states with the frequency selected. Check Table 603-8, for the relay states for the output
voltage selected. Check at U4-9 (A 12), U7-6(A13), and U7-8 (A 13) for a clock pulse train with
approximately 20 ms period. Repair as required then resume at step 2.
11 Is 0.9 volts peak-to-peak present at TP3 on the Output Assembly? 13 12
12 Check the amplifier circuit on the Output Assembly. Repair as required then resume at step 2.
13 Is 0.9 volts peak-to-peak present at J123 on the Oscillator Assembly? 14 15
14 Check K1, K2, and their associated circuitry on the Output Assembly plus the cabling and
connectors between the Output and Oscillator Assemblies. Repair as required then resume at step
2.
15 The problem lies within the Oscillator Assembly. Isolate the fault to a stage by checking the signals
at the points below with an Oscilloscope using a 10: 1 probe. All signals voltages given are for
peak-to-peak (p-p) waveforms in relation to TP9 with a programmed output 3.1623V at 100 kHz.
The frequency given is the frequency of the waveform, not the programmed output.
Collector 020 - 3V p-p at 100 kHz and Harmonics
Base 018 - 500 mV p-p at 100 kHz and Harmonics
Collector 017 - 1V p-p at 100 kHz and Harmonics
Base 015 - 190 mV p-p at 100 kHz and Harmonics
U20-4 - 100 mV p-p at 20 MHz and Harmonics
U20-8 - 1.2V p-p at 20.1 MHz and Harmonics
TP10 - 0.9V p-p at 20 MHz
TP8 - 100 mV p-p at 20 MHz and Harmonics
TP13 - 1V p-p at 20 MHz and Harmonics
TP3 - 4V p-p at 20.1 MHz and Harmonics
TP7 - 4V p-p at 20 MHz
Repair as required then resume at step 2.
603-14
5100 Series B
Table 603-5. Wideband Option Troubleshooting (cont)
Go to the step
number given
NO. response
YES NO
16 Check the frequencies of the output signal with a Frequency Counter. The programmed output
should be 3.1623V at 100 kHz.
17 Is the frequency 100 kHz ±3%? 34 18
NOTE
All of the following levels on the Oscillator Assembly
are in relation to TP9.
18 Is a 20 MHz signal present at TP7 of the Oscillator Assembly? 20 19
19 Check the 20 MHz Oscillator circuit on the Oscillator Assembly. Repair as required then resume at
step 16.
20 Is a 20-30 MHz signal present at TP3 of the Oscillator Assembly? 22 21
21 Check the VCO circuit on the Oscillator Assembly. Repair as required then resume at step 16.
22 Is the following waveform present at TP4? 24 23
-15V-- - - -n rt_
-20V
0. 2 µ.s -+I l'4 10 µ.s •I
23 Check the 201-300: 1 Divider Circuit on the Oscillator Assembly. Repari as required then resume at
step 16.
24 Is the following waveform present at TP5? 26 25
-15V-- -- -n
-20V
2 µ.s -+I ~ 8 µ.s
n
-.I
25 Check the 200: 1 Divider Circuit on the Oscillator Assembly. Repair as required then resume at step
16.
603-15
5100 Series B
Table 603-6. A12 Wideband Output PCA
N
REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION TOT 0
STOCK SPLY PART NUMBER QTY T
DESIGNATOR E
s
c l, 5, 16- CAP,CER,0.22UF,+-20%,50V,X7R 853648 04222 SR325C224MAA 6
c 18, 39 853 648
c 2, 3 CAP,TA,68UF,+-20%,15V 193615 56289 199D686X0015EA2 2
c 4 CAP,TA,4.7UF,+-20%,25V 807 644 56289 199D475X0025BE2 l
c 6 CAP,VAR,0.25-l.5PF,1700V,TEFLON 218206 52769 ER-530-000 l
c 7, 10, 11. CAP,CER,0.01UF,+80-20%,500V,Z5U 816991 60705 562CZ5USE501AG103Z 4
c 31 816991
c 8, 32, 35 CAP,CER,0.0012UF,+-10%,500V,Z5R 106732 60705 562CCK501EE122KA59 3
c 9 CAP,CER,430PF,+-5%,SOV,COG 732644 04222 SR595A431JAA l
c 12, 15 CAP,TA,6.8UF,+-20%,35V 807602 56289 199D685X0035DE2 2
c 13, 14, 19, CAP,CER,0.047UF,+-20%,50V,X7R 831487 04222 SR595C473MAA 4
c 20 831487
c 21- 24 CAP,TA,22UF,+-20%,25V 845149 56289 199D226X0025DG2 4
c 25- 27, 37, CAP,TA,15UF,+-20%,20V 807610 56289 199Dl56X0020DE2 5
c 38 807610
c 28 CAP,CER,33PF,+-5%,50V,COG 714543 89536 714543 l
c 33, 36, 41, CAP,POLYES,0.33UF,+-10%,50V 715284 37942 185-2-334K50AA 4
c 42 715284
c 34 CAP,CER,33PF,+-2%,50V,COG 715292 04222 SR595A330GAA l
c 40 CAP,VAR,2-10PF,250V,CER 375238 52769 GKClOOOO l
CR 1- 20 f DIODE,SI,BV=75V,IO=l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 20
H l SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .250 129890 74594 129890 7
H 2, 4 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .250 740746 74594 740746 24
H 6 SCREW,FH,P,SS,4-40, .250 375469 COMMERCIAL 2
J 113, 114 CONN,COAX,SMB(M),PANEL 207639 98291 051-049-0000-990 2
K l, 2. 7 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.5VDC 404 590 71707 4000-0008 3
K 3- 5, e RELAY,ARMATURE,2 FORM C,26.5VDC 641670 43791 50GB 5N-l-A-700 4
K 6 RELAY,REED,2 FORM A,15VDC 341024 71707 7002-5060 l
L l, 2, 6. CORE,TOROID,FERRITE, .047X.138X.ll8 321182 OLUA3 56-590-65-48 5
L 13, 14 321182
L 3- 5, 7- CHOKE,6TURN 320911 89536 320911 9
L 12 320911
MP l SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40, .875 436683 55566 30578440814-MOD.=875 6
MP 2 SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40,.750 370528 55566 30558440814-MOD.=.750 6
MP 3 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40, .250 340547 55566 30478440814-MOD.=.250 4
MP 4 HEATS DIS,W/BEO WASHER,T0-5 407262 13103 1130 7
MP 5 SPACER, .156 RND,SOLUBLE,.062, .060 296319 89536 296319 18
MP 6 BRACKET, CONN. MTG, RF OUTPUT 462069 89536 462069 l
MP 7 PLATE, CONNECTOR MTG 438127 89536 438127 l
MP 8 PLATE, TRANSISTOR CLAMP 438135 89536 438135 1
MP 9 PLATE, TRANSISTOR MTG 438143 89536 438143 l
MP 10 PLATE, HEATSINK MTG 438150 89536 438150 l
MP 11 SHIELD, WB OUTPUT ATTENUATOR. FRONT 438168 89536 438168 l
MP 12 SHIELD, WB OUTPUT ATTENUATOR, REAR 438176 89536 438176 1
MP 13 SHIELD, WB OUTPUT, FRONT 438184 89536 438184 1
MP 14 SHIELD, WB OUTPUT, REAR 438192 89536 438192 l
Q l, 2 f TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 333898 04713 MPSHlO 2
Q 3 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 343012 27014 PN4258 l
Q 4 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 402578 04713 2N5160 l
Q 5, 11 f TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 179374 04713 2N2218 2
Q 6 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,HI-CURRENT 402602 04713 MRF531 l
Q 7 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 402586 04713 2N2905A l
Q 8 f TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,HI-FREQ,SMALL SIG 407965 04713 2N3553 l
Q 9, 15 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 844993 55464 MPS6522 2
Q 10 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIG.HI-FREQ 402560 55408 MM4019-M l
Q 12 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 832170 04713 MPS6520 l
Q 13 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 1
Q 16 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,T092 698233 04713 2N3906 l
R l RES,MF,2.49K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 226209 91637 CMF-55 2491F T-1 l
R 2 RES,MF,52.3,+-1%,0.l25W,100PPM 305912 91637 CMF-55 52R3F T-l l
R 3, 9, 16 RES,CF,1K,+-5%,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 102J 3
R 4, 12, 58 RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 3
R 5, 89, 90 RES,CF,100,+-5%,0.25W 348771 59124 CFl/4 lOlJ 3
R 6 RES,CC,27,+-10%,0.125W 266254 01121 BB2701 l
R 7, 8 RES,CC,l.5K,+-5%,0.5W 266353 01121 EB1525 2
R 10 RES,MF,49.9,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 305896 : 91637 CMF-55 49R9F T-1 l
R 13 RES,CF,20K,+-5%,0.25W 441477 59124 CFl/4 203J l
R 14 RES,VAR,CER.~,50K,+-10%,0.5W 335778 80294 3386R-l-503 l
R 15 RES,CF,5.lK,+-5%,0.25W 368712 59124 CFl/4 512J l
R 17 RES,CF,18,+-5%,0.25W 441428 59124 CFl/4 18ROJ l
R 18, 33, 41 RES,CF,10,+-5%,0.25W 340075 59124 CFl/4 lOOJ 3
R 19 32 RF.S CC 3.9 +-5% 0.5W 188490 01121 EB3R95 2
603-16
5100 Series B
Table 603-6. A12 Wideband Output PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
R 20, 31 RES,MF,30l,+-l%,0.l25W,l00PPM 267740 91637 CMF-55 30l0F T-1 2
R 21, 30 RES,CC,lK,+-5%,0.SW 108597 01121 EB1025 2
R 22, 29 RES,MF,24.3K,+-l%,O.l2SW,l00PPM 236745 91637 CMF-55 2432F T-l 2
R 23, 27 RES,MF,l0,+-0.25%,0.25W,50PPM 424192 91637 CMF-60 lOROC T-2 2
R 24, 28 RES,MF,232,+-l%,0.l2SW,l00PPM 289975 91637 CMF-55 2320F T-l 2
R 25, 26, 91, RES,MF,4S.3,+-l%,0.SW,25PPM 43S560 91637 CMF-6S 4SR3F T-9 4
R 92 43SS60
R 34 RES,CF,4.3,+-S%,0.2SW 44lSSO S9l24 CFl/4 4R3J l
R 3S RES,CF,22,+-S%,0.2SW 38ll4S S9l24 CFl/4 220J l
R 36 RES,VAR,CERM,l00,+-20%,0.SW l930S2 80294 3329H-l-l0l l
R 37 RES,MF,22.6,+-l%,0.l2SW,l00PPM 296640 91637 CMF-SS 22R6F T-l l
R 38 RES,MF,22l,+-l%,0.l2SW,l00PPM 340794 91637 CMF-SS 2210F T-l l
R 39 RES,MF,2.SSK,+-l%,0.l2SW,l00PPM 32S498 91637 CMF-S5 25SlF T-l l
R 40 RES,CF,Sl0,+-S%,0.2SW 441600 59124 CFl/4 SllJ l
R 42, 43 RES,CF,270,+-5%,0.2SW 348789 S9l24 CFl/4 271J 2
R 44 RES,CF,430,+-S%,0.2SW 44lS68 S9l24 CFl/4 43lJ l
R 4S RES,MF,96.247,+-0.l%,0.2SW,2SPPM 4!6727 91637 CMF-60 96R247B T-9 l
R 46 RES,MF,7l.l5l,+-O.l%,O.l25W,25PPM 4l673S 91637 CMF-SS 7lRlSlB T-9 l
R 47 RES,MF,96.247,+-0.l%,0.l2SW,25PPM 416743 91637 CMF-SS 24708 T-9 l
R 48, 51 RES,MF,6l.lll,+-0.l%,0.5W,25PPM 40843S 91637 CMF-65 6lRlllB T-9 2
R 49, 52, SS RES,MF,247.5,+-0.l%,0.2SW,2SPPM 408427 91637 CMF-60 247R5B T-9 3
R 50, S3, S4, RES,MF,6l.lll,+-O.l%,0.2SW,25PPM 408419 91637 CMF-60 61Rlll T-9 4
R 56 408419
R 57 RES,CF,l50,+-S%,0.2SW 343442 S9l24 CFl/4 lSlJ l
R 61 RES,CF,360,+-S%,0.2SW 3S2286 S9l24 CFl/4 36lJ l
R 62, 63 RES,CF,75,+-5%,0.2SW 441642 S9l24 CFl/4 750J 2
R 64 RES,CF,39,+-5%,0.25W 340836 59124 CFl/4 390J l
R 65 RES,CF,l.5K,+-5%,0.25W 343418 59124 CFl/4 l52J l
R 66 RES,MF,lK,+-l%,O.l25W,lOOPPM 168229 91637 CMF-55 lOOlF T-l l
R 67 RES,MF,27.4K,+-l%,O.l2SW,2SPPM 484899 89536 484899 l
R 69 RES,MF,357K,+-l%,O.l2SW,l00PPM 235002 91637 CMF-55 3573F T-l l
R 70, 71 RES,MF,619K,+-O.l%,.l2SW,25PPM 867903 91637 CMF-55 61938 T-9 2
R 72, 73 RMS SENSOR & MATCHED COMPONENT 873641 89536 873641 l
R 74 RES,VAR,CERM,5K,+-l0%,0.5W 288282 80294 3386S-l-S02 l
R 75, 76 RES,MF,75K,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 291443 91637 CMF-5S 7502F T-l 2
R 77 RES,MF,l.69K,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 321414 91637 CMF-5S l69lF T-l l
R 78, 80 RES,CF,47,+-S%,0.25W 44lS92 S9l24 CFl/4 470J 2
R 79 RES,VAR,CERM,S00,+-10%,0.SW 291120 80294 3386S-l-S02 l
R 81 RES,MF,l0K,+-l%,0.l2SW,l00PPM 168260 91637 CMF-SS l002F T-l l
R 82 RES,MF,90.9K,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 223 S37 91637 CMF-S5 9092F T-l l
R 83, 84, 9S, RES,MF,40.2K,+-l%,O.l2SW,l00PPM 23S333 91637 CMF-55 4022F T-l 4
R 98 235333
R 85 RES,VAR,CERM,2K,+-l0%,0.5W 285163 80294 3386S-l-202 l
R 86 RES,MF,32.4K,+-l%,O.l2SW,2SPPM 446674 91637 CMF-55 3242F T-9 l
R 87 RES,MF,6.04K,+-l%,O.l2SW,25PPM 446682 91637 CMF-5S 604lF T-9 l
R 88 RES,MF,25.5K,+-l%,0.l25W,2SPPM 446666 91637 CMF-55 25S2F T-9 l
R 93 RES,MF,8.66K,+-l%,O.l2SW,l00PPM 260364 89S36 260364 l
R 94 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.25W 348821 S9124 CFl/4 472J l
R 96 RES,MF,l.96K,+-l%,0.l2SW,l00PPM 288423 91637 CMF-5S l961F T-l l
R 97 RES,MF,l3K,+-l%,O.l25W,l00PPM 335539 91637 CMF-SS l302F T-l l
TP 1- 7 JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 l50Tl 7
u l f IC, OP AMP, SEl..ECTED 40V /US SLEW RATE 329912 27014 LM3l8H l
u 2 f IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NAND GATE 418244 27014 MM74Cl0N l
u 3 f IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN l
u 4 f IC,LSTTL,HEX D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLEAR 393207 0129S SN74LS174N l
us f IC, TTL, HEX INVERTER W/OPEN COLLECTOR 407S93 27014 DM7406N l
u 6 f IC,OP AMP,GENERAL PURPOSE,T0-78 CASE 413732 27014 LM308N l
u 7 f IC,OP AMP,GENERAL PURPOSE,8 PIN DIP 413740 27014 LM307N l
VR l f ZENER,UNCOMP,l3.0V,5%,9.SMA,0.4W 110726 04713 1N964B l
VR 2- 8 t ZENER,UNCOMP,8.2V,5%,20.0MA,0.4W 386771 04713 1N756A 7
VR 9 t ZENER,UNCOMP,7.SV,S%,20.0MA,0.4W 2S6446 04713 1N755A l
VR 10 t ZENER,UNCOMP,S.6V,S%,20.0MA,0.4W 277236 04713 1N752A l
VR 11 f ZENER,UNCOMP,10.0V,S%,12.5MA,0.4W 246611 04713 lN96lB 1
w1 WIRE,COPPER/TIN,BUS,22AWG llS469 04946 302-11 1
XQ 4- 8, 10, SOCKET,TRANS,T0-5,3 PIN 836247 9Sl46 8059-2Gl 7
XO ll 836247
NOTES: f Static sensitive part.
603-17
5100 Series B
trur
MIS-1710
Figure 603-9. A 12 Wideband Output PCA
603-18
5100 Series B
Table 603-7. A13 Wideband Oscillator PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c 1. 27. 36 CAP,CER,39PF,+-S%,1000V,COG 817031 6070S 561CCOGRE102EG390J 3
c 2. 4, 6- CAP',TA, lSUF, +-20%, 20V 807610 S6289 199DlS6X0020DE2 37
c 9, 12- 14. 807 610
c 25, 26, 30, 807610
c 32, 38, 46- 807610
c so. 61, 67, 807610
c 68, 71- 73, 807610
c 77- 84, 87- 807610
c 89, 93 807610
c 3. 23. 29, CAP,CER,0.01UF,10%,100V,X7R SS7587 89S36 SS7S87 10
c 31. 74, 7S, SS7587
c 90, 91, 94, SS7587
c 95 SS7587
c 10 CAP,CER,33PF,+-S%,50V,COG 714543 04222 SR595A330JAA l
c 11 CAP,CER,300PF,+-10%,500V,X7W 10S734 60705 S62CX7WCKS01AE301K l
c lS CAP,POLYES,0.033UF,+-10%,50V 71S276 68919 MKS2333K50 l
c 16. 19, 37 CAP,CER,390PF,+-2%,SOV,COG 820530 04222 SRS9SA391GAA 3
c 17 CAP,CER,18PF,+-2%,100V,COG 830638 04222 SR591Al80GAA l
c 18. 20 CAP,CER,l200PF,+-20%,l00V,X7R 816223 04222 SR071Cl22MAA 2
c 21 CAP,CER,360PF,+-S%,SOV,COG S28471 04222 SR21SA361JAA l
c 22 CAP,CER,lOOOPF,+-2%,SOV,COG 807966 04222 SRS9SA102GAA l
c 28 CAP,CER,Sl0PF,+-S%,l00V,COG 81664S 04222 SRS9lASllJAA l
c 33, 34, 65. CAP,CER,22PF,+-S%,50V,COG 714S50 04222 SRS9SA220JAA 4
c 98 714SSO
c 35 CAP,CER,430PF,+-S%,50V,COG 732644 04222 SRS9SA431JAA l
c 39, 62 CAP,CER,l20PF,+-S%,50V,COG 721142 04222 SRS9SA121JAA 2
c 40, S9, 70 CAP,CER,5.0PF,+-10%,lOOOV,COH 817015 60705 561CCOHRE102EC5ROD 3
c 41 CAP,CER,150?F,+-10%,50V,X7R 682377 04222 SRS95Cl51KAA l
c 42, 54, 99 CAP,CER,l2PF,+-2%,50V,COG 715169 04222 SR59SA120GAA 3
c 43 CAP,CER,lOOPF,+-2%,lOOV,COG 81211S 04222 SR291Al01GAA l
c 44, 4S CAP,CER,0.0SUF,+-20%,lOOV,ZSV 149161 6070S S6SCBA101ARS03MAOS 2
c Sl. S2 CAP,TA,4.7UF,+-20%,2SV 807644 S6289 199D475X0025BE2 2
c S3 CAP,CER,47?F,+-2%,100V,COG 812123 04222 SR291A470GAA 1
c SS CAP,CER,56PF,+-2%,50V,COG 714378 04222 SRS95A560GAA l
c S6, 60 CAP,TA,68UF,+-20%,20V 782680 S6289 l99D686X0020FA4 2
c S7 CAP,CER,4.0PF,+-0.2SPF,1500V,COJ 714535 91984 6010COH4ROC1.5LVT14 1
c S8, 69 CAP,CER,10PF,+-2%,50V,COG 71387S 04222 SRS9SA100GAA 2
c 63 CAP,CER,39PF,+-2%,100V,COG 816207 04222 SR291A390GAA 1
c 64 CAP,CER,270PF,+-5%,50V,COG 6S8898 04222 SRS9SA271JAA 1
c 76 CAP,CER,S000PF,+-20%,100V,Z5U 7S8201 6070S 562CZ5USE101EE502M l
c 85 CAP,TA,22UF,+-20%,2SV 845149 56289 199D226X0025DG2 1
c 86 CAP,CER,1200PF,+-20%,100V,X7R 358283 04222 SR201Cl22MAA l
c 92, 96 CAP,TA,10UF,+-20%,25V 714774 56289 199Dl06X0025BE2 2
CR l DIODE,SI,VARACTOR,PIV= 12V 363812 04713 MV109 l
CR 2, 5 t DIODE,SI,BV=7SV,IO=lSOMA,500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 2
CR 3 t DIODE,SI,SCHOTTKY BARRIER, SMALL SIGNL 313247 28480 5082-6264 1
CR 4 DIODE,SI,100 PIV,1.5 AMP 116111 66967 1N5392 1
H l SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .250 740746 74594 740746 10
J 123 CONN,COAX,SMB(M),PANEL 207 639 98291 051-049-0000-990 l
K 1 RELAY,REED,l FORM A,4.5VDC 404590 71707 4000-0008 1
L 1, 2, 6- CHOKE,6TURN 320911 89536 320911 23
L 10. 13. 18- 320911
L 20. 22, 25- 320911
L 29, 31, 32, 320911
L 35- 38 320911
L 3- 5 INDUCTOR,6800UH,+-5%,l.5MHZ,SHLD 363184 24759 MR-6800J 3
L 12 INDUCTOR, lOUH, +-10%, 53MHZ,SH.LD 249078 24759 MR-lOJ&K 1
L 16. 17 INDUCTOR,0.47UH,+-5%,264MHZ,SHLD 329664 24759 MR-0.47J 2
L 21 INDUCTOR,3.9UH,+-5%,84MHZ,SHLD 413864 24759 MR-3.90J 1
L 24 INDUCTOR,l.5UH,+-S%,128MHZ,SHLD 4138S6 24759 MR-1. SJ 1
L 30 INDUCTOR,27MH,+-10%,445KHZ,SHLD 363192 24759 MR-27000J&K 1
L 33, 40 CORE, TOROID, FERRITE, .047X.138X.118 321182 0LUA3 56-590-65-4B 2
L 39 INDUCTOR,2.2UH,+-10%,108MHZ,SHLD 413 880 24759 MR-2.20J 1
MP 1 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40, .625 347526 5SS66 3053B440Bl4-MOD.=.62S 2
MP 2 SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40, .750 370528 55S66 30S5B440Bl4-MOD.=.750 5
MP3 SHIELD, WB OSC, FRONT 438200 89536 438200 l
MP 4 SHIELD, WB OSC, REAR 438218 89536 438218 l
MP 5 HEAT DIS, RAD FIN, .255 ID,. 720 OD 104646 05820 207-A8 1
MP 6 PLATE, CONNECTOR MTG 438127 89S36 438127 l
MP 7 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40, .250 340547 55S66 30478440814-MOD.=.250 5
MP 8 INSUL PART.TRANSISTOR MOUNT,DAP,T0-5 152207 07047 10123-DAP 1
MP 9 FENCE, WB OSCILLATOR PCB 450031 89536 450031 1
Q 1- 3. 5, t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 248351 04713 MPS918 7
" 9- 11 t 248351
603-19
5100 Series B
Table 603-7. A13 Wideband Oscillator PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
Q 4, 22- 2S t TRANSISTOR,SI.PNP,SWITCHING,T0 -92 831446 04713 MPS3640 s
Q 6 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 19S974 04713 2N3906 l
Q 7 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 844993 SS464 MPS6S22 1
Q 8 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 69822S 27014 2N3904 1
Q 13. 14, 17, t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 84498S 27014 PN42S8 4
Q 20 t 84498S
Q lS, 16, 18, t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 832170 89S36 832170 4
Q 19 t 832170
Q 21 t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL 346916 04713 2N2219A l
R l. 27, 29, RES,CF,10K,+-S%,0.25W 348839 S9124 CFl/4 l02J 4
R 30 348839
R 2, 13, 20, RES,CF,l00,+-S%,0.2SW 348771 S9124 CFl/4 lOlJ 10
R 21, 45, 66, 348771
R 70, 71, 95, 348771
R 101 348771
R s. 2S RES,CF,3K,+-S%,0.25W 441S27 S9124 CFl/4 302J 2
R 6. 26, 62, RES,CF,270,+-S%,0.2SW 348789 59124 CFl/4 271J 4
R 104 348789
R 7, 24,lOS RES,CF,360,+-S%,0.2SW 3S2286 S9124 CFl/4 361J 3
R 8 RES,CF,62,+-S%,0.2SW 441634 S9124 CFl/4 620J 1
R 9. 50 RES,MF,7S0,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 312801 91637 CMF-SS 7SOOF T-1 2
R 10 RES,MF,3.83K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 23Sl43 91637 CMF-SS 3831F T-1 1
R 11 RES,MF,5.49K.+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 334S65 91637 CMF-55 5491F T-1 l
R 12 RES,MF,9.09K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 720573 89536 720573 1
R 14 RES,CF,47K,+-5%,0.2SW 348896 S9124 CFl/4 473J 1
R 15 RES,MF,l.78K,+-1%,0.5W,100PPM 247296 91637 CMF-65 1781F T-1 1
R 16 RES,CF,7S0,+-5%,0.25W 441659 S9124 CFl/4 751J 1
R 17 RES,CF,3.9K,+-5%,0.25W 342600 59124 CFl/4 392J 1
R 18, 42 RES,CF,2K,+-5%,0.25W 441469 S9124 CFl/4 202J 2
R 19 RES,CF,S60K,+-S%,0.2SW 342642 S9124 CFl/4 S64J 1
R 3, 4, 22 RES,CF,l.2K,+-S%,0.2SW 441378 S9124 CFl/4 122J 4
R 23 441378
R 28 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.25W 348821 S9124 CFl/4 472J 1
R 31. 32 RES,CF,1SO,+-S%,0.25W 343442 S9124 CFl/4 lSlJ 2
R 33 RES,MF,3.01K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 31264S 91637 CMF-5S 3011F T-1 1
R 34, 38 RES,MF,182,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 289S79 91637 CMF-S5 1820F T-1 2
R 3S RES,MF,4.02K,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 235325 91637 CMF-S5 4021F T-1 1
R 36 RES,VAR,CERM,500,+-10%,0.SW 32S613 80294 3386R-l-S01 l
R 37 RES,MF,324,+-l%,0.l25W,100PPM 443010 91637 CMF-55 3240F T-1 l
R 47, 49 RES,MF,49.9,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 30S896 91637 CMF-S5 49R9F T-1 2
R 46 RES,MF,422,+-l%,0.12SW,100PPM 288S06 91637 CMF-S5 4220F T-1 l
R 48, 86 RES,CF,S.l,+-5%,0.25W 441287 S9124 CFl/4 SRlJ 2
R Sl RES,MF,649,+-l%,0.12SW,100PPM 7204S8 89S36 7204S8 l
R S2, 77 RES,MF,732,+-l%,0.12SW,100PPM 294884 91637 CMF-S5 7320F T-1 2
R S3 RES,VAR,CERM,20,+-20%,0.SW 27S727 80294 3386R-l-200 1
R S4 RES,MF,634,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 223560 91637 CMF-5S 6340F T-1 l
R SS RES,MF,301,+-l%,0.12SW,100PPM 267740 91637 CMF-SS 3010F T-1 1
R S6 RES,CF,10,+-S%,0.2SW 34007S 59124 CFl/4 lOOJ 1
R 57 RES,CF,240,+-S%,0.25W 376624 S9124 CFl/4 241J 1
R 58, 60 RES,MF,100,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 168195 91637 CMF-55 lOOOF T-1 2
R 59 RES,VAR,CERM,1K.+-30%,0.5W 193060 80294 3329H-l-l02 1
R 61 RES,MF,453,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 267393 91637 CMF-5S 4530F T-1 1
R 63, 65. 72, RES,CF,l.3K,+-5%,0.25W 441394 S9124 CFl/4 132J 4
R 74 441394
R 64, 73 RES,CF,4.7,+-S%,0.25W 441584 59124 CFl/4 4R7J 2
R 67, 76, 80 RES,CC,680,+-S%,0.5W 178392 01121 EB6815 3
R 68 RES.CF,Sl0,+-S%,0.25W 441600 S9124 CFl/4 SllJ l
R 69. 78 RES,CF,5.6,+-S%,0.2SW 441618 59124 CFl/4 SR6J 2
R 7S RES,CF,1K,+-S%,0.2SW 343426 S9124 CFl/4 l02J l
R 79, 81 RES,MF,lS0,+-1%,0.125W,100PPM 448SSS 91637 CMF-FF 1500F T-1 2
R 82 RES,CF,l.8K,+-5%,0.25W 441444 S9124 CFl/4 182J l
R 83 RES,MF,10K,+-1%,0.12SW,100PPM 168260 91637 CMF-SS 1002F T-1 l
R 8S RES,MF,3.S7K,+-l%,0.l2SW,100PPM 226217 91637 CMF-SS 3S71F T-1 l
R 89 RES,CF,4.3K,+-5%,0.25W 441S76 S9124 CFl/4 433J l
R 90 RES,CC,510,+-S%,0.SW 1089Sl 01121 EB511S 1
R 92, 98 RES,CF,30K,+-S%,0.25W 3687S3 S9124 CFl/4 303J 2
R 93, 99 RES,CF,330,+-5%,0.2SW 368720 S9124 CFl/4 331J 2
R94,100 RES,CF,160,+-5%,0.25W 441410 S9124 CFl/4 161J 2
R 97, 103 RES,CF,20K,+-S%,0.2SW 441477 S9124 CFl/4 203J 2
R 96,102 RES,CF,200,+-5%,0.25W 441451 S9124 CFl/4 201J 2
R 106 RES,CF,2,+-5%,0.2SW 4420S3 59124 CFl/4 2R00J l
T l. 2, 11. RF COIL TREATED, ADJUSTABLE l.4-l.9MH 3458SO 89536 3458SO 6
T 14, 15, 23 345850
TP 1- 17 JUMPER,WIRE,NONINSUL,0.200CTR 816090 91984 150Tl 17
u 2 t IC,LSTTL,DUAL JK F/F,-EDG TRIG 414029 01295 SN74LS112N 1
u 3 t IC TTL DUAL DIV BY 2 DIV BY S COUNTER 4025S2 01295 SN74390N 1
603-20
5100 Series 8
Table 603-7. A13 Wideband Oscillator PCA (cont)
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
u 4 t IC,TTL,PHASE FREQUENCY DETECTOR 320721 04713 MC4044P l
u 5 t IC.OP AMP,GEN PURPOSE,T0-99/T0-78 271502 27014 LM301AH l
u 6, 17 t IC,STTL,TRIPLE 3 INPUT AND GATE 363457 27014 DM74SllN 2
u 7 f IC,CMOS,DUAL 4 INPUT NANO GATE 429407 27014 MM74C20N l
u 9 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN l
u 11, 12 f IC,LSTTL,HEX D F/F,+EDG TRG,W/CLEAR 393207 01295 SN74LS174N 2
u 13 f IC,TTL,DIV BY 2,DIV BY 5 DEC CNTR 320754 01295 SN74196N l
u 14, 15 f IC,LSTTL,DIV BY 2,DIV BY 5 PRSET CNTR 393256 01295 SN74LS196N 2
u 18 f IC,LSTTL,DUAL JK M/S F/F,+EDG,W/SET 875349 04713 SN74LS76AN l
u 19 f IC,STTL,DUAL JK F/F,+EDG TRIG 363440 01295 SN74Sll2N l
u 20 f IC,BPLR,BALANCED MODULATOR/DEMODULATR 344036 04713 MC1496P l
u 21 f IC,ARRAY,5 TRANS,NPN,3 IS0,2 DIFF CON 248906 27014 LM3346N l
u 23 f LC, TTL, HEX INVERTER W/OPEN COLLECTOR 407593 27014 DM7406N l
VR l, 2, 5 f ZENER,UNCOMP,10.0V,5%,12.5MA,0.4W 246611 04713 1N961B 3
VR 3 f ZENER.UNCOMP,4.3V,5%,20.0MA,0.4W 180455 04713 1N749A l
VR 4 f ZENER,UNCOMP,6.8V,10%,18.SMA,0.4W 342527 14552 DZ810702A l
VR 6 f ZE~'.?.R. UNCOMI?, 5. l V, 5%, 20. OMA, 0. 4W 159798 04713 lN751A l
VR 7, 8 f ZENER,UNCOMP,l5.0V,S%,8.5MA,C.4W 266601 04713 lN965B 2
wl WIRE,COPPER/TIN,BUS,22AWG 115469 04946 302-11 l
NOTES: f Static sensitive part~
603-21
5100 Series B
5100A-1720
Figure 603-10. A13 Wideband Oscillator PCA
603-22
5100 Series B
-05 Option
IEEE 488-1975 Standard Interface
605-1. INTRODUCTION 605-5. INSTALLATION
605-2. The IEEE 488-1875 Interface places the 5100

605-6. The option may be installed at any time by
Series B Calibrator on an IEEE Bus. allowing it to be
inserting the option's pcb assembly into the rearmost
programmed through a system controller. The
connector in the digital compartment and removing the
instrument outputs are available to the bus, at the
plate from the rear panel interface access port. All
direction of the controller, for routing to the
interface options go into this slot; however. only one can
instrument( s) under test. All controls and responses of the
be installed at a time.
calibrator can be accessed with the system controller
except the POWER switch.
CAUTION 605-7. OPERATING FEATURES
There are protective diodes between the

signal (logic) ground and equipment (chassis) 605-8. Attached to the assembly and accessible through
ground. Damage to the equipment could a port on the rear panel (Figure 605-1) are a standard
result if the potential between these points specified connector, five address switches, and a Talk
exceeds 0.6V de. Only Mode switch. The connector is standard for the
IEEE Bus and is specified by the standard document. The
605-3. SPECIFICATIONS address of the instrument is set using the five address
switches. The characters used to address the instrument in
605-4. Specifications for the IEEE 488-1975 Standard the Talk and Listen Modes are given in Table 605-1. The
Interface, Option -05, conform to those established in the five low order bits of the message determine the address.
IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Programmable the next two higher bits differentiate between the Talk
Instrumentation as published by the Institute of Electrical and Listen Modes. Normal operation allows the
and Electronics Engineers; 345 E. 47th St.; N.Y .• NY calibrator to both talk and listen to the bus. The Listen
10017. For an explanation of the IEEE 488-1975 Mode can be disabled with the Talk Only switch. if
Standard refer to the standard document. desired.
ADDRESS SWITCHES ADDRESSABLE
BBB BB a
AS A4 A3 A2 A1 MODE BUS INTERFACE CONNECTOR
TALK ONLY
Figure 605·1. IEEE Access Port

605-1
5100 Series B
Table 605-1. Allowable Listen and Talk Addresses 605-12. Interface Control
5 4 3 2 1 ASCII CHARACTER
DECIMAL 605-13. Information is input to the interface from the
BINARY LISTEN TALK controller on the System Bus, which contains eight data
lines, three handshake lines, and five bus management
0 0 0 0 0 0 SP @
lines. Control of the handshake and management lines is
1 0 0 0 0 1 ! A from the controller and will vary with the contoller used.
Refer to the instructions with the system controller for the
2 0 0 0 1 0 " B information on how to obtain the correct level on these
3 0 0 0 1 1 # c lines. The lines, and a brief explanation of their function,
4 0 0 1 0 0 $
are given in Table 605-2. Refer to the IEEE 488-1975
D
Standard Manual for a further explanation of their
5 0 0 1 0 1 % E function.
6 0 0 1 1 0 & F
7 0 0 1 1 1
. G
Table 605-2. Interface Control Lines
8 0 1 0 0 0 ( H MNEl\llONIC TITLE EXPLANATION
9 0 1 0 0 1 ) I
EOI End or Indicates end of multiple
10 0 1 0 1 0 * J Identify byte message.
11 0 1 0 1 1 + K
12 0 1 1 0 0 . L
DAV Data
Available
True with data on the
bus.
13 0 1 1 0 1 - M NFRD Not Ready True with all instruments
14 0 1 1 1 0 N For Data on bus ready for data.
15 0 1 1 1 1 I 0 NDAC Not Data True with data accepted

p Accepted and can be removed.
16 1 0 0 0 0 0
17 1 0 0 0 1 1 Q IFC Interface True places all interfaces
Clear in known quiescent state.
18 1 0 0 1 0 2 R
SRO Service Draws attention of the
19 1 0 0 1 1 3 s
Request controller to issuing
20 1 0 1 0 0 4 T device.
21 1 0 1 0 1 5 u ATN Attention Differentiate between
22 1 0 1 1 0 6 v interface (True) and
23 1 0 1 1 1 7 w device dependent
message (False).
24 1 1 0 0 0 8 x
25 1 1 0 0 1 9 y REN Remote Selects Remote (True)
Enable or Local (False).
26 1 1 0 1 0 z
27 1 1 0 1 1 . [
28 1 1 1 0 0 < \ 605-14. Interface Messages
29 1 1 1 0 1 = ]
605-15. Multiple line messages are input to the interface
30 1 1 1 1 0 > A from the controller using the data lines. The ones used
within the instrument are listed with their codes in Table
605-3. Further information on the messages can be
605-9. OPERATING NOTES obtained from the IEEE 488-1975 Standard Manual.
605-10. Instrument Programming 605-16. Status Request Reponses
605-11. The programming instructions required to 605-17. A service request (SRQ) can be generated
operate the instrument are found in Section 2 of this within the interface by either an error or ready condition,
manual. provided it was enabled by the applicable Interface
605-2
5100 Series B
Table 605-3. Interface Messages
DEVICE
CODING ALL ADDRESSED
IN LOCAL
DEVICES DEVICES
MNEMONIC MESSAGE RESPONDS NOTE
RESPOND ONLY
AND GOES
BINARY OCTAL HEX (Universal) RESPOND
TO REMOTE
M..A My Listen Address X F T A5 A4 x x 1

A3 A2 A1
MTA My Tai k Address X T F A5 A4 x x 1

A3 A2 A1
UNL Unlisten XFTTTTTT 077 3F x

UNT Untalk XTFTTTTT 137 5F x x
OTA Other Talk xxxxxxxx x 2
Address
SPE Serial Poll Enable XFFTTFFF 030 18 x x

SPD Serial Poll XFFTTFFT 031 19 x x
LLO Local Lockout XFFTFFFT 021 11 x x
GTL Go To Local XFFFFFFT 001 01 x
DCL Device Clear XFFTFTFF 024 14 x
SDO Selected Clear XFFFFTFF 004 04 x
1. Setting of Address Switch

2. Any Address other than MT A
Interrupt Enable Code. When the instrument is addressed Refer to the schematics in Section S during the following
during a serial poll operation by the IEEE-4SS Controller, discussion for the drawings of these two PCBs. Reference
and an interrupt was generated, the response byte will be a designators will be followed by the abbreviation for the
zero for ready or the numeric of the applicable Error applicable board, i.e., MB or PB, during the discussion.
Code, If the SRQ was not generated by the calibrator, the
response is a null character (binary 00000000) to the 605-22. Data Lines
controller.
605-23. Data is applied to the interface from the System
605-18. THEORY OF OPERATION Bus through the receiver/drivers U21 (MB) and U24
(MB) on lines DIOI through DI08 and is inverted and
605-19. General placed on the Digital Bus IDO through ID7 from the Data
Registers, U30 (MB) and U29 (MB). The data is latched in
605-20. The IEEE-4SS interface assembly transfers data U26 (MB) and U29(MB) to hold it after removal from the
between the System Bus and the Internal Digital Bus. System Bus by the system controller, and at the same time
Signals on the system bus are fully defined in the IEEE- the five low order bits are applied to the control register
4SS Standard with a brief description given in the U 11 (PB), U 14 (PB) and U 16 (PB). ln addition, thedata is
paragraph on interface control. decoded by SI, U3, US, U6, US, U 12, and U 19 (all on the
mainboard) to obtain, if present, one of the signals in
605-21. The assembly consists of two PCBs that are Table 605-3. In addition to the proper code, ATN must be
fastened together electrically with a 56-pin post and low on the System Bus (J3-l l) for any of the signals in
connector set, and mechanically with screws and Table 605-3 to be present. The signal GET (Group
standoffs. The mainboard (MB) is numbered MIS-1172 Execute Trigger) decoded at US-I I (MB) is not used in the
and the secondary or piggyback board (PB) MIS-1072. 5100 Series B.
605-3
5100 Series B
605-24. Address Lines 605-32. Reset
605-25. The instrument address lines (ICO-IC6) are 605-33. The instrument is automatically reset when
input on the Digital Bus and decoded to perform a series power is reapplied after an interruption by the circuitry at
of internal functions, all of which generate an ACK at U8-9 (PB). This prevents the instrument from coming up
U6-1 (PB) for return to the instrument controller. IC 1, 4, in an undesirable or unknown logic state. Software resets
5, high, are decoded at U 12-6 (PB) to enable the response the instrument with a front panel RESET switch
register, U26 (MB) and U29 (MB). 1C3, 4, 6, high, are depression, system programming request or a momentary
decoded at U 12-10 (PB) to clock the control register; U 11 power interruption that is too short for the C3/R8(PB)
(PB), U 14 (PB) and U 16 (PB). If IDO is high at the same combination to discharge and cause a reset.
time, a Return to Local Signal is generated at U8-3 (PB).
ICO, 3, 5, high, are decoded at Ul3-6 (PB) to provide a
software reset at U8-8 (PB) to accompany the power-on 605-34. MAINTENAN CE
reset at U8-9 (PB). ICO, 4, 6, high, are decoded at U 13-10
(PB) to enable the data register U30 (MB) and U3 I (MB). 60-5-35. Refer to Section 4 of the manual for
instructions on the installation and cleaning of the
605-26. Control Register
assembly. The assembly is disassembled by removing the
screws and standoffs that fasten the boards together, then
605-27. The control register consists of U 11 (PB), U 14 pulling straight apart, to prevent damage to the electrical
(PB) and U 16 (PB). Four of the six latches are enabled connectors.
from U 12-10 (PB) described above. Of these INT
(Interrupt) at U 14-2 (PB) is controlled by ID3, SRQ at
U 14-13 (PB) by ID2, NFRD at U 16-1 (PB) by ID2, and
EOI at U 11-13 (PB) by IDO. A NDAC is generated at U 16 650-36. PERFORMA NCE TEST
(PB) for the System Bus and to reset the NRFD
previously generated. DAV is generated at U 11-2 (PB), 605-37. Operation of the IEEE-488 interface may be
when clocked from U 12-6 and addressed as a talker. INT verified by programming changes in range, output, and
is generated for an interrupt, with the proper input mode while observing the front panel for the proper
signals, except when the latch is held reset by the power- indication. Operation of the calibrator should be verified
on reset routine. Refer to Table 605-2 for a brief before an attempt is made to program remotely.
explanation of the other signals.
605-28. Status Register

605-38. CALIBRATIO N
605-29. The status register in U28 (MB) and part of U3 I
(MB) stores signals decoded or input from the System Bus 605-39. The IEEE-488 interface assembly does not
for placement on the Digital Bus. The register is clocked require any calibration.
from U 13-9 (PB) with ICO, IC4, and IC6, high. When the
register has been enabled it reflects the status of the Talk
Only Mode (high) on IDO, Remote Enable (REN) from 605-40. TROUBLES HOOTING
the System Bus on IDI, GTL on ID2, MLA on ID3, INA
for an interface massage on ID4, device dependent 605-41. Troubleshooitn g for the -05 Option IEEE 488-
message on ID5, serial-poll on ID6 and on ID7 when the 1975 Remote Interface consists of the tabular flow chart
system controller requests data. in Table 605-4. When a step in the flow chart is completed,
check for a decision transfer. If no decision is required,
605-30. Mode Register perform the next step of the table in sequence.
605-31. Data that selects the operating mode is latched
into the Mode Register by DAV. MLA will be at U 11-1, if
decoded, and MTA at U 11-15. They are mutually 605-42. LIST OF REPLACEABLE PARTS
exclusive and both points cannot be high simultaneously.
U 15-1 is clocked high when the instrument is in the 605-43. Tables 605-5 and 605-6 are a list of replaceable
Remote Mode and U 15-15 when the serial-poll has been parts for the IEEE-488 interface option. Refer to Section
selected. 5 for an explanation of the columnar entries.
605-4
5100 Series B
Table 605-4. IEEE Remote Interface Troubleshooting

Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
NOTE
Due to the speed and complexity ofthe data on the bus
system, it is recommended that when a problem is
isolated to the interface, the pcb be sent to the nearest
Fluke Service Center for repair. The following table
will be some assistance troubleshooting simpler prob-
lems; however, many problems will require the use ofa
Fluke Trendar, or similar logic board tester. The
instrument must be connected through a bus network
to a system controller, e.g., the Fluke 1722A to
operate.
1 This test is based on the assumption that the instrument was checked and found operational in all
local aspects prior to installing the IEEE Remote Interface in the instrument.
2 Install the IEEE Interface Assembly in the instrument and apply power from the front panel switch.
3 Does the Output Display read 0.0000 mV de? 5 4
4 If the display is blank check the ACK circuit on the Piggyback (PB) PCB. If the display is incorrect
(garbled or wrong) check the input latches and output buffers on the Main (MB) PCB. Repair as
required then resume at step 2.
5 Address the instrument on the IEEE Bus with the applicable address.
6 Does the instrument go into remote? 8 7
7 On the Main Board check the address lines through the Receiver/Driver, the address switches, the
MLA circuitry, and the REN and DAV signals. On the Piggyback Board check the INT circuit.
8 Program an instruction from the remote controller.
9 Is the output display as programmed? 11 10
10 Check the output latches and buffers, the UNL circuitry and the Receiver/Driver on the Main Board.
11 Does the instrument respond to a "SRO" from an Interrupt Ready or Error? 13 12
12 Check the SRO line in and the Receiver/Driver on the Main Board and the status latches on the
Piggyback Board. Repair as required then resume at step 11.
13 Does the interface clear from the system controller? 15 14
14 Check the IFC input and the IFC circuit. Repair as required then resume at step 13.
15 Can the Front Panel be locked out from the system controller? 17 16
16 Check the LLO line and the decoder circuit. Repair as required then resume at step 15.
17 Troubleshooting of the IEEE Interface, as applicable at this level, is complete.
605-5
5100 Series B
Table 605-5. A23 IEEE-488 Interface Main PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
A l t IEEE PIGGY BACK PCA 503 532 89536 503 53 2 1
c l, 2 CAP,CER,270PF,+-5%,50V,COG 658898 04222 SR595A271JAA 2
c 3 CAP,TA,10UF,+-20%,25V 714774 56289 199Dl06X0025BE2 l
c 4- 8 CAP,CER,0.22UF,+-20%,50V,X7R 853648 04222 SR325C224MAA 5
c 9 CAP,CER,100PF,+-5%,50V,COG 831495 04222 SR595Al01JAA l
CR 1 t DIODE,SI,BV=75V,IO=l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 l
E 1 WIRE,JUMPER,TEF,22AWG,WHT, .300 528257 60386 J.TEFLON .300 1
H 1 WASHER,LOCK,SPLIT,STL, .168, .307, .040 111070 86928 5850-15-Z2 2
H 2 SCREW,CONNECTOR MOUNTING 429472 20584 429472 2
H3 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40, .375 152124 74594 152124 2
J 2, 4, 5 HEADER,l ROW, .lOOCTR,36 PIN 447813 22526 65501-13 6 3
J 3 CONNECTOR MODIFIED 534107 89536 534107 l
MP l SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,4-40, .187 335604 55566 3046B440Bl4-MOD.=.187 l
3045B440Bl4-MOD.=.340 2
MP 2
MP3
SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40, .340
SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,6-32,.550
- 380329
312421
55566
55566 30458632814-MOD.=.550 2
MP 4 SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,6-32, .220 261727 55566 30458632814-MOD.=.220 2
MP 5 DECAL 468538 473504 89536 473504 l
Q : t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 698225 27014 2N3904 l
R l RES,CF,18K,+-5%,0.25W 348862 59124 CFl/4 183J l
R 2 RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J l
R 3 RES,CF,1K,+-5%,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 102J l
R 4 RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.25W 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 1
R 5 RES,CF,15K,+-5%,0.25W 348854 59124 CFl/4 l53J 1
s 1 SWITCH,DIP,SPDT,5 PCS 417766 11237 206-125 1
s 2 SWITCH,SLIDE,SPDT 417287 95146 MSSA-1040-1 1
u 1 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE 355198 04713 MC14011UBCP l
u 2 t IC,CMOS,DUAL 4 INPUT NOR GATE 363820 27014 CD4002BCN l
u 3, 6, 19 t IC,CMOS,8 INPUT NOR GATE 408781 04713 MC14078BCP 3
u 4, 17 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT AND GATE 408401 04713 MC14081BCP 2
u 5, 8, 14 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 355172 27014 CD4001BCN 3
u 7 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NOR GATE 355180 27014 CD4025BCN 1
u 9 t IC,CMOS,DUAL BIN TO l OF 4 DCDR/MUX 408369 04713 MC14556BCP l
u 10 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT OR GATE 408393 04713 MC140718CP 1
u 11, 15 t IC,CMOS,DUAL JK F/F,+EDG TRIG 355230 27014 CD4027BCN 2
u 12 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN l
u 13, 18 t IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 404681 04713 MC14093BCP 2
u 16 t IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 IN NAND W/SCHMT TRIG 404632 04713 MC14093BCP l
u 20, 21, 24, t IC,LSTTL,QUAD INTERFACE BUS TRANSCVR 428649 01295 MC3446N 4
u 27 t 428649
u 22, 25 t IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 381848 27014 CD4049CN 2
u 26, 29 t IC,CMOS,QUAD D LATCH,W/XOR ENABLE 355149 34371 CD4042BE 2
u 28, 30, 31 t IC, CMOS, HEX BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPUT 407759 04713 MC14503BCP 3
u 32 t IC,LSTTL,QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 393033 01295 SN74LSOON l
u 33, 34 RES,CERM,SIP,8 PIN,7 RES,4.7K,+-2% 412916 91637 CSC08A-01-472G 2
NOTES:
t Static sensitive part.
605-6
5100 Series B
MIS-1772
Figure 605-2. A23 IEEE-488 Interface Main PCA
605-7
5100 Series B
Table 605-6. A23A1 IEEE-488 Piggyback PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l, 4 CAP,CER,270PF,+-5%,50V,COG 658898 04222 SR595A271JAA 2
c 2 CAP,CER,100PF,+-5%,50V,COG 831495 04222 SR595Al01JAA l
c 3 CAP,TA,1UF,+-20%,35V 697417 56289 199Dl05X0035AG2 l
CR l f DIODE,SI,BV=75V,IO=l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 1N4448 l
H l WASHER,LOCK,INTRNL,STL, .267ID 110817 86928 5855-18-Zl l
H 2 WASHER.FLAT, SS, .261,.500, .016 200980 COMMERCIAL l
J l, 2 SOCKET,l ROW,PWB,O.lOOCTR,20 POS 447110 30035 SS-109-1-20 2
p 4 BANANA JACK, PANEL 441741 18310 01-2540-1-02 . l
Q l f TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 698225 27014 2N3904 l
Q 2 f TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SWITCHING,T0-92 831446 04713 MPS3640 l
R l, 5. 7 RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J 3
R 2, 6 RES,CF,47K,+-5%,0.25W 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J 2
R 3, 4 RES,CF,150,+-5%,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 2
R 8 f RES,CF,15K,+-5%,0.25W 348854 59124 CFl/4 153J l
u 16, 18 340117
u 2. 4 f IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE 355172 27014 CD4001BCN 2
u 3 f IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 IN NANO W/SCHMT TRIG 404632 04713 MC14093BCP l
u 5, 7 f IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 404681 04713 MC14093BCP 2
u 6 f IC,CMOS,DUAL 4 INPUT NOR GATE 363820 27014 CD4002BCN l
u 8, 9 f IC,CMOS,QUAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 355198 04713 MC14011UBCP 2
u 10 f IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 381848 27014 CD4049CN l
u 12 f IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT AND GATE 408807 04713 MC14073BCP l
u 13 f IC.CMOS.TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN l
u 17 f IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NOR GATE 355180 27014 CD4025BCN l
XP 2 SOCKET.l ROW,PWB,0.lOOCTR,16 POS 447102 30035 SS-109-1-16 1
NOTES: f Static sensitive part.
605-8
5100 Series B
D 0 0 []
0
"
CJ
~
---{Il)-
~
"'
0.
-0
D.1
...
(ij
"'
.!:
D.1
.c
...
0
r::
>
ctl
E
CD
a:
wA
58
z
MIS-1674
Figure 605-3. A23A 1 IEEE-488 Piggyback PCA
605-9
5100 Series B
-06 Option
Bit Serial Asynchrono us
Interface {RS-232-C)
606-1. INTRODUCTION 606-5. INSTALLATION
606-2. The Bit Serial Asynchronous Interface takes the 606-6. The option may be installed at any time by
eight-bit parallel data in the calibrator, converts it to a bit inserting the option's single PCB into the rearmost
serial format and outputs it to a system controller on a connector in the digital compartment. All interface
RS-232-C Bus. Data from the system controller is altered options go into the same slot; however, only one can be
in the same way, allowing for full control of the installed at a time.
instrument by a remote source. All controls and responses
of the calibrator can be accessed with the system 606-7. OPERATING FEATURES
controller through the bit serial interface except the
power switch. 606-8. Attached to the PCB and accessible through a
CAUTION port on the rear panel (Figure 606-1) are a standard
There are protective diodes between the specified connector and a switch module with eight
signal (logic) ground and equipment (chassis) microswitches. The connector is standard for the RS-232-
ground. Damage to the equipment could C interface and is specified by the standard document.
result if the potential between these points The eight switches control the operating modes of the
exceeds O.&V de. interface and the baud rate. The modes selected by the
switches are shown in Tables 606-1 and Table 606-2. The
606-3. SPECIFICATIONS selection of Odd or Even parity with switch 8 is applicable
only if the parity feature has been selected using the
606-4. The bit serial interface meets or exceeds the data jumpers described below.
transmission and receiving requirements of EIA
Standard RS-232-C, RS-232-B, MIL-STD-188B, CCITT 606-9. The interface is shipped configured for an eight-
V24, and the 20 mA current loop. Baud rates of 50, 75, bit character without parity. Selection of parity and five-,
110, 134.5, 150,200,300,600, 1200,1800,2400,4800,and six-, or seven-bit characters can be accomplished by
9600 are switch selectable. installing jumpers into the PCB as shown in Table 606-3
SWITCHES
INTERFACE CONNECTOR
S1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J1
lalalalalalalalal
Figure 606-1. Bit Serial Access Port

606-1
5100 Series B
Table 606-1. Switch Selection 606-10. OPERATING NOTES

SW# SELECTION SWON SW OFF
606-11. Programming instructions required to operate
S1 Current loop/ Current RS232C the instrument are found in Section 2 of this manual.
RS232
606-12. THEORY OF OPERATION
S2 RS232B/ RS232B RS232C
RS232C
606-13. General
S3 Stop Bits 1 Bit 2 Bits

606-14. The bit serial interface alters to the proper
format and transmits data between the eight-bit (byte)
S4 Baud Rate * * parallel format used on the Instrument Bus and the bit
serial format of the System Bus. As shown on the
S5 Baud Rate * * schematic in Section 8, data inputs from either the System
S6 * * Bus or the Instrument Bus are latched into a Universal
Baud Rate
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) U9, which
S7 Baud Rate * * is driven by a programmable clock (U3) set at the selected
baud rate. Data on the Instrument Bus (JDO-ID7) is
SS Parity Odd Even latched into the UART on DBI through DB8 and output
*Defined in Table 606-2 from the UART to the Instrument Bus on ROI through
I
RD8. Four separate functions are decoded from the
control lines and the receipt of any one generates a
Table 606-2. Baud Rate common acknowledge signal (ACK). An interrupt
BAUD function can be generated to notify the instrument
COUNT S4 S5 S6 S7 contoller the received data is available, allowing polled or
RATE
interrupt control of the interface.
0 OFF OFF OFF OFF 110
606-15. Functions
1 OFF OFF OFF ON 150
2 OFF OFF ON OFF 300 606-16. An address of ICO, IC4, and IC6 high with the
3 OFF OFF ON ON 2400 remaining lines low, generates the STATIN function.
This generates ACK and enables the tri-state transmitters
4 OFF ON OFF OFF 1200 on the IDO-ID3 lines so that DA (received data available
5 OFF ON OFF ON 1800 at RD I-RD8), OR (overrun, i.e., a new character received
6 OFF ON ON OFF 4800
prior to final transmission of the previous character),
TBMT (Transmitter Buffer Empty and ready for the next
7 OFF ON ON ON 9600 character), and/or FE (Framing Error; i.e., no stop-bit
8 ON OFF OFF OFF 2400 with received character) can be placed on the data lines.
9 ON OFF OFF ON 600
606-17. The DATIN function(ICl, IC4, IC6, only high)
10 ON OFF ON OFF 200 strobes the ROE and RDA inputs to the UART. The
11 ON OFF ON ON 134.5 UART is enabled to place data on the Instrument Bus by
12 ON ON OFF OFF 75
ROE and to receive another serial character from the
System Bus by RDA.
13 ON ON OFF ON 50
606-18. With IC2, IC4, and IC5, only, high COUT is
decoded to reset the UART and clock U5-3. lfIC7 is high
Table 606-3. Character Length and Parity with COUT, the interrupt capability is disabled by
JUMPER#1 JUMPER #2 JUMPER #3 enabling the reset at U5-10. This prevents an interrupt
INSTALLED INSTALLED INSTALLED signal to the instrument controller until removed. If ID7
is low, the interrupt circuitry is enabled.
Bit 5 Yes Yes N/A
Bit6 No Yes N/A 606-19. DA TOUT is decoded, from IC3, IC4, and IC6,
Bit 7 Yes No N/A only, high, to strobe the DS input to the UART. The
Bit8 No No N/A rising edge of DS initiates serial transmission of the
character from SO onto the System Bus. It is available at
Parity N/A N/A Yes
both J 1-2 for RS-232-C and J 1-11 for the 20 mA current
No Parity N/A N/A No loop, for the user's selection.
606-2
5100 Series B
606-20. Interrupt indications. If the echoing capability is selected. the

instruction sent can be monitored on the output device.
606-21. When DA (received data available) goes high. Operation of the calibrator should be verified before an
an interrupt is generated unless it has been disabled by the attempt is made to program remotely.
COUT function, for a low at INT. The instrument
controller responds with an INA, generatingan ACK and 606-26. CALIBRATIO N
enabling U8-15 to pass the output of the interrupt flip-
flop to the instrument controller for interrupt vectoring. 606-27. The Bit Serial Asynchronous Interface does not
The removal of INA by the instrument controller causes require any calibration.
the interrupt flip-flop to reset itself and prepare the circuit
for the next interrupt. 606-28. TROUBLESH OOTING
606-22. MAINTENAN CE 606-29. Troubleshoot ing for the -06 Bit Serial
Asynchronous Interface Option consists of the tabular
606-23. Refer to Section 4 of the manual for flow chart in Table 606-4. When a step in the flow chart is
instructions on the cleaning and installation of the complete. check for a decision transfer. If no decision is
assembly. required. perform the next step of the table in sequence.
606-24. PERFORMANCE TEST 606-30. LIST OF REPLACEABLE PARTS
606-25. Operation of the bit serial interface may be 606-31. Table 606-5 is a list of replaceable parts for the
verified by programming changes in range, output and bit serial interface option. Refer to Section 5 for an
mode while observing the Front Panel for the proper explanation of the columnar entries.
606-3
5100 Series B
Table 606-4. Bit Serial Remote Interface Troubleshooting
Go to the step
number given
STEP for correct
ACTION
NO. response
YES NO
NOTE
The instrument must be connected through a bus network
to a system controller, e.g., the Tektronix 4051 or HP
9825, to operate.
1 This test is based on the assumption that the instrument was checked in local and found operational
in all aspects prior to installing the Bit Serial Asynchronous (RS-232-C) Remote Interface in the
Instrument.
2 Install the Bit Serial Interface in the instrument and apply power from the Front Panel switch.
3 Does the output display read 0.0000 mV de? 7 4
4 Does the central display read "Err6"? 6 5
5 If the display is blank check for a high ACK line, check the address lines and the address decoders.
If the display is incorrect (garbled or wrong) check the input data lines and gates. Repair as
required then resume at step 2.
6 Check the address decoder and ACK circuit. Repair as required then resume at step 2.
7 Using the controller, instruct the program to go to remote (program the character "J").
8 Does the instrument go to remote? 10 9
9 Check the input gates, the UART (U9), the BAUD rate (U3), the INT circuit, the INA circuit, and
the status output circuit. Repair as required then resume at step 7.
10 Program several instructions into the Calibrator from the remote controller.
11 Did the instrument respond correctly to the programmed instruction? 13 12
12 Check the UART (U9), the output circuit (U4), and the data input gate (U7). Repair as required
13 Troubleshooting of the Bit Serial Interface, as applicable at this level, is complete.
606-4
5100 Series B
Table 606-5. A22 Bit Serial Interface PCA
N
REFERENCE TOT 0
DESIGNATOR QTY E
s
c l- 3 CAP,TA,5.6UF,+-20%,25V 368969 56289 l99D565X0025CA2 3
c 4, 5 CAP,MICA,56PF,+-5%,500V 148528 93790 CDl5ED560J03 2
c 6- 9 CAP,CER,0.22UF,+-20%,50V,Z5U 309849 04222 SR2l5E224MAA 4
CR l t DIODE,SI,BV=75V,IO=l50MA,500MW 203323 65940 lN4448 l
E l- 3 TERM,UNINSUL,FEEDTHRU,HOLE,TURRET 179283 88245 20108-5 3
H l CONN,D-SUB,PWB,25 PIN 413898 89536 413898 l
H 3 CONN ACC,D-SUB,SPRING LATCH ASSEMBLY 330134 50738 17-529 l
H 4 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,SS,4-40, .375 256164 74594 256164 l
JP 1- 3 TERM,UNINSUL,FEEOTHRU,BIFUR,HOLE 208363 91833 1526-2 6
MP l DECAL 468520 473496 89536 473496 l
MP 2 SPRING,COIL,COMP,M WIRE, .380, .120 424465 83553 C012l-Ol4-0380M l
MP 3 SPACER,SWAGE, .250 RND,BR,4-40, .187 335604 55566 3046B440Bl4-MOD.=.187 3
MP 4 SPACER,SWAGE,.250 RND,BR,6-32, .550 312421 55566 3045B632Bl4-MOD.=.550 2
Q l t TRANSISTOR,SI,NPN,SMALL SIGNAL,T0-92 218396 04713 2N3904 l
Q 2 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 226290 04713 MPS3640 1
Q 3 t TRANSISTOR,SI,PNP,SMALL SIGNAL 195974 04713 2N3906 1
R 1, 4 RES,CF,l50,+-5%,0.25W 343442 59124 CFl/4 151J 2
R 2 RES,CF,47K,+-5%,0.25W 348896 59124 CFl/4 473J l
R 3 RES,CF,10K,+-5%,0.25W 348839 59124 CFl/4 102J l
R 5 RES,CC,l0M,+-5%,0.25W 194944 01121 CB1065 1
R 6 RES,CF,33K,+-5%,0.25W 348888 59124 CFl/4 333J 1
R 7, 14 RES,CF,1K,+-5%,0.25W 343426 59124 CFl/4 102J 2
R 8 RES,CF,2.2K,+-5%,0.25W 343400 59124 CFl/4 222J 1
R 9 RES,CF,47,+-5%,0.25W 441592 59124 CFl/4 470J l
R 10 RES,CF,750,+-5%,0.25W 441659 59124 CFl/4 751J 1
R 11, 12, 15. RES,CF,4.7K,+-5%,0.25W 348821 59124 CFl/4 472J 4
R 38 348821
R 13 RES,CF,620,+-5%,0.25W 442319 59124 CFl/4 621J 1
s 1 SWITCH,DIP,SPST,8 POS 414490 00779 435166-5 1
u 1 t IC,TTL,DUAL EIA/MIL LINE RECEIVER 354704 18324 NBT16 1
u 2 t IC,CMOS,HEX INVERTER 381848 27014 CD4049CN 1
u 3 t IC.CMOS, PROGRAMBLE BIT RATE GENERATOR 418731 34371 HD3-4702-9 1
u 4 t IC,TTL,DUAL EIA/MIL LINE DRIVER 354696 18324 NBT15N 1
u 5 t IC,CMOS,DUAL D F/F,+EDG TRIG 340117 04713 MCl4013BCP l
u 6, 7 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT NANO GATE 375147 27014 CD4023CN 2
u 8 t IC, CMOS, HEX BUFFER W/3-STATE OUTPUT 407759 04713 MC14503BCP 1
u 9 t IC,CMOS,UNIV ASYNC RECEIVR/TRANSMITER 453464 34371 HD3-6402C-9 1
u 10 t IC,CMOS,TRIPLE 3 INPUT AND GATE 408807 04713 MC14073BCP 1
u ll t IC,CMOS,QOAD 2 INPUT NANO GATE 355198 04713 MC140llUBCP 1
u 12 t IC,CMOS,HEX BUFFER 381830 27014 CD4050BCN l
u 13 t IC,CMOS,OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVER 722017 27014 MM74HCT245N 1
v 1 CRYSTAL,2.4576MHZ,+-0.01%,HC-33,5l/U 435370 61429 FOX024 1
XU 9 SOCKET,IC,40 PIN 429282 00779 2-640379-1 1
z 37 RES,CERM,SIP.6 PIN,5 RES,lOK,+-2% 500876 91637 CSC06A-01-103G 1
606-5
5100 Series B
~I 8
0
:;
MIS-1770
Figure 606-2. A22 Bit Serial Interface PCA
606-6
5100 Series B
Section 7
Schematic Diagrams
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIGURE TITLE PAGE
NO.
7-1 Interconnect Diagnun ............................................................. 7-3
7-2 Al Main Motherboard & A2 MIS Motherboard PCA ................................. 7-7
7-3 A3 Power Supply Motherboard & A7 Power Supply Termination Assembly ............. 7-9
7-4 AS Power Supply Interconnect PCA (5100B & 5102B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 7-13
7-5 AS Tape Interface PCA (51018) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7-6 A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7-7 AlO Front Panel PCA and AlOAl Display PCA (5100B & 5102B) .................... 7-lS
7-8 AlO Front Panel PCA and AlOAl Display PCA (5101B) . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
7-9 All Ranging PCA .............................................................•. 7-26
7-10 A12 Wideband Output PCA (Option -03) . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 7-29
7-11 A13 Wideband Oscillator PCA ................................•................... 7-32
7-12 Al4 Analog Control PCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
7-13 A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA ....................................................... 7-37
7-14 A16 Extended High Voltage and A16Al High Voltage Control PCAs .................. 7-39
7-15 A17 Power Amplifier and Al7Al Power Transistor PCAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
7-16 AlS Oscillator PCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
7-17 A19 Isolator PCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4S
7-lS A20 Controller PCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
7-19 A21 Tape Drive PCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
7-20 A22 Bit Serial Interface PCA (Option -06) .......................................... 7-55
7-21 A23 IEEE-4SS Interface Main & A23Al IEEE-488 Piggyback PCAs 7-57
(Option -05)
7-1fi-2
5100 Series B
~ll ANAl.D(;;
CONr-IECTO~
.l{O CONNE.C.TO!i:. ,- :i ------ J
I
-------,
J
:!>'2 ~.;~RF~~e. LlLJ
( OPTIOtJA= ) ID=1 I
I
J
:51
r;r-- --=i POWER
Tll.AUSF"Oli:.MER
510oA-<052.0
Ii P2'. I -- I I! I
J
50 1~1~ --
II J'I I _I
LlLl
I P5 I
~,
=:J
-
--.9
3
.o.n
~A ..Sl'ORN\IO~
TERN'lr-1,."l'.\ON
Pc.e
J
:Z'l I
I~ iu c5&~Tiaau.nULJ
(E> THIS COIJIJE:CTOR HAS SEEIV DIOSIGIVA.IED
AS JI 6Y THE Tl'.Pe: DECIC & Pc:!!> MFGi.
SEe: P 18 FOR Pllv ASSl(;i....,MEl.JT.
~THIS C.O~~EC:TOR HAS SEEN DESl"i"-'AIED

AS J 2. SY THE TAPe: DEC.I<. & PC.& MFG.
see. P33 FOii. PIN ASSIG,"-'M~.
I
,----------------~
I ~V-<SUb.IW
I
I
.J J FWO
2.7 Z.!> \Rl".NSFOl<.N\I:.R
'TEl'tN'.1"11'."1'.ION
1! l>C.6
e
1 l:i I OSC:IL.LATOl:J SIOOA-409o
l~I c;100A-+o\ \
"'
~
i
<I.
1;,1 fOWER AMPLIFIER, SIOOA-4060
1~1 I..,
PO\l/EI:: '!>UPPL.'(
W.OTl-le:i!. 60Ai-D
S10<.lA-400:S
I
I
J 73 I
~
'1i'
Ill 1~ I "73 I "'' \/Ol..TA6E
5100A - 4<770
OUTO\.IT A~Y,
lfz.I '9
v
I
I
~'.l V)
:>
I
I
Ill
~ I
'.l DAC 1 SIOOA-4060
1:,.1 'II
~ SIOOA-4010
I
I
~
.J~
I
~ ____ _j
a
{I .r
~8
J .r
<I. I
z <[
I i
§ 20 I
1i I
"' I
I
I
I
I (5
I O@ 0 ~A...lJ'C~l====::::.-.J
I 0@ ~ I 5101A Oi..IL.Y
~---------------------------------J
00
TAPE OECI<.
D\SPLA'I l'CI:!
5100A-1304
51001>.-.,..o-z.1 (1 of 4)
Figure 7-1. Interconnect Diagram
7-3
5100 Series B
HIS BUS PS HOTHER PS INTERCONNECT/TAPE INTERFACE PS MOTHER PS HOTHER TAPE PS INTERCONNECT/TAPE INTERFACE PS INTERCONNECT GUARDED BUS
REAR ANALOG REAR PS I NTERCOHNECT/TAPEINTERFACE PS HOTHER
J2 J4 J!O J11 J12 Jll J14 J15 Pt8 J21 J22 J23
PIN MnlMIDnlc PIN Hnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Hne111Dnic PIN Mnemonic PIN Hnemon ic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Hnenlon 1c PIN Mnemonic
I V-GUARD 1 IOI 1 TNi" I +5V (FH) 1 ·15V (S, UNREG) I SPARE W +15V (S) RET ('*°s) 1 +39V R7WiiD 1 IC) 1 SPAP.E RT3 1
2 AC PHASE 2 103 2 INA 2 +5V (RET • FC) 2 ·15V (S) 2 CHASSIS .2 +1sv cs> 2 :.ill'. 2 HD SHLO RTN 2 IC2 2 REAL TIME CLK 2
DSC OUT l 105 3 +SV (Vee) l +62V RET ('*°1) 3 !_15V (S) RET (;!;5) l +5V RET (Vss) 3 ·15V (S) J POP ICI 3 ·12V (Vgg) 3
l 4 J 3
4 EXT OSC 4 107 4 SPARE T 4 :"62v +15V (S) 4 +SV 4 4 4 CiND RTN ice 4 SPARE X 4
4
5 5 ICI 5 +SV 5 -62V (UNREG) 5 +ISV (S. UNREG) 5 +sv (Vee) 5 5 5 LED - 5 107 5 INT s
6 6 IC3 6 +SV RET 6 -3,. 6 -ISV (F) 6 +SV (Vee) 6 ·IOV 6 6 RWNO TACH 106 6 +sv RET (Vss) 6
-4ov (F. UNREG) 6
OSC COM 7 ICS 7 SPARE U 7 +62V 7 7 ·12V (Vgg) 7 ·IOV 7 +SV (FH) 7 FWD TACH RTN IDS 7 +SV (Vee) 7
7 s +15V (F) 7
8
+62V (UNREG)
••
8 PHASE LOCK 8 +SV (Vee) s +SV RET (Vss) 8 SPARE RT3 8 +lOV RET s -62V s RWND TACH RTN s IC6 s ·1SV (S)
s ID4
osc 90° 9 ACK 9 +sv RET (Vss) 9 +39V 9 +ltOV (F • UNREG) 9 MDTV 9 +1ov RET 9 +SV (RET FC) 9 F\ID TACJ lllf 9 IC4 9
9 ID 9
ID AUX OUT 10 +SY RET (Vss) 10 CHASSIS ID !.ltOV (F • RET) 10 MOT RTN 10 +1ov ID +ltOV (F, UNREG) 10 F\ID HOT (+) IDI 10 IC2 10
II 11 +SV RET (Vss}
10
II I GUARD II II +av RET II II +lOV II +ISV (F) 11 F\ID HOT RTN II ID2 11 ice 11 ·2DV(LC)
12 EXT SENSE HI 12 INA 12 +av 12 12 12 +8V RET 12 12 ·ISV (F) 12 RWND HOT 103 12 106 12 -lSV (LK)
+sv (Vee)
12
IJ EXT SENSE LO 13 IJ SPARE V IJ IJ +I 2V (UNREG) 1J IJ -2ov (LC) !J ·40V (F, UNREG) 13 RW~D HOT RTN IC4 13 104 13
IJ
14 ·12V (UNREG) 14
~~~~ i~i ~~i) ~·>
14 AUX COH 14 •12V (Vdd) 14 +SV (Vee) 14 +SV RET (Vss) 14 -2DV (LC) 14 14 RIV HD 14 ICS 14 102 14 IC4
IS REAL TIME Cll< 15 -12V (Vgg) IS POP IS •12V RET 15 +12V (Vdd) IS ·ISV (LH) IS IS 15 IC6 15 1oe IS
16 RTJ 16 +12V (Vdd) 16 POP 16 '.:°UV (Vgg) 16 REAL TIME CLK 16 -1sv (LH) 16 +62v 16 ACK 16 SPARE AA 16 ICI
+12V (Vdd)
16
17 RTl 17 17 17 A/B SENS 17 SPARE AB 17 106
IS V·GUARD 18 ·ISV (LH) 18 •SY RET (Vss) IS CASS. SENS IS SPARE AC lS 104
1oe 19 -2ov (LC) 19 +SV (Vee) g. HDTV WRT INTLK 19 +12V (Vdd) 19 102
"
20
21
102
104
ID6
20
21
22
-ISV (LH. UNREG)
SV (FH)
+sv (F. UNREG)
2D
21
22
+SV (UNREG)
·1SV (S, UNREG)
·!SV (S)
19
20
21
22
SENS C
LED+
CHASSIS GND
20
21
22
CHASSIS
INA
+SV RET (Vss)
20
21
22
1oe
22
23 ICO 23 +62V RET (~1) 2J +!SV (S) RET (4-s) 23 SENS E 2J +SV (Vee) 23
24 IC2 24 =62v 24 +ISV (S) 24 24 ACK 24
25 IC4 2S -62V (UNREG) 25 •ISV (s. UNREG) 25 2S IC5 2S
26 IC6 26 -39v 26 ·ISV (F) 26 26 IC) 26
27 +SV (Vee) 27 +62V 27 -ltov (F. UNREG) 27 ICI 27
2s :!£!.. lltET (Vss) 2S +62V (UNREG) 2S +ISV (F) 2S 107 2S +1SV (S)
29 INT 29 +39V 29 +.ltOV (F, UN REG) 29 105 29
30
31
JO
JI
)O
31
!ltOV (F, RET)
REAL TIME CLK
30
31
103
IOI
30
Jl
*•
-20Y (LC)
-12v (Vgg) 32 REG SHIELD J2 SPARE AO 32 ACK
32 J2 ·15Y (LH)
33 RT4 JJ 33 +12V (UNREG) 33
34 RT2 34 34 ·12V (UNREG) i•
3S RTe J5 POP 35 +12V RET 3S
POP 36 '.:°UV (Vgg) )6 ICI
36 J6 107
37 37 +12V (Vdd) J7
·ISV (LH) 3S +SV RET (Vss) JS IDS
3S 103
39 -zov (LC) 39 +SV (Vee) & HDTV J9
•o +sv (UNREG) •o IDI
40 -ISV (LH, UNREG)
PIN
_,.
l:llAllDED ius
J24
ISOLATOR GUARDED
PIN
J2S
11nuonlc
UNGUARDED BUS
PIN
J26
11nemonlc
UNGUARDED BUS
PIN
1
J27
Mnemonic
SPARE RT3
ISOLATOR UNGUARDED
PIN
I
J2S
Mnemonic
V-GUARD
CONTROLLER
PIN
1
J29
Mnemonic
V·GUARD
PIN
I
J30
Mnemonic
V-GUARD
PIN
1
JJ!
Mnemonic PIN
INTERFACE
J32
Mnemonic PIN
I
TAPE
P3J
Mnemonic:
FWD/RWND
PIN
1
RANGING
J41
""911'10nie PIN
1
'WIGING
JU
HnelllDnlC
I I 1 SPARE RT3 V-GUARD I V-GUARD 2

2 REAL TIME CLK 2 2 2 2 2 2 TAPE POS 2
2 2 2 REAL TfHE CLK RTI J RTll -=!:', l
J
•s
3
4
s
J
4
5
·12V (Vgg)
SPARE X
iNT
J
4
s
·12V (Vgg)
SPARE X
TrIT
3
•s RT2
RT4
4
s
RT2
RT4
J
4
5
RTI
RT2
RT4
3
4
s
RTe
RT2
RT4
3
•s RTI
RT2
RT•
3
•
5
READ'IVRITE
DATA IN
3
4
s
•s
+SV RET (Vss) 6 ·12V (Vgg) 6 -12V (Vgg} 6 6 6
6 6 6 +SV TH (Vss) 6 6 -12v (Vgg) 6 ·12V (Vgg) 6 ·12V (Vgg)
7 7 7 +SV (Vee) 7 +SV (Vee)
IC6
7
s
7
8 7 7 7
7
s SPARE s
7
s
*.s
-ltOV (F, UHREG)
7
8 ·1511 (S)
s 8
s :1_Sv (S) s ·lSV (S) 8 IC6
9 SPARE X 9 SPARE X s s 9 MOTOR CUR MON 9 +!SV (F) 9 *•
9 ~. 9 *s/AR 9
10
IC4
IC2
9
10
IC4
IC2 10 INT 10 m RET 9
10
SPARE X
iNr
9
10
SPARE X
Ttff
9
10
SPARE X
TNf
10 SIGNAL GND 10 10
11 -2ov (LC)
10 10 11 +SV RET (Vss) 11 +SV (Vss) II MOTOR RTN 11
II -2ov (LC) II ice 11 ltl +sv (Vee) 11 +SV RET (Vss) II +SV RET (Vss) 11 +sv RET (Vss) 12 ·lSV (LH)
-2ov (LC) 11 ID6 12 +sv (Vee} 12 12 +SV DC (Vee) 12
12 12 •!SV (LH) 12 IC6 12 IC6 12 +SV (Vee) 12 +SV (Vee) 12 +SV (Vee) MOTOR +SV DC 13
·lSY (LK) 13 IC6 IJ 13 IJ EXT S. HI
13
14 IC4
13
14 re•
13
14
IC4
102
13
14
10•
102
1oe
14
IS
ic•
IC2
14
IS
IC4
IC2
13
14
IS
IC6
IC4
13
1•
IS
IC6
IC4
IC2
13
14
IS
IC6
ic•
IC2
14
IS
14
15
I-GUARD 14
IS
IC4
IC2
15 IS IC2 15 IDI 15 ice 16 ice IC2 16 16 ltl
SPARE AB 16 SPARE AB 16 16 ICI 16 ICf 16 ICf 16 PA OUT
16 ICf 16 ICf 16
SPARE AC 17 106 17 106 17 M6Tioi 17 17 ID6
17 106 17 106 17 SPARE AC 17 IS 104 17 106 17 106 17 106 tS Wiffi" TNifiiiT tS 10•
IS +12V (Vdd) IS 10• IS tS 104 IS 104 lS
lS +12V (Vdd) 104 ID2
IS
19
20
10•
102
lllf
18
19
20
10•
102
IDI
19
20
21
CHASSIS
INA
+SV RET {Vss)
19
20
21
CHASSIS
INA
+sv RET (Vss)
19
20
21
102
IOI
V-GUARD
19
20
21
ID2
108
V-GUARD
19
20
21
102
IDI
V-GUARD
19
20
21
102
1oe
V-GUARD
19
20
21
ID2
IOI
V·GUARD
19
20
21
22
DATA OUT
SPARE R
19
20
21
V-Guord
BUFF'ERED AC
"
20
21
22
lllf
21 21 +5V (Vee) 22 22 22
22 +SV (Vee:) 22 RTI 22 22 22
22
23
24
22
23
24
2J
24
ACK
IC5
2J
24
ACK
IC5
23
24
BTI
RT3
2J
24 RTJ
REAL TIME CLOCK ,RT5
2J
24
RTI
RTJ
2J
24
RT!
RTJ
23
2•
RTI
RTJ
2J
2•
2S
CHASSIS GND
SIDE A/i
2J
24 *• 23
2•
2S POI'
ICJ 2S REAL TIME CLOCK 2S 2S
2S 2S ICJ 2S ·H2V (Vdd) 26 +12V (Vdd) 25 REAL TIME CLOCK ,1\TS 2S REAL TIME CLDCK,RTS 25 REAL TIME ClOCK ,RTS. 26 CAsSETIE LoAiiED 26
25 ICI ICI 26 26
26 26 26 26 27 26 +12V (Vdd) 26 +12V (Vdd) 26 +12V (Vdd) 27
27 ID7 27 107 27 27 27 27 27 +1511 (S)
27 27 2s 2S 2S 2S
2S IDS 2S IDS 28 2S 2S \'lF
28 +ISV (S) 2S +15V (S) 29 INA 29 INA 29 ·ISV (F) 29
29 103 29 103 SPARE X 29 INA 29 INA 29 INA 30
29 29 IOI JO SPARE X JD 30
30
JI *•
-2ov (LC)
3D
31
~s/AR
-2ov (LC)
30 IOI 30
JI
J2
+SV RET (Vss)
ACK
JI
32
+SV RET (Vss)
ACK
30
31
SPARE X
+sv RET (Vss)
JD
JI
J2
SPARE X
+SV RET {Vss)
JO
JI
SPARE X
+5V RET (Vss) 31
J2
JI
32
-2DV (LC)
ACK
32 J2 ACK +5V (Vee) 33 +SV (Vee) 32 ACK ACK 32 ACK 33 -1511 (LH)
ACK 33 JJ EXT S. LO
33
34
JS
·1511 (LH) JJ
i•
3S
·!SV (LH)
IC3
J4
JS
ICS
ICJ
ICI
J4
J5
J6
IC5
ICJ
ICI
ll
3'35• m
IC3
(Vee) lJ
J4
JS
+SV (Vee)
ICS
IC3
33
i•
35
+SV {Vee)
IC5
ICJ
J4
3S
I-GUARD
PAFB
34
3S
36
IC3
ICI
36 J6 PA OUT
36 36 ICI ID7 J7 ID7 36 ICI 36 ICI 36 ICI 37 107
ICI J7 37 INT BOOTSTRAP
37 J7 107 IDS 3S IDS J7 107 J7 107 37 107 3S IDS
ID7 3S 3S JS
38 IDS IDJ 38 ID5 105 JS IDS J9 IDJ
...
39
IDS
103
IDI
3S
39
4D
103
IOI
39
•o
103
IDI
39
40 IOI 39
•o
IDJ
IDI
39
40
IDJ
IOI
39
40
103
IOI ...
39
AC PHASE •• IDI
5100A-1304
{2 of 4)
Figure 7-1. Interconnect Diagram (cont)
7-4
5100 Series B
AHALCCi CONT~OL ANALOG CONTROL DAC DAC HV OUTPUT HV OUTPUT POWER AMPLIFIER POWER Al'IPLIFIER OSCILLATOR OSCILLATOR WB OUTPUT WB OUTPUT
JSl JS2 J61 J62 J71 J72 JS! J82 J91 J92 J111 J112
PIN l'tnemonlc: PIN Hnemonlc PIN Hnell'Onic PIN Hnernonic PIN Hncrronic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN fi\nemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic PIN Mnemonic
1 1 1 1 I 1. 1 +62V 1 1 1 1 I
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 +IOV 2 2 2 2 2
~. J 3
3
4
3
4
3
4
J
4
J
4 *' J
4
J
4 *'
·IOV
J
4 4
J
4
J
4 4
s s s s s s s -62V s s s s s
6 AUX DC SENSE 6 6 6 6 6 -1sv (LH) 6 6 6 6 6 AUX DC SENSE 6 ·15V (LH)
-2ov (LC)
7 7
*s 7 7 7 7 7 -2ov (LC)
7
8
9
ID
•4DV (F, UNREQ)
+ISV (F)
•••
7
8
9
10
-lSV (S)
v.
8
9
10
-4ov (F. UNREG)
+15V (F)
•••
7
8
9
10
7
8
9
10
8
9
10
·ISV (S)
*•
7
8
9
10
+15V (F)
8
9
10
·ISV (S)
*s 9
10
8 8
9
10
·lSV (S)
~.
8
9
10
8
9
10
....
·ISV (S)
11 Vk COH II -2ov (LC) II VR COM II -2ov (LC) II II II II -zov (LC) II II -zov (LC) II II
12 12 12 +5V (FH) 12 -1sv (LH) 12 12 12 12 -15V (LH) 12 12 -ISV (LH) 12 12
·ISV (LH)
IJ IJ IJ 13 13 13 13 IJ IJ 13 13
IJ
14 14 IC4 14 14 IC4 14 AUX C01'1110N 14 14 14 IC4 14 14 IC4
!·GUARD 14 IC4 14
15 IC2
IS AUX DC RETURN IS IC2 15 IS IC2 IS IS 15 AUX OUT 15 IS IS IS AUX DC SENSE RET
16 16 16 16 ICI 16 PA OUT 16 ICI 16 PA OUT 16 lei 16 16 ICI 16 PA OUT 16 ICI
17 CONTROL 17 106 17 17 106 17 17 17 CONTROL 17 106 17 17 106 17 17
18 18 104 18 18 104 18 18 104 18 18 104 18 18 104
18 104 18
19 19 19 102 19 19 102 19 OSC. OUT 19 102 19 19 102
19 102 19 102 19
20 20 20 20 20 20 IOI 20 20 IDI 20 20 IOI 20 20 IOI
!Of IDI
21 BUFFERED AC 21 2l 21 21 21 +62V 21 21 21 21 21
21
Z2 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
,. ,.
22 22 +10V
23
24
Z3
24
OVERLOAD ,.
2J
~
~.
23
24
23 ~.
2J
24
2J
24 '*•
•IOV
2J
24
Ov'E'iltO"AD 2J
24
2J 23
24
2J
24
PDP
25 2S p(;p 25 2S POP 2S 2S POP 2S ·62V 25 POP 25 25 2S 2S
26 26 26 26 -15V (LH) 26 26 26 26 26 26 ·ISV (LH)
26 26
-2ov (LC) -J9V
27 -2ov (LC)
27 27 27 27 27 27 +39V 27 27 27 27
27 +ISV (S)
28 VF 28 ¢' 28 +ISV (S) 28 +ISV (S) zB 28 +ISV (S) 28 28
28 +lSV (S) 28 28 28 9•
29
30
JI
J2
·ISV (F)
+40V (F, UNREG)
·VR
29
30
31 *•
-Zov (LC)
29
JO
JI
Jl
-ISV
-v•
(')
+SV (FC)
29
JO
JI ·ZOV (LC)
29
30
JI
29
JO
JI
J2
'*s
ACK
29
JO
JI
J2
·15V (F) 29
JO
JI
J2
?s
-2ov (LC)
ACK
29
JO
JI
J2
29
JO
JI
J2
••
-20V (LC)
ACK
29
JO
JI
J2
29
JO
JI
J2
••
ACK
J2 ACK J2 ACK J2
JJ 33 ·ISV (LH) 33 JJ JJ ·ISV (LH) 33 33 ·l5V (LH) 33 JJ
JJ ·ISV (LH) 33 JJ
J4
J4 1-CiUARD 3• J4 J4 J4 J4 34 J4 J4 J4
J4
J5 J5 ICJ JS 3S ICJ 35 PAFB JS !CJ JS J5 35 J5 ICJ
JS ICJ JS J6 IC!
J6 J6 ICI J6 PA OUT J6 J6 PA OUT J6 !Cl J6 ICI J6 PA OUT J6
J6 ICI J6 PA INP
J7 INT BOOTSTRAP J7 I NT BOOTSTRAP 37 J7 J) PA JNP J7 ID) J7 J7 107 J7 J7
J7 107 J7 107 JB osc. 90° IDS
JB JS J8 JS IDS 38 JB IDS JB IDS J8 38
JB IDS 38 IDS EXT. OSC. !DJ
J9 J9 J9 J9 !DJ J9 J9 IDJ J9 J9 IDJ J9 J9
J9 IDJ J9 !DJ 40 IOI 40 40 4D 40 IOI
40 40 4D 40 40 IDI 101
4D IOI 40 IOI
... WB DSC
Jl21
Mnenionlc PIN
I
WI DSC
J122
Hnemnlc
2
J J
4 4
5
6
s
6 ·15V (LH)
7 7 -2ov (LC)
8 8
9
ID
II
9
ID
11
••
•15V (S)
11 12
IJ IJ
14 14 IC4
15 15 IC2
16 16
17 CONTROL
,,
17 106
18 18 ID4
19 102
20 10 IDI
Z1 21
21 22
ZJ 2J
24 14
25 2S P01'
26 16 •15V (LH)
27 27 -2ov (LC)
28 28 +15V (S)
29 29
JO 30 ?'s
JI ll
32 J2 ACK
JJ 3J
34 34
JS JS
J6 36 IC!
J7 J7 107
JB JB 105
J9
•• J9
4D
IDJ
IDI
5100A-1304
(3 of 4)
7-5
5100 Series B
w~
rz.
HI
---------------------------- -------------- ~~
Q 1-\.V. CA'l!>LE. Q {],HI
r P/J43 P/J53 P/Jlo3 P/J 73 r

00
o°O OACOUTPUTCAeLE 00
OOo
zo 40 zo 40 zo zo z.o
19 3, 19 39 19
40
,.,
1.0 40
19 3., SPA"E l<.19
40
3, I.,
40
3'>
AC. P>l"'SE.
El.> OSC.
V G"ARD ..o 40
I3 3~ OSC OUT I ~
20 '10
3 ':l
18 38 19 39 18 '38 SPA~E J 19 38
18 38 SPARE. :t 19 39 18 38 PAASE L.DCI: I 8 38
17 37 17 37 17 31 17 37
osc ~o·
17 ~ 17 37 COkl'TROL. I? '37
3" PA Ii.JP Il J?
,, "
I(,
'" 3" "' 31o llo 31o p"' OUT PA OUT l(o 'Jb l(o Jb
" ' 31o '" 3b
If 35 15 3.5 15 35 '"'~ OC. SENSE ~"T 15 35 15 3S A!.JXOUTiS3S
1
' 35 PAFS
l'I 34 14 3'1- 3'1-
l'I 14 34 14 34
'"' 34 l G,Ul>.'RO
AUX COM. 14 3'1 14 34 Uk!GoUAR.DED
13 33 13 33 MIS 13US
MJALOGt 13 33 13 33 13 33 13 33
E1.\ SENSE L.O
EXT SEIJSE HI 13 33 13 33
IZ 31. l'2. 32. IZ 32.
GUARDED IZ 32. IZ 3'Z. l'Z. 3Z.
5 FC.
12. 32.
II 31 II 31 II '31 IO¢ IOI
BUS II 31 Yft COh\ I\ '3\ II 31 SPA!l.E >I 11 '31 II 31
10
., z..,
3o 10 30 10 30 \0 '30 -"" •VR 10 :50 10 30
SPA'RE Go
+40F
SPARE F 10 30 10 :lo
ID2
ID+
ID'3
ID';
9
8 ZS e z9
Z9 ., '2.9
8 Z8
's 'ml.' 'e 'Z.9
~
'
8
Z.9 -15 F
'Z.S
+15F 9
-'4-oF 8
'2.':l
28
~ 2.'!
8 28
lD<.
IC¢
107
7 Z7 oF IC I
7 Z7 7 Z7 7 v 7 v ~s 7 27 7 1.7 IC. 2 IC3
(, Zlo IC4 1C5
" Z6o " z" " U. AUX DC SENSE 6 2"
5 Z5 5 Z5 5 Z5 I C<O ~sv (Vee)
5 l.5 $P.O.- O SPARE i. 5 25
4 Z."\ 4 Z.4 (Vee..) +5V ACK.
4 Z4 '\- '2.4 !>P..Ri. e SPAl>.i. C 4 t .. 4 'Z.'I -10 4 '2+ (Vss).,.SV ll.ET •5V !::ET (Vss)
3 t3 3 z:3 3 '2.3 3 Z3 3 23 .,.., 3 Z3 3 23 rnT SPARE ><
z u z z.z Z Z2. z 'l.Z. SPARE N Z 21.. 2. '2.'2. + 10 z 22 SPARE JI INA
&PARE A
I to ti ZI 'l.I SPARE P I Z.I I 2.1 +6'Z. I 1.1
BUFFERED AC
P/~4\ P/J 111 P/JIZ\ P/J"\ P/J71 P/J SI io/J ,,
(V4c;) -12. V +12.V(Ve>e>)
Rl>.MGilNGi ANALOG, CON"l'ROL IZ.T+ R:TS REAL. TIME
5IOOA·40+o 5\00A-4-050 IZ.T2. ltT3 GL..OC:.IC
OO oo
~-,~o~~,;61"1? s .~:.--~~~
oc:o------______________
P/J4'1
-------G°o
CC. ATiEUuATOR CA&L.E. P/J5'1-
PAC
SIOOA-40'-0
HV OUTPVT
SIOOA-4070
PW~ AMP
SIOOA-"i-080
osc.11..1..A'TOli!..
5tOOA-"l-0.,0
~~
V·GUARD
P/J 2.S THR.U 32.

R.TI
P/.)4'2. P/Jll Z. P/..llZ'Z P/.l 5Z. P/J 82.

P/..llo'Z. Pj>77.. P/J 92..
'ZI 1.1 'l.\ I ?.I ZI '2.1 I V·(a Ul'l.RO V-G;U.-.ltD 2.1 1..1
n z zz 'l. 'Z."l. z. Z'Z. '2. tZ. 2. 22 2 SPAlte L 21. Z. u ..
~PA~E M\
Z3 3 'Z3 3 2.3 3 t3 3 l.3 3 Z3 3 oVElt1..oJJ5 23 3 13 3
Z4 '1- Z1' 4 Z"I- 4 Z.4 't Z.4 4 ?.4 4 Fl.TO li:.T 3 2+ 4 .... 4
Z'j '
t5 5 'Z5 5 Z5 5 Z.5 5 5 l'OP 2.5 5 :z.5 s
'Z<; R1'4
nu. "1
-ISV(L.ti) 2." lo
2"
t7
"
7
Z(,
1.l
"
7
u. "
?.l ..,
u. " Z.(,
U
"-15V(l..H)
7 -2.0V(LC)
Z(o "
Z.7 7 -Z.OV(LC)2.7 7 Z7 7
GUARDED ze e +"v(s)'Zll II -15v(s) •15v(s) ts 8 -15V($) ze e +15V(S) 2.8 s
MIS E>US ~ 9 z.Y9 Z9 9
ZS S
Z8
Z9
B
9
•l}V(S)
llJA 2.'J
8
'
2.8
~, .,
30 10
31 11
30
31
10
II
~s
Z'J
30
31
'
10
"
3o
31
IO
ll
Z9
3o
31
'
to
11
.3o
31
10
....
..
II -2.c:>V(L.C)
s -+-s
-'Z.OV(L.C.) 31
30 10
II
'30
31
10
II
3Z. 12. 3Z l'Z 3Z. l'Z. 3Z l'Z. 3'Z l'Z 3Z l'Z AC.I<. 3Z 12. 32 12.
3'! 13 35 13 33 13 33 13 33 13 33 13 -ISll (LH) -ISV(L.H) 33 13 33 13
34 14- 34 14 M 14- IC."
34 14 34 14 34 14 lC 5 J+ 1+ 3+ 1+
35 ,., 35 15 35 15 35 15
:tC.4
35 15 3, l!J IC'?. lC.3 JS 15 35 1;
3" llo
3" "' 3" '" 3" '" 3" '" 3" "' IC. o lC.. I 34 "' 34 '"
57 17 37 11 37 17 37 1"1 !fl ,,
:ST 17 ID"/ 37 17 37 17
38 10· "
3' I,18 Sii
!9
18
19
38 18
",,
38
3,
18
19
315 •8
39 ,.,
38
.'9
18
,., 10 "'
10 z
IDS
1D3 3'
38 18
"
38 I&
39 "
'\O zo 40 to .oto z.o 40 zo 40 '2.0 40 zo ID I 40 2.o '40 i.o
LO 0
-Ir~
+l')V(S)
-1.,v(s)
5100A-1304
AS Vlei:WEC FROM TOP OF INST·ltUMENT (4 of 4)
7-6
5100 Series B
.J5o
..J4~
©
.J J .J .J
SI
.J _, 121 (01
''
41 l"
©.J54
C....l C..2.
c..J u .J J J
2 112 \22 52 72.
____ -1L ___ _
~P14l b PIS I
5100A-1601 A1
Figure 7-2. A1 Main Motherboard and

A2 MIS Motherboard PCAs
7-7
5100 Series B
u '2.'S
5100A-1602
A2
Figure 7-2. A1 Main Motherboard and

A2 MIS Motherboard PCAs (cont)
7-8
5100 Series B
L J"1s
JIC. Jt1 II
Jli
4":\
\J./
Cl I
5100A-1603
A3
Figure 7-3. A3 Power Supply Motherboard PCA and

A7 Power Supply Termination Assembly
7-9
5100 Series B
- Cl2
SI
I CRS'
I sz.
N
--lf[ill-
---§--
EJ (:f3
s~
>
Q£ --fmt--
~
C3
I I
C2
J
5100A-1611
A7A1

(cont)
7-10
5100 Series B
I
~ ~,
+ I r.!--,--@=)-- Ji
- --8--
- ~ c..R I
CR4
- ~
- ~
Fl
+
--lilll-
~- ca F2 C3 C4 CR2
5100A-1612
A7A2

(cont)
7-11
5100 Series B
MA.\NS VOLi~GE P,,_'CI" OF

I A.t:>LE
VOL"\""!itE ...,,._,T,Otrr.I O'"' ~ • 5 IOOA- 4012. S\OOA-4003
:!::: 10°/o ~1 sa. sa AFT l( f'-MI:. Tei:.M P'Nlt. ~ MOT\.\&
100 UP UP :DOWl\J
110 UJI UP UP I
117 UP :>OWN %XlW"1 II I
1'20 UP ~Wiii UP
Tl II I
.. '2.00 J:)OWN UP ~WN
I
L _____ I
'2."20 :zll:>Whl UP UP
'2.30 :OOWN ~ J:>QWN
'2.40 JX>wt.J :COM.I UP ~=-;...--t>l-~:!....!-.!.._f--~:>---,--,.-=-----< + "'' v Jt I - 8 ~ I
Cl (UNl2E.C:::>) l 1:
1100.u.F II
- \!_'.:~.!.---+-+-1-1.--~ :>-,........i:..f+""'"1'-:lo::O-V-<."t "''2. V RET(~)Jll -3 1'2~ :
1100N.I'
1oov I
SIOOA-4011
F>ND XF-11.1~~
I 54 11
I CABLE POWER. J/P 17
SIOOA-11.q.017 S~ITc.H k
i /
.-------------,f;:U<-:t-------;:Bi:-;:Lk'.. I BLk. I I . . . .-------er o-,,.--=H
~.~
I 11
I I:!>
II
11
28
,;r11·tS,3S ) < JIS-3 ;op·

J'I 1-'1 1 '2..'3 ) < JIS-1 +3'9V
JI'!-? C.~ASS\S
;:n 1-<o, '2{.. ) < JIS-2. -\9'9V
) +1?.V(UtJRE6) J'll-1,'27 ) < Jl5-lla +r.l. v
J11-q., '2.+) < JIS-e. -fa'Z.V
Jli!.-IS1 ~.~~~.!!:!:~--..-!4!..(:~_,5f;;~~~-7Hr-1ri~
JIZ·4,i!.4 > < J14-?. ·~"'-=>
..l\'Z.-~'2.
jl~-2,22. ) < JJ4-3 ;..IS v(_S)"
J'li!.-S,2.8 > < JIS•ll •15 ~s;:.)
J1z.-~,'2.(o ) < JIS-11. -115 v(~)
;;ri-2.1,1 ) < JIS-1 •SV(r=-)
jll-18,3& ) < Jl4-15,""-15V(L.M)
I I
LL-1.
-11
.)l~-9 ) ""°1'"11 I< Jl2-I~
I I
I IL - - - - - - - - - - 1
\1"1.3-5,fo,13) +-SV (VC.C...) (..>12-3" I I I
. IL _J
..ll'5-IS ) .,.12v (VDD) (J\2-17,37 I -----------
Jl 3 _7 ) - 12V (VC::>C::>) 1
(..)12-1(:.,3"'1
Jr3-I ) - Sf'A~E w 0 NC. I
I 5100A-1003
Jl3-8 ) SPA.RE ~T3Q NC
I
I

(cont)
7-12
5100 Series B
P22
r--""'I
SDAl2E t:>..A l(o l\IC.. .J 21
5PAl2E:: AO ~2 NC ~
IDO 15 q
IDI ~I 10
I. D 2. 14 11
ID3 ~o 12.
ID4- 13 s
1.DS 2.<g -,
IDCo 12. (o
ID/ 2.'0 s
I. c..o II 4
IC.I 27 E:>
IC.2 10 2.
I. c..~ 2.(Q I
.IC.A ~ 13
IC.S 2S 14
ILlo ~ 15
Ac:.K.. 24 ICo
'--
+SV ( \JCC..) I -
T
- r--
3 + sv ( vc.c...)
+SV (VCL) 2b T 14 +5V(VCT-)
+ sv 12E:T l vss) lo - - £:::, +'=>v 12E.T(vss)
+ SV 12.ET ( VSS) 22. T T g +s v 12..ET ( vss)
11\JT s I
INA 2.1 2..
SPAl2E. X 4 l\.IC NC 4 SPA12E. T
C.~AS!:>IS 2D 10 C.1-IA'S'SIS
- I'2. V ( V~b) :. 15
+1'2.V (VDD) \<:::J Ila
12.EAL TIME. CLIC. 2. 5 -+~V
SPAl2E: AC.. l'O l\.IC. l- 12 + 'OV
=:,pAl2E 1213 I (o + CZ:.V 12E.T
1
SPAl2.E A E:>
~
II NC
J
- II
-,
+~V ~E.T
0 u REAL TIME: CLK

2 2
'-I"'
2
'-r. 4 t- I~
l- 1::, REAL TIM[ CU<
'---
-.JIO
~r-O'NQr<I -- "" ~ lf1 - -9 - r

,() ~ in (j} ~ l
5100A-1130
Figure 7-4. AS Power Supply Interconnect PCA

(51008 & 51028)
7-13
5100 Series B
ooooaaoaooooo ?33
DDDDDDDDDDDDD
,,,-----------------------------------------------------~----- --- __ .,_________________________

q 12 1~ Ul4 LI 1'2. UI?> .JIO @
•
l I~
U2'l U2.4 \"Z. us LJ15 U\0 U4
G] I
I
LJlb
l •
~
U25 U2. U\5 uw
\f'?Q
U2/o LI II Ub U"l U21 L.12'2. .J 2..\
• 5101A-1730
Figure 7-5. AS Tape Interface PCA (51008)
7-14
51 oo Series B
P33
___DATA IN
N\OilON C.W\D
i"N0/11.W"O CMO
RE,\D/WR1n.
DATA OUT
MOTV
MOTRTN
~P0..12E
la
S.PA2E5
CHASSIS
..sv(v«-)
+sv RET(VH)
c:z.o
~2A0pf
CHASS•
5PL>.12E:/eT=
12.CAL. "T 111\IO- c.UC:
l~S)" MOTV
MOT R'TN
+!IV +SY
+8VRET (VCL)
+12v(
"'.°1U(lW
4-:;.v J
( VCL) t
+5V
12E:T
(_V"=>"=>) { NOTE'S:
P22
,,
IS" 1D¢
IOI
14 IDZ. 4. Al.L R..~S\S"""\ORS ARE: 1/4:, 5°/o U"-l.L..ES'S:o
30 ]03 o-r1-1e:R.\/'.J1-.,e: SPE:Cl'Fll;:O
-+SV (vc.c_)
IS !04
+sv l2ET
(_v~)· 2.9 IDS"
+'OV IZ. ID&
ZB JD7
+rz.11(!
-1~ II re¢
CllASSIS !C::
l7 I
-:.PA.12E T
5PA!aE: U +SV(Vc<) 10 IC::Z
5PAEE V 2~ IC3
IN"
IlllT 9 IC'I
Z.5 ICS
e IC6
P2Z
TP
6
JZI
IC.4'
IC.I
ICZ.
IC~
re+ QI\
ICS
ICIO
ro¢
IDI
IDZ.
tl)l
ID+
IDS 5101A-1130
ID"
ID7
ACI(.
Figure 7-5. AS Tape Interface PCA (51008) (cont)
7-15
S1oo Series B
TPI TP2. TP3 TP4 T?S T~ TP7 TPll TPI 5 TPlb TPl1 .:::;_e.
~ ~ ~L--u-1s_I :
-{ffi])--
~' ~ u_s_1__:- e
..__P
+
1
+ +
+
U4
0®~@
Gl15 ~ ~
5100A-1610
Figure 7-6. A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA
7-16
5100 Series B
U_N_G_~C2DED=---'=-=u"'-P-'P-=L"-IE=S::;_
Pia-
+1'2.\.J
(VDD) P1'2.
+12v
( \JCO) P11
4-1'2..V +:.v 4
(UN12Ec:>) {F,UN12E.<:.) zz. t - -......-1
1 U p II
1 C.!>'2. :.CA.
.2.'2. I 2W
~----_,20
40
-1s1...1-<
UM2E<:>
+!::.V 2
C.36
.22. \ ·---------c.-~
_ _...:._.....!;~......,,:::.;.......""',.._.___......_ ...._ _--1~~· z'C'~).
l12ET J:C...) 1.0 v1211
I"- -1- S.IV
~sv 1 C..I~
lt=~) 2.1 41/35v
4-IC:.\/(1=-)
P12 :1sv 3,
(~12ET) 23
tz.zq
( .;;-&') 12/2> 1..43"'-
<...<e.i::: .... N\.I=-.
-t SV ., 4C>I 12.~ C63
RE.T ( i=, cen C-_Jf/zsv 4."l'S K 100
(vss) UNIZE.b
C::Z.16
N\.\:.
, ..,;..........-~--1-------'-'.;.._.;..__-+-
- 20 L ..... _____ .._~ IC!,
;y>J"
-2DV
( Lr-)
-<-5V C.0.L 18
e~~ -ISV I,
1.oi.:. (5pN12E.<::>) 2• -ISV(5).& -1<;.V(Ll-I)
!2 I
1.'t)I<:. M.F. -ISV(!:>) iz·
~z
4./St:: M.i': l.~o," ii• 7
2.., 4-lo2. v
R85
UNC2EC:.) +~~v
P12.
10.s:i. -ISV
ti=)
~ !------------------' +<o2. \I
+~v Pll
12ET
(\/~~)
I 12.rcA
! _I Z.'Z.i::.
q
12.4'2. z.q -1-::RV
I<.~
5141 NOTES: 4."'IK
IW
+SN I. UNLE~ DT14€::12.W~E:. SDE:c.1i::.1E:O : +
C:l"l
'JCL&. ALL 12.E~l~TQC2.$ 1 /4 W, S ,._ t.O
~·.O"TV +
~·!-------+-.....- - -.....---+---' AU.. N\IO:TAI... l=-ILM ( 1111.F.) 12.E:!:.IS.TOIZ.S. 1/S. W, 1'%, ISOV CRS Z.4V
R~8 12.'0I ALL CADAl:.ITAl\lc..e, IN N\ IC.120F=Al2A05 C.lf>
2.."'- ±
l~V +l~V(S),_Jll/\Jl\,--l---l--='-1-;:'.'"-..
12.E:AL 31 i--'"IA/\r---1 lo2..\/ 12E:.T
IA.F. +<..'2.. -lo'2.. + "'!>7 III - : . , 12.E:C:::iULATOl2.6. WILi... NOT
TIM~ •JO() 2.
12&> "">---=""'---'
c.u::.
'ZSSi.:::.
i::ur>..1C.TION 11::: C?ANblNC::::i E>OAl2.D ~A:. e.E:E:N
12.E:MOvEO "l=IZON\ \1-\E: SIDOA U"1L1=>:!!:> IP«>
(*,)
1\1\.F.
AND "TP I:::!> AIZ.E: TE:MPOE.1>.1211...'I C..ONNEL.IED
l~E:Tl-li:l2. •
C.!,,I
.01 _04,
C.lio2..
~ 5E:E. DE:IAIL I. +t:'>V(S) 1111.i::..
_______________.......__.....,1t-+----~
A;7faf'
~~v ~1---~.-._.,....,,..,._.....,,._.....,
( -;:-,)
POP C:::>El\Jt;l2AIOl2. R 2.;!. Ct8
.04"'1
6',~
17.4i.:::.
Pil -1i:.v (t.1-1) ....
M-1=.
:.co.n. C.l:l>S
2.0
DETAIL 1. ISOV
f:OR USE. IM S"'
002.~-ll,-4 1 -s R2'0 12.,0
4."7t<. z:zt::.
IW
-1o2v s •l---+---t~. ,.._._________.,__+-""'.../'--.........,,,(V'--......- - -.....------;~ -~q,,
( UNj2$:i) 2.'5 Gll"'!> -g40
E..to..n...
122.S
I .I ..11..
1/2. w c..c-
'----'--4.....__..._......_ __._ _ _ ___,._-f-20\J(l...C.) 1/z. w c.c. '-------------+------------------1~4 -lo'2..V
C.42.
S.I..
5100A-1010
Figure 7-6. A9 Power Supply Regulator PCA (cont}
7-17
5100 Series B
I ~ ~ ~
'f
J35" J34
RNI I Q4
UZI I I Rf\13
I [ RN4
I TP3
0 ® ~ § (§j O©
T©@@)
(~\
'1::~ 'DIS?LAY ASSY SIOOA-4021
(R~~)
®'
'"""'~
rm)
I
'1::~
I IIIII {ii
~:::>'
II I I I
'~)
~-y
IJ 1~\
'1._~
-
,-,)
0 ~~ \
0 @
' - i
r
~ Ull
'®e ~~ @ el@] I~~~ I~ I ~I[§ 10 I~ I I~ I s3~ I
00 I §] I ~~
I §] I ~~ I~ I I~ I S+o I
~ U9 ~ 0
@)
el (El le@) I~ I ~§ §I ~00@00 s41 I tlJ
z
~
~"'
l. §] I I~ I§] §3 ] 00 §)[JD S'\-l I
~ 1el ~I
U3 §]~ f uzs
1~1 ~I S'l-3
e US'
p 1
E 1el §}I
U2.
Ui>
@i
-~
~[][]
Si-4
IOO
.)
'-
~o ~1!31 ~ u+ 0 p uzs I 00 S4S' I 0

e U2.7
@® ®eoo I [§] I I §3 I 00
@)
I '
0 ~ s s"""
~f ~
p UZ2.. ® UZ4 I
Ei0~
PIO
u1e f u10 I p Ul
-[!fr-
5100A-1620
A10
Figure 7-7. A10 Front Panel PCA and A10A1

Display PCA (51008 & 51028)
7-18
5100 Series B
QCRI oc.~19 Qc.R.:Z.4 QcR.z. Qc..i<.2'1 Qc.R315 Qc:Mt

oc~z.o Qcia.i.s oc~
Qci':ao ~
Qc.R.'2.1 Qc.R.2." Qc.~I Qc.R'.31 ()a.ca
OSI DS2. OS3 DS~ DSS DS6
P35 P34 .DS7 0&·8 DS'9· t:>SllO OSll. DS 12..
oc::.~'"' QCR.2.1 Qc.u2 oc:R~e.
Qc.R.U Qc.'R.?a Qc.R-33 o~~
QCR.")4 Qc.R.~
5100A-1621
A10A1

Display PCA (51008 & 51028) (cont)
7-19
5100 Series B
·. ©. SUB~~~!~?~GE BY .
. STATIC ELECTRICITY
.
1-JO\ES:
I.
2. ALL CAPS ,._,
ll'-'LE:Ss o'""°Rw•">E N•T<e
ALL RESISTORS '/4W
M..f
C.C.
~.LA'S~ >1.E.F. OE~. USEC

L>2.S, ~11, c12, C.l>-45, R>J4,
\'?3,0S\"Z.. 1 Q9
+sv(vcc) (9 LED"± I" (DSI 1 DS7)
1. CZ-C~
i-0+7-"<S i
1.cs-c10
.047.MT
[[:)LED "0-9"WITH DECIMAL
(OS(.-OS(, OS'C-DS\L.) t
L>1'>RE.(o,ULl'\"<E.O; \11'>.~l«:S FRO""
Cf:)
.-------1 1 - 1-Z.'I, i:>,Pl"ROY-.
7. SE:E S" 'L l"OI<. ?W f;. CR
I N,Ot..'\EN._C'..1...J:::i,,uR.E:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
~----~,,....'-----~
(B(o B5 60. 83 SZ. SI B~
r~8sgs0
l)\0 1)\0 \)lO U\O
/. un
10"7 ~1;,;-0-0~-----l
~§]~~§]~
~8EIBB~
§JBEJB~B
~B~BEJEJ
1
+SV (vcc)
~El§l~BB
"ONE SHOT H
I
§l~~BEJB
1 I
LQUAD LATCH
(7PL)
~§]§!§]~~
? ' < • < < < '> R."1 'L
~----------------------...-;· \Yll-1,-1;
u2c.,-1; ?>(>>'>(>->'>SS';.
c ~
IO'!(
Ul-JUS~O
~,;)'~rB~N-TI!:-1---------------------.._-f--+--+--+--+-._,f---f--+-----+---------+~
(CE~ B~TE2.~===-----------------+--+---<f---4--1---+---l--+--------------+-r-+----...------'
1~~)
u< ~:
0
i6';)
uz.5 u25
u25 : s
uz: uz; 0 (uz~ 1

10 9 10
u24 ul4
u23 uZ3 SI
IL l~ 2 I S
'4 5 "i'f '" ~J; Q9
I I
- I
41K
ui..
"
uz.4 L:l/2.5
IZAI IS
u2o+ ; ~z
3 7 II 14 ') 1';0
107 IDb 105 104 ID3 1j02. j101 1~4>l ~ /FLAT CABLE
5100A-1020
(
I J_+lJ_+lJ ~1 / (1 of 2)
( 15 13 3 4 p 2.1 5 b 7 S ''-. II 10 9 1r..

IC.lo 1c5 IC4 IC~ \Cl 1cip 107 1Db 107 104 100, 102 IOI 1C>cp

Display PCA (51008 & 51028)
7-20
5100 Series B
T~BLE l
c.R NO. N ON\'<:.N.C.'-""-IURt.
I 50..n.. DIV\ OIO:R OVE.R.R. \'DE: I I AC.. ( OU\?U\)

'2. INT/ E'l-1 ~ 2 A(_ ( C.l:::N\E R. ')
3 o?R../ S\oe'< 3 ERROR N'-001:::.
4 LOC..r:::...1..-f ReN\ 4 5on 01v1DER.
5 + 5 OVER.R..10E
lo ~ INT
7 EN. ··n:~. '( LI I-A\\ 7 E:J(..\ /&
e TOL LIN'\\\ 8 OPR.
9 RE:.C/:\LI... '7 STDBY
10 WIOE: SANO 10 LOCP-.'-
I I BOOS\ 11 R. E N'.o-n~.
12.. El<.\ O'SC:.. t'E. WIDE o~NO
13 7 I '3 BOOST
14- 4- -"· 14- R E.C..-"''-L
1 '5 I 1 'j <:::X.\ OSC
~
I lo ¢ I(,:, ENP..e:.1...1::
17 6 17 \ A?I;: } 510\ ONL.'/
i '3 5 \B ':=>tOR.E:
19 2. I '7 ,II.-\
z.o • (O~C.1N'\A.1....') 'Z..O VY\
'2.\ 9 'Z..\ K
1:..'2.. 0 Z.'2. N\
Z.3 '2.:3 ~BYY\
3 " 1A- v
Z.4- ·:/·
z. '5 C. LE:.c:>..R '2. '5
_n_
A
'2.<o EN\E:'R.
'2.7 ,.u. -z.-,
'2. "' DI
'2.B l'Y\ 'Z.6 D2.
'2. '7 K '2.. '7 AA..
30 N\ '30 VY\
31 <l. B t'Y\ 3 I I<.
3'Z.. <>/a 3'-- "1\
33 v 33 cH:)""
34 A 3'T l\llJ\ \ T
'.35 ..JI.... 35 v
3b \-\t:. 3'=> A
31 ~\ 37 .JL
3B F'Z.. 3e \-\ c.
3'7 E.NA..B\...E. 39 D3
40 \.c>..?E: 40 D4- ( C:0·..\\1::..~)
4\ S\OR~ 4\ Kl:..'<60P.'R.\)
42. AD'JA.N.CE:./1...oP..:o 4'Z.. 0 /o ~RROR
4-3 SE..\.../ D\SP S\c? 43 d.B ~RR.CR.
44 DE:.l..~\E: S\~?
4'5 l..\'5\
4(o cu::.P..~ <;:,\O'RP:...~E:
41 \:::. R..ROR. N\OOE: 'i:_N l'>._e,\...~
4e <l DE:C.P-..Dl:.
49 f\lE\N ~l::F I CA\... \...IL
50 D ECP>--'012: I>
5100A-1020
(2 of 2)

Display PCA (51008 & 51028)
7-21
5100 Series B
I RNI I J3S" J34

~ E@ ~ (14
,~ I I I I I
UZ.1 Rf\13 RN4
TP3
0 ® :B) §. @ O©
T~ TPI t:::;\
rtf2'
\;::~ 'DISPLAY ASSY SIOOA-4021
(RH')
~I
\"""'~
e Q.>@ '51
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
·~'
-.;:::9 'tmi
~~ '8'
~-"
1[)'
'I._~
..____
0 §]~ :-1 0 @
I_ I
/
e Liii 1®8 ~~
~ §I I~ I f ~ I ooo~
[][] §] ~ I~ I 00 [§JO,
e U9 @ ~ ~ ~I~ L2LID [IDOe z" ~
~ ~ 00~ l [§]I
I~ I ~ I I~ I
I @
~00 CID
0 ~
uzs I 00 I~ I 0 p U2.7
1®03 0
··oo [][] rnJ ----1
~ UZ4 _
~ uzz.
~ UI
5101A-1620
A10
Figure 7-8. A10 Front Panel PCA and

A10A1 Display PCA (51018)
7-22
5100 Series B
QCRI oc.~1"' Qc.R.2.4 0 C.R.?. Qc.R.2"1 Qc..R3'S Qc:AAI
Qcic:z.o QcR.'25 Qc12.'30 oc~ ~

Oc.~:a., Qc.R.2" DS 12-
Qc.~1 QcR31 ~
051 DS2. 053 0514 DSS DS6 P34 .DS7 D5-8 DS'9· PS>IO DSll.
P35
0 c. R..'2•.'2. Qc.R21 Qc.~2. Qc.Ra&
Qc.RU Qc..RU!> ()c:R-33 Qc:.;u.9
QcR."34 Qc.R.40
5100A-1621
A10A1

A10A1 Display PCA (51018) (cont)
7-23
5100 Series B
t5V t-.JOTl="S: l.l"''-'°~"' O"'l"H~RWIS!i AIO'eD

(.vcc) I. AL.I.. RE~IST0"5 '!-.w C.C.
C.~44 I:!\ SUB~~~!~2~CE BY

\,f:)I STATIC ELECTRICITY
'Z. AL.I... CAPS '"" M.f
'"" u?. \ U'Z.S, "R.11, CIZ. CR4), R.IJ ... ,

--Kt ~ T\>3, C!;,1"2,, Q">
1
8::> LED•± t"(DSI ~ 057)

+sv(vcc) IT> LED "0-5"WITH DECIM .... L
(OS'2.-0S{> t OS'C-OS\'Z.)
1. C2.-Cfio
i·0.. 7~ &1.c
Ic7·
... ~ CD UNRe.<;,u1...1>m;:o: '1?.1'1..11;.':> l"RO""
I - l'Z. 'J, l>\Pf>R.O 'f..
7. SEE SI-\ '?.. l'ol<.
4--------,
SW 'C.R to>ON\'1.N.C.1......,1.><'tE:
.....
~--------/\..~-----~
(B<o 85 S<\ 8'3 8?. 81 6~
,.
r.10'7 u
, ~~~88@
IObr~h~;----1.....------j ~ ~BBB
•0
·~ '"'
~I
• l<."14 •
' ' > •> '!>~.fl
~
•
I)
' ' ,> > 105 I- ~ ---1-1-_ _ _ _ __,
~1- ..
§JB~El
10'\ 1-~1-:..~--1-++.,......,,...--_, 527 §1B8B~B
~ I
I 03 T-~l;,..,.--1-++-M,.___,SI& ~B~~~B
10-z.r BJ1-:..-~-+H++.,......,-1s1, §l~~~~B
\01 ,.. ~1-:. . . .-+-1-++-H-...--1:520 ~~§18§1~
I I I I
104>~~.. B§J~B~~
l I
'-GU....D LATCH Sl'I
(7 PL.) ' µ" 7'i41\0Qlt.,o..
?,>,·, < ·,> l'\.N'2.

..-----------------------~UZl-1,-tS
UV.-IS
?'>'>'>?>';
• •
• •·~ IOI<.
UIJUSll!-D
[D
L00\4..------------------------.. . .
(SF) B'l.,,.I -+--1--4--+--1--~--1---+-------i--------~
TPZTPI
'[__:e" cPA-;
"[
Q
(C~) 6'1TEl...,.,===-----------------l--+-+---1f---l--4-~+---l---~~~---~---r+-r----.-----' .I~ ~
t-
+sv ) )
f13l~)°
CIO
!S';) ~o~ r===-------------+--l---+--+--+--+--+---1--------------+-+---l-----l+...------~~c.C) ~
10
uz~~'° uz5
z
: uz) s uz5
(Sc.) , EOIT
('!ISi)
FLAT" CABLE'
¥!!IS
.-.-l
,047 t
+
NC NC NC N( NC
+SV
(vc_c_) -,.,+-+-+-+-+--+-+-+-+-+-+-"'l"'+--r't-T"t-T't-'T'~
~ I ·1 I'
7 r. 10 ~ IO 15
\J15 PIO ~bb,b,,b,,b,'*='*='*=""=::1.::::1.:::::1:=:::1:=:::1:=:::1:=~
U23 U23 U2'3 <lZ1 (uzl 1 3 14- 5 ' I Z 5 17. t. 11 lb IS 4 1 1~ 10
"I c ,, 2. I s J s • r;- I~ ~ •7
•1 IS
I U'l.4 U7.<\-
FLAT CABLE 5100A-1020

I
I
(1 of 2)
( IS 3 4 P2.1 5
1c5 ICA·
'Z.
IC?.. \Cl 107
b
IDb
7 6 •'Z..
10'] ID'\, 103 IOZ
II 10 9
101 104>
'"
7-24
5100 Series B
T~BLE l
Sw ND. NOi\/\ ~Nc..u::i,\v RE. N 0 N\ ~NC.\..~\ UR e
I 50..IL DIV\OER/OVE.R.R\~E I AC. ( OU\\'.=>V\)
2. INT/ E'j...\ £::::. 2. Ac. ( C.c~-rE R. I
3 o\?R../ S\Ot:>'< 3 ERR.OR N'\OD~
4- L 0 c::_,::::,.. \_ I R. E: t-,{\ 4 50..n_ 01V110ER
5 + 5 OVER.R\S> E
- ~
"
INT
7 EN_··n~'(
LIN'\\\ 7 E'/...1/&
0 TOL LIN\\\ B OPR.
9 RECALL 9 STDBY
JO WIDE SA~O 10 LOCAL
11 8005\ 11 R.~~D\E.
1 z. EX\ osc... 11.. W\DE o~ND
\3 7 13 BOOS\
14- 4- 14 R EC...L\LL
\ '5 I 17 EX\ OSC
DNL~
I" ¢ I (o E NA.eiU~:
17 8 17 IA..P~ } 51011>.
IB 5 IS SIOR..E:
19 z. I '7 /{..\
z.o ( OECIN\f:\'-) 1..D VY\
2. \ 9 '2.. 1 $
L"L (o 2.'2.. N\
'Z.'3 3 L."3 d. 6m
Z.4- / '2. L\- v
'2 5 C.U~~R 1. 7 A
'2. (o E l'.l\'E::R '2. (o _(\._
7.7 µ_ 'LI D\
-z.B l'Y\ 1..5 02.
'2. '7 K L. '7 A-\
30 N\ '30 YV\
3\ c. BM 3 \ \<..
3'L a/o 3'2... N\
33 v 33 d. Bm
34 A. 3-T LIIV\\ -y
35 _J\_ 37 v
3b \.l.t. 3~ A
31 ~\ 7
?, ...fl...
3e F'Z.. 3B \-\ t:.
3~ EN.£\'CL~ 39 $3 '
4-0 \~?E 40 04- ( C."E::N\'C.~)
4\ '5\0R~ 4\ K~'<60A.B.D
42. A.D'\/ANC:E /LOA.D 4-Z.. 0 /o ~~~o~
43 S'E.L/ O\S~ S\E.P 43 d.B t:.RR.OR.
44 DE:.L~\E: S\E:?
45 L\$\
41.o CLE.P..Q. ~\OB.A.G,t:
41 ~ RROR N\ODE C.t-.l .A..e\...~
4e <l Dt::CP...DE:.
4-9 NE\N Rt~ I CA\.. \ -1L
50 DECf:::>...D~ t> 5100A-1020
(2 of 2)

7-25
51 oo Series B
- - I
- --{£)--
r-
£1 I Jc::S
-«:::J-
Cl2 9
II K :!>
I
~C..~21 K. 14
v
Cl ~
R41
--c:J- @3>
KA· KS KG::> Kl Kl
--<=}-- --<=)--
12S7 12S2
- ~
---O::J- ~ ---«::::Jc-2, Cl<~

u
.__u_11___,J~ ~Ju 20 p 1~ I > UIO
_gy y-9 (§)

I
~
K?'Z.
~
I~ Ol
\.) L>_u_io_
Ql
__.I
rL
2 u 1s I >L_u_g_~
~'----k-5'3_)-
Rlalc
K?\ (§)
I I I
RO.~® 1~1 ~I~~~ K~ Q~
2 us
K=so ~ @V
0/.
""" '::ii
\)
2 UI
~
RIO
0
Rll CJ~SC
K. S'=o
C.12 2.1
6 -c::r--
R4q
> U4
5100A-1640
Figure 7-9. A11 Ranging PCA
7-26
5100 Series B
LOW .n. +CURRENT RANGING

(:,Hu NT SJ
TO SHIE,'DS ON K4,Sj<:.{7
K4A
' I 11..
I
Ra ~
I
~
P43 .l..
-=-s
TO Ka
SMIELI> -1sv(S)
(I+IOA)
...J...
-:-s I:
-:-s
P41 lllD
0
{I+ BOOST) DC ATTN
PA OUT
EXT".S.LO 33 B~ NOTES: (UIJLE"SS OTHERWISE SPE'CIFIED)

... R.
E><T S.HI 13
IOI. ALLRE"SISTORS '1'41V,CC,AND ALL RESISTANCE IN OHMS.
3 MY OIVIDE'R IOZ.. All REL.AYS SHOWN IN 'DE-ENERGIZED POSITIOll
*,{
.L
23
-=:=-1 RSS
!!£l)(SHIELD)'FLOATS IN CURRENr RANGES.
7
-=-:.
V-GUARD ZD
-=:s V-GUARD
101.-lit-DE:NOT~ 111.l"'T"E:IC:.COl\ll\IE!...."'TIOl\I 01\1
- T~ <i:>\ANOO~ OR. O~~ PC..e>
WIR~
IT£E> R Id 7,AbSCOl\l\Pl..l:"'T"E.
A~
,c;-,, 70. 71 1-1\UST e,e, 12.E~
<:.E:T,
AC PMASE
W111tE'
~ 12 'Z.~ -12 'Z.lo N\U<:.T E!>E. IZE.DLAC..E:D
CRSO
~ BUF .. E:ltE'D AC
Pb 0. c..oMPLE.TE 5E:T,
110. ~CDNllJE.C..T!!:. "TO ~'VIA P""'4.,

DC. 0.111\1 c..Al!:il..E. ANO 'P i;:.A ON "Tl-IE
Al\IALOC':::> c.DNl120L. •
lTII> SELEC.\ 1>-1 \ES.\,
-ISll(F) § REPl..,,.C.Ei-1\E.""T ""A'< ~l;;QU\~ RESELEC:'"r\O"i
01= C.'l 1 C.IB OR C.'2..0 (SEEL!.!.!/) ,,
37 llJT BOOTSTRAP
e -4-o" ( i=, u .. ~ccc:,)

IOK K.14- §:> c.~1.~ C::sz FAC.TO!t.'I' 5'E.\..E.C.'Tl:..O l'Olt.
(ZD'l·H.OV OUTPUT A.I 1~-.99 'M"V te SO~\.\it.•
:+2.0011 oq
~l!tA
~·
(20VAC)
OL"-
(INT SENSli "'58 I

+HI tl.)
tOK I
SI..
~Ro9 -:.14\ELD ~ !
I 10~»
L_ "
COAX
__J
TO -0.3
OPllOW CABLE'
MODULE
SIOOl!l.-4110
.J 114 5100A-1040
© CAUTION
SUll.IECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY
(1 of 2)
Figure 7-9. A11 Ranging PCA (cont)
7-27
5100 Series B
QUA'D LATCH
( +PLl\<.ES) -~(LH)
P42.
j'"'"""-, 40';0
I Dr/J w U,3 5
~ 10
w ~OC. VOL"TS AC VOL.TS '!.OC CURIU.-..T AC CUR9.E.'MT O>\N\S 11
~&, > o~ ~f:! ~

>let <{
>0~ :> ~0
I DI 40 ct t
! ~ SJ :s <{ (E Uldl
~ ~ >o - f ~o ~o E~ Qf:! o~ G
2~ o2 -o ~ ~N 8~ ~ ... ~ ~
§! g ' I 2~
!::;> 0 ) ~ ~ " ,...
~·
~N 01'1 ~~ "'I> >~ Hi-
.o g~ 0. oO k-19 ~~ 6~ o• 'p I ...
~I ':' .... f: Q~ gill ,_ n2
~4 -__
I
le:'
ID z 19
I I NI It
Cle. o;:J z~ NN Nl-.J "'~ "'. ....
Kl '""' I I 111
.c
I I I
~
I
U7
~1'2.
K:5 I I I I I I Ill I I
I 03 39 !>----..--t--f--+-------------------------------------+--+-~l---+---1 ~-z.~ Do ~s~ ....
K4 I
I
-1sv6.tt
Q~~t
~-~o
R54 C'll ~---'
h.:25 -:c:4'10
K fo
K7
Ka I
I
II
I
I
II
'N:. K 32 ~~·
1°;0
o::::Y
w•
R7~
(~ ~r -t'l>V(L.H)
"'"
KIO I I I II
Q A4
Kl.2 I
104 18 f>..?.
'2.Z.l<.
(~Pl.)
~ 7
"'"'
Kl4 I II I l l I I
' II
I I
I
:3
5 I I I.
I I
K '"
K17 I I I
KJB
' '
II I
I D.5" 38 14""15
KSO I II
'"'' I I
K52
4050 K53
K-
' I
I
I I I
~~
II I
ID 6 17 • > - - - + - - + - - + - - + - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - · - + - - - + - - -....-+-~--+--+-~--+--+-~---.~-f KS-5 II I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I 11 I I
De. I 11
K "'"
K'<7 I I I I
Kl9 I I I I
07 37 ""- LJ7r1A
14V15 ~·~
A.L.L. SLA ..l<.. POS.\TIO~S ,._,._e:. LOG,\C. 'o•
I c+ .14 'EllCEPT ,..S "-'OTEC>
~
I C3 35
NO"T~~
I CZ. 15 ui'oe.
I (I ~ I ZOI. •1"
·o· =
=. e:.,.,.e:RC:..l'i!e:.O,
NOT EN'i:.'\'tG,\~e.o ~OR. Al.I. Rl<:l.A'(S
I J c.~17 ''o"· LOVV A\ l..l\tQ PIN I\
I 16 "o"; A\ l..ll7 PIN~~ u15 f>l1'1 I\
c- °a 81
.... ~81<16 .. loll
_tr ~
CRIS ~I 10¥:. Sl-\OW"1 FOR 4-Tl::Rl\AINA,\.. C.o.. F"-~'-""("\
15
bKS'3T :.. ~·-
...... C.~19
.fl..
Fol'I.
T>\l'i?U
?.- TER.W\INA.I.. C.OMl"16il.IRAT\OM 1
ENEl'l..G,1"!.e:.0,•1", l"oR \.!\..\>\~I.I 101':.
1<55 WIU... tMi.
.
~ 82
~
~l<S•T _v ~. AU.~l"Tz:>ICS ~IC. it pF UN~ ~O'l'\ol~W~.
7 ~ 9.--:;, - ':' _ lcR?.O ~ R2S, 31 , 34 4 3<;1 SJ.IOUL.I> ALL BE REPL.AC:EP IF" ANY ONE
c:i: I HEX LATCH IL ~'a
K.3
T
:. y
...... CRtl NEEP:S. REPLAC:IN6 •
"611.
4JI) ~"70
'Hu...: c.u:. U9
83
Qo t-'2.---1-+---'
._____.-iD"' ~1-'---+-----'
.Dp RST
i~~
4
JI
Qa _ _ ___.
BS· /(/\ sua~!UJ~~f!e
\bl BY
., 7 STATIC ELECTRICITY
- - - - - - - - - - - 1 300 ~~ Dg
I l<SS' - - NOTE: 'Au. rN~IA~C.O'IJ~~TE.0
t u1e 3 - _...,........... 8~ 7""0 E r:u:•E C..ONN E'C. j e R
Q< 1=4/>;L. .•
.- C.R'Z.7 \0
..---------t.._-~-iDE IS
Q.1::.- ~
L3 l'l.
8~
U\OQ"
•5
5100A-1040
c~~ Yi (2 of 2)
c;:)H'4;ot
Figure 7-9. A11 Ranging PCA (cont)
7-28
51 00 Series B
© CAUTION..,
IUIJICT E~~=TY
STATIC '
.....,.
cc
KS
R52
-C)-
R54 ~
R53 ~
\.
R62
-c:::J-
-c::J- 1113 Q 11
TP• R64 -=- ( )~

111•
1111 ua
TP6
CH
L11 ()I U4
D R94
,........._+
C21 '-""
D +"'
'--' :22 9 0 1 3 ( ) ~
U2
+ /""""..
C23
'-../
D ~C24 + ~ Q; - L~_ _ I
+ ...__,, C26 U3
MADE INUSA 20 P111 21 P112

40
Gililll. © 1988 1
5100A-1710
. re 7-10. A12 03) d Output PCA

Wideban
F1gu (Option -
7-29
5100 Series B
U1'1USE:O G,A\ES
~
CJ:> MA\C\.11:.0 SET SlOOA- 4504
R74 l>K
UB, R7Z A>lO R73
R73 MARKED w1;,. A !!>LACI<. COT
lt7Z MAstK.E.I:>
WITM
CI> CI> 8Lt( DCT
IHO lt71
619K 619K
ilrl>.NG, E: i1<.1 iKl. l<.3 K"\- I<.~ Kb K11(6

::..1<0'2.SV - I\/ I I I I I I l
.99SISl'N-. !>l ...24V l I I I l
."3\lo'?.'!>V - IOO""V I I I I I I
99.'J!>9.,..\/· "31•bL4"'V I I I I
3\.loL'!> ....v- 1o~v I I I 1 I
9.9999 ....y -3.llo"l.4 ....V I I I
3.11•z.3 .... v -
'"'" I I I I I
.'l~9<;'}.,..\I -. 311o"l.'l--.V l I
I = "I.EL"" C.Lo ... e 0 l/'OW 11. /.SV
-ZOV A";; l"'i>Vi
R6~
'{:{.
Piii
(ro &IT 1) 1Kl%
12 Col
27.4K
r-----, r- ---- , b AUX DC..
<:>ENSE.
I IUB' I
-ISV(LH) 14.E Rt:':>P L-- -- -1 L -- - -- .J l<lB 47
Pll2.
CAO
I.I -ID Pl=- I C."2~
S;)PF
7 4 .;; z 8
"'-..J>.·""'--' -rsv(-$.)
+I C36
ID/ZD
0----.,......i IS AU'I<. DC.
IC. c.,e, <E>El\lO:,E:. 12E.T !
-=-s -=-s -=-s -:"'5
1c¢
IC.l.
'"'
:,,..
-=-s
cs/
1
IC.2. IS R.G9 3571<.
I/SS 1% .01
1c:::. "1C.. IOk
IC..4 14 NC. -l~N(~) -:"'5
AC.I:. K57 150
VllZ
"POP 2.S c1113 J e.zv
•D:t>
•Dl
2.0
40
I 1& '
CLC V'' cue 1-'5' - - - - - '
4
2
..~v
(LH)
c~14 J
Vll3
e.zv
cins © CAUTION
SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY
R41
•D:Z. 1q
"
ID9 :;.~
1D4. 1e
.___ __, UE:.'IC.
IDS :.e. LATC..~
-"20V(LC.)
-=-s 5100A-1110
-wv(v:.) (1 of 2)
CRl'1 J e.zv
llA!:S
Figure 7-10. A12 Wideband Output PCA

(Option -03) (cont)
7-30
5100 Series B
+ISV(S)
PA OUT
?111
T-...--.......~_:;:·~ '' ,..i,___.J f>
~K'<I>---~
-ISN(S)
~----'
L-4 LS
"T +. CJS
+ISV(S)
R44
430
I C/P
.o~ CiS I
C/b
.u RS7
t.2." I 6.S
'-T
-=-s -=-s 1% -=-s UV -20v(LC..)

Q4.
C20
.o!I
":'5
'l.10 z.10
R43 R42
~
2.S5K llfo
e11
:l2. OUTPUT A"TfENUATOR.
RH 4.3
-=-s IOCb 40 Ob we.our
J\14
Al
.. Cl .2.2. Rll '53 13

":'5
R9 (10
G I~ .,
IK 1'5 Cl. .25•1..S
M.1'. COM.fi
-=-s
'--~~t-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~_____,A•
('ICSWT'2.)
R7
(.51:
1/2.W
-IS.,,(s)
-s
t<:r\ SUB~~~!~?J:Jce BY
-IS'll(S)
L
+ISll(S)
~IZ.
:r ..;·
100 100 \ , / : ) / STATIC ELECTRICITY
IOI'. ~
"'° Rl4.50IC
OFFSET
~/IS
C7
lor J
-=-s
Ro 100
" LAST Rff DES IG. USED:
R"!S Cl!cO
NOT USED:
~4 C.9 R.5'
IOK
100\2. C4Z
L14
VIC?. II
..; 114
R60
C..'2~
-=-s -s us 5100A-1110
O:rr.. (2 of 2)
K.B
Figure 7-10. A12 Wideband Output PCA

(Option -03) (cont)
7-31
5100 Series B
@)
CJCS4
TP17
p U7
''--------'( IL-----~ IL,__ _ _ _ _,)
5100A-1720

(Option -03)
7-32
. - - - - - - - - - - 2.0 '-1\HZ.. OS(.. zoo,\ Dl\JIDE:I<.-,
+S\/(S) - IS\/ (J_H) I
-1-l'=>V{~)
LI
loT
I VOLTAl':::>E. i=oLLOWE:l<. I
+10::,\J(S)
-1-ISV(!:>)
1{10
uz. 3.BSK etO ~3PF
+ C4 19'o
110/zc R9f
er "":"" !; /bO
~~- 5.4'f I< /"/o Cll 3oOPF
f.='.---i~s
- ISV(:O)
f?I+
47K
® CAUTION
SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY
STATIC ELECTRICITY ·
t..7
bT
r--------+---1-'2.DV
r---"'~ '"' (LC.) f<tZ. +ri:.v(s)
~.o9K
I\'\ l-IZ. \it<:O - - - . . ,
U3 '"° 2.0. I - ;!,()
Le:.Att-l COMPEN~i>.TOE. _J
11./0b
CR/
Cl7 t0PI'
foT
6
"'-°ZO\/(_LC...) LS"
r -rj, DE.TEC...TOIZ
...1£
iC. I ""'1---------...-.'+-..._~ I~:,PF b8DOCJll c94-
.01
IC.2. IS t---------i"-..f.-11.1
'-4 14 -t-Clt
-=- $
i0£o ,., t - - - - - - - '

r·120 DOWIU 0-IAl2C:>E:. PUMP .
-'2.0V(LC..) .....--+---"l'f{
IDI ~it-------~
-ISV(Ll-4) (TO~i.IT 2)
POP
AC.K
2.51------~
-15V(:S.)~
..______._______, ll,~ J C9J>
IC/a
-2.0V(LQ
-=-S
I Dr:J: ..---+----------------l----------- ------------------------1------+- +----------+----------------1--- -.:i·c· (TC> SI-IT 2)

101
ID2.
10:. Q' Q'
104
IDS UIB Ul9 U/9

7 "" q l ' " ' - - - - - - = t ' 2 . I: Q1"10:___ _ _ _-.::.i2 k Q~
-ZDV(LC...)
-'2.0V(Lq
..
-2.0V(_LC...)
201 - .3001\l ' I DIVIDE-12.
13
' - - - - -"'150 SQ l2.
LRST REF. 01:5/G. USEO:
,___ _ _911 4P U12 44 10 II.IC.. Q,z tr.43 cs
UZ3 f/.(0~ KI VI {/.4f c2+ 5100A-1120
7 QZ5 (99 .TIZ3 us (1 of 2)
-20\l(LC.) L59 (JIO ..fS4
- '2.0V( LL) ,___ _ _ _ _
-_2.0_v_(_L_c._)_ __.. CR5 Pl2Z.
~98
{Jib
VR8 · TZ. l.122.
Ll4

(Option -03) (cont)
7-33
5100 Series B
ll3bT
~------_,----l+t:>v(s)
rP 17 C.ONTE:QL
10
+ C3Z.
I 1ofu,
-5 C3/ .OI P1'2..I
...L~-----11 Cot..lC\'\\ON. I( I Q3 Q\\
>100\(\-\1' I OI=!' Ol'r
<1001(>'.<. Ol=l'O I I
· 1001(\-\?i S<E? IN\\-\.._ S"fE.\" IOhll><< S\EP

_J CRZ. l=R~Q.VE"NC. "< Vl'3 Vl'°r vi?
v~s
IOV 0 c1e. A D c e. A 6
3 RSI R1'1
~~\% 100 Kl-I:. L L \-\ \-\ L L L L 1-\
150 150
J'IZ3
w.e,.
"2.00 Kl-\t. L L 1-1 L L L I.. L 1--\ l/BW Ys.,.,
RJ8 I Q/o 1%
osc
ILIZ.
/OUh
UZI \&"2.
I o/o
.300 Kl-\;;
400K>'.t_
L
L L
L L
L
1-1
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
1-\
1-1
-=-s
';00 Kl-lz L L 1-1 1-1 L I.. 1-1 L
"' 600 Kl-le. ""

1-1 L L L 1-1 L L 1-1 L
7 R63 = ~~ 1 700 Kl-It.
R35' ~-1'5V(s) L 1-1 1-1 1-1 \-\ I.. L 1-1 L
4.oz.~ 'BOO \<.1-\e L 1-1 L 1-1 L L
1% I&!
'2.'2.C.
1/gw
1"/o
J:~ 10/7.ov
;- 900 Kl-lit. L
""
1-1 L 1-1 1-'1 I.. L
1-1
1-\
L
L
/"lo I N\\'\:,
-::-5 L \-\ L L 1-\ L L 1-\ L
-=-s 2 N\ 1-11'. L \-\ LL 1-\ L L L L
-/55
-=-s
3 N\1-\e L \-\ L L I.. 1-\ 1-1 1-1 L
4 N\l-'.'C; L 1-1 L
5 N\ 1-\ <. L 1-1 \._ L
L L
L
1-\
\.\ L
"" L
1-1
L
L
+1sv(s)
6 N\1-\<. L \-\ L L L 1-1 L L L
7 N\l-lc L 1-\ L L L L 1-\ 1-1 L
6 """1-1 c. L 14 L L L L \-\ L L L26
9 t\1\1-1-e L \-\ L L L L L >.\ L
r i;,r
-1sv(s) 1o;zo -+isv(s) \0 N\ \-\ c L 14 L L L L L L L
T~49 LE.SS'"'""' \00 1<.1-\c. L L L L L L L L L VR4-
-=-s R7B 5.b
L/9 + R.77
0\ 73Z.
Li!O C'~9
-=-s
II hr 1%
r· 12PF
CSI 4.7/35 L39 75

2.ZUI,
c4S' .o5 R.45" 100 tOV
_r I'<#
VRI
-:- s
-~I fr! --+-----

C40 C.42.
s'PF 12.PF
L2ShT
/-/----
I -~ r ~
RSb {O
-1sv(s)
'5" ...... 47U: lcbS
l•O !>HT 1)
I <!3'1
I/OPP
Lib
I-C4-I
t5oPF
LI?
C43
tooP i +J:47
- 10/z..o
Rso
160
\%
CS3
I:Sil'F
-=-s
+110/2.o
-=-s
-=-s
-=-s -=-s -=-s
cr.o
+I GS/1s 5100A-1120
l?.55 -:-s
°301
(2 of 2)
\O/o

(Option -03) (cont)
7-34
5100 Series B
TP14 TP13 \P;

I ~
--eJ I
K3
@]
~~=--
®eo ~~
~ @] [ill
c~
C1.3
R\S Q7
~
C~\
R.\41- ®-@D--
c~
~
CJ
cu.
C<lt"7 c;z
-=
0 03
u
0 "' ~
:::>
Q
<)
NOTES~
~---
@:> Tl-IERE: Wll...\.. IBE O .. 'E. <r1.ES\5;0R A"'t> o ... e:
BUSS WIRE JUMPER OR ··o• OHM RE!!.ISTOR llJ THIS LOCA,..IOIJ.
5100A-1650
OR.
Figure 7-12. A14 Analog Control PCA
7-35
5100 Series B
+v.
v..
C.OH.
-VR
CON'"
Tl>OL
+.a,.o'l(I' U>.lR.EC,.)
+ISV {FJ
~F
-ISV(F)
-<\-OV(F U"'RI06')
BUFFERED
AC
AUlC OC
.5€NSI!
AUX' DC.
~E'T'URIJ
I"'T
SOOTS.TRAP
r-GUAi:itO
DC
ATTEN. NOTES: ( ui..i1...e:ss o''""°~""'"'« SP<0c:1l'1Et>)
I. /l\1...1... POLl'l.R\t'i<.0 CA.I'S l'.RE "TA..,'TA.'-UIJ\
°Z_. P.LI... REC::.\<:.\OR':. 1/4.W C.C. H•J O'-' ..... S
!"OR. OE:TA\LS OF >.f\l=>•H."'''"<;, 1"-l ~ T>-11'.V

OAC. § SE:E: N'P-.NVl'>.L
OUTPLJT
CI>R9f RIO SUPPLIED WITH RE"F AMP UIO AS A SET.
~RGSef RG7 MATCHE'D Ser
Z2.o.n. •/zw
R17(, R2..0 MATCHED SE:T ,,.,W,HE"RM.
-1sv(Fl R 13 ( R 1:1" 3/.... WW CARO, FACTORY S£LECTEO.
ZB +1sv(sl
R?J:.; R3c;. MATCH EC si=r, I/SW MF.
9 -1. ~RG4f R'<. SELE"CT I~ TEST,(1 RcSISrDRij 1 SHORTllJG 1V1RE).
:,o -::;:-s
CD c"un oN: FLOATS 11J CURREN r RANE>Es. ·
Tt OVERLOAD e .-1sv(s) OD MAY crioecr vALue.:. OF ~ ~ · ~ '.
IZ - ISY(LH)
53
II -ZOV (LC.)
?ii
17 Jnr.;;
RELAYS:
18 lt14 I = ENERGl'Z.ED
zo IOI)
0 = DE-ENERGiZED
X =. DON'T C.ARE,OR AS
40
""SUB~~~!~~~GE BY
r'DI
l'\LRE"o!>DY DETERHINED.
19 !OZ. (AS. IN 0.L.) 1
39 IO! \!::JI STATIC ELECTRICITY
1+
•T·r~ ~
1:C+
'TI<T 3s
15
re!
re.a
-1e.v ~F ~F
R3S
R4 II(
(;::)
-&r~
3{,
37
IC.I
ID7
f>.C. C.ONVERTER
-1-ISV(F) OUTPUT FILTE:R
R\l+
ZS POP
K. C!)t.IV.
ZERO
I o.n.
--,n9 AC CONVERTER ISll(UI)
'00K7+_..,.VV'lr-..--"v'V\,........-,
R-<I -ISY(S) 47 K
- rsv(F) IOOA
-ISV LLH)
5100A-1050
Figure 7-12. A14 Analog Control PCA (cont)
7-36
5100 Series B
TP.3 TPZ ::...I TPtlD

o==:o TP17 TPla
= -
- - ~
C.11
CIS
YI
51 ooA-1660
Figure 7-13. A 15 Digital-to-Analog PCA
7-37
5100 Series B
-1°'=>\J (LH)
IQ\ SUB~~~!~2~GE BY
\ , / ) / STATIC ELECTRICITY
~I
I
MS P<ol
Vl2. DS L!:>D
11 KIA +Vl2
11 rz. 1;:, 14
11 12.:::,s
1:'..'LA -ve
It.IT
11 12.:.~
100.0COK
e.l'OT-
STeAP
1/2. w 14E2M
301
11 NI.I=.
12~7
12."'=- 3.'Z.<1-M 3.2.4M
11
DAC.
-15V(L1·1)1 I OUTPU1
Plo2.
-IS V(L14)
1Q
3 lo II
"2G.~4G.
Ula
l.4 ·15V(LI\)
csJ
:;, l.o II
UI I
141
-l';\./(1..1'1)
C3Z
1001'+
I L12
.01
100P. II ve
"ZS t--~...--a 10 20 3D :t [2=> COM
4Sl2.13"t
F
l<.34
ID7 !OK
IDlo <:.V(Fl-I)
IDS
I 04
12.:!i!>
ID~ 4.IK
ID'.2.
IOI
1ocp
R.44 R
'Z.OK C.lb 4S
M.F. -!SV(F-)~F 2D
~)l\lC:.. 3 '<'.> I 2.
c.n
-"'~
NI.I':
IC..4 14 II 1'2. 3
IOO?f '.l.
j-: I
I C.!!. ~
IS L2 'Z3
GT -: I
15 z. +15V(F)
IC.2.
"'
IC.I
1c..¢
:::i..
llo
4
·ec. VRt
l'Z.V
Z.8
Z.9
t
-ISV (S:)
u.::,
AC.I:: .?:>'2. C.:10
"!.41<.
·IW (L><) .zz.
'.tyJ8p~ .-----1---- -R.-1_1_ _ _ _ _12._l...1'2. 50V
I'!>
'O
-4-0v
(Fl)I"~
-1SVLL1-1)
LO~·: c:z:z..
L4 bT
12 +sv
L:I
- IS\/( LI-\) (_Fl-I)··
10
-'2.0V(LC..) 11 1 - -........... --~.._.........__._._..__ __._ _.;.__ _ _ _ _.......J

41PFt " I
Ullo
2DV :::,2.. +S\,/
(Fe)
-20\J(u:.) ::,1
s.o Ml-I"-
5100A-1060
- - - - -?..O" (\..C.J
(VSS)
Figure 7-13. A15 Digital-to-Analog PCA (cont)
7-38
5100 Series B
~
I
gQ I
R'-. C.10 c I I
Q~
I RI
~Q
R4
R.3
0IP3
K..4 I
Tl
€Q Q~ 0~~0 o~
@@
TZ. 0 C) C)C.3
1p7
C<\-
~
K7 l((a 0
\PIO
K\ K3
A 6
t)C)C) TP5
C..\ CL. C.5
P73
P7Z P7\
5100A-1671
A16
Figure 7-14. A16 Extended High Voltage and

A 16A1 High Voltage Control PCAs
7-39
5100 Series B
5 IOOA - 4-07\
EXTE:.t--1DED \-\\ \JOL\AG..E:
Cl5 C..\ \
.~?.
IOpF 'Z. v:.v
J_ 3 ~---'----'I' '--1----<">-- ,
-= I Z3 "R7.
9v
1-1.i:'. XFMR
T2. OR.t.1
P73
NOTE: 5 : ( u ..1..E:S':> 0•'"'1C.R.w1SE. Sl"Ec.1i=1e:o)

I. ALL R.E:C:.\STOR'=> AR.I<: t/4W 5•/u
R.E:O
z. ALL R.E:S\S\OR. '-IA,.t_UE:S IN OHN\.'S.
3. ALL Cl'\l='AC.l\OR. VA.1-UE.S. Ir-I N\\C,tqol"ARAO~
P72.. 4. @
-----:r-- !»
TEFL.ON STl'\i'ID oFF
S~\~\..I) ±-
.;.15v(s) zs1------l -= I FRA""E: OR CONi'J.cC.-n;:o TO 2
~--------------------------------,
) I 0 0 A- 4-01'?... ~· %2.i::'. -ISV (Ul) 2..13 14-
~ 1"-ISTALLED OIJ 5130A ONL.Y •
...L 9
1 HI VOLTA6E CONT~OL ~
-= s 30 -= 5 ISO I
-ISV1..l.l-IJ
-15v(s) 8 1------' '---------+-~-15"(S) I :~ .. U7 & -1sv(1.M) .._•~- P72..
_ _ _ _ _ _....., -15\/ (U.\) I -wv 9 5
UIO
r-----~----~ ~) u REF. O'ES.

· TP '\" RIO U7 l.A.<:.T U"'USEI:)
10 8 9 4-lK
-15V 0 3 C.7 C.8 c.~ CIS.
(LI-I) 2.b.......,_ __, ,____....._..( ,:...__ _.._-+--.::.i-+.-....._--{. -\5'I ( L~)
TPll CRIS
K.7
-zov 7
(LC) Z71--6-------........../ 1------------1.-zov (LC).047 ("?>PL.)
P7l
H\I li'Rl'l/ER
QI
RI/
L.4
1c..4 14 1 - - - - - - - - - < ; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' R." \

\.-IV RELA'1' UIO
I c_ 3 35~------..r r-----------------' II
VR.7..
l C 2. I '5 1 - - - - - - - - - - f >--------------------' CL.It.

1"3
IC 1 % 1 - - - - - - - - . . r ; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ' 5
ICOt'-1-------~1~---------------__J UNUSED GATE5:
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __J > .. > riJ > 0> ) >"'
. -:r >,., >-
w
JD~ 111-------~)..:_ l'Z..
>~ O,;
2 )t ~~
)
0
_
()
0 :::c
~:>! 11':.l ~
"!" ~<J -- 00 00 c,o
--
lf')t 0 rt)
Ulo
21.1 ::u 9c.J a-- ....
ID 5 3 8 " - ' - - - - - - - J r=---------------__:_.:...i U3
1
NC.,.._"--~
..S-
0
NU D
\ii
-- Gl '5 IV I {\,
~"' ct" ,_ 70
-v
'Z
t!
~
ocJ 0 0
~ "'
<)
3 I <)
ID4 18 5 II
U'Z.
ri.. 4
0
Nt!f. Nt!f. "'<(
"'+ tJ
I I ~<( "! <! Ill
0 0 I I I
-- Q
7
K.\
KZ.
I
0 I 0 0 0
0 0
I I 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ID3 3~
4- ~ Ul.
\0 ~
Q 5 " I'<:.
K'S
K4
0
l
0
I
I
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
I
0
0
0
0
0
15 1'3
'3 '2. I'\-
Q
l'Z.
I\ K5 x )C x 0 I 0 I 0 0 0 0
ID2 I~ 3 uz K<D 0 0 0 I I I I 0 0 0 0
--
Q
l"Z. K7 I I I I I I I 0 0 0 0
Q
~
s
7.. 4 13
101 40 5 V?.
--
Q
10
10
Q 3 -7.0V (L.C)
7
100 2.0 U?. "" " 0
R"'' t.. -15v(1..~)
5100A-1071
PO"P Z5 15

A16A1 High Voltage Control PCAs
(cont)
7-40
5100 Series B
--{§])--- ~
Cl<\ @
--c::J- --@D-
,-y>~ c..R "2.. I
G-8 --c::l- UI
> U'l_
> v5 cR~ >
-c:::J-
~
CR7
\PS c::J C\5 (§) -c:::J- -@&)---
vs
G-8 C.R5
~ 2
V3 V'1r
--t:::l- +§)
> > C.R4
--c::>-- --G:ID-
+§
> \.) '
c::=J c \(o @:)
~
CR3 u,o
--c::J- --{jfil)- >
@) > Vfo
5100A-1672
A16A1

A 16A1 High Voltage Control PCAs
(cont)
7-41
5100 Series B
se.e. ce..TAIL A
o ~o
DETAIL A.
NO SCALE..
A17A1
A17
5100A-1683
Figure 7-15. A17 Power Amplifier and

A17A1 Power Transistor PCAs
7-42
5100 Series B
IQIOI
FUNCTION K2 K.3 K4 KS K7 KB KIO Kil
jQ102
AC VOLTS <ZOV )( 0 1 x 0 0 x 0 0
AC VOLTS zo-1100 I I t t 0 0 0
0 0
SOl-lz -\Kl-lz
DC VOLTS ~ 20V 0 0 I I I t 0 0 0
DC VOLTS <:20V x I 0 x 0 0 x 1 I
AC CURRE.NT <200mA I 0 1 0 ' I I 0 0 0
TO RZZ.I "TO QIOZ

AC CURRENT ~200mA x 0 I x 0 I 0 0 0
(SI-I Z) (SI-I Z) DC CURRE.NT <:200mA I I 0 0 I I 0 0 I
x I I ,I 0 I 0 0 1
DC CURRENT ;!:200mA 0
AC SOOST 0 0 I 1 0 0 I 0 0
DC BOOST 0 I 0 I 0 0 I I I
R3 -ISV(Ll-I)
PBZ POP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
AC VOLTS 20 -11ov
150
IKl-lz-SOKl-lz
x 0 I x 0 0 0 0 0
ACK .3Z
NEG DC VOLTS ~ZOV 0 0 I I I 0 0 1 0
rco 16
RI R'Z.
I• RE.LA"< E.NE.RGIZE.0
lC1 .36 Z2.K 2.2.K 0• RE.LAY DE.-E.WE.RGIZE.D
-ISV X• IMMATE.RIAL
1C3 35 6 (LM)
IDO 2.0
:r: CIS
IOOPf
NOTES•
ALL RESISTORS ARE. 1/4 W C.F., UNLESS OTl-IERWISE. INDICATE.D.

-15V(L\.I)
101 40 9 [!;:::> PART OF !>IOOA- 4180 POWE.R TRAlolSISTOR ASSE.M6LY
CLK (<UZ4, Ql32 1 Ql.34 7 Q.\.38 7 Q.14Z,Ql43 1 CIO T\.IRU CHI).
13 IZ.
l 02. 19 DI>. QA
CD REQUIRE.S I-IE.AT SINK.
4 4
10.3 39 OS QB 5 Q;:)> ME..A.SURE.D RE.LATIVE. TO TP22 ..
14 UZI ALL OTl-IE.R VOLTAGES ARE. MEASURE.D RE.LATIVE. TO TP 2.3.
15
104 •g DC QC (IF RA."4Gllol6 PCB IS RE.MOVE.D FROM Cl-IASSIS, CONNECT
TEMPORY JUMPE.R ON POWE.R SUPPLY REGULl>.TOR FR.OM
2 3
105 .36 DO QD 2. TP 6 TO TP 1.3).
1D6 17
6
OE. QE. 7 [D GROUND PLANE. ON SIOOA-4160 CONNECTS TO ~I·
10 II 10 5- RE.SISTORS ARE. ME.,..SURE.D 1\.1 0\.IMS.
107 3.,. OF QF
F 6. CAPACITORS ARE. MEASURED IN MIC.ROFAR.AOS.
CLR
Cl& ~ SE.LE.C,-ED IN ,-e._s,- FROM 300K TO 4701<. (3901<. NOMINA.L).
POP 25 -~-ISV
(LI-I) ~ C4Z AND C43 ARE. A MA.TC\.IE.0 SE.T.
R4 CIT
IOOPf
-IS'll(UI) (
4.7K IOOPf
9
CLK
+I SV(S) 12 10
DA ~
QA
-ISV lS) s DB QB
7
K.1
U4
4 6
DC QI!.
+15V
ZS (S) 13 ~ 3 TO Ull2 PllJ S
DO QC NC
-ISV ,..;....-.i---~----1 AND R 2 2q
s (S)
Q'D
14 (SH 2.)
QC
9 s
UllO
30 -=-s 4
12.
33
-:sv Cl8 TIOOPf
(L~)
II
c 2. -20V
6.S -ISV (LC)
(LI-I)
31 -Z.OV(LC) RS
gqo
5100A-1083
(1 of 3)
Figure 7-15. A17 Power Amplifier and A17A1

Power Transistor PCAs (cont)
7-43
5100 Series B
+ISV(S)
RZOI 2.K
czs HIGH FREQUENCY A M P L I F I E R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
.Z2.~
-::-s
R.110 S.9K CIZO 39 Pf
IB.ZK
TO KSA.
(Sl-IC.E. T 3)
RZ4
R49 ZK CllZ +
CRl2.9
1.62.K
z 6
t-----1--Cf'
1<. 4 11. R71
oJ\./\/v--·----4,___ _--'
.OS
+ISV(S)"::"S
I
3.16K QllO
CR CRI07
r
131 czz Rl97
750
CR
PSI 13Z
-::-s
CR RS7 .o..c.
153 7 Z07 RA.NG.ES VR
+6ZV
RllZ CIOZ IOI
C39
ZI -s -s _T&80f'F
Rll!! -::-5 Cll4
IZ.7K 470P-f 95?1
s -szv Cl03
Rll3
ZS
""'£:
Z7 +39V
R46 61.9 • -s
Z6 -39V 7 • ISl<. CZI .zr.
-ISV(S~
Rl30
z +IOV CI06 Z2.0Pf
zz '.:1:-s
4
Z4
3
R59
Z3 4.IK
+ISV(S)
7
F C28 .--e----1----- .033
_[}z
K4B s-=-
Rll6
9 1 - -.....---1-1 Z.71<.
c 14 F z Rl91
zai------ + ISV (F)
GNO ZK
13 N. 3
UllZ c. U113
C04047 IZ -ISV 4 06Zll
(5)
Qu-=-s 5
R"'IC . R.17
C31 s-=-s 3901<. SOOK
Q ID .zz
Cll9
9
s
7
B 9
-39V 1.os
-::-s
CONTROL 17 1----...J 5-:- S-::-
R67 TO
3901<. us
CONTROL (SH
3)
TO UllS C34
(SM t) - ISV(S) R64 33K
.033 •l5V(S)
K3B RS?>
-4'1!!>V(S)
39K
F
R66
o.c. IBK RIZ
R.O.NGES
IZK
49.9K R7Z
K3A -....J'"'"---'-ISV (S) 5100A-1083
e.zK -szv
(2 of 3)
TO RS
(SM 1) -=- s
C46
1011.f .r- VR.114
5.6V
s-=-
-=-s
7-44
5100 Series B
LOW f"REQUENC.V AMP----------------------------------------.
RIS(,
15.4K
± !02.V p
R1sq ± I02. G> 7

8.2SK
VRllO
KIB '-•2.V +ISV(S)
Cl35 +
Cl2.3
-=
Ci)>c10 .I
IOI
31>0 pl".
1---'Y'\A--
4.71<.
1 I--1
-=, -=,
+I 5 v· 1--"-----1----~
(s)
Cl24 0-----115 AUX OUT
I-OS Cl37 K10A
~>-----l I 4
CR1oq 2
-= 5 .00151
R2.20
CRll3 Cl3 I
.01
CRiii> ...L KIOB
AUX COM
100 Rl"13 -=S

3 q1K ~------------+------------;35 PAFS
Rl44
1.82K
CR.
-= 1
Rl45 110
1.43K Rl57
s.qK
;K>
R14&
R 231 RISS
-1sv(s)
-= 5 R23o
47K
SOK
TO-<o2 V
RISS
Rl"17
470 R.18'3
I.E.
- I SV(S) 2.0SK
3.0IK
-=s +1 sv(s) -= 5 Rl7.S RlllO
91K CRll7 51
-=s
RllOB
I IK CRllS
R210 101<..
R217 200
100 Rl49 R2.13
0.15
75K
3,: R 150
-=s '-------v-<: SOK .IS
RI.SS
21>7K CR1Z6
CD
Rl46 -15,V(s)
4.99K H.C.
ORIVE. .os , ,. - -- - -- ....., \
TO ~{ I
1-----
C.144
R 11
I I I
SHEET 2
2.0K
R35
IOK -=1
100Pf
CRIZ4
Ql43
.- , I
CD Cl49
+ 1sv(s) ---...-r+1sv(S)
I Cl41
.OS RZOf. -=1 -= 1
CIZI.1
-= 1 -rov
+I-= 1
411-1.f
RIS°'
l.4K -= s R22.4
'300
6.651<.
CRl20
RZ03
Rl90 .___ __.__ Is v (S) CD ~--clK
200
1-1.c •
Ql38 e.10..s
Cl42.
I.osuF R&04
-= 5 "'u -= s + 1sv(s) ·
2..37K l-llG\.I CURRE..Ni ll.l'IPLll='IE..R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- I 5V (S) !---.....---'
~ R"Z.05
0 l>'llC
L-----------::a> 0 10
c;:"' CR\30
3m0..
CRIZ7
3.mA. 5100A-1083
(3 of 3)
-15V(S) L-------e------\,-ISV(S)

7-45
51 oo Series B
TPS B TP3 TPIO

=
c
B C.20:)
I( I
C.10
L _ _ I_ _ _
l ll___c,,----'j
U9
TP8
=
TP7 TP4
= =
Ult
I K4
5100A-1690
Figure 7-16· A 18 Oscillator PCA
7-46
5100 Series B
NOTES: (UNLESS OTHERWISE" SPE"Cll='IED)

-5-"V
I. ALL RE"SISTORS 1/,. W CF: S,..
2. ALL. ~- i::. RE'S1 STORS VBW ±. l'Y•.
3. i!ELAVS A1tC SHOWN DE.-ENBrGi&EO.
CD "1"•H•GH~ re.et.AV &NE&:G1C:C.t:1.
S'. LAST RE'F DES.NO'S USE'D: u1 ...,a21,VRZ,
C.Rl2., L3,C. ... S, KG,RS8, TPIO.
'"· REF- DE'S. IJo•s NOT USED: Ql3, CG, c 30-C3S~
C 37 - C39, R3 ... -R3,,R3e, Riil9.
© CAUTION
SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BV
STATIC ELECTRICITY
ros
Il>'t
HF-A l-IF-'O
T~UTl-I TABLE.
G.10
F4B
roiP <::.20
1=12E:Q. 12M!C:>E ( t>DJ 1' AU)
F4A !DI G:> VOC..£ ~'ZO
OC..W2 voe. 10'"''2. 100~ 1ic::1,.1e 10~
FZ. I::'.. I I 0 I 0 0 0
I~
ic::z 0 I 0 I 0 0
"'' ID!!
ic:: 0 0 0 0 0 I 0
LF
lc::4 0 0 I I I I
..L L'F i<:S 0 I 0 0 0 0

-== lo::"- 0 0 0 0 0 0
LF I I I I 0 0
u:- 0 0 0 0 I I
1=12EQ.. ~.N\ULllA..1El2
ze <ff~)
9 ...L I '2. :::, 4 S c.. 7 e CJ 10
-°"' .so "?'"5

I=\ 0 I 0 I 0 I 01 0 I 01
1111
-15V('!>)
F2. 0 0 00 I 10 01 I 00
8
- -20V
(LC:..)
-ISV
(Ll4) 12.
'"
-ISV{LM)
l=4A
F4B
I
I
I
I
00 0
00 0
0
0
I
0 0
I I
00 I
I I I
31
-20V(..L.C.)
II
19 osc.our
~7 P.A. Cr.IP.
39 exr. osc.
~& osc. '°"
c:R4 R5"3
I.OK P91
1/8W
MF
RIO
5100A-1090
-ISV(5) °':" S
Figure 7-16. A18 Oscillator PCA (cont}
7-47
5100 Series B
~~~-;r--------------~"----.~--r---~~---~~~~--~---- J
p,-u-1--f .--p,-u-z-=i ~-,

-U-3- - , ~1 LJ• I@ ~ ~ C ~Qco•k....._u_is__.I ~. L,JIG I k, U/7 Ip. -u-10--I
~. us Ip. U6 ]p
.....,_,_u_7 ~IP..--,-ue---...1 8~ ~~ Qc1s
_L J -P.-u-19__,I
I
•
UZO I
@~ .P.. . .__
u2_1___.I ~. uz2
p, U9 IB Ull I p, UIZ.
~ C1
p, I ~.
~ -ilD-p =Ul3=1~ -U14____,,~~~ =<~
UZ5' LJZ(O
GD =· -I
~~
MIS-1781
Figure 7-17. A19 Isolator PCA
7-48
5100 Series B
LIOTES: UULESS OTMEltWISE. t;;,'PEC.l'Flal

I. ALL ~SIS'T~ 11\J Ol-IMS.
~ 2. ALL ~S16IO~S. C.C.. l/4W 5%

UNC..UAQ.OEO i!.\l~
ICO
"· RE'F. bES. NO. LA~T USED C.I'~, RIS1 U261 GI~ TB •
IC.I ~ C.ONNEC..oOll NO. VAltlE~ SY INS.TR.UM£NT
esoo· SERIE.!>- P.i<'
IC..'2. 5 I 00 SERIES.- PZ 5
~ C..ONNE.C.TOR NO. VARIES. 6Y INS.TRUMENT
IC.3
iz:>O
8500 :S.E.R.IE.S.- P30
:S.E.RIE'.!:I· P~
IC.4 C.UAROE:t:l t!.U~

~n 10'1
., IDG.
38 ID~
IC3 34- 104

18
iu. 13
?>9 ID~
(~)
Vee.
VCCCi
I., ID?.
(=t) "'31 40 IOI
?O 100
VC/:J:a
IOIC
UIJ.lC.U~l:) au~ ~&
IDO 20
\.C. NO. \Ju.. ·v•~
JDI
ID2
40
19
U\
Ul..
ua,u-r,V&,
1,"1
l,"l, 11 •
&,"I
IC. &
ID!
''
V~c.
U1~ 1 U\ ...
~.ut..,IJ"l, ,
~ 19
UIO,Ull,VI?..
us '°'
I -e
105
• 14 IC..4 GUARCEC 8u:!> !tlDE
Vc.r:.. o. Vr.ll.C:.
,,
l.C.. NO.
ID<. 17 '35 IC.~ U1$1UV., IJia,
U\GI i UU>1utl.1 \~
tDT 3"1
ut...,.,uz.s
vcc
15 IC? Ul..1,Ul.."!1
Ul..C.
\(,p
&,"1,11.,~.
•.,
IC. I I~
'3<o
+.7K ~ ... l<o IC.O
~2 AC.I<.
~HIEl..0 , , 2.1
R\O I t?.I C:.U-'5tD
VS'!> 101<
'R7
~ ltlS'
'II!.'!> Ca •Hao Alt.
IK 470 Cl?. ~
ACIC. 32
11'0
C..\\ IZ~F
10047/"F
'llS6C.
'11!6G. '40DU~E.
SMl'-L.D
(GUAROEO)
MIS-1181
Figure 7-17. A19 Isolator PCA (cont)
7-49
5100 Series B
TP~ TP4
c::::i =
~ u
. '"'~
C4 U28 . .
'®f:::~!:::18c::~~:::1 !' ' . I -lE=:J- @) @) w: w2 C2G - I RN-t I
: ~::;n::~1 ·@J::~~:::1 0c~~;:::::1 c J:: : :

6 ~~~ b ~ (ca4) ·~.
Cl3
\
f:~::-:::1
. cw
"------------=-----
--....i..--------+-' .____.____,1---------1
~OTES:-
~ U ZO IN~TALLED ONL'< ON 510\B·
r:s::::> a.JUMPER USED ON 5101 8 ONLY'.

~ INSTALL JUMPER W2 ON 5100 B PRODUCT LINE.
5100A-1687
Figure 7-18. A20 Controller PCA
7-50
5100 Series B
Vc..c:...
CPUR.EAOY
Voe
Vc.c_.
C.I~
Voo Ve;."-
CIS Vee .2...2-.Mf
.22,,.t~
9:z.z.,,f
C.I
CIS
TP7 ZS II 20 v TO
C20
.22_,.+7
v.2.2Mt $HT'.I..
\JOTE.S: -
~ IC:. I. A.LL.. ~E.~l'!:>TAi..lC:.E:.. 1~ O .. NI.'"'=>
"• ~I
II 22. ¢1 Vee.
2... ALL r.!E.S.1$TOl':S 1/4-W
10
t1iz.'==---'---'-'1s"'"" q, z..
ce1
s 1~::..!SYNC..
l-"'----1.--4....!..:
4
1-'----4---~Z.:.3""1,._t<AOT
UI~
i
C:.12
P31 UZ..O f "-\'S'T"l'•l....LE.0 O,_,l...Y l"-l SIOIC5,SSOSA fl l!S04'A INSTRUMENT.
i;?8 1-'---------"IZ.=i 12~"'' .22-<.<t
3z1--_:..,,.,,~c.::.~..;;..._...._~~v3vl<..1w--+-+-------...!!:~
.JUMPER 51018 ONLY.
r-;'.;~-£1
&
<l>z
'Z.. e
:51.\T 7 z. G>r..lD
"TO
Ut"-1
::OHT Z.
"O"OHM RESISTOR OR jUMPEFt WILL BE
PRODUCT LINE •
INSTALLE.0 FOR THE 5100
>:>o--- A..I S INSTALL W4 ANO WG (NOT ws.) F"OR T'""E. 8500A, e~ZA, 850SA, 8506A,
SS02.A/A$. 11\J.STAL.L W5 (MOT W4 OR W•) F'OR Ti-tE. s1oos,s101e.
WR
SHTZ Vc.c.
24 WAIT
FROM UIO -2. f----R;..:,.,;E.::.S.='E.:::.:T".:......_ _ _1--!-'
SHT Z.
UIZ-~ Ve.<:...
12~'4 R"-1~
Vee LI
G.."Z.K {ci1'1JRN 2'.. l<-
~TO
5HT '2..
Ul(,,·2
aosc
UIS
SHT6
TO
e 7 s 4
AIS
~ s 7 t.o s 4- 3
P31
TP'4 13 HOLD 10 D
10 ~
" z
10
I
" ID% 20
':> '3
15 JDI 40
a DZ. 4 14 102 19
U7 CPUINT
7 D:!!. 5 13 I.D 3
39
P---t---~3'-D _r Q 1:i2=-_.,_A_C_Y.._1N_T_
U2.S 12 ID+
TP2 3 04 I~ (,,
18
Yee IDS
4
5
DS
D<O
13
IZ.
7
B
"
10 106
38
17
RNZ. D7 ':!> 9 107
5
<..2K "' L__J
II 37
I '7
10 1---_..e.xr,,_,_,l=.:r_.._~ u12-13 OBIN
12.~
R't-..11 "'V'<...C..
c.._2K-_,<..:a K.
....+--R•N_2_.....
F~OM
3
U9
J
U4·4
,,....
9XFUNEH--"-l/D
s
U'l
Q 13 'TC>
~l~"''---+----.!...17 QI
~1:..:'--+-+---=1<1. crz.
17
Ul'Z.-7 uz.1-11
Res.£,T INTA
UNGUA.R.OE.t:>
BU5
l'Z..
Ul'Z.. IS Vee
FRlhl UI0-4 I~ FRON\
U"'Z..I
SHT 2. OUT 7 P31-10
S'!'N XT 14 9 FPOM Ul3-IC:.

DBl>.:i
TO UIO·l'T
.¢ .zz1-1f
Cll
<:LR S.MT Z.
s 18 SCAN
U7 s
TO ADV
10 .,._.-+--+-+--l_Z.GQ -i._d!."'---1-..... ---------+---4---....... RESE:T

Fli!Olll u~ -1~
Fl2011\ u7-I
,_.,j__ _ _ _a;::,.<tui"'~'z.=-.._--~----l-~-l---n:o--"'-u'o-2
1NA
5 2'=>
All
Glc Vee
A
uza a llESE•
F'ROM
9 UIO-Z
CLR
(SH '2.)
V~c.
I 13
"TO
12. 12.
!:.HT
MIS-1187
(1 of 2)
Figure 7-18. A20 Controller PCA (cont)
7-51
5100 Series B
Vc:.c..
Vc.c:... Vc:.c:..
C.28
.22 ....~~
+ C29
~ +7 .Le.~ .q.22 . . +
C.2.7 c.2.S
~.22 .•.rf
C.2.3
~-22..u.f
z.s 'Z.6 -z4 Z.4
A~ II
cct> AcP 11 ·oc:6 A¢ e ':!>
Dci> Ar:/J a ~
D<t>
Al s DI ~
Al '"1 10
DI Al
7 10
Al 01
A~ D~ A2. a AZ.
(o II
02.. A'Z.
(o II
A3 IS
D3 A3 7
A3 I:!>
o:i A."3 s
A4
UZ.4
1.!e._ 0 4 A4
"' A4 14
o4 A4- + ~
UZ.3 U'2..2.. 15
AS
4
"
1a
DS AS
I Co
DS AS
.3
:z.
uz.o
A<o OG. Alo AIO Dt... Afo
3 I~ 17
Al Di A.i .....1 D"7 A.1
A.8 z.s Z3 =2.2. vcc
AS AS A.6
A~
Z4 Vc:..c..
A':!l ..... ~ zz. .....~ Rl5 P31
"Z.I "Z.I IS IS &.2K
AIO C'E.1 AIO C.'E.1 AIO "'-10
2.3 Z3
All NC..._ A.13 A11 NC z. Wi WE 3
Al'Z..
z. OE: A.12.
'Z. c5e c.s a [2>
WI
:JUMP
5 a. OE. c5E. 4
P31
VCC
'----------------+-'"'W"""'"'-~ FROM UIS-18
'SI-IT" I
lb
.--"'---.12
3 01
FROM U 5 - I I f - - - - - - - - I A 4
Al4
SH I
13 -
Et UIS
P31
:tC<IS I~
I:C:.I
3
"t.C.2..
15
VCC
8
"t.C.3
35
Vee
"I,C:.4
TO SHT I 14
U9-ll Vc.c
1:.C.S
:i:c<-
1"3
SXFLINE 9
5
TO UG.-~
ZS IC!.TS
5 U3 RNI 'TC> Wl"Z.-1 Sl-rr I
R.10 G..21<, U3 TO uza-1
Z.7K TO UZ.8-Z.
TCIA 4
a: 7 .3
7 !=lESET TO US-8
C"RZ.
\7 0.11..d
A.
LEN
SHT I
s.1v
RS
l.5K
C3
+ ca i.aa-u.f
~.3~JJ.f MIS-1187
(2 of 2)
Figure 7-18. A20 Controller PCA (cont)
7-52
5100 Series B
2. J18 18 1 TP8 R2.7 R39

CJ
r ni
1 U8 C8
17 R12 R2.
C15
,,,.-..., + R54- WT ______ _
R53
02 R29 Qi
C23 ...._,
R2.8
I I L.J, R8 R14-
LJ
R7
CR?
0 CR5
---M-
R2.6
0 03 .....
,,,.-..., + ,,,.-..., +
MOTV
--M-
CRl.J. R2.3
MOiR
--M- ,,...... +
C2 C5 )
CR3
--M-
R30 > R4-0 '------ ...........
C16 2.& 13
C? CR2. CR6
--M-
R22
---M-
R10 U6
R15
R1Ei
U1 I
CR1
---M-
R2.5
R9
R24- C4-
C10 (l
u
R17
R20
R37
>
,..........
; i R18 R3b U2
co 'LJ R1~
'-"'
R38
C12.
U? R3.1 R4-6
W2 -! ~ R4-5 C11 R.5
>
1~
R21 ,,,.-..., +
C18
R32 QS Qlf. R4-2 14-
'-" C14- U3
R55
> R:+8 ,,--..,,
+ "T"pi=_
I ..J
l
!IC
.., !
R3:+
C21
R35
~ C13
,______. C22
U10
R4-7
R4-9 Cl'1 TP7
II
Ult
0 RSO 0 CND
I
R51 R....
1 :: ~
TP6 ~ + ,.......__ +
CR8 R4-1
----M-
CR9 R4-3 C3 C1 C20
--M-
us +SV
TP9 TP10
51018-1630
Figure 7-19. A21 Tape Drive PCA
7-53
5100 Series B
J33
J18
WR\TE tW.M.1BlT 18
5 -+SV
CASSETTE
26
COADTii l'"ILE PRO TE.CT <ONO
C6 .. sv
I
~
Rl3
,:'~
MOTION 17
IDK
t::wO{RWNO 3 4
RIZ. 2 l'"ILE PROTECT
IOK
"TPl MOTV MHQ3467 13 CASSE"TTE.

.. 511
MOoOR 1
MOTV 13 MOTV +5V
RZ.
•I ...s11 14" SOLENOID(+)·
9 +SV
MON RBf 1001< CRI 15 SI-HE.LO
QI MOTV +sv IN4448
.. sv IZ TP4
+5v MPS8599
~
IZ SOLENOID H
z.
MOTR II
CMA5Sl5
+sv
R4 9Cl6-CZZ
R6
!OK
" 16 AC"TUA"TOR ARM Gt.ID
Z.4 I.SK\ 10
GND II SWITCl-I GNO
C3
+ z."
~C4
.. sv (vss) 10 10 8 CRZ
+sv I
10 RIS IN4448
6 3
17 MOTOR(.. )
U6
~ Rl4 IK
WRITE.
4 cs CR3
IOK
-~
6.8 IK4448
RIG
OAoA IN 5 13 2 "1
IK
9 LED
+5V 7 LED GND
-ic1s
ZZ.OPF' 18 MOTOR(-)
CR7 IN4448
C13
7
10 KEY
+5V MMQ3467
0.01
RS4 10K
8 Pl-IO"TO X.STR
6 Pl-IOTO l<.STR GKD

+z.v + zv
9~8
+sv
4 l-IEAD ( +)
oAPE .. sv
POSITION z 3 14EAD (-)
TP5 5 14EAD GND
DATA OUT 19
RE.F OE.S P/N +SV GWD QO\'

ut,3 404699 14 7 z
u2,s 418Z44 14 7 z
U4 418509 14 7 1
U6 ~6301'7
• 4 I
u9,to 402669 z
'*'
4
"
CONNE.CTE.O VIA Q.1
u1,s, vcc,vss AR.E. NOi NE.CE.SSAR.'Y
LAST USE.O~ CZ.3, R.SS, CR9.
51018-1030
Figure 7-19. A21 Tape Drive PCA (cont)
7-54
5100 Series B
-CBD-
~
Sl?.?>A.S<.'1
~ 8 -4ffir-
V\
~ l~~olnl~ololnl 88~
u~
R U\
U2. J\
I Z37
88 R U-'t l R
~~@ ~'~~ B u, I@
I~
u~
B UC.
I B us U9
I
8 IJ\0
e \J\\
. ' p Ul2.
I ~ Ul3
@::> --{&}- €1 ~® 0
~
-{B.'0-
--{!D-- -aD- --(§}--
-(ID- El -{BO-
Cl)
MIS-1770

(Option -06)
7-55
5100 Series B
so~o
s7
f
3 C4
Si•pf 7 SI~O -
Rs,> lv1 IX U3 56
10, c:::i S2~0-
~& ,>z.45761MHz: Hi
n 3
v•>lG
2
vclc
1
I
cs
56 pf
TC p t-40~.,__ __.:.;15"<!/1112j-1:::4~----__J
6
Oll.
~-z-,o--Jc_i=s _ ___,~
s3s•e--
J UI
uz.
&Tiu
<I04C\
, ,.
e.
vc.c.
I
"'J U?> 3410Z, &,S
""
,... ,...
., '.J U"t &TIS l 1k>,U1ll
~ .. l-"3"°9-+-----0' 0 -
us
Ufo ,U1
"tel?>
-.0~~
,
4,1,l!>
,1u...
EPS us aoc."11 a
58
~---i!:37
U"I
U\Q
'-402.
40"13 ,,
?> l
,l'\...
~ 'M)i 6 • IOK Ull '\Oii
v U12. 7,&,q
~1t---1p---------1-f--f--+-~---+----+--..2.r~A:--~6if-.ll1a:L._..-----+--.l-.l--l--l---l-lusuRe&
s .. 4050
.___u_1a_ _~7..:..4~CT24~ 10 20
I,
IC1
11 17
NBZ ~-'o-. I 4 "v•v•
.!Pl JPZ. s -+~,.....~/'6JK-:-+o-~_=_1tS_z_~-+-,......,...........-.-.......-..-...........,....,........,.....,...
ID<. " "' l>-t>1 JP2r--+-----<"---__;3!.l--l\/lvJ"v-I
?IS 0 0 s 5'2.
105 4 16 1 i>_CC.
TSBl":!l::::E._ _ _.1_1-Cf 0- f • • ·. I
0 0I ",
-+----'-~.....I
s~;.....+---~_;_...=:,:.:.iiq.:~i.:-:..+::..;;;~~::+:+:l~+:-~-1
~~~0-
\& S 15 & Q.t:>S
ID~ ...J I I 8 .54---1 l!lAUt>
~ t---t--------+-+-+-....-1---1---J--6~ U13 14
NP 55 1
lt>?i "I ~-. ss__. ~~

I~ 7 13 Q.O~ c.~ ~y,-----------------~;vcc S~ ~ICN,.___.i-+-1-+-<l-+-!-+-11-+-l-f.-l-+'+-lf-I
IDZ. \0
s,-+---+:::-.:=!r-'::..l-J~,,i.,,j""='..L,,L,-.L.J,....JU.........-1
lt>I "° 8 12 ll Q.0'2.
L)Oi
0&8~~-~-~-------------,
100 U>)"--t-------f-+-------1f----t---+-.......;9~E~N~D~~ij.!.l~l---+-+-~-+-+.-i-+-....+-+-+-+---1--t1~2. ~t>I oe.1 ~2-------------;
~ ~ ~
L_ '-PE oe.c.. !-~;:.'~--------~
'---+-+-+---+--+-~~i=e: oe.s 1-:.o--------~
.;, oe.o, 1-z,;:.q_;__ _ _ _ _...,
VM9! !!:MP IY". '---+---+--+-i5"'f OR
r'-~~ O~'!> ~2&---'---~ C..i
!'Cl'". oe.. llllO.'t. l..M't \NII);
~~
,_z._7_ __
\7 '-~ ~p
®2.
' l>-1
U\~ 1 ~\S ,C:."I ,~\ 1•$. 1 W'7,
11 r---.!2 V\1J\.
ri•u!P.....1-+-Hl-++--+-+--+--+---...=i• ~ oe.1
: '"' . I~
V · .___ _ _•'I~ CA ~z.s--+--+--+--+---"---'--i--4--.f-_..._~1·~'"- s
e
\Clo
IC S
\C.4,
~~
\A,
t---+---.
t---+---~_.
~ ~\
____,_"t
,___ l(~
to\ ju.
5.
.:0.
ALL
ALL
R-IS,,..WC• IN
~•IST~
Otl-·.
.c..c..,'-w,5.&.
IC.~ ~ t---+---.
'-------"----!---~ ~, Et>-- C.ONNEC. 'TOR
IN :5'TRU1'llO.N'T.
'llMIE.!> l!IY
NQ,
6500 SE:lllE.~
- P3.1
IC?. IS t--+-i 5100 -"IL"-1=-P.32.
• R.IS
IC.I ~ : '\.1K
t'I
IC.0 \Co t---+--+-+-+--+--+--'
- 0
sz
~ er~ ~-Z4 ..~
c."I
vcc .'R3a
Rll<l
~I
<,,.4:iK v;c
4.71< ...... RlZ
ll VCC S 4.1K
~-----1-----+-----<-.....------<X\~tl-----<~/Ulo~
IS 10, 10
10 ~
> - va 1-------11?.
Vc.c.
13 - S\
-
" - IC T,__~-____+---'=-It?
:!> " - 2.
.~ "
~u~)>q:?...._~s~~~4~- --------+---------------_J 7
v
~l<..,~~VCL.
!!>
Qa
MIS-1170
,A£JI... 3~r-----------'\:~~flr--------------------_J
___, lSo '

(Option -06) (cont)
7-56
5100 Series B
I I
• I
-
e~
@)
~ UI
Ip U"t. U~'Z. If U3
I ~ §
~ ll 'Z.' Ip u 1. '2.
I
I f \) '° I
fl
Ipo;,iog I [ID ~(1 1)3~ GD
~ I
~ ~ I~~ I
U4 U'2..5 U'Z.(o
u;
p Ip
~
- W1
f V'Z.4--
~
~
z.o- v\S U\~ V'Z.O
Ip 10@) e l p
lo-
~ u7
f ue f f u, I~ 0 Ll'34t J -cm- U'Z..1
0
U'Z.S uz..'
.ll. lo-
I If I ~
U\~ I0 p I
~ ~ ~· ~
U3\
U\0 U\\ U\'t. § U"?>O
I
I cL.J @+ .JZ.
~
.I r' .
I
41
I
Sl;
I
f U141 p U\Cj
~ U\C. I p U\7 I~2.1 "t-0
·- ull
@)I I
MIS-1772
A23
Figure 7-21. A23 IEEE-488 Interface Main and

A23A1 IEEE-488 Piggyback PCAs
(Option -05)
7-57
5100 Series B
I~ 11
IOS ~
ID4 IS
~4 lor~
10.3
IDZ.
"" ~8
I
I c1oa
IDI
'"'
I\() :. 2 I CI02.
IDO lD
.I
..........
~
!,!N&IND~ B~
·11·11 . 11 ,,,v . .. .11,11· , •v 1, ·~1t·v•1,.v•v 1111.1,. " ' ' " ' "" 11,11 •ii
Z313G. z. s %"17 IZ.10 .31+ 8 II l'!l .~zs .. 18,~Z' 4 7...,1s ....'IZ,,.41 ,.,& I llO ZZ. lU ~O ZS
·: 415 NOTE5:(UNLES.S. OTHERWISE :OPE.C.IFIED)
'-------------.+-H.+--1-11-1-+-------------.,,.-45
._____________________________ __,11141-1-.i.-1-1-+..-~--------,~---"!>' ~
'--------------------------------++-1-+.+-H---------~--.'J><:: 50 4~ litE.F.. OE!>IC:.N.A.TION~ ~AS.T U~EO: U34 1G..l 1C...Rl1C9,Ft.S,J31St.2..

'----------------------------------4..+-!-.f-l.-I-------------~::: SI S .. ALL R.E.~IS.TANE l~\N OHM!I ..
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -....+..+.+-!-------------"!>:. 5Z. CD, I~
A\..I.. C..APA<..ITANC.E IN
/A ...
'------------------------------------41>-i-H-------------.,.:.
'-------------~·-----------------------~1-1--------------.::.- S4
~ 7."F011. ~MEMAT\C. OIAGR.AM ()F P16G'f&A'-K. PC.~ SEE. Mt~-107.Z
re;---c..oNNE~TOR NO.VAklE~&Y\NSl~UM~NT·
.._-----------------------'---------------..._.i.--------------:~ s~ i.sa----esoosER1~~-P~•
'-----------------------------------------41---------~---~s~ SIOO s~~l~-P~Z
It.IT \0 ~ ~ WI TO SE INSTALLED ON SIOOA·'41"12TAPPLICATIOM.
\NA
~
~q
~
t---------------------__;----------------------------------':>31 ~
. MIS-1172
~ ~ ~ A2.3
~ ~ ~
ICA '~ 3'
~ ~ ~
~t
IC.\ IS
'31. !--------------------------------------------~----------__,.-~ :s7!>«
IC.O \C.. : 35
L__.; -

A23A 1 IEEE-488 Piggyback PCAs
(Option -05) (cont)
7-58
5100 Series B
9 g I
U'2
I
I UI
DI
U3
U\4
@ I !us
UI~ q ~ I u~9
Bo 0 0 8~
9 1Jt&i-
U\'3 q ~~[ UI?.
0
[ \.)\\ 9 I us 9 I U7
; '
6
PZ..
PZ
~'
I I u1og %cso1
-;:gn-
I _ _U9
_ __
q~
PZ
MIS-1674
A23A1
rface Main and

Figure 7-21. A23A1IEEE-488
IEEE-488 Piggybac k PCAs
lnte
23
(Option
A - OS) (cont) 7-59
5100 Series B
P2.
IS>---
II >---
2J..>---
"I!>>---
41
>---
~s
;;- 5 J I •SV
i !VOTES: ( UlllL.E!.S OTHERWISE SPEC.I FIED).
Z'-'
....
:::
"" ....,,
''- 4. AL.L RESISTORS. ARE C.C. •/4W ANO ~i:S.l~:'°MJC1" IS 11>1 OHHS.
Z!I -
>--
~R9 15 TO eE 5£LE"CTEO AT TEST 1F REQUIRED
4
a. ::;.
20 ::::
- 1
c;., L.AS'I" REF. 'DES. USED: um,az.c:R1, R!!,c1. P"I.
7. ~EF.'DE'S.NOT USE!>< UIS", P1 1 P3.
B. ~C2. !>O\E.N1'TIC. Ol"'l:.2.llH O~ MA11' ?C.Q '!>EE ••us,· I\7t.
18 , ~ rz. ,.,_____. ,
-
!Z. ,
ISO
f
1,
IU 3 - I
:(uz i:.1
- - - '....["" Co:. o ~ .. sv -bfo~+sv ~us

,l'Z. "~'--+-----"~~I0)•?.111
.. ::.
~....
'--V
'""
l~+sv _51''1
471(
1.----~~ ~I ~ ~s ~;
U7
I::!> Z. 13 ., .q
~ ~I ii! us 4 - ~:;:.i=a~,;:::::::;=::j""i--r-1111
]!>
11 _
47
>-----:~•z. ~ 1 ~0Ro"" ~3
~
3'1 ,
~
u s f_=.! z.. 10...,
1
-
UICI 11 R7 Z. -"""'• UL]
ao e ~- '<;.! ., 8 ., ~'irr'l'..,_1.._
1 __
l'"li!OM M"i-11it. 10
-
:::: ·.ri:'>-1----'----+------------------+----, ~ noPT ~ ~ 10
'-----...
~
~
- IL I
..s.~----1,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _._ ____,'iff 3

us]
ll~
8~
IZ.. UIO II
UNUSED GATE.~
14~:>------<f-----------------------+~-----------------...... ~.
p----~
%. I
z: ;;:=======::================~.·~================-.-!50=====:=::===--@J-v::~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~::~:.:,~ac:.---+----+---1---+--~-+-~-tJ
. . . .!>_v_•_s_"'+-r-:"',. .,W
r~ -:~=- ~=- ~=- ~=-+:=_-~=- ~=- ~=- ~=- ~=- ~=- ~=- ~=._-~=- ~ +- ~=- ~=- ~=- ~=:~=- ~ -~ ·:·~=:~=-~:~- ~ ~-
14. 15
I
IOK
~ t~'°""'
~
3
UICI 4
Q._
.,.,~~
----f-+-----=T:
~U7
>e
:~r~'--=tl,t=a--'7+--t-~
' ") ~·r.'
.. =,+--+---H~-1 ~io'-':;._-+--+--'
._____z."'"'(,,,...u...,.,
11° 7 10
UIO I .. ~P-
~I~ ..----'l~D
... ~ 15 ·=:. .
Q13 ....+-+-+--+---l-+----------~-+--+-+--- .....----~·t--t--+-t------'
Ufl4,.:tu~ _
4~r-
sor-- B ltfiO'r'o:;.+--+-+-+----+-1------------+---+----t---+--~
T
I
St?'-
:~~
5i~>-------------~·--l--.j...J ,.4. ,!....o ,.....,'"" ~~ .-i...•o
,>----------------!-+--'
S5 :>----------------!--+-__.
s~ ffl1 LIZ UIZ. ue. Ul3 ue
SC.. >------------------' z ·-~ 4s 3 "ii \'2, -~
~~ s 'i" z. 8 'jjjz;3
~P4
:!IO ~ 5HIEl..O
'-1._ 8
~°"~'ct>;;~~--~-----------J
-.... ~
UIO
.,1_______.... -....::.:..p>=-----------------
~~>-----------------"'--------------------------t-++-+-t-t--T-1r;----t-t~ 2.
35::::>--------------------------------------------+-+-+--t-+--t--t-'---~
....
3,~;>-------------------------------~~---------- +-+--+-+---'~----t-J
37?----
38>---------------------------------------------++-~----t-'
3,5.>------------------------~·------------------------1~~-....--1----~~----_-_J_____.
40 >----------------------------------------.....
.... ·~---~ I
7 >---------------------~---------------------~---------~ MIS-1074
~~ ~~---------------------------------------------------------~ A23A1
z.z. >-----l.. +5 v

A23A1 IEEE-488 Piggyback PCAs
(Option -05) (cont)
7-60

Fluke 5100b Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fluke 5100b Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fluke 5100b Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

For the benefit and convenience of its customers, Fluke

Corporation (Fluke) has reproduced this copy of a manual

51008 Series CALIBRATORS

THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS PURCHASER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN

TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD, THE OPERATOR SHOULD NOT

WHENEVER THE NATURE OF THE OPERATION PERMITS, KEEP ONE HAND

SAFETY TERMS IN THIS MANUAL

SYMBOLS MARKED ON EQUIPMENT

t DANGER- High voltage I Poweron )

Ground (earth) tenninal 0 Power off

Attention-referto the manual. This symbol

USE THE PROPER FUSE

GROUNDING THE 5100B

USE THE PROPER POWER CORD

DO NOT OPERATE IN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPERATE IF PROTECTION MAY BE IMPAIRED

SECTION TITLE PAGE

1 INTRODUCTION AND SPECIFICATION .................................. 1-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS, continued

SECTION TITLE PAGE )

3 THEORY OF OPERATION ................................................ 3-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS, continued

5 LISTS OF REPLACEABLE PARTS ............... ............... .......... 5-1

6 OPTION AND ACCESSORY INFORMATION ............... ............... 6-1

TABLE TITLE PAGE

1-1. Summarized Specifications .................... .................... ........ . 1-3

LIST OF TABLES, continued

TABLE TITLE PAGE

4-11. Power Supply Regulator Adjustments .................... ................... . 4-19

1-1. INTRODUCTION 1-S. Data (paragraphs, tables, or figures) pertaining to

Table 1-1. Summarized Specifications

DC Voltage All .004 + .001 + 5µV

10 kHz - 20 kHz (Up to

Direct Current All .015 + .002 + .02 µA

Alternating Current 50 Hz -1 kHz (.05 + .005) + .02 µA

Resistance Four terminal

Table 1-2. DC Volts Specifications

RIPPLE AND NOISE

±(200V to 11 OOV) 10mV 6 mA/400 pF max <O.OS% of setting rms

<O.OS% of setting rms

±(0 to 19.9999 mV) 0.1 µV <0.01% of setting +2S µV rms

±(0 to 1.99999V) 100µV 25 mA/1000 pF <D.02% of setting +50 µV rms ± (-0.005% of

Table 1-3. AC Volts Specifications

(1) Can be set in dBm= 1 mW across 600.Q = .7746V

(2) 10% Lower voltage available using the Edit control

Table 1-3. AC Volts Specifications (cont)

Temperature Coefficient (Above 30°C and Below 20°C)

DISCRETE FREaJENCI ES AVAILABLE

50 60 70 80 90 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

Table 1-4. Current Specifications

±(0.2A to 10µA 0 to 2.1V min

±(2 mA to 100 nA 0 to 10V min

Temperature Coefficient (Above 30°C and Below 20°)

Table 1-4. Current Specifications (cont)

0.2A to 10µA 0 to 1.4V rms

( 1) 10% lower current available using the Edit Control.

Temperature Coefficient (Above 30°C and Below 20°C)

Table 1-5. Resistance Specifications

1n 1A 1V 0.015% 0.1 ppm/mW

100,Q 100 mA 10V

5. Prints Fail if the Acutal Error Exceeds the Tolerance